b'\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n*;* \xc2\xab.i^ \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\xce\xaf\' ^0 \n\n\n\n\n\n\ni^ . < \xe2\x80\xa2 < \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n.0^ .1.^^,;,% \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nv^^.^J. \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nV \n\n* ^ \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\xce\x9a^ \xce\xbf , \n\n\n\n\n> *\xce\xbd \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nTHE NEW \n\nTESTAMENT \n\nOF OUR \n\nLORD AND SAVIOUR \n\nJESUS CHRIST, \n\nTRANSLATED OUT OF \n\nCfie Driginal (Bxtzl\xe2\x80\xa2 ; \n\nAND WITH \xce\x8a\xce\x89\xce\x95 \n\nFORMER TRANSLATIONS \n\niriLIGEJiTLT COMPARED ANB RETISEH, \n\n\n\n\nHARTFORD : \nPRINTED BY HUDSON AND GOODWIN. \n\n\n\n1813. \n\n\n\n!,< \n\n\n\n:P\'\'ih \n\n\n\n^ The Order of the Books of the New Testa- \nMENT, with their proper Names, and Number \nof their Chapters. 18084 \n\n\n\n1^ \xce\xa4 Atthcw hath Chapters \nMark \n\n\n28 \n\n\nI. Timothy hath Chap \n\n\nters 6 \n\n\n16 \n\n\nII. Timothy \n\n\n4 \n\n\nLuke \n\n\n24 \n\n\nTitus \n\n\na \n\n\nJohn \n\n\n2i \n\n\nPhilemon \n\n\n1 \n\n\nThe Acts of the Apostles \n\n\n28 \n\n\nThe Hebrews \n\n\n13 \n\n\nThe Epistle to the Romans \n\n\n16 \n\n\nThe Epistle of James \n\n\n5 \n\n\nI. CcHriDthiaiis \n\n\n\xce\xb9\xcf\x83 \n\n\nI. Peter \n\n\n5 \n\n\nJ.I. Corinthians \n\n\n13 \n\n\nII. Peter \n\n\n3 \n\n\nGalatians \n\n\n6 \n\n\nI. John \n\n\n5 \n\n\nEphcsians \n\n\n6 \n\n\nII. John \n\n\nI \n\n\nPhilippians \n\n\n4 \n\n\nHI. John \n\n\n1 \n\n\nColossians \n\n\n4 \n\n\nJude \n\n\nI \n\n\nI. Thessalonians \n\n\n5 \n\n\nThe Revelation of Saint John \n\n\nIF. Thessalonians \n\n\n3 \n\n\nthe Dirinf \n\n\n\xce\xb7 \n\n\n\n\nf The GosPEL\xe2\x80\xa2 according to St. MATTHEW. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nThe genealogy of Christ, \n\nTHE book of the generation \nof Jesus Christ, the son of \nDavid, the son of Abraham. \n\n2 Abraham begat Isaac, and \nIsaac begat Jacob, and Jacob be- \ngat Judas and his brethren, \n\n3 And Judas begat Phares and \nZara of Thamar, and Phares begat \nEsrom, and Esrom begat Aram, \n\n4 And Aram begat Aminadab, \nand Aminadab begat Naasson, \nand Naasson begat Sahnon, \n\n5 And Salmon bega4: Booz of \nRachab, and Booz begat Obed of \nRuth, and Obed begat Jesse, \n\n6 And Jesse begat David the \nking, and David the king begat \nSolomon Qf her that had been the \nwife \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a Urias: \n\n7 And Solomon begat Roboam, \nand Roboam begat Abia, and \nAbia beg^at Asa, \n\n8 And Asa begat Josaphat, and \nJosaphat begat Joram, and Joram \nbespat Ozias, \n\n9 And Ozias begat Joatham, \nand Joatham begat Achaz, and \nAchaz begat Ezckias, \n\n10 And Ezekias begat Mauas- \nses, and Manasses begat Anion, \nand Amon begat Josias, \n\n11 And Josias bei^at Jechonias, \nand his brethren, about the time \nthey were carried away to Baby- \nlon. \n\n12 And after they were brought \nto Babylon, Jechonias begat Sa- \nlathiel, and Salathiel begat Zo- \nrpbabei, \n\n13 And Zorobabel begat Abi- \nud, and Abiud begat Eliakim, and \nEliukim begat Azor, \n\n14 And Azor begat Sadoc, and \n\nt \n\n\n\nSadoc begat Acliim, and Achim \nbegat Eliud, \n\n15 And Eliud begat Eleazar, \nand Eleazar begat Matthan, and \nMatthan begat Jacob, \n\n16 And Jacob begat Joseph, the \nhusband of Mary, of whom was \nborn Jesus, who is called Christ. \n\n17 So all the generations from \nAbraham to David are fourteen \ngenerations: and from David un- \ntil the carrying away into Baby- \nlon, are fourteen generations: \nand from the carrying away into \nBabylon unto Christ, are fourteen \ngenerations. \n\n18 ^ Now the birth of Jesus \nChrist was on this wise : When \nas his mother Mary was espoused \nto Joseph, before they came toge- \nther, she was found with child of \nthe Holy Ghost. \n\n19 Then Josepii her husband, \nbeing a just man, and not wil- \nling to make her a publick ex- \nam-ple, was minded to put her \naway privily. \n\n20 But while he thought on \nthese tilings, behold, the angel \nof the Lord appeared unto him \nin a dream, saying, Joseph, thou \nson of David, fear not to take \nunto thee Mary thy wife : for \nthat which is conceived in her, is \nof the Holy Ghost. \n\n21 And she shall bring forth a \nson, and thou shalt call Us name \nJesus : for he shall save his peo- \nple from their sins. \n\n22 (Now all this was done, that \nit might be fulfilled which was \nspoken of the Lord by the pro- \npnet, saying, \n\n23 Behold, a virgin shall be \nwith child, and shall bring forth \na son, and they shall call hi^ \n\nA 2 \n\n\n\nThe. wise men, S. Matthew. \n\n\xce\x95 rune Emmanuel, which being in- \nterpreted, is, God with us.) \n\n24 Then Joseph being raised \nfrom sleep, did as the angel of the \nLord had bixiden him, and took \nUiito ilim his w^ic: \n\n25 And ki ew her not, till she \nhad brought forth her lirst-born \nson : and he called his name Jesus. \n\nCHAP. II. \nThe zcise men worship Christ, \n"]VTOW when Jesus was born \nX^ in Bethlehem of Judea, in \nthe days of Herod the king, be- \nhold, there came wise men from \nthe east to Jerusalem, \n\n2 Saying, Where is he that is \nhorn K^ing of the Jews? for we \nhave seen his star in the east, and \nare come to worship him. \n\n3 When Herod the king had \nheard these things, he was troubled, \nand all Jerusalem with him. \n\n4 And when he had gathered \nall the chief priests and scribes of \nthe people together, he demanded \nof tiiem where Christ should be \nborn. \n\n5 And they said unto him m \nBethlehem of Judea : for thus it \nis written by the prophet ; \n\n6 And thou, Bethlehem, in the \nland of Juda, art not the least a- \nmong the princes of Juda: for out \nof thee shall come a Governor that \nshall rule my people Israel. \n\n7 Then Herod, when he had \nprivily called he wise men, en- \nquired of them diligently what \ntime the star appeared. \n\n8 And lie sent them to Bethle- \nhem, and said. Go, and search \ndiligently for the young child, and \nwhen ye have found Ai?/;,brmg me \nworo again, that I may come and \nworship him also. \n\n9 When tliey had heard the \nking, they departed, and lo, the \nstar which they sa%v in the east, \nwent before them, till it came \nand stood over where the young \nchHd was. \n\n\n\nMerod^s cruelty, \n\n10 When they saw the star, \nthey rejoiced with exceeding \ngreat joy, \n\n11 ^ And when they were \ncome into the house tney saw \nthe young child with Mary his \nmother , and fell down, and wor- \nshipped liim : and when they had \nopened their treasures, they pre- \nsented unto him giits; gold, and \nfrankincense, and myrrh. \n\n12 And being wartied of God \nin a dream, tiiat they should not \nreturn to Herod, they departed \ninto their own coimtry another \nway. \n\n13 And wlien they were de- \nparted, behold, the angel of the \nliOrd appeareth to Joseph in a \ndream, saying, Arise, and take \nthe young child and his mother, \nand flee into Egypt, and be thou \nthere until I bring thee word: for \nHerod will seek the young child \nto destroy him. \n\n14 When he arose, he took the \nyoung child and his mother by \nnight, and departed into Egypt: \n\n15 And was there until the \ndeath of Herod : that it might be \niulhlled \xce\x9bvhich was spoken of the \nLord by the prophet, saying, Out \nof Egypt have I called my son. \n\n16 51 Then Herod when he saw- \nthat he was mocked of the wise \nmen, was exceeding wroth, and \nsent forth, and slew all the chil- \ndren that were in Bethlehem, and \nin all the coasts thereof, from \ntAvo years old and under, accord- \ning to the time which he had dili- \ngently enquired of the wise men. \n\n17 Then was fulfilled that \nv/hich was spoken by Jeremy the \nprophet, saymg, \n\n18 In Rama was there a voice \nheard, lamentation and weeping, \nand great mourning, Rachel \nweeping Jbr her cHlciren, and \nwould not be comforted, because \nthey are not. \n\n19 ^ Bat when IJer^^d was \n\n\n\nJohrCa preaching. Chap, \n\ndead, behold an angel of the Lord \nappeareth in a dream to Joseph \nin Egypt, \n\n20 Saying, Arise, and take the \nyoung child, and his motiier, and \ngo into the land of Israel: for \nthey are dead which sought the \nyoung child^s life. \n\n21 And he arose, and took the \nyoung child, and his mother, and \ncame into the land of Israel. \n\n22 But when he heard that \nArcheiaus did reign in Judea, in \nthe room of his father Herod, he \nwas afraid to gc thither: notwith- \nstanding being w^arned of God m \na dream, he turned aside into the \nparts of Galilee : \n\n23 And he came and dwelt in a \ncity called Nazareth, that it might \nbe fuliilled which was spoken by \nthe prophets, He shall be called a \nNazarene. \n\nCHAP. \xce\xa0\xce\x99. \nThe preaching of John the Baptist. \n\nIN those days came Johii the \nBaptist, preaching in the wil- \nderness of Judea, \n\n2 And saying. Repent ye : for \nthe kingdom of heaven is at hand. \n\n3 For this is he that was spoken \nof by the prophet Esaias, saying. \nThe voice ot one crying in the \nwilderness, Prepare ye the way of \nthe Lord, make his parhs straight. \n\n4 And the same John had iiis \nraiment of cameFs hair, and a \nleathern girdle about his loins : \nand his meat w as locusts and wild \nhonev. \n\n5 Then went out to him Jeru- \nsalem, and all Judea, and all the \nregion round about Jordan, \n\n6 And Averc baptized of him \n\xce\x90\xce\xb7 Jordan, coniessing their sins, \n\n7 ^ But Avhen he feaw many or \nthe Pharisees and Sadducees \ncx)me to his baptism, he said unto \nthem, \xce\x9f generation of vipers, v/ho \nhath warned you to flee from the \nwrath to come? \n\n8 Bring forth y^ier^efore fruits \n"^oei for repentance. \n\n\n\niii. iv. Christ tempted^ \n\n9 And think not to say within \nyourselves, We ]iave A b ah am t\xc2\xbb \nour father : for 1 say unto you that \nGod is able of these stones to raise \nup children unto Abraham. \n\n10 And now also the axe is laidt \nunto the root of tiie tree;^: the e- \nfore e\\ery tree which brmgeth \nnot forth good fruity is hewn \ndown, and cast into the fire. \n\n11 I indeed baptize you with \nwater unto repentance ; but he \ntil at cometli after me, is migh- \ntier than I, wliose shoes I am not \nworthy to bear, lie simii baptize \nyou with the Holy Ghost, and \nwith fire. \n\n12 Whose fan is in his hand, \nand he will tlioroughly purge his \nfloor, and gather his wdieat into \nthe garner: but he will burn up \nthe chaff with unquenchable fire \n\n13 ^ Then cometh Jesus from \nGalilee to Jordan unto John, to \nbe baptized of him. \n\n14 But John forbad him, say- \ning, I have need to be baptized \nof thee, and comest thou to me? \n\n15 And Jesus answering, said \nunto him, Suffer it to he so now: \nfor thus it becometh us to fuliil \nall rigliteousness. Tiien he suf- \nfered him. \n\n16 And Jesus when he was- \nbaptized, went up straightway \nout of the water: and io, the liea- \nvens were opened unto him, and\' \nhe saw the Spirit of God de- \nscending like a dove, and ligiitiug \nupon Inm. \n\n17 Ard lo, a voice from heaven\xc2\xbb \nsrtymg, This is my beloved Soiv,. \nin vv\'hom I am well pleased. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nChrist\'s fasting and temptation. \n\xce\x931""\xce\x89\xce\x95\xce\x9d was Jesus led up \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a \n-i_ the spirit into the wilder- \nness, to be tempted of the devil. \n\n2 And w hen tie had fasted for- \nty days and forty nights, he was \nafterward an hungered. \n\n3 And when the tempter came \nto him., he said. If thou be the \n\nA.3. \n\n\n\nHe departeth into Galilee. S. Matthew. Feter, ^e. called. \n\n\n\nSon of God, command that these \nstones be made bread. \n\n4 But he answerefi and said, It \nis written, Man shall not live bv \nbread alone, but by every worci \nthat proceedeth out of the mouth \nof God. \n\n5 Then the devil takethhim up \nuito the holvcity, and setteth him \non a pinnacle of the temple, \n\n6 And saith unto him, If thou \nbe the Son of God, cast thyself \ndown : for it is written, He shall \ngive his angels charge concerning \nthee,iind in their hands they shall \nbear thee up, lest at any time thou \n\xc2\xa9ash thy foot against a stone. \n\n7 JesuB said imto him, It is \n^vritten again. Thou shait not \ntempr the Lord thy God. \n\n\xce\xb4 Again, tlie devil taJceth liim \nup iiito o.n exceeding hiirh moun- \ntain, and slieweth him all the \nkingdoms of tiie world, and tiie \ni^oryjjf them : \n\nAnd sniih unto him. All \nthese thin^rs will I give thee, if \nihoa wiit\'fall down and worship \nme, \n\n10 Ihcn saith Jesus unto, him, \nGet tJiee hence, Satan : for it is \nwritten. Thou shalt worsliip the \nLord thy God, and him only shalt \nthou serve. \n\n11 Then the devil leavetii him, \nand beholv^, angels cairte and mi- \nnistered unto him. _ \n\n12 ^ Now when Jesus had \nheard that John was cast into \nprison, he departed into Gcililee. \n\n13 And leaving Nazareth, he \ncame and dwelt in Capernaum, \nwhich Is upon the sea-coast, in \nthe borders of Zabuion and \nNepthalixn, \n\n14 That it nnght be fulfilled \nwhich was spoken by Esaias the \nprophet, saying, \n\n15 Tlie land of Zabuion, and \nthe laud of Nepthalhn, by the way \nof the sea, beyond Jordan, Gali- \nlee of the Gentiles : \n\n16 The people vvhich sat in \n\n\n\ndarkness, saw great light: and to \nthem which sat in the region and \nshadow of death, light is sprung \nup. \n\n17 ^ From that time Jesus be^ \ngan to preach, and to say. Repent, \nfor the kmgdom of heaven is at \nhand. \n\n18 ^ And Jesus walking by the \nsea of Galilee, saw two brethren, \n^imon, called Peter, and Andrew \nhis brother, casting a nei into the \nsea : (for they were fishers) \xe2\x96\xa0 \n\n19 And he saitli unto them, \nFollow me, and I will make yoi \nfishers of men. \n\n20 And they straightway le: \nthei?- nets, and folloAved him. | \n\n\xc2\xa31 And going on from thence, \nhe saw other two brethren, James \ntfie son of Zebedee, and John his \nbrother, in a ship with Zebedee \ntheir father, mending their nets; \nand he called them. \n\n\'i2 And they imme^liately left \nthe shin and their father, and fol- \nlowed nim. \n\n^20 ^1 And Jesus went about all \nGalilee, teaching in their syna- \ngo.iiues, and preaching the gospel \nof the kingaom, and heahng all \nmanner of sickness, and ail man- \nner of disease among the people. \n\n24 And his fame \\vent through- \nout all Syria ; and they brought \nunto him all sick people that \nwere taken with divers diseases, \nand torments, and those which \nVvcre possessed with devils, and \nthose which were lunatick, and \nchose that had the palsy; and he \nhealed them. \n\n25 And there followed him \ngreat multitudes of people from \nGalilee, and /rt>/// Decapolis, and \ntrout Jerusalem, and/ro//i Judea^ \niindjroi/i beyond Jordan. \n\nCHAP. V. \nWho are blessed. \nA ND seeing the multitudes,? \n-\xce\xaf\xce\x90\\ he went up into a moun- \ntain: and when he was set, his. \ndisciples came \xc2\xabnto hriTi, \n\n\n\n1 \n\n\n\nChrisfs sermon. \n\n\n\nChap. \n\n\n\n2 And he opened his mouth, \nand taught them, sayinir, \n\n3 Blessed are the poor in spi- \nrit : tor theirs is the kingdom of \nheaven. \n\n4 Blessed are they that mourn : \nfor they shall be comforted. \n\n5 Blessed are the meek: for \nthey shall inherit the earth. \n\n6 Biessed are they Avhich do \nhunger and thirst after righteous- \nness: for they shall be filled. \n\n7 Blessed are the merciful : for \nthey shall obtain mercy. \n\n8 Blessed are the pure in heart: \nfor they shall see God. \n\n9 Blessed fire the peace-makers: \nfor they shall be called the chil- \ndren of God. \n\n10 Blessed are thev which \nare persecuted for righteousness^ \nsake : for theirs is the kingdom \nof heaven. \n\n11 Blessed are ye when ?7ien \nshall revile you, and persecute \nyou, and shall say all manner of \nevil agahi^t you falsely, for my \nsake. \n\n12 Rejoice, and be exceeding \nglad : for great is your reward in \nheaxen: for so persecuted they \nthe prophets which were before \nyou. \n\n13 ^ Ye are the salt of tlie \nearth: but if the salt have lost \nhis savour, wherewith shall it be \nsalted .? it is thenceforth good \nfor nothing but to be cast out, \nand to be trodden under foot of \nmen. \n\n14 Ye are the light of the \n\'.vorld. A city that is set on an \niiiil cannot be hid. \n\n15 Neither do men light a \ncandle, and put it under a \nbusbel: but on a candlestick, and \nit givcth light unto all that are in \nthe house. \n\n16 Let your light so shine be- \nfore men, that they ma.y see your \n^ood works, and glorify your Fa- \nther which is in heaven. \n\n17 ^ Think not that I am \n\n\n\n77ie hw expounded. \n\n\n\ncome to destroy the law or the \nprophets: I am not come to de- \nstroy, but to fulhl. \n\n18 FOr verily I say unto you. \nTill heaven and earth pass, one \njot or one tittle shall in no wise \npass from the law, till all be ful- \nhUed. \n\n19 Whosoever therefore shall \nbreak one of these least com- \nmandments, and shall teaclj men \nso, he shall be called the least in \nthe kingdom of heaven: but \nwhosoever shall do and teach \nthem, the same shall be called \ngreat in the kingdom of heaven. \n\n20 For I say unto you. That \nexcept your righteousness shall \nexceed the right eoumei>s ox the \nscribes and Pharisees, ye sha4} in \nno case enter into the kingdom of \nheav^en. \n\n21 <^ Ye have heard, that it was \nsaid by them of old time. Thou \nshalt not kil! : and whosoever \nshall kill, shail be in danger af \nthe judgment. \n\n22 But I say unto you, that \nwhosoever is angry with his brO" \nther without a cause, shail be in \ndanger of the judgment: and \nwhosoever shall say to his bro- \nther, Raca, shail be in danger of \nthe council: but whosoever shall \nsay, Thou fool, shall be in danger \nof hell fire. \n\n23 Therefore, if thou bring thy \ngift to the altar, and there re- \nmemberest tliat thy brother hath \nought against thee ; \n\n24 Leave there thy gift before \nthe altar, and go thy way; ii rst be \nreconciled to thy brother, and \nthen come and offer thy gift, \n\n25 iVgree with thine adversary \nquicldy, whiles thou art in the \nway with him : lest at any tin^e \nthe adversary deliver thee to the \njudge, and Uie jvidge deliver tiice \nto the orhcer, and thou be cast m- \nto prison. \n\n26 Verily I say unto thee, \nThou shalt by no means come \n\nA 4 \n\n\n\nSwearing forbidden\xc2\xbb \n\n\n\nS. Mattiiew. \n\n\n\nout thence, till thou hast paid the \nuttermost farthing. \n\n27 ^ Ye have heard that it \nwas said by them of old time, \nThou shait not commit adul- \ntery. \n\n28 But I say unto you, That \nwhosoever looketh on a woman \nto lust after her, hath committed \nadultery with her already in his \nlieart. \n\n29 And if thy right eye offend \nthee, pluck it out, and cast it \nfrom thee: for it is profitable \nfor thee that one of thy mem- \nbers should perisii, and not that \nthy whole body should be cast \ninto hell. \n\n30 And if thy right hand of- \nfend thee, cut it off, and cast it \nfrom thee : for it is profitable far \nthee that one of thy msmbers \nshould perisli, and net titat thy \nwliole body should be cast into \nhell, \n\n31 It hath been said, Whoso- \never shall put away his \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8a^\xce\xb5, let \njiim give her a writing of divorce- \nment. \n\n32 But \xce\xaa say unto you, Tliat \nwhosoever shall put away his \nAvife. savins; for the cause of for- \nnication, causetii iier to comiiiit \nadultery: and whosoever shall \nmairy iier that is divorced, com- \nmittcth adultery. \n\nS3 ^ Agam, ve have heard that \nit hath been said hy them of old \ntime, Thou si j alt not tor swear \nthyself, hut shalt perform unto \nthe Lord thine oaths. \n\n34 But I say unto 3^ou, Svv-ear \nnot at ail ; neither by hear* en, for \nit IS God*s thror-e: \n\n35 Nor by the eartii, for it is \nhis footstool ; neither by Jerusa- \nlem, for it is the city of the great \n\n36 Neither shait thou swear by \nthy liead, because tho-u canst not \nmake one iiair wliite or black: \n\n37 But let your communication \nh^y Yea, yea : Nay, nay : for what- \n\n\n\nLa$\xe2\x82\xac yeur memiis. \n\n\n\nsoever is more than these, cometh \nof evil. \n\n38 ^ Ye have heard that it hath \nbeen said, An eye for an eye, and \na tooth for a tooth. \n\n39 But I say unto you, That , \nye resist not evil : but whosoever \nshall smite thee on thy right \ncheek, turn to him the other \nalso. \n\n40 And if any man Avill sue thee \nat the \\\xce\xac\\\xcf\x85, and take a\\\\dy thy \ncoat, let him have tki/ cloke also. \n\n41 And whosoever shall com- \npel thee to go a mile, go with him \ntwain. \n\n42 Give to him that asketh tliee, \nand from him that would borrow \nof thee, turn not thmi away. \n\n43 ^ Ye have heard that it \nhath been said. Thou shalt love \nthy neighbour, and hate thine \nenemy. \n\n4i But I say unto you, Love \nyour enemies, bless them tliat \ncurse you, do good to them that \nhate you, and pray for them which \ndespitefuily use you, and perse- \ncute you: \n\n45 That ye may be the children \nof your Father which is in hea^ en : \nfor he makeuh his sun to rise oa \nthe evil and on the good, and \nsendeth rain on the just and on \nthe unjust. \n\n46 For if ye love them which \nlove you, what reward have ye .? \ndo not even die pubhcans the \nsame ? \n\n47 And if ye salute your bi e- \nthren only, what do ye more \nthan others? do not even*^tlic pub- \nhcans so? \n\n48 Be ye thcrciore perfect, \neven as your Father which is in \nheaven is perfect. \n\nCHAP. VL \nOf alms and prayer, \n*T^AK\xc2\xa3. heed that ye do not \ni- your alms before men, to \nbe seen of them : otherwise ye \nhave no reward of your Father \nwhich is m heaven-. \n\n\n\nOf alms and prayer \xce\xbf \n\n\n\n2 Therefore, when thou doest \nthine alms, do not sound a trum- \npet before thee, as the hypocrites \ndo, in ihe synjigogues, and in the \nstreets, that thej may have glory \nof men. Verily I say mito you, \nThey have their rev/ard. \n\n3 But when thou doest alms, let \nnot thy left hand know what thy \nright hand doeth : \n\n4 That thin\xe2\x82\xac alms may be in \nsecret : and thy Father which \nseethin secret, himself siiall re- \nward thee openly. \n\n5 ^ And when thou pray est, \nthou shalt not be as the hypo- \ncrites are : for they love to pray \nstanding in the synagogues, and \nin the corners of the streets, that \nthey may be seen of men. Verily \nI say unto you, they have their \nreward. \n\n6 But thou, when thou pray- \nest, enter into thy closet, and \nv/hen thou hast shut thy door, \npray to thy Father, wiiich is in \nsecret, and thy Father which \nseeth in secret shall reward thee \nopenly. \n\n7 But when ye pray, use not \nvain repetitions, as the heathen \ndo: for they thmk that they shall \nbe heard for their much speak- \ning. \n\n8 Be not ye therefore like unto \ntJiem: for your Father knoweth \n\xce\x9bvhat things ye have need of, be- \nfoj-e ye ask liim. \n\n9 After this manner therefore \npray ye: Our Father which art \nin heaven, Hallowed be thy \nname. \n\n10 Thy kingdom come. Thy \nwill be aone in earth as it is in \nheaven. \n\n11 Give us this day our daily \nbread. \n\n12 And forgive us our debts, as \nwe forgive our debtors. \n\n13 And lead us not into temp- \ntation, but deliver us from evil : \nFor thine is the kingdom, and the \npoweFjr apd the glory, for ever. \n\n\n\n(Jhair. ^- \n\n\n\nAh)oid"woridl^ cart: \n\n\n\n14\' f For, if ye forgive men then \ntrespasses, your heavenly Father \nwill also forgive you. \n\n15 But if ye forgive not men \ntheir trespasses, neither will your \nFather forgive your trespasses. \n\n16 ^ Moreover, when ye fast, \nbe not as the hypocrites, of a saa \ncountenance : for they disfigure \ntheir faces, that they may ap^ \npear unto men to fast. V^erily I \nsay unto you, they ha\xce\x9b^e their re- \nward. \n\n1\xce\x93 But thou, when thou fastest, \nanoint thine head, and wash thy \nface : \n\n18 That thou appear not unto \nmen to fast, but unto thy Father \nwhich IS in secret: and thy Fa- \nther, which seeth in secret, shall \nreward thee openly. \n\n19 ^ Lay not up for yourselves \ntreasures upon eartn, where \nmoth and rust doth corrupt, and \nwhere thieves break through and \nsteal. \n\n20 But lay up for yourselvet \ntreasures in heaven, wiiere nei- \nther moth nor rust doth corrupt ^ \nand where thieves do not break \nthrough nor steal. \n\n21 For where your treasure isj \nthere will your heart be also. \n\n22 The light of the body is the \neye: if therefore thine eye be \nsingle, tliy whole body shall be \nfull of light. \n\n23 But if thine eye be evil, thy \nwhole body shall be full of dark \nness. If therefore the light that \nis in thee be darkness, how great \nis that darkness. \n\n24 ^ No man can serve tw^. \nmasters: for either he will hate \nthe one, and love the other: os^ \nelse he will hold to the one, antf \n\n; despise the other. Ye cannot \nserve God and mammon. \n\n25 Therefore I say unto yow.,.. \nTake no tliought for your lif\xc2\xab \nwhat ye shall eat, Or what je \nshall drink ; nor yet far your? \nbody, v^.at ye shall puti eii \xce\x93:^ \n\n\n\nRashjuagment reprooed. S. Matthew. Beware of fake prophets. \n\n\n\nnot the life more than meat, and \nthe body than raiment? \n\n26 Behold the fowls of the air: \nfor they sow not, neither do they \nreap, nor gather into barns ; yet \nyour heavenly Father feedeth \nthem. Are ye not much_better \nthan they? \n\n27 Which of you by taking \nthought, can add one cubit unto \nhis stature ? \n\n28 And why take ye thought \nfor raiment? Consider the lilies \nof the held how they grow; they \ntoil not, neither do tbey spin. \n\n29 And yet I say unto you, that \neven Solomon in ail his glory, \nwas not arrayed like one of \nthese. \n\n30 Wherefore, if God so clothe \nthe grass of the field which to-day \n\n\n\n4 Or how wilt thou say to thy \nbrother, Let me pull out the mote \nout of thine eye; and behold, a \nbeam Is m thine ow \xce\xb7 eye ? \n\n5 Thou hypocrite, hrst cast out \nthe beam out of thhie own eye; \nand then shalt thou see clearly to \ncast out the mote out of thy Bro- \nther\'s eye. \n\n6 ^ Give not that wliich is \nholy unto the dogs, neither cast \nye your pearls before swine, lest \nthey trample them under their \nfeet, and turn again and rent \nyou. \n\n7 fl Ask, and it shall be given \nyou: seek, and ye shall tind: \nknock, and it shall be opened \nunto you. \n\n8 For every on<5 that asketh, \nreceiveth : and he that seeketh, \n\n\n\nIS, and to-morrow is cast into thei^ndeth: and to him that knock- \n\neth, it shall be opened. \n\n9 Or what man is there of you, \nwhom if his son ask bread, will \nhe give him a stone? \n\n10 Or if he ask a fish, will he \ngive him a serpent ? \n\n11 If ye then being evil, know \nhow to give good gifts unto your \nchildren, how much more shall \nyour Father which is in heaven, \ngive good things to them that ask \nhim ? \n\n12 Therefore all things what- \nsoever ye \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xbf\xce\xb7\xce\x9c that men should \ndo to \\ou, do ye even so to them; \nfor this is the law and the pro- \nphets. \n\n13 ^^ Enter ye in at the strait \ngate; for wide is the gate, and \nbroad is the way that leadeth to \ndestruction, and many there be \nwhich go in thereat: \n\n14 Because strait is the gate, \nand narrow is the way which \nleadeth unto life, and few there \nbe that find it. \n\n15 ^ Beware of false prophets, \nwhich come to you in siieep\'s \nclothing, but inw^ardiy they are \nravening wolves. \n\nIf\xc2\xbb \xce\xa5 6 shall ke^w^m by the\' \n\n\n\noven, skidl he not much more \nclothe vou, \xce\x9f ye of little faith? \n\n31 Therefore take no tliought, \nsaying, W^hat shall we eat? or \nwhat shall we drink? or where- \nwithal shall w^e be clothed? \n\n32 (For after ail these things do \nthe Gentiles seek) for your hea- \nvenly Father knoweth that ye \nj.?.ve need of all these things. \n\n33 But seek ye first the king- \ndom of God, and his righteous- \n\xce\x8a\xc2\xa355, and all these tilings shall be \n\n\'ded unto you. \n\n34 Take therefore no thought \n\xe2\x96\xa0/ the morrow^ ; for the morro^v \nail take thought for the things \n\nitself: sutHcient unto the day \n:ne evil thereof. \n\nCHAP. yii. \n\nChrist ende.th his sermon, \n\nJUDGE not, that ye be not \njudged. \n\n2 For with what judgment ye \njudge, ye shall be judged: and \nwiiii t^\'hat measure ye mete, it \nshall be measured to you again. \n\n3 And why beholdest thou the \nmote that is in thy brother\'s eye, \nbut considerest not the beam that \n\n^is in ihine gvvn eve? \n\n\n\nO/\'hectring the word. \n\n\n\nfruits: Do men gather grapes of \nthorns, or figs of thistles ? \n\n17 Even so every good tree \nbringeth forth good fruit: ^\xc2\xbbut a \ncorrupt tree bringeth forti\xc2\xbb evil \nfruit. \n\n18 A good tree cannot bring \nforth evil fruit, neither can a \ncorrupt tree bring forth good \nfruit. \n\n19 Evei7 tree that bringeth not \nforth good fruit, is hewn down, \nand cast into the fire. \n\n20 Wherefore hy their fruits \nye shall know them. \n\n21 5i Not every one that saith \nunto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter \ninto the kingdom of heaven : but \nhe chat doeth the will of my Fa- \nther whicji is in heaven. \n\n22 Many- will say to me in that \nday. Lord, Lord, have we not \nprophesied in thy name? and in \nthy name have cast out devils? \nand in thy name done many \nwonderful works ? \n\n23 And then will I profess un- \nto them, I never knew you : de- \npart from me, ye that work ini- \nquity. \n\n24 ^ Therefore, whosoever \nheareth these sayings of mine, \nand doeth them, I will liken him \nunto a wise man which built iiis \nhouse upon a rock : \n\n25 And the rain descended, and \nthe floods came, and the winds \nblew, and beat upon that house: \nand it fell not, for it was founded \nupon a rock. \n\n26 And every one that heareth \nthese sayings of mine, and doeth \nthem not, shall be likened unto a \nfoolish man which built his house \nupon the sand : \n\n27 And the rain descended, \nand the floods came, and the \nwinds blew, and beat upon that \nhouse: and it fell, and great was \nUie fall of it. \n\n28 And it came to pass when \nJesus had ended these sayings, \nilie people were astonished at his \ndoctrfnej 9 \n\n\n\nChap. viii. \n\n\n\ni\'he paky healed. \n\n\n\n29 For he taught them as one \niiavhig authority, and not as the \nscribes. \n\nCHAP. VIII. \nChriifs miracles. \n\nWHEN he was come down \nfrom the mountain, great \nmultitudes followed him. \n\n2 And behold, there came a \nleper, and worshipped liim, say- \ning. Lord, if thou wik, thou canst \nmake me clean. \n\n3 And Jesus put forth his hand, \nand touched him, saying, I will ; \nbe thou clean. And immediately \nhis leprosy was cleansed. \n\n4 And Jesus saith unto him, See \nthou tell no man, but go thy \nway, shew thyself to the priest, \nand offer the gift that Moses com- \nmanded, for a testimony unto \nthem. \n\n5 5i And when Jesus was enter- \ned into Capernaum, there came \nunto him a centurion, Legeechmg \nhim, \n\n6 And saying. Lord, ray servant \nlieth at home sick of the palsy^ \ngrievously tormented. \n\n7 And Jesus saith unto him, I \nwill come and hcffl him. \n\n8 The centurion answered and \nsaid, Lord, I am not worthy that \nthoni biiouldest come uiidor my \' \nroof: but speak the VvOrd only, . \nand my servant shall be healed. \n\n9 For I am a man under autho- \nrity, having soldiers under me : \nand I say to this iJian, Go, and he \ngoeth : and to another, Come, and \nhe Cometh: and to my servant, \nDo this, and he doeth it. \n\n10 When Jesus heard it, he \nmarvelled, and said to them that \nfollowed, Verily I say unto you, I \nhave not found so great faith, no, \nnot in Israel. \n\n11 And I say unto you, thai \nmany shall come from the cast \nand west, and sliall sit down with \nAbraham, and Is?ac, and Jacob \nin the kingdom of heaven. \n\n12 But the children of the \n\nA \xce\xbf \n\n\n\n\'^\xce\xaf\xce\xbf follow Christ, \n\n\n\n8. Matthew. \n\n\n\nkingdom shali be cast out into \nouter darkness : there shall be \nv/eepinii and gnashing of teeth. \n\nVo And Jesus said unto the \ncenturiun, Go thy way, and as \nthou hast believed, so he it done \nunto thee. And his servant was \nhealed in the self-same hour. \n\n14^ lid when Jesus was come \ninto Peter\'s house, he saw his \nw ife\'s mother laid, and sick of a \nfever\xc2\xbb \n\n15 And he touched her hand, \nand the fever left her: and she \narose and ministered unto them. \n\n16 5i When the even was come, \nthey brought unto him many \nthat were possessed with devils : \nand he cast out the spirits vvith his \nword, and healed all that were \nsick : \n\n17 That it might be fulfiiled \nwhich was spoken by Esaias the \nprophet, saying, mmself took \nour infirmities, and bare our sick- \nnesses. \n\n18 ^ Now wwn Jesus saw great \nmultitudes about him, he gave \ncommandment to depart unto the \notlier side. \n\n19 And a certain scribe came, \nand said unto him, Master, I will \nfoliow^ thee v/hithersoe^er thou \ngoest. \n\n^0 And Jesus saith unto him, \nThe foxes have-tholes, and the \nbirds of the air have nests: but \nthe Son of man hath not where to \niay his head. \n\n^1 Aiid another of his disciples \nsaid unto him, Lord, suffer me \niirst to go and bury my fatlier. \n\n52 Bat Jesus said unto him. \nFollow me, and let the dead bury \ntheir dead. \n\n23 51 And when he was entered \ninto a ship, his disciples followed \nhim. \n\n24 And behold, there arose a \ngreat tempest in the sea, inso- \nmuch that tiic ship was covered \nwith the waves : but he was \n\n\xce\xaf\xce\xbf \n\n\n\nthe tempest stilled. \n\n\n\n25 And his disciples came to \nhim, and awoke him, saying. \nLord, save us: we perish \n\n26 And he saith unto them, \nWhy are ve fearful, \xce\x9f ye of little \nfaith? Then he arose and re- \nbuked the winds and the sea, and \nthere was a great calm. \n\n27 But the men man^eiled, say- \ning, What manner of man is this, \nthat even the winds and the sea \nobey him ? \n\n28 ^ And when he was come \nto the other side, into the coun- \ntry of the Gergesenes, there met \nhim two possessed with devils, \ncoming out of the tombs, ex- \nceeding Herce, so that no man \nmight pass by that way. \n\n29 And behold, they cried out, \nsajdng. What have w^e to do with \nthee, Jesus thou Son of God? art \nthou come hither to torment us \nbefore the time? \n\n30 And there was a good way \noff from them an herd of many \nswine, feedin\xc2\xbb. \n\n31 So the devils besought him, \nsaying, If thou cast us out, suffer \nus to go away into the herd of \nswine. \n\n32 And he said unto them, Go. \nAnd when they w^re come out, \nthey went into the herd of swine, \nand behold, the whole herd of \nswine ran violently down a steep \nplace into the sea, and perished in \nthe waters. \n\n33 And they that kept them \nfled, and went tiieir ways into the \ncity, a-nd told every thing:; and \nwhat was befallen to the possessed \nof the devils. \n\n34 And behold, the whole city \ncame out to meet Jesus; anil \nwhen they saw him, they besought \nhim that he would depart oui of \ntheir coasts. \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 CHAP. IX. \nMatthew the apostle called. \n\nA \'NO he entered into a ship \nand passed over, and \xc2\xa9arrTe \ninto his ov \xce\xb7 citv. \n\n\n\nGfirist cureth the pahy. Chap. \n\n2 And beliold, they brought to \nhim a man sick of the palsy, lying \non a bed ; and Jesus seemg tiieir \nfaith, said unto he sick of the \npalsy, Son, be of good cheer, thy \nsins be forgiven thee. \n\n3 And behold, certain of the \nscribes said within themselves, \nThis man blasphemeth. \n\n4 And Jesus knowing their \nthoughts, said, Wherefore think \nye evil in your hearts ? \n\n5 For whether is easier to say, \nThy sins be forgiven thee ? or to \nsay, Arise, and walk r \n\n6 But that ye may know that \nthe Son of man hath power on \nearth to forgive sins, (then saith \nhe to the sick of the palsy) Arise, \ntake up thy bed, and go imto thine \nhouse. \n\n7 And he arose, and departed \nto his house. \n\n8 But when the multitude saw \nit, they mai-velled, and glorified \nGod, which had given such power \nunto men. \n\n9 ^ And as Jesus passed forth \nfrom thence, he saw a man named \nMatthew, sitting at the receipt of \ncustom: and he saith unto nim. \nFollow me. And he arose, and \nfollowed him. \n\n10 51 And it came to pass, as \nJesus sat at meat in the house, \nbehold, many publicans and sin- \nners came, and sat down with him \nand his disciples. \n\n1 1 And when the Pharisees sa\xce\x9bv \nit, they said unto his disciples. \nWhy eateth your Master with \npublicans and sinners ? \n\n12 But when Jesus heard that, \nhe said un\'^o them. They that be \nwhole need not a physician, but \nthey that are sick. \n\n13 But go ye and learn what \nthat meaneth, I will liave mercy, \nand not sacrifice: for 1 am not \ncome to call the righteous, but \ntinners to repentance, \n\n1-4 % Then came to him the \n\n\n\n, ix. The bloody issue healed, \ndisciples of John, saying, Why do \nwe and tlie Pharisees fast oft; but \nthy disciples fast not ? \n\n15 And Jesus said unto them, \nCan the children of the bride- \nchamber mourn, as long as the \nbridegiOora is with them } but the \ndays will come, when trie bride- \ngroom shall be taken from them, \nand then shall they fast. \n\n16 No man putteth a piece of \nne\xce\x9bv cloth unto an old garment ; \nfor that which is put in to fill it \nup, taketh from the garment and \nthe rent is made worse. \n\n17 Neither do men put new \nwme into old bottles: else the \nbottles break, and the wine run- \nneth out, and the bottles perish : \nbut they put new wine into new \nbottles, and both are presei\xe2\x80\xa2\xce\x9b\'ed. \n\n18 ^ While he spake these \nthings unto them, behold, there \ncame a certain ruler, and wor- \nshipped him, saying. My daughter \nis even now dead : but come and \nlay thy hand upon her, and she \nshall live. \n\n19 xlnd Jesus arose, and follow- \ned him, and so did hie disciples. \n\n20 51 (And behold, a woman \nwhich was diseased with an issue \nof blood twelve years, came be- \nhind him, and touched the hem of \nhis garment. \n\n21 For she sand within herself. \nIf I may but touch his gai\'mcnt, I \nshall be whole. \n\n22 But Jesus turned liim about, \nand when he saw her, he said. \nDaughter, be of good comfort, \nthy faith hath made thee whole. \nAnd the woman was made w^hoie \nfrom that hour.) \n\n23 And when Jesus came into \nthe ruler\'s house, and saw the \nminstrels, and the people making \na noise, \n\n24 He said unto them, Give \nplace, for the maid is not dead, \nbut sleepeth. And they iaxi^iea \nhim to scorn. \n\n11 \n\n\n\nThe blind receive sight, S. IMatthew. The apostles sent forth. \n\n\n\n25 But when the people were \nput forth, he went in, and took \nner by the hand, and the maid \narose. \n\n26 And the fame hereof went \nabroad into all that land. \n\n27 ^ And when Jesus departed \nthence, two blind men followed \nInm, crying, and sa.ymg, Thou \nson of" David, have mercy on \nas. \n\n28 And when he was come into \nthe house, the blind men came to \nhim: and Jesus saith unto them, \nBelieve ye that I am able to do \nthis? They said unto him, Yea, \nLord. \n\n29 Then touched he their ejnes, \nsaying, According to your faith, \nbe it unto you. \n\n30 And their eyes were open- \ned : and Jesus straitly charged \nthem, saymg, See that no man \nknow it, \n\n31 But they, when they were \ndeparted, spread abroad his fame \nin all that countiy. \n\n32 ^ As they went out, behold, \nthey brought to him a dumb man, \npossessed with a devil. \n\n33 And when the devil was cast \nout, the dumb spake: and the \nmultitudes manelled, saying, It \nwas never so seen m Israel. \n\n34 But the Pharisees said, He \ncasteth out devils through the \nprijice of the devils. \n\n35 And Jesus went about all \nthe cities and villages, teaching in \ntheir synagogues, and preaching \nthe gospel of the kingdom, and \nhealing every sickness, and every \ndisease among the people. \n\n36 ^ But when he saw the \nmultitudes, he was moved with \ncompassion on them, because \nthey fainted, and were scattered \nabroad as sheep having no sliep- \nherd. \n\n37 Then saith he unto liis disci- \nples, The harvest truly is plente- \nous, but the labourers are few. \n\n\n\n38 Pray ye therefore the Lord \nof the harvest, that he will send \nforth labourers into his harvest. \nCHAP. X. \n\nThe apostles sent to do miracles, \n\nAND when he had called unto \nhim his twelve disciples, he \ngave them power against unclean \nspirits, to cast them out, and to \nheal all manner of sickness, and \nall manner of disease. \n\n2 \xce\x9d ow the names of the twelve \napostles are these ; The first, Si- \nmon, who is called Peter, and An- \ndre^v his brother, James the son of \nZebedee, and John his brother, \n\n3 Phihp, and Bartholomew, \nThomas, and Matthew the pub- \nlican, James the son of Alpheus, \nand Lebbeus, Avhose surname was \nThaddeus, \n\n4 Simon the Canaanite, and \nJudas Iscariot who also betrayed \nhim. \n\n5 These twelve Jesus sent forth, \nand commanded them, saying. Go \nnot into the way of the Gentiles, \nand into ani/ city of the Samari- \ntans enter ye not. \n\n6 But go rather to the lost \nsheep of the house of Israel. \n\n7 And as ye go, preach, saying, \nThe kingdom of heaven is at \nhand. \n\n8 Heal the sick, cleanse the le- \npers, raise the dead, cast out de- \nvils : freely ye have received, \nfreely give. \n\n9 Provide neither gold, \xce\xba\xce\xbf\xce\xb3 \nsilver, nor brass in your purses;. \n\n10 Nor scrip for j/oz/r journey, \nneither two coats, neither shoes, \nnor yet staves: (for the workman \nis worthy of his meat:) \n\n11 And into whatsoever city or \ntown ye shall enter, enquire Avho \nin it IS worthy, and there abide \ntill ye go thence. \n\n12 And when ye come into an \nbouse, salute it. " \n\n13 And if the house be wc\xc2\xbb\'- \nthy. let your peace come upon iC: \n\n\n\nj^^\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n\n\nComfort asoinst persecutions. Chap, x. \n\n\n\nbut if It be not worthy, let your \npeace return to you. \n\n14 And whosoever shall not \nreceive you, nor hear your words: \nwhen ye depart out oi that house, \nor city, shake off the dust of your \nfeet. \n\n15 Verily I say unto you, It \n\xc2\xabhail be more tolerable For the \nland of Sodom and Gomorrha, m \nthe day of judgment, than for \nthat city. \n\n16\' 51 Behold, I send you forth \nas sheep m the midst of wolves : \nbe ye therefore wise as serpents, \nand harmless as doves. \n\n17 But beware of men, for \nthey %vill deliver you up to the \ncouncils, and they will scourge \nyou in their synagogues. \n\n18 And ye shall be brought \nbefore governors and kings for \nmy sake, for a testimony against \nthem, and the Gentiles. \n\n19 But when they deliver you \nup, take no thought how, or what \nye shall speak, for it shall be given \nyou in that same hour what ye \nshall speak. \n\n^ For it is not ye that speak, \nbut the spirit of your Father which \nspeaketh in you. \n\n21 And the brother shall de- \nliver up the brother to death, and \nthe father tiie child : and the \nchildren shall rise up against their \nparents, and cause them to be put \nto death. \n\n22 And ye shall be hated of \nall men for my name*s sake : but \nhe that endureth to the end, shall \nbe saA\'cd. \n\n23 But when they persecute \nyou in this city, fiee ye into an- \nother : for verily I say unto you, \nye shall not have gone over the \ncities of Israel till the Son of mun \nbe come. \n\n24 The disciple is not above \nhis master, nor the servant above \n\xce\xb7 is lord. \n\n25 It is enough for the disciple \n\n1^ \n\n\n\nBlessings promised. \n\n\n\nthat he be as his master, and the \nservant as his lord : if they have \ncalled the master of the house \nBeelzebub, how much more \nshull they call them of his house- \nhold ? \n\n26 Fear them not therefore ; \nfor there is nothing covered, that \nshall not be revealed; and hid, \nthat shall not be known. \n\n2 \xce\x93 What I tell you in darkness, \nthat speak ye m light : and what \nye hear in the ear, that preach ye \nupon the house-tops. \n\n28 And fear not them which \nkill the body, but are not able to \nkill the soul : but rather fear him \nwhich is able to destroy both soul \nand body in hell. \n\n29 Are not two sparrows sold \nfor a farthing } and one of tiiem \nshall not fail on the ground with- \nout your Father. \n\n30 But the very hairs of your \nhead are ail numbered. \n\n31 Fear ye not therefore, ye \nare of more value than many \nsparrows. \n\n32 Whosoever therefore shall \nconfess me before men, him will \nI confess also before my Father \nwhich is in heaven. \n\nS3 But w^hosoever shall deny \nme before men, him will I also \ndeny befo]*e my father which is \nin heaven. \n\n34 Think not that I am come \nto send peace on earth : I came \nnot to send peace, but a sword. \n\n35 For I am come to set a man \nat variance against his father, and \nthe daughter against her mother, \nand the daughter-in-law against \nher motller-in-law^ \n\n36 And a man\'s foes shaU de \nthey of his own household. \n\n37 He that loveth father or \nmother more than me, is not \nworthy of nie : and he that loveth \nson or daughter more than me, is \nnot worthy of me. \n\n38 And fee Ihat taketh not Ms \n\n\n\n0hrist\'s testimony of John, S. Matthew. \n\n\n\ncross, and followe.h after me, is \nROt worthy of me. \n\n39 He that nndeth his life, shall \nlose it : and he that loseth his tife \nfor my sake, shall find it. \n\n40 <[ He that receiveth you, re- \neeiveth me : and he that receiveth \nme, receiveth him that sent me. \n\n41 He that receiveth a pro- \nphet m the name of a prophet, \nshall receive a prophet\'s reward : \nand he that receiveth a righteous \nman in the name of a righteous \nman, shall receive a righteous \nman^s reward. \n\n42 And whosoever shall give \nto drink unto one of these little \nones, a cup of cold nater onlv in \nthe name of a disciple, verily I \nsay unto you, he shall in no wise \nlose his reward. \n\nCHAP. XI. \nJohits disciples sent to Christ. \n\nAND it came to pass, when \nJesus had made an end of \ncommanding his twelve disciples, \nhe departed thence to teach and \nto preach in their cities. \n\n2 Now when John had heard \nin the prison the works of Christ, \nhe sent two of his disciples, \n\n3 And said unto him. Art thou \nhe that should come, or do we \nlook for another ? \n\n4 Jesus ans\\vered and said unto \nthem, Go, and shew John again \nthose things which ye do hear \nand see : \n\n5 The hlind receive their sight, \nand the lame walk, the lepers \nare cleansed, and the deaf hear, \nthe dead are raised up, and the \npoor have tlie gospel preached to \nthem. \n\n6 And blessed is he whosoever \nshall not be offended in me. \n\n7 ^ And as they departed, \nJesus begaH to say unto the mul- \ntitudes concerning: John, What \nwent ye out into the wilderness \n\n^ to see ? A reed shaken with the \n\n\n\nThe Jews reproved. \n\n\n\n8 But what went ye out for to \nsee ? A man clothed in soft rai- \nment? behold, they that w ear soft \ne\'othing are in kings houses. \n\n9 But what went ye out for to \nsee ? A prophet ? yea, I say unto \nyou, and more than a prophet. \n\n10 For this is he of whom it is \nwritten, Behold, I send my mes- \nsenger before thy face which shall \nprepare thy way before thee. \n\n11 Verily 1 say unto you, A- \nmong them that are born of wo- \nmen, there hath not risen a \ngreater tiian John the ^Baptist: \nnotwithstanding he that is least \nin the kingdom of heaven, is \ngreater than he. \n\n12 And from the days of John \nthe Baptist until now, the king- \ndom ot heaven suifereth violence \nand the violent take it by force. \n\n13 For ail the prophets, and the \nlaw prophesied until John. \n\n14 And if ye will receive ity \nthis is Eliiis which was for to \ncome. \n\n15 He that hath ears to hear, \nlet him near. \n\n16 1[ But whereiinto phall I \nliken this generation ? It is like \nunto children sitting in the mar- \nkets, and calling unto their fel- \nlows, \n\n17 And saying, We have pip- \ned unto you, and ye have not \ndanced : we have mourned unta \nyou, and ye have not lamented. \n\n18 For John came neither eat- \ning nor drinking, and they say, He \nhath a devil. \n\n19 The son of man came eat \ning and drinkhig, and they say, \nBehold, a man gluttonous and a \nwine-bibber, a friend of publicans \nand sinners: but wisdom is justifi- \ned of her children, \n\n20 5i Then beiran he to up- \nbraid the cities wherein most of \nhis mighty works were done^ be- \ncause they repented not. \n\n21 Wo uiito thee, Chorum, \n\n\n\n14 \n\n\n\n\xce\x98/ the sabhutJi. Chap \n\nwo unto thee, Bethsaida : for if \nthe niiglity works which were \ndone m you, had been done in \nTyre and Sidon, they would have \nrepented long ago in sack cloth \nand ashes. \n\n22 But I say unto you, It shall \nbe more tolerable for Tyre and \nSidon at the day of judgment, than \nibr you. \n\n^3 And, tliou, Capernaum, \n\\vhich art exalted unto heaven, \nehalt be brought down to hell : \nfor if the mighty works which \nhave been done in thee, had been \ndone in Sodom, it wo did have re- \nmained until this day. \n\n24 But I say unto you, that it \nshall be more tolerable for the \nland of Sodom, in the day of \njudgment, than for thee. \n\n25 ^ At that time Jesus an- \nswered, and said, I thank thee, \n\xce\x9f Father, Lord of heaven and \nearth, because thou hast hid these \nthings from tlie wise and pru- \ndent, and hast revealed them unto \nbabes, \n\n26 Even so, Father, for so it \nseemed good in thy sight. \n\n2\xce\x93 All things are deliveied \nunto me of my father : and no \nman knoweth the Son, but the \nFather : neither knoweth any man \nthe Father, save the Son, and he \nto whomsoever the Son will reveal \nhim. \n\n28 51 Come unto me, ail i/e \nthat labour, and are heavy laden, \nand \xce\xaf will give yon rest. \n\n29 Take my yoke upon you, \nand learn of me, for I am meek \nand lowly in lieart : and ye shall \nfind rest unto your souls. \n\n30 For my yoke is easy, and \nHtiy burden >s liirht. \n\nCHAP. XII. \nOf Uasphemy, S^^c. \n\nAT that time Jesus went on \ntlie sabbath-day through \nthe corn, and tlie disciples were \nan hungered, and began to pluck \nthe ears of corn, and to eat. \n15 \n\n\n\nxii. The withered hand healed. \n\n2 But when the Pharisees saw \nzY, they said unto him. Behold, \nthy disciples do that which is not \nlawiul to do upon the sabbath- \nday. \n\n3 But lie said unto them. Have \nye not read what David did \nwhen he was an hungered, and \nthey that were with hmi. \n\n4 How he entered into the \nhouse of God, and did eat the \nshew-bread, which was not law- \nful for him to eat, neither for \nthem which were with him, but \nonly for the priests ? \n\n5 Or have ye not read in the law, \nhow that on the sabbath-days \nthe priests in the temple pi ofane \nthe sabbath, and are blameless ? \n\n6 But I say unto you, that in \nthis place is one greater than the \ntemple. \n\n7 But if ye had known what \nthis meaneth, I will have mercy \nand not sacrihce, ye would not \nhave condemned the guiltless. \n\n8 For the Son of man is Lord\' \neven of the sabbath-day. \n\n9 51 And when he was departed \nthence, he went into their syn- \nago>-ue. \n\n10 ^ And behold there was \na riian which had his hand wi- \nthered : and they asked him, \nsayiii{, Is it lawiul to heal on \nthe sab b at i 1-day s.? that they might \nac( use him. \n\n11 And he said unto them. \nWhat man shall there be among \nyou, that shall have one sheep, \nand if it fall into a pit on the \nsabbath day, will he not lay hold \non it, aiad lift it out ? \n\n12 How much then is a man \nbetter than a sheep? wherefore it \nis lawful to do well oji the sab- \nbath-days. \n\n13 Then saith he to the man, \nStretch forth thine hand : and he \nstretched it forth, and it was re- \nstored whole, like as the other. \n\n14 ^ Then the Pharisees went \nout, and held a council agaijn^ \n\n\n\nEsaias* projxheci/ fulfilled, S. Matthew. \n\n\n\nhow they might destroy \n\n\n\nhiiiij \nhim. \n\n15 But when Jesus kne\\v it, he \nwithdrew hiiiiself from thence ; \nand great muUitudes followed \nhim, and he healed them all ; \n\n16 And charged them that they \nshould not make him known : \n\n17 That it might be fulfilled \nwhich was spoken by Esaias the \nprophet, saying, \n\n18 Behold my servant whom \nI have chosen, my beloved in \nwhom my soul is well pleased : \nI will put my spirit upon him, \nand he shall shew judgment, to \nthe Gentiles. \n\n19 He shall not strive, nor \xce\xbf\xcf\x84\xce\xb3, \nneither shall any man hear hjs \nvoice in the streets. \n\n20 A bruised reed shall he not \nbreak, and smokmg iiax shall he \nnot quench, till he send forth \njudirment unto victory. \n\n21 And in his name shall the \nGentiles trust. \n\n22 ^ Then was brought unto \nhim one possessed with a devil, \nbiiiid and dumb : and he healed \nhim, insomuch that the blind and \ndumb both spake and saw. \n\n23 And all the people were \nauicized, and said, Is not this tlie \nson of David? \n\n2i But when the Pharisees \nheard it, they said, This jdlow \ndorh not cast\' out devils, but by \nBeelzebub the prince of the \ndevils. \n\n25 And Jesus knew their \nLhuughts, and said wnto them, \nEvejy kingdom di^ided against \nitself, is brought to desoiation : \nand every city or house divided \nagainst itself shall not stand. \n\n26 And if Satan cast out Sa- \ntaRj he is divided against him- \nselt ; how shall then his kingdom \nstand ? \n\n27 And if I by Beelzebub cast \nout devils, by whom do your \nchildren cast them out? therefore \nthey shall be your judges. \n\n16 \n\n\n\nOf blasphemy \n\n\n\n28 But \xce\x8a\xce\x90 I cast out devils by \nthe Spirit of God tlien the king- \ndom of God is come unto you. \n\n29 Or else, how can one enter \ninto a strong man\'s house, and \nspoil his goodS; except he first \nbind the strong man r and then \nhe will spoil his house. \n\n30 lie that is not with me, is \nagainst me : and he that ga- \nthereth not with me, scattereth \nabroad. \n\n31 f[ Wherefore I say unto \nyou. All mannei\' of sin and blas- \nphemy shall be forgiven unto \nmen : but the blasphemy against \nthe Hob/ Ghost shall not be for- \ngiven unto men. \n\n32 And whosoever speaketh a \nword against the Son of man, it \nshall be forgiven him : but who- \nsoever speaketh against the Holy \nGhost, It shall not be forgiven \nhim, neither in this world, neither \nin the \xce\xb7 or Id to come. \n\nS3 Either make the tree good \nand his fruit good ; or else make \nthe tree corrupt, and his fruit \ncorrupt : for the tree is known \nby hts fruit. \n\n34 \xce\x9f generation of viper si \nhow can ye, being evil, speak \ngood things ? for out of the a- \nbundance of the lieart the mouth \nspeaketh. \n\n35 A good man out of the good \ntreasure of the heart, bringeth \nforth good things : and an evi \nman out of the evil treasure \nbringetli forth e\\il things. ? \n\n36 But I say unto you. That \nevery idle wcA\'a that men shall \nspeak, they sliall ^ive account \nthereof in the day of judgment. \n\n37 For by thy words thou shalt \nbe justified, and by thy words \nthou sLalt be condemned. \n\n38 51 Then certain of the scribes \na no of the Piiarisees answered, \nsaying, Master, we would see a \nsign, from thee. \n\n39 But he answered, and said \nunto them, An evil and adulterous \n\n\n\nJo7ias a sign. Chap, \n\ngeneration seekcth after a sign \nand there shall no sign be given \nto it, but the sign of the prophet \nJonas. \n\n40 For as Jonas was three days \nand three niirhts in \'he whale\'s \nbelly, so shall the Son of man be \nthree days and tliroe nights in \nthe heart oi\' the earth. \n\n41 The men of INlineveh shall \nm. pise in judgment with this gene- \n\xcf\x88 ration, and shall condemn it, be- \ncause they repented at the preach- \ning of Jonas, and behold, a \ngreater than Jonas is here. \n\n\\l\xe2\x80\xa2 42 Ine queen of the south \n\n* shall rise up in the judgment \nwith this generation, and shall \ncondemn it : for she came from \nthe uttermost parts of the earth \nto hear the wisdom of Solomon, \nand behold a greater than Solo- \nmon is here. \n\n43 When the unclean spirit is \n^one out of a man, he waiketh \nthrough dry places, seeking rest \nand fmdeth none. \n\n44 Then he saith, I will re- \ntiu\'n into my house from whence \nI came out; and when he is come, \nhe nndeth it empty, swept, and \ngarnished. \n\n45 I\'heii goeth he, and taketh \nwith himself seven other spirits \nmore wicked than himself, and \nthey enter in and dweM there : \nand the last state of that man is \nworse tlian the first. Even so \nshall it be also vmto this wicked \ngeneration. \n\n46 ^ While he yet talked to \nthe people, behold, his mother \nand nis brethren stood without, \ndesiring to speak with him. \n\n47 Then one said unto him, \nBehold, thy mother, and thy \nbrethren stand without, desiring \nto speak with thee. \n\n48 But he answered and said \nunto him that told hnii, Who \nis my mother ? and who are my \nbrethren ? \n\n49 And he stretched forth his , \n\n\xce\xb7 \n\n\n\nxiii The parable of the sozver, \nhand towards his disciples, anfi \nsaid, Behold my mother, and my \nbrethren. \n\n50 For whosoever shall do the \n\nwill of my Father which is in \n\nheaven, the same is my brother, \n\nand sister, and mother. \n\nCHAP. XIII. \n\nOf the sower and the seed. \n\n\xce\xa4 \xce\x97 \xce\x95 same day went Jesus \nout ef the house, and sat \nby the sea side. \n\n2 And great multitudes were \ngathered together unto him, so \nthat he went into a ship, and sat, \nand the whole multitude stood on \nthe shore. \n\n3 And he spake many things \nunto them in parables, saying, \nBehold, a sower went forth to \nsow . \n\n4 And when he sowed, some \nseeds fell by the way-side, and \nthe fowls came and devoured \nthem up. \n\n5 Some fell upon stony places, \nwliere they had not much earth ; \nand forthwith tiiey sprung up, \nbecause they had no deepness of \nearth : \n\n6 And when the sun was up, \nthey were scorched, and because \nthey had not root, they \\vithered \naway. \n\n7 And some fell among thorns : \nand the thorns sprung up, and \nchoked them. \n\n8 But other fell into good \nground, and brought forth fruit, \nsome an hundred-fold, some six- \nty-fold, some thirty-fold. \n\n9 Who hath ears to hear, let \nhim hear. \n\n10 And the disciples came, \nand said unto him, Wiiy speakest \nthou unto them in parables ? \n\n11 He answered and said luito \nthem. Because it is given unto \nyou to know the mysteries of the \nkinii^dom of heaven, but to them \nit is not given. \n\n12 For whosoever hath, to him \nshall be given, and he shall have \n\n\n\n\xce\x8a he parable \n\n\n\nS. Matthew. \n\n\n\nof the s\xc2\xbbw\xe2\x82\xacr. \n\n\n\nmore abundance : but whosoever \nhath not, from him shall be taken \naway, even that he hath. \n\n1^ Therefore speak I to them \nin parables : because they see- \ning, see not : and liearins^, they \nhear not, neither do they un- \nderstand. \n\n14 And in them is fulfilled \nthe prophecy of Esaias, which \nsaith, By hearin\xc2\xbb ye shall hear, \nand shall not understand : and \nseeing ye shall see, and shall not \nperceive. \n\n15 For this people\'s heart is \n\\vaxed gross, and their ears are \ndull of hearing, and their eyes \nthey have closed; lest at any time \nthey should see with their eyes, \n^and hear with their ears, and \nshould understand with t^teir \nheart, and should be converted, \nand I siiouid heaJ them. \n\n16 But blessed are your eyes \nfor they see : and your ears^ for \nthey iiear. \n\n17 For verily I say unto you, \nthat many prophets and righte- \nous mn have desn-ed to see those \nthin.i^s which ye see, an-d have \nnot seen ihem. : and to hear those \nthin|^s which ye hear, and have \nnot heard them, \n\n18 ^ Hear ye therefore the \npara\xe2\x80\xa2 le of the sower. \n\n19 Vhen any one heareth the \nword of the kingdom, and un- \ndei\'standeth it not, then cometh \nthe \\vick:ed one, and catchetb \naway that whi-ch was sown m his \nheart : tliis is he which received \nseed by the way-side. \n\n\'^ 20 But he that received the \nseed into stony places, the same \nis he that keareth the word, and \nanon with joy receiveth it. \n\n21 Yet hath he not root in \nhimself, but dureth for a while : \nfor when tribulation or persecu- \ntion ariseth because of the word, \nby and by he is offended. \n\n22 He\' also thint received seed \namoiis \xcf\x8d\\% thorfiSc is he that \n* 18 \n\n\n\nheareth the word, and the care of \nthis world, and the deceitfulness \nof riches, ciioke the word, and he \nbecometh unfruitful. \n\n2.3 But he that received seed \ninto the good ground, is he that \nhearech the word, and under- \nstandeth ^/,\' which also heareth \nfruit, and bringeth forth, some \nan hundred-fold, some sixty, some \nthirty. \n\n24 ^ Another parable put he \nforth uato them, saying, The \nkingdom of heaven is likened un- \nto a man which sowed good seed \nin his held. \n\n25 But while men slept, his \nenemy came and sowed taieg \namong the wheat, and went liis \nway. \n\n26 But when the blade was \nspi*ung up, and brought forth \n]ruit, then- appeared the tares \nalso. \n\n27 So the ser\\\'ants of the house* \nholder came and said unto hnn. \nSir, didst not thou sow good seed \nin thy rield ? from whence then \nhath It tares ? \n\n28 He said unto them. An \nenemy hath done this. The ser- \nvants said unto him, Wilt thoe \nthen that we go and gather them \nup r \n\n29 But he said. Nay ; lest while \nye gather up the tares, ye root \nup also the wheat with them. \n\n30 Let both grow together un- \ntil the harvest : and in the time \nof harvest I will say to the reap- \ners. Gather ye together first the \ntares, and bind them in bundles \nto burn them : but gather the \nwheat into my barn. \n\n31 ^ Another parable put he \nforth unto them, saying, Tlie \nkingdom of heaven is like to a \ngrain of mustard-seed, which a \nman took, and sowed in his field. \n\n32 Which indeed is the least of \nail seeds ; but when it is grown, \nit is the greatest among herbs, \nand becometh a tree ; so that the \n\n\n\nThe parable of the \n\n\n\nbirds of the air come and lodge \nin the branches thereof. \n\n33 ^ AnotFier parable spake \nhe unto tiiem. The kingdom of \nheaven Is like unto leaven, which \na woman took and hid in three \nmeasures of meal, till the whole \nwas leavened. \n\n34 All these things spake Jesus \nunto the multitude in parables, \nand without a parable spake he \nnot unto them : \n\n35 That it might be fulfilled \nwhich was spoken by the pro- \nphet, saying, I will open my \nmoutli in parables, I will utter \nthings which have been kept \nsecret from the foundation of tiie \nworld. \n\n36 Then Jesus sent the mul- \ntitude away, and went into the \nhouse : aud his disciples came \nunto him, saying, Declare unto \nus the parable of the tares of \nthe field. \n\n\' 37 He answered and said unto \nthem. He that sow^eth the good \nseed is the Son of man. \n\n38 The field is the world : the \ngood seed arc the children of the \nkingdom : but the tares are the \nchildren of the wicked (me : \n\n39 The enemy that sow^ed \nthem is the devil : the harvest is \nthe end of the world : and the \nreapers are the angels. \n\n40 As therefore the tares are \ngathered and burned in tlie fire ; \nso shall it be in the end of this \nworld. \n\n41 The Son of man shall send \nforth his angels, and they shall \ngather out of his kmgdom all \nthings that ofiend, and them \nwhich do iniquity ; \n\n42 And shall cast them intther, said. Give \nme here John Baptist\'s head in a \ncharger. \n\n9 And the king was sorry : \nnevertheless, for the oath^s sake \nand them which sat with him at \nmeat, he commanded it to be \ngiven her, \n\n10 And lie sent and beheaded \nJohn in the prison. \n\n11 And his head was brought \nin a chai\'ger, and given to the \n\n50 \n\n\n\n\xc2\xa5).ve thousand Jed, \ndamsel : and she brought it to \nher mother. \n\n12 x^nd his disciples came, and \ntook up the body, and buried it, \nand went and told Jesus. \n\n13 f[ \'^Vhen Jesus heard of it, \nhe departed thence by ship, into \na desert place, apart : and when \ntne people had heard thereof, \nthey followed him on foot out of \nthe cities. \n\n14 And Jesus went forth, and \nsaw a great multitude, and was \nmoved with compassion toward \ntiiem, and he healed their sick. \n\n15 % And when it was e\xce\x9b^en- \ning, his disciples came to him, \nsaymg, This is a desert place, \nand the time is now past; send \nthe multitude away, that they \nmay go into the villages, and buy \nthemselves victuals. \n\n16 But Jesus said unto them. \nThey need not depart, give ye \nthem to eat. \n\n17 And they say unto him, \nWe have here but five loaves, \nand two hshcs. \n\n18 He said, Bring them hither \nto me. \n\n19 And he commanded the \nmultitude to sit down on the \ngrass, and took the hve loaves, \nand the two fishes, and looking \nup to heaven, he blessed and \nbrake, and ga^e the loaves tf) his \ndisciples, and the disciples to the \nmultitude. \n\n20 And they did all eat, and \nwere filled : and they took up \nof the frairments that remainecf, \ntwelve baskets full. \n\n21 And they that had eaten \nwere about five thousa?id men, \nbesides women and children. \n\n22 5[ And straiffhtwav Jesus \nconstrained his disciples to get \ninto a ship, and to ^o before inra \nunto the other side, while he \nsent the multitudes away. \n\n23 And when he had*^ sent the \nm altitudes away, he went up into \n\n\n\nChrist walketh on the sea. \n\xce\x9b mountain apart to pray : \nwhen the evening was come, he \nwas there alone. \n\n24 But the ship was now in \nthe midst of the sea, tossed with \nwaves :v for the wind was con- \ntrary. \n\n25 And in the fourth watch \nof the night, Jesus went unto \nthem walkmg on the sea. \n\n26 And when tiie disciples saw \nbim walking on tiie sea, they \nwere troubled, saying, It is a spi- \nrit, and they cried out for t^ar. \n\n27 But straightway Jesus spake \nunto them s ijing. Be of good \ncheer, it is I, be not afraid. \n\n28 And Peter answered him, \nand said, Lfud, if it be thou, \nbid me come unto thee on the \nwater. \n\n29 And he said. Come, ilnd \nwhen Peter was come down out \nof the ship, he walked on the \nwater, to go to Jesus. \n\n30 But when he saw the wind \nboisterous, he was afraid : and \nbeginning to sink, he cried, say- \ning. Lord, save me. \n\n31 And immediately Jesus \nstretched forth his hand, and \ncaught him, and said unto him, \n\xce\x9f thou of little faith, wherefore \ndidst thou doubt? \n\n32 And when they were come \ninto the ship, the wind ceased. \n\n33 Then they that were in the \nship, came anci worshipped him, \nsaying, Of a truth thou art the \nson of God. \n\n34 ^ And when they were \ngone over, they came into the \nland of Gennesaret. \n\n35 And when the irfen of that \nplace had knowledge of him \nthey sent out into all that coun- \ntry round about, and brought \nunto hiin all that were diseased. \n\n36 And besought him, that \nthey miglxt only touch the hem \nof his garment ; and as many \nas touched were made perfectly \nwhole. \n\n21 \n\n\n\nChap. XV. Men^s traditions, \n\nand CHAP XV. \n\nGod\'s commandments, \n\n\xce\x8a\'^\xce\x97\xce\x95\xce\x9d came to Jesus scribes \nand Pharisees, which were \nof Jerusalem, saying, \n\n2 Why do tliy disciples trans- \ngress the tradition of the elders ? \nfor they wash not their hands \nwhe\xc2\xbb they eat bread. \n\n3 But he answered and said \nunto them. Why do ye also \ntransgress the commandment of \nGod by your tradition ? \n\n4 For God commanded, say- \ning, Honour thy father and mo- \nther : and, He that curseth fa- \nther or mother, let him die the \ndeath. \n\n5 But ye say, Whosoever shall \nsay, to his father or his mother, \nIt is a gift by whatsoever thou \nmightest be profited by me. \n\n\xce\xb2 And honour iiot^ his father \nor his mother, he shall be free. \nThus have ye made the com- \nmandment of God of none ef- \nfect by your tradition. \n\n7 Ye hypocrites, well diet E-^ \nsaias propiiesy of you, saying, \n\n8 This people draweth nigh \nunto me with their mouth, and \nhonoureth m.e with their lips ; \nbut their heart is far from me. \n\n9 But in vain they do woi\'ship \nme, teaching for doctrines the \ncommandments of men. \n\n10 ^ And he called the multi- \ntude, and said luito them, Hear \nand understand. \n\n11 Not that which gi^eth inte \nthe mouth defileth a man : but \nthat which oiBeth out ef the \nmouth, this defileth a man. \n\n12 Then came his disciples, \nand said unto him, Knowest thou \nthat. the Pharisees were offended \nalter they beard this saying "^ \n\n13 But be answered and said. \nEvery plant which my heavenly \nFather hath not planted, shaft \nbe rooted up. \n\n14 Let them alone ; they be \nblind leaders of the blind. Aim! \n\n\n\nWhat defileth a man, S. Matthew. The multitude fc9. \n\nif the blind lead t\'le blind, both | daughter was made whole from \nshall fall into the ditch. I that veiy hour. \n\n15 Then answered Peter, and j 29 And Jesus xieparted from \nsaid unto him, Declare unto us : tlience, and came nigh unto the \nthis parable. j sea oi Galilee, and went up in- \n\n16 And Jesus said, Are ye also to a mountain, and sat dowm \n\n\n\nyet \\vithout understanding r \n\n17 Do not ye yet understand, \n\nthat whatsoever enteretb in at \n\nthe mouth, goeth into the belly, \n\nand is cast out into the draught ? \n\n18 But those things which \n\ni>roceed out of the mouth, come \north from the heart, and they \ndefile the man. \n\n19 For out of the heart pro- \nceed evil thoughts, murders, adul- \nteries, fornications, thefts, false \nwitness, blasphemies. \n\n20 These are the things which \ndefile a man : but to eat with \nunwashen hands defileth not a \nman. \n\n21 5T Then Jesus went thence, \nand departed i-nto the coasts of \nTyre and Sidon \n\n22 And behold a woman of \nCanaan came out of the same \ncoasts, aiiid cried unto him, sav- \ning. Have mercy on me, \xce\x9f Lord, \nthou son of David ; my dauirhter \nis grievously vexed with a devil. \n\n23 But he answered her not a \nword. And his disciples came \nana bes(>u^ht him, saying. Send \nher away, tor she crieth after us. \n\n24 But he answered and said, \nI am not sent, but unto the lost \nsheep of the house of Israel. \n\n25 Then came she and wor- \nshipped ijim, saying. Lord, help \nme. \n\n. 26 But he answered and said, It \nis not mec/t to take tlie childien*s \nbread, and to cast it to dogs. \n\n27 Aiid she said, Truth, Lord : \nyet the dogs eat of the crumbs \nwhich fall from their master\'s \ntable. \n\n28 Then Jesus answered and \nsaid unto her, \xce\x9f woman, great \nIS tiiy faith : be it unto thee \n\xce\xb2^\xcf\x86\xce\xb9 as th<^u wilt.^ And her \n\n\n\nthere. \n\n30 And great multitudes came \nunto him, having with therm \nthose that were lame, blind, \ndumb, maimed, and many otaers, \nand cast them down at Jesus\' \nfeet, and he healed them : \n\n31 Insomuch that the multi- \ntude wondered when they saw \nthe dumb to speak, the maimed \nto be whole, the lame to w^alk^ \nand the blind to see : and they \nglo ified the God of Israel. \n\n32 if Then Jesus called his \ndisciples unto him, and said, I \nhave compassion on the multi- \ntude, because they continue witli \nme now three aays, and have \nnothing to eat : and I will not \nsend them away fastmg, lest they \nfain in the way. \n\n33 And his disciples say unt\xe2\x80\xa2 \nhim, Wiience should we liave so \nmuch bread m the wilderness, as \nto fill so great a multitude ? \n\n34 And Jesus saith unto them, \nHow many loaves have ye ? And \nthey said, Seven, and a few lit- \ntle fishes. \n\n35 And he commanded the \nmultitude to sit do^vn on the \nground. \n\n36 And he took the sevea \nloaves and the fishes, and gave \nthanks, and bittke them, and \nga\\e to his disciples, and the \ndisciples to the multitude ? \n\n3? And they did all eat, and \nwere tili-ed : and they took up of \nthe broken meat that was left, \nseven baskets full. \n\n38 And they that did eat, \nwere four thousand men, besides \nwouien aiKi children. \n\n39 And he sent away the mul- \ntitude, and tiiok ship, and came \ninto the coasts of Magdala. \n\n\n\n) lit \n\n\n\nJonas\' s sign. Chap. \n\nCHARXVL \n27/ e 8\xcf\x88\xce\xb7 of Jonas. \n\nTHE Pharisee\'s also with the \nSadducees came, and temp- \nting, desired him that he would \nshew them a sign from heaven. \n\n2 He answered, and said unto \nthem, When it is evening, ye \n^ say, It will he fair weather : for \nf. the sky is red. \n\ni 3 And in the morning, li will \nI he foul weather to-day : for the \nsky is red and lowring. \xce\x9f \nhypocrites, ye can discern \nface of the sky, but can ye not \ndiscern the signs of the times ? \n\n4 A wicked and adulterous \ngeneration seeketh after a sign, \nand there shall no sign be given \nunto it, but the sign of the pro- \nphet Jonas. And he left them, \nand departed. \n\n5 ^ And when his disciples were \ncome to the other side, they had \nforgotten to take bread, \n\n6 \xe2\x82\xac[ Then Jesus said unto \n\xe2\x80\xa2them. Take heed and beware of \n\nhe leaven of the Pharisees, and \nf the Sadducees. \n\n7 And they reasoned among \ntliemsclves, saying. It is because \nwe have taken no bread. \n\n8 Which when Jesus perceived^ \nhe said unto them, \xce\x9f ye of little \n^aith, why reason ye among your- \nselves, because ye have brought \n\n\xce\xbf bread ? \n\n9 Do ye not yet understand, \niicither remember the five loaves \n*of the five thousand, and how \n\nmany baskets ye took up ? \n\n10 Neither the seven loaves of \nthe four thousand, and how many \nbaskets ye took up ? \n\n11 How is it that ye do not \nunderstand that I spake it iiot to \nyou concerning bread, that ye \n\n^$l1L0uld beware of the leaven oi che \n\nfliarisees, and of the Sadducees ? \n12 Then understood they how \nthat he bade them not bewW e of \nthe leaven of bread, but of the \ndoctrme of the Pharisees, and of \nihe Sadducees, 23 \n\n\n\nxvi. Peter\'s confession of Christ, \n\n13 ^ When Jesus came into \nthe coasts of Cesarea Philippi, he \nasked his disciples, saying, Whom^ \ndo men say that I, the Son cf \nman, am ? \n\n14 And tliey said. Some sat, \nthat thou art John the Baptist, \nsome Elias, and others Jeremias, \nor one of the prophets. \n\n15 He saithunto them, But \nwhom say ye that I am .? \n\n16 And Simon Peter answered \nand said. Thou art the Christ the \nSon of the living God. \n\n17 And Jesus answered and \nsaid unto him. Blessed art thou, \nSimon Bar-jona : for flesh and \nblood hath not revealed it unto \nthee, but my Father which is in \nheaven. \n\n18 And I say also unto thee, \nthat thou art "^Peter, and upon \nthis rock I will build my church : \nand the gates of hell\' shall not \nprevail against it. \n\n19 And I will \xcf\x86^\xce\xb2 unto thee \nthe keys of the kingdom of liea* \nven : and whatsoevej- thou shalt \nbind on earth, shall be bound in \nheaven : and whatsoever thcu \nshalt loose on earth, shall be \nloosed in heaven, \n\n20 Then charged he his dis- \nciples, that they should tell no \nman that he was Je^us the Christ. \n\n21 ^ From that time forth be- \ngan Jesus to shew unto his disci- \nples, how that he must go unto \nJerusalem, and suffer many things \nof the elders, and chief priests, \nand scribes, and be killed, and \nbe i*aised again the third day. \n\n22 Then Peter took him, and \nbegan to rebuke him, sayinir, Be \nit far fi-om thee. Lord: this shall \nnot be unto thee. \n\n23 But he turned, and said \nunto Peter, Get thee behind me, \nSatan, thou art an ohcnne unto \nme : for thou savourest not the \nthings that be of God, but those \nthat be of men. \n\n24 ^ Then said Jesus unto his \n\xce\x92 \n\n\n\nThe cross qf Christ, S. Matthew. \n\n\n\ndisciples, If any man will come \nafter me, let him deny himself, \nand take up his cross, and follow \nme. \n\n25 For whosoever wail save his \nlife, shall lose it : and whosoever \nwill lose his life for my sake, shall \nfmd it. \n\n26 For what is a man profited, \nif he shall gain the \xce\x9bvhole world, \nand lose ^his own soul ? or \xce\x9bvhat \nshall a man give in exchange for \nhis soul ? \n\n27 For the Son of man shall \ncome in the glory of his Father, \nwith his angels : and then he shall \nreward every man according to \nhis works. \n\n28 A^erily I say unto you, There \nbe some standing here, which \nshall not taste of death^ till tliey \nsee the Son of man coramg in his \nkingdom. \n\nCHAP. XVII. \nThe tramfiguratwn of Christ. \n\nAND after six days, Jesus \ntaketh Peter, James, and \nJohn his brother, and bringeth \nthem up into an high mountain \napart. \n\n2 And was transfigiu-ed before \nthem, and his face did shine as \nthe sun, and his raiment was \nwhite as the light. \n\n5 And behold there appeared \nunto them jMoses and Elias talk- \ning Avith him. \n\n4 Then answered Peter, and \nsaid unto Jesus, Lord, it is good \nfor us to be here : if thou wilt, \nlet us make here three taberna- \ncles; one for thee, and one for \nMoses, and one for Elias. \n\n6 AVhiie he yet spake, behold \na bright cloud overshadowed \nthem : and behold a \xce\xbb oice out \nof the cloud, which said, This is \nmv beloved Son, in whom I am \nwell pleased ; hear ye him. \n\n6 And when the disciples \nheard it, they tell on their face, \nand were sore afraid. \n\n7 And Jesus came aud touch- \n\n24 \n\n\n\nThe lunatick healed. \ned them, and said. Arise, and be \n\nnot afraid. \n\n8 And when they had lifted up \ntheir eyes, they saw no man, save \nJesus only. \n\n9 And as they came down from \nthe mountain, Jesus charged \nthem, sa;ying. Tell the vision to \nno man, until the Son of n>an \nbe risen again from the dead. \n\n10 And his disciples asked him, \nsaying, Wh^^ then say the scribes, \nthat Elias must first come } \n\n11 And Jesus answered and \nsaid unto them, Elias trul}? shall \nfirst come, and restore aU things : \n\n12 But I say mito you, that \nElias is come already, and they \nknew him not, but have done \nunto him whatsoever they listed : \nlikewise^ shall also the Son of \nman suffer of them. \n\n13 Then the disciples under- \nstood that he spake unto them \nof John the Baptist. \n\n14 5i And when they were \ncome to the multitude^ there \ncame to him a certain man kneel- \ning down to him, and saying, \n\n15 Lord, have mercy on my \nson, for he is lunatick, and sore \nvexed : for oft-times he falieth \ninto the fire, and oft into the \nwHter. \n\n16 And I brought him to thy \ndisciples, and they could not \ncure him. \n\n17 Then Jesus answered and \nsaid, \xce\x9f faithless and perv-erse ge- \nneration, how long shall I be with \nyou? how long shall I suiter you? \nbring him hither to me. \n\n18 And Jesus rebuked the de- \nvil, and he departed out ot" him ; \nand die child was cured from \nthat very hour. \n\n19 Then came the disciples to \nJesus apa] t, and said. Why could \nnot we cast him out ? \n\n20 And Jesus said unto them, \nBecause of your unbelief : for \nverily I say unto you, If ye have \nfaith as a ^rain \xcf\x85\xcf\x8a mustard-seed, \n\n\n\nChrist payeth tribute. Chap. \nTe shall say unto this mountain, \n\xce\x99\xce\x90\xce\xb2\xce\xb9\xce\xb7\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\'\xce\xb2 hence to yonder place, \nand it shall remo\\^e ; and nothing \nshall be iranossible unto yon. \n\n21 Hovvbcii, this kind goerh \nnot out, but by prayer and fasting. \n\n22 ^ And\' while they abode \nin Galilee, Jesus said unto tliem, \nThe Son of man shall be betray- \ned into the hands of men. \n\n23 And they shall kill him, \nand the third day he shall be \nraised again : and they were ex- \nceeding sorry. \n\n24 ^ And when they were \ncome to Capernaum, they that \nreceived tnhnte-money, came to \nPeter, and said. Doth not your \nmaster pay tribute } \n\n25 He saith, Yes. And when \nhe was come into the house, Jesus \nprevented him, saying, -What \nthinkest thou, Simon } of whom \ndo the kings of the earth take \ncustom or tribute .? of their own \nchildren, or of strangers } \n\n26\xe2\x80\xa2 Peter saith unto him.. Of \nstrangers. Jesus saith unto him, \nThen are the children free\xc2\xbb \n\n27 Notwithstanding, lest we \nshould offend them, go thou to \nthe sea, and cast an hook, and \ntake up the fish that first cometb \nup: and when thou hast ope ed \nhis mouth, thou shalt find a piece \nof money : that take and give \nunto them for me and thee. \n\nCHAP. xvm. \n\nChrist teacheth to be humble. \n\nAT the same time came the \ndisciples unto Jesus, saying, \n\\yho is the greatest in the king- \ndom of heaven ? \n\n2 And Jesus called a little \nchild unto him, and set him in \nthe midst of them, \n\n3 And said, Verily I say unto \nyou, Except ye be converted, \nand become as little children, ye \nshall not enter into the kingdom \nof heaven. \n\n4 Whosoever therefore shall \nhumble himself as this little child, \n25 \n\n\n\nxviii. To amid offences. \n\nthe same is greatest in the king\xe2\x80\xa2 \ndom of hoH^ en. \n\n5 And whoso shall receive one \nsuch little child m my name, \nreceiveth me, \n\n6 But whoso shall offend one \nof these little ones which believe \nin nic, it were better for him tiiat \na millstone were hanged about his \nneck, and that he were drowned \nin ti>e depth of the sea. \n\n7 ^ Wo unto the world be- \ncause of offences: for it, must \nneeds be that offences come : but \nwo to that man by whom the \noffence coraeth. \n\n8 Wherefore, if thy hand or \nthy foot offend thee, cut them \noff, and cast them from thee : it \nis better for thee to enter into \nlife halt or manned, rather than \nhaving two hands or tAvo feet, to \nbe cast into everlasting fire. \n\n9 And if thiue eye offend thee, \npluck it out, and cast it from \nthee : it is better for thee to en- \nter into life with one eye. rather \nthan having two eyes, to be cast \ninto hell fire. \n\n10 Take heed that ye despise \nnot one of these little ones; for \nI say unto you, that in heaven \ntheir angels do always behold \nthe face of my Father which is in \nheaven. \n\n11 For the Son of man is come \nto save that which was lost. \n\n12 How think ye ? if a man \nhave an hundred sheep and one \nof them be gone astray, doth he \nnot leave the ninety and Paine \nand goeth into the mountains \nand seeketh that which is gone \nastray .? \n\n13 "And if so be that ho find it, \nverily I say unto you, lie rejoiceth \nmore of that sneep^ than "of the \nninety and nine \\viiich went not \nastray. \n\n14 Even ?o it is not th-e w ^ \nof your Father which^ is in hea\xe2\x80\xa2^ \nven, that one of these little ones \nshould perish, \n\xce\x92 t \n\n\n\nes I \n\n\n\nHozo cftea \n\n\n\nS. Matthew. \n\n\n\nlo % Moreover, if thy brother \n\n\n\ntoforgive. \n\n\n\n27 Then the Lord of that ser- \nshali tvespatjs agamst thee, go and j vant was moved with compassion, \nteii him his fault between thee j and loosed him, and forgave him \n\n\n\nand him alone ; if be shall hear \nthee, thou hast gabied thy brother, \n\n16 But if he will not hear thee, \nthen take wuth thee one or two \nmore, that in the moutn of two \nor three witnesses, every word \nmay be established. \n\n17 And if he shall neglect to \nhear them, teh it unto the church : \nbut if he neglect to hear the \nchurch, let him be unto tnee as \nan heathen man and a publican. \n\n13 A^erily I say unto you, \nWhatsoever ye shall bind on \nearthy shall be bound in hc-aven : \nand whatsoever ye shall loose on \nearth, shall be loosed in heaven. \n\n19 Again I say unto you, that \nif two of you shall agree on \nearth, as touching any thing that \nthey shall ask, it shall be done \nfor them of my Father which is \nin heaven. \n\n20 For where two or three are \ngathered together in my name, \nthere am I in the midst of them. \n\n21 ^ Then came Peter to him, \nand said, Lord, how^ oft shall my \nbrother sin against me, and I \nforgive him ? till seven times ? \n\n22 Jesus saith unto him, I say \nnot unto thee, Until seven times : \nbut, until seventy times seven. \n\n23 ^1 Therefore is the kingdom \n<-f heaven likened unto a certain \nking, which would take account \nof ills servants. \n\n24 And v/hen he had begun to \nreckon, one w^as brought unto \nhim, which owed him ten thou- \n^nd talents. \n\n25 But forasmuch as he had \nnot to pay, liis Lord commanded \nhim to be sold, and his wife and \nchildren, and all that he had, and \npayment to be made. \n\n20 The servant therefore fell \njown and worshinped him, say- \n/iig, ijjvdj have patience with me, \nii.ud I will pay tnee aij. \n26 \n\n\n\nthe dobt. \n\n28 But the same servant went \nout, and found one of his fellow- \nservants, which owed him an \nhundred pence : and he laid \nhands on him, and took him by \nthe throat, saying. Pay me that \nthou owest. \n\n29 And his fellow-servant fell \ndown at his feet, and besought \nhim, saying. Have patience with \nme, and I w ill pay thee all. \n\n30 And he would not: but \nwent and cast him into prison \ntill he should pay the debt. \n\n31 So when his fellow-ser- \nvants saw what was done, they \nw^ere very sorry, and came ancl \ntold unto their lord all that was \ndone. \n\n32 Then his lord, after that he \nhad called him, said unto him, \n\xce\x9f thou wicked servant, I for- \ngave tliee all that debt, because \nthou desiredst me : \n\n33 Shouldest not thou a^so \nhave had compassion on thy fel- \nlow-servant, even as I had pity \non thee ? \n\n34 And his iDrd was wroth, \nand delivered him to the tor- \nm^entors, till he should pay all \nthat was due imto him. \n\n25 So likewise shall my hea- \nvenly Father do also unto you, \nif ye from your hearts forgive \nnot every one his brother their \ntrespasses. \n\nCHAP. XIX. \nChrist healeth the sick. \nND it came to pass, tkiif \nwhen Jesus haa finished \nthese sayings, he departed from \nGalilee, and came into tiie coasts \nof Judea, beyond Jordan : \n\n2 And great multitudes fol- \nlowed him, and he healed them \nthere. \n\n3 ^ The Pharisees also came \nunto him, tempting htrir, and \n\n\n\nA\' \n\n\n\nOf divorcement. Chap, \n\nsaving unto him, Is it lawful for I \na man to put away his wife for \nevery cause ? i \n\n4 And he answered, and said \nunto them, Have ye not read \nthat he which made them at the \nbegiiining, made them male and \nfemale ? \n\n5 And said, For this cause shall \na man leave father and mother, \nand shall cleave to his wife : and \nthey tv/ain shall be one flesh. \n\n6 Wherefore they are no more \ntwain, but one flesh. What there- \nfore God hath jomed togetlier, let \nnot man put asunder. \n\n7 They say unto him, Why did \nMoses then command to give a \nwriting of divorcement, and to \nput her away ? \n\n8 He saith unto them, Moses, \nbecause of the hardness of your \nhearts, suffered you to put away \nyour wives : but from the begin- \nning it w^as not so. \n\n9 And I say unto you, Whoso- \never shall put away\'his wife, ex- \nceptor be for fornication, and shall \nmarry another, comniitteth a- \ndultery ; and whoso marrieth her \nwhich is put away, doth commit \nadultery. \n\n10 ^ His disciples say unto \nhim, if the case of the man be \nso with his wife, it is not good \nto niarr}\'. \n\n11 But he said unto them. Ail \nmen cannot receive this saying, \nsave they to whom it is given. \n\nV2 lor there are some eu- \nnuchs, wiiich were so born from \ntheir mother^s womb : and there \nare some eunuchs, which were \nmade eunuchs of men: and there \nbe eunuchs, which have made \nthemselves eunuchs for the king- \ndom of heaven^s sake. He that \nis able to receive ii, let him re- \nceive it, \n\n13 % Then were there brought \nunto him little children, that he \nsliouid put hi^ hands on them, \nand pray : and the disciples re- \nbuked tKem, 2T \n\n\n\nXIX. \xce\x97\xce\xbf\xce\xb6\xcf\x85 to attain eternal i\'i\'e. \n\n14 But .Jesus said, Suffer little \nchildren, and forbid them not to \ncome unto me-: for of such is \nthe kingdom of heaven. \n\n15 And he laid his hands ou \nthem, and departed thence. \n\n16 ^ And behold, one came \nand said unto him, Good I\\iaster, \nwhat good thing shall 1 do that \nI may have eternal life? \n\n17 And he said unto him, Wliy \ncaliest thou me good ? there is \nnone good but one, that is God : \nbut if thou wilt enter into life, \nkeep the commandments. \n\n18 He saith unto hiin, Which ? \nJesus said. Thou shalt do no \nmurder. Thou shalt not commit \nadulterv, Thou shalt not steal, \nThou shalt not bear false witness. \n\n19 Honour thy father and thy \nmother ; and. Thou shalt love \ntiiy neighbour as thyself. \n\n20 The young man saith unto \nhim. All these things have I kept \nfrom my j^outh up : what lack 1 \ny<3t r \n\n21 Jesus said unto him, If \nthou wilt be perfect, go and sell \nthat thou hast, and give to the \npoor, and thou shalt iiave trea- \nsure in heaven: and come aiid \nfollow me. \n\n22 But when the young man \nheard that saying, he went away \nsorrowful for he had great pos- \nsessions. \n\n23 ^ Then said Jesus unto his \ndisciples, Verily I say unto you, \nthat a rich man shall hardly enter \ninto the kingdom of heaven. \n\n24 And again I say unto you, \nIt is easier Tor a camel to ||g[> \nthrough the eye of a needle, than \ntor a rich man to enter into trie \nkingdom of God. \n\n25 When his disciples heard it^ \nthey were exceedingly amazed, \nsaying, Who then can be saved ? \n\n26 ^But Jesus beheld them^ and \nsaid unto them, With men this \nis impossible, but v.] th God all \nthings ai^e possible. \n\nE3 \n\n\n\n0.7 ^ Then answered Peter, \nand said unto hiin. Behold, we \nhare forsaken all, and followed \nthee; what shall we have there- \nfore \xce\x93 \n\n28 And Jesas said unto them. \nVerily I say unto you, that ye \n^vhicfi have followed me in tKe \nregeneration, when the Son of \ninan shall sit in the throne of \nhis ^lory, ye also shall sit upon \ntwelve thrones, judging the twelve \ntribes of Israeh \n\n29 And every one that hath \n\xe2\x96\xa0^ui\'saken houses, or brethren, or \n: sters, or father, or mother, or \nVrife, or children, or lands for \nuiy name\'s sake, siiall receive an \nhnndred Fold, and shall inherit \neverlastii:^g life, \n\n30 But many that are first, \nshall be last ; and the last skaU be \n\nCHAP. XX. \n\nThe labourers in the vineyard. \n\nFOR the kingdom of heaAen \nis like unto a man that is \nan householder, which went out \nearly in the morning to hire la- \nbourers into his vineyard. \n\n2 And when he had agreed \nv^\'ith the labourers for a penny \na day, he sent them into hfs \nvineyard. \n\n3 And he went out about the \nthird liour, and saw others stand- \ning idle in the market-place. \n\n4 And said unto them, Go ye \nalso into the vineyard, and wliat- \nsoever is right, 1 will give you. \n^\\nd tliey went theu* way. \n\n5 Again he w^cnt out about \nthe s?xtii and ninth ho^ir and did \nlikewise. \n\n6 And about the eleventh \nhour he went out, and found \nothers standing idle, and saith \nunto them, Wliy stand ye here \nall the day idle } \n\n7 They say unto him, Because \nno man hath hn-ed us. He saith \nunto them, Go ye also into the \n\n\n\nS. Matthew. the vineyard. \n\nvineyard, and whatsoever is right \nthat shall ye recei\\ e, \n\n8 So wJien even was come, \nthe lord of the vineyard saith \nunto his stev/ard. Call the la- \nbourei s, and give them their hire, \nbeginning from the last unfo the \nhrst. \n\n9 And when they came that \nzve?\'e hired about the eleventh \nhour they received every man a \npenny. \n\n10 But when the first came, they \nsupposed that they should have \nreceived more, and they likewise \nreceived every man a" penny. \n\n11 And when they had re- \nceived if, they murmured against \nthe good man of the house, \n\n12 Saying, These last have \nwrought Sut one hour, and thou \nhast made them equal unto us \nwhich have borne the burdca \nand heat C)i. the day. \n\n13 But he answered one of \nthem, and said. Friend, I do \nthee no wrong : didst not thou \nagree w ith me for a penny ? \n\n14 Take that tline is, and go \nthy vv-ay ; I will give unto this \nlast, even as unto thee. \n\n15 Is it not lawful for me to \ndo what I Will with mine own } is \nthine eye evil because I am good? \n\n10 So the last shall be first, \nand the first last : for many be \ncalled, but few chosen. \n\n17 ^ And Jesus going up to \nJerusalem, took the twelve disci* \npies apart in the w-ay, and said \nunto them, \n\n18 Behold we go up to Je- \nrusalem, and the Son of man \nshall be betrayed unto the chief \npriests, and unto the scribes, and \nthey shall condemn him to death, \n\n19 And shall deliver him to \ntlie Gentiles to mock, and to \nscourge, and to crucify him : \nand the third day he shall rise \nagain. \n\n20 ^ Then came to him the mo\xe2\x80\xa2 \' \nther of Z\xc2\xabbedee\'s children with \n\n\n\nZehedee^s children. \n\n\n\nher \n\n\n\nsons, worshipping \n\n\n\nhim. \n\n\n\ndesirini^ a certain thing of him. \n\n21 And he said unto her, What \nwilt thou ? She saith unto him, \nGrant that, these my two sons \nmay sit, the one on thy right\' \nhand, and the other on the left, in \nthy kingdom. \n\n22 But Jesus answered and \nsaid. Ye know not what ye ask. \nAre ye able to drink of the cup \nthat! shall drink of, and to be \nbaptized with the baptism liiat \nI am baptized with ? They say un- \nto him, We are able. \n\n23 And he saith unto them, \nYe shall drink indeed of ray cup, \nand be baptized with the baptism \nthat I am baptized wdth : but to \nsit on my riglit hand, and on my \nleft is iTtot mine to give, but it \nshall he given to them for whom \nit is prepared of my Father. \n\n24 And when the ten heard \nit, they were moved with indig- \nlaation against the two brethren \n\n25 But Jesus called them imto \nhim, and said, Ye know that \nthe princes of the Gentiles ex- \nercise dominion o\\^v them, and \nthey that are great, exercise au- \nthority upon them. \n\n26 "^ But it shall not be so a- \nmong you : but whosoever will be \ngreat among you, let him be your \nminister. \n\n2 \xce\x93 And whosoever will be \nchief among you, let him be your \nservant. \n\n28 Even as the Son of man \ncame not to be ministered unto, \nbut to minister, and to give his \nlife a ransom for many. \n\n29 ^ And as they departed from \nJerico, a great multitude follow- \ned him. \n\n30 ^ And behold, two blind \nmen sitting by the w^y-side, Avhen \nthey heard that Jesus passed \nby,\'cried out, sayhig. Have mercy \non us, \xce\x9f Lord, tliou Son of \nDavid. \n\n\xce\xbf J Ana the multitude rcbuk- \n29 \n\n\n\nChap. xxi. Tzco Hind men, \n\nand ed them, because they should \nhold their peace : but they cried, \nthe more, saying, Have mercy on \nus, \xce\x9f Lord, thou son of David. \n\n32 And Jesns stood still, and \ncalled them and said, Wiiat will \nye that I shall do unto you ? \n\n33 They say unto him. Lord, \nthat our eyes may be opened. \n\n34 So Jesus had compassion on \nthem, and touched their eyes : \nand immediately their eyes re- \nceived sight, and they followed \nhim. \n\nCHAP. XXL \nChrist rideth into Jerusalem, \n\nAND when they drew nigh \nunto Jerusalem, and were \ncome to Bethphage, unto the \nmount of Olives, then sent Jesus \ntwo disciples, \n\n2 Saying unto them. Go into \nthe village over against you, and \nstraightway ye shall find S-n ass \ntied, and a colt with her : loose \nthein, and bring tliem unto me. \n\n3 And if any man say ought \nunto you, ye shall say, The Lf^rd \nhath iieed of them : and straight- \nway \'he will send them. \n\n4 All this Avas don??, that it \nmight be fulfilled which was \nspoken by the prcjphet, saying, \n\n5 Tell ye the daughter of Sion, \nBehold, thy King cometh unto \nthee, meek, and sitting upon an \nass, and a colt the foal of an ass. \n\n\xce\xb2 And the disciples went, and \ndid as Jesus commanded them. \n\n7 And brought the ass, and the \ncolt, and put ou thera their clothes, \nand they set him thereon. \n\n8 And a very great multitude \nspread their garments in the \nway : others cut down brandies \nfrom the trees, and strewed them \nin the way. \n\n9 And the multitudes that \nwent before, and that followed, \ncried, saying, Hosanna to the \nson of David : Vjlessed is he that \ncom-eth in the name of the Lord ; \nHosanna in the Hi\xc2\xa3:]iest^ \nB-i ^ \n\n\n\nChrist rideth into Jerusalm, S. Matthew. The fruitle.is fig-tree. \n\n\n\n10 And when he was come \ninto Jerusa^lem, ail the city \\vas \nmoved, saying;, Who is this ? \n\n11 An3 the multitude said, \nThis is Jesus the prophet of Na- \nzareth of Galilee. \n\n12 f[ And Jesus went into the \ntemple of God, and cast out all \nthem that sold and bought m the \ntemple, and overthrew the tables \nof the money-changers, and the, \nseats of them that sold doves, \n\nIS And said unto them, It is \nwritten, My house shall be call- \ned the house of prayer ; but ye \nhave made it a den of thieves. \n\n14 And the blind and the \nlame came to him in the temple, \nand he healed them. \n\n15 And when the chief priests \nand scribes saw the wonderful \nthings that he did, ar.d the \nchildren crying in the temple, \nand saying, Hosanna to the Son \nof David : tiiey v/ere sore dis- \npleased, \n\n16 And said unto him, Hearest \nthou w^iat these say ? And Jesus \nsaith unto them. Yea ; have ye \nnever read. Out of the mouth of \nbabes and sucklings thou hast \nperfected praise ? \n\nir \xc2\xab[ And he left them, and \nwent out of tb.e city into Bethany, \nand he lodged there. \n\n18 Now in the morning as he \nrciunied into the city, he hun- \ngered. \n\n19 And when he saw a fig-tree \nin the way, he came to it, and \nfound nothing thereon, but leaves \nonly, and said unto it; Xet no \nfruit grow on thee henceforward \nfar ever. And presently the fig- \ntree withered away. \n\n20 And when the disciples saw \nli, they marvelled, saying, How \nsoon is the fig-tree vv\'ithered a- \nwav : \n\n21 Jesus answered and said \nunto them. Verily I say unto \n\n\n\nhich is done to the fig-tree, but \nalso if ye shall say unto tliis \nmountain. Be thou removed, and \nbe thou cast into the sea; it shall \nbe done. \n\n22 And all things what^.oever \nye shall ask in prayer, believing, \nye shall receive. \n\n23 ^ And \\vhen he was come \ninto the templeythe chief priests \nand the elders of the people came \nunto him, as he \\vas teaching, \nand said, By what authority doest \nthou these things f and who gave \nthee this authority ? \n\n24 And Jesus answered and \nsaid unto them, I also will ask \nyou one tiii-ng, w^hich if ye tell \nme, I, in likewise, will tell you \nby what authority I do these \nthings. \n\n25 The baptism of John, \n\xce\xbb\xce\x9b^\xce\xb5\xce\xb7\xce\xbf\xce\xbf was it ? from heaven, \nor of men ? And they \'reasoned \nwith tliemselves, saying, If we \nshall say. From heaven, he will \nsay unto us, Why did ye not then \nbelieve him ? \n\n26 But if we shall say, Of \nmen ; we fear the people : for all \nhold John as a prophet, \n\n27 And they answered Jesus, \nand said, We cannot tell. And \nhe said unto them, Neither tell \nI you by what authority I do these \nthings. \n\n28 ^ But what think ye? A \ncert ant man had two sons, and \nhe came to the first, and said, \nSon. go work to day in my vine- \nyard. \n\n29 He answered and said, I \nwill not, but afterward he re- \npented and \xce\x9bvent. \n\n30 And he came to the second, \nand said likewise. And he an- \nswered and said, I go sir ; and \nwent not. \n\n31 Whether of them twain did \nthe will of his father ? They say \nunto him, The first. Jesus saith \n\n\n\nyou, If ye have faith, and doubt | imto them. Verily I say unto \nnot, ye sfedi not only dn this [you, th-^t the publica\xc2\xbbs and ibe \n30 \n\n\n\n\xcf\x81 arable of th^ vineyard, CJhap/xxri. ilit marriage oj tht king\'s ^(.n \n\n\n\nharlots g.o into the kingdom of \nGod before 3^ou. \n\n32 For John came uMo you in \nthe way of righteousness, and ve \nbelieved him not : but the puV \niicans and the harlots believed \nhim. And ye, when ye had seen \nit^ repented not aiterward, that \nye might believe him. \n\nS3 ^ Hear another parable : \nThere was a certain householder \nwhich planted a vine-yard, and \nhedged it round about, and digged \na wine press in it, and built a \ntower, and let it out to husband- \nmen, aiid went into a far country. \n\n34 And when the time of the \nfruit drew near, he sent his ser- \nvants to the husbandmen, that \nthey might receive the fruits of it. \n\n35 And the husbandmen took \nhis serv^antSj and beat one, and kil- \nled another, and stoned another, \n\nS6 Again, he sent other servants \nmore than the first ; and they did \nunto them likewise. \n\n37 But last of all he sent unto \nthem his son, saying. They v>ui \nreverence my son. \n\n38 But when the husbandmen \nsaw the son, they said among \nriiemselves, This is the heir, come \nlet us kill him, and let us seize on \nhis inheritance. \n\n39 And they caught him, and \ncast him out of the vineyard, and \nslew him, \n\n40 When the Lord therefore of \nthe vineyard coraeth, what will \nhe do unto those husbandmen ? \n\n41 They say unto him, He will \nmiserably destroy those wicked \nmen, and wall let out his vine- \nyard unto other husbandmen, \nwhich shall render him the fruits \nin their seasons. \n\n42 Jesus saith unto them, Did \nye never read in the scriptures. \nThe stone which the builders re- \njected, the same is become the \nhead of the corner; this is the \nLord\'s doing, and \\t is marvellous \n\n\xce\xb7 9\\\\Y eyes ; \n\n\n\n43 Therefore say I unto you. \nThe khigdom of God shall be \ntaken from you, and given to a \nnation bringing fiorth tiie fruits \nthereof. \n\n44 And whosoever shall fall on \nthis stone, shall be broken: but \non whomsoever it sliall fall, it \nwill grind him to po\xce\x9bvder. \n\n45 And when tlie cliief priests \nand Pharisees had heard his pa- \nrabies, they perceived that he \nspake of them. \n\n46 But when they sought to Jay \nhands on him, they feared the \nmultitude, because they took him \nfor a nrophet. \n\n\' CHAP \xce\xa7\xce\xa7\xce\xa0. \nThe marriage of the king\'s son. \n\nAND Jesus answered and \nspake unto them again by \nparables, and said, \n\n2 The kingdom of heaven is \nlike unto a certain king, \xce\x9bvhich \nmade a marriage for his son. \n\n3 And sent forth his servai-its \nto call them that were bidden to \nthe wedding : and they would not \ncome. \n\n4 Again he sent forth other \nservants, saying, Tell them w^hich \nare bidden. Behold, \xce\xa4 have pre= \npared my dinner: my oxen and \nmy fatlings are killed, and all \nthings are ready : come unto the \nmarriage. \n\n5 But they made light of it, and \nwent their ways, one to his farm, \nanother to his merchandise. \n\n6 And tl>e remnant took his \nservants, and intreated them spite- \nfully, and slew them. \n\n7 But when the king hearii \nthereof, he was wroth : and he \nsent forth his armies, and de- \nstroyed those murderers,and burnt \nup their city. \n\n8 Then saith he to his sen^ants^ \nThe wedding is ready, but they \nwhich were bidden v/ere not \nworthy. \n\n9 Go ye therefore into iiie \nhigh-wavs, and as manv as ve \n\n\n\nOf pnying tribute. S. Mattkew, \n\nshali fmd, bid to the marriage. \n\n10 So those servants went out \ninfeo the high -ways, and gathered \ntogether aii as many as they \nfound ; both bad apid good : and \nthe wedding \xce\x9bvas furnished with \nguests. \n\n11 ^ And "(^\'hen the king came \nin to see the guests, he saw there \na ma,n which had not on a wed- \nding garment. \n\n12 Ar\\d he saitli unto him, \nFriend,how camest thou in hither, \nnot havng a \xce\x9bvedding garment ? \nAnd he was speechless. \n\n13 Then said the king to the \nservants, Bind him hand and footj \nand take him a\'>vay, and cast him \ninto outer darkness : tiiere shall \nbe weeping and gnashing of teeth. \n\n14 For many are called, but \nfew a?\'e chosen. \n\n15 ^ Then went the Phari- \nsees, and took counsel how \nthey Kright entangle him in his \ntalk. \n\n16 And they sent out unto him \ntheir disciples with the Herodians, \nsaying, Master, we know that thou \nart true, and teachest the way of \nGod in truth, neither carest thou \nfor any liiaa : for thou regardest \nnot the person of men. \n\n^ 17 Tell us therefore, What \nthinkest thou ? Is it lawful to gi\xce\x9b^e \ntribute unto Cesar, or not ? \n\n18 But Jesus perceived their \nwickedness, and said. Why tempt \nye me, ?/e hypocrites ? \n\n19 shew me the tribute-m-oney. \nAnd they brought unto him a \npenny. \n\n20 And \nWhose is \nitcription t \n\n21 They sayamto him, Cesar ^s. \nThen saith he unto them, Render \ntherefore unto Cesar, the things \n*.vhich are Cesar\'s; and unto God, \nthe things that are God\'s. \n\n22 When they had heard these \nu\'ords, they marvehed, and left \nliim and went tiieir wav. \n\n\n\nhe saith unto them \nthis image and super- \n\n\n\nThe Saddiicees confuted. \n\n23 ^ The same day came to \nhim the Sadducees, which say \nthat there is t\\o resurrection, and \nasked him, \n\n24 Saying, Master, Moses said, \nif a man die_, havmg no chil- \ndren, his brother shall marry hi\xc2\xbb \nwife, and raise up seed unto his \nbrother. \n\n25 Now there were with us \nseven brethren, and the first when \nhe had married a wife, deceased, \nand having no issue, left his wife \nunto his brother. \n\n26 Likewise the second also, \nand the third unto the seventh. \n\n27 And last of all the woman \ndied also. \n\n28 Therefore in the resurrec- \ntion, whose wife shall- she be of \nthe seven ? for they all had her. \n\n29 Jesus answered and said \nunto them. Ye do err, not know- \ning the scriptures, nor the power \nof God. \n\n30 For in the resurrection they \nneither m;irry, nor ai\'e given in \nmarriage ; but are as the angels \nof God in heaAcn. \n\n31 But as touching the resur- \nrection of the dead, have ye not \nread that \xce\x9bvllich was spoken unto \nyou by God ? saying, \n\n32 I am the* God of Abrir- \nham, and the God of Isaac, and \nthe God of Jacob. God is not \nthe God of the dead, but of the \nliving. \n\n3S And when the multitude \nheard this, they were astonished \nat his doctrine. \n\n34 ^ But when the Pharisees \nhad heard that he had put the \nSadducees to silence, they were \ngathered together. \n\n35 Then one of them, which \nteas a law3^r, asked him a \nquestion, tempting him, and \nsaying, \n\n36 Master, which is the great \ncommandment in the lavv? \n\n37 Jesi.is said unto him. Thou \nshali love the Lord thy God \n\n32 \n\n\n\nThe Pharisees exposed. Chap \nwith all thy heart, and with all \nthy^soul, and with all thy mind. \n\n38 This is tlie first and great \ncommandment. \n\n39 And the second is like unto \nit, Thou shalt love thy neighhour \nas thyself. \n\n40 On these two command- \nments hang all the law and the \nprophets. \n\n41 ^ While the Pharisees were \ngathered together, Jesus asked \nthem, \n\n\'42 Saying, What think ye of \nChrist ? whose son is he ? They \nsay unfo him, The Son of David. | \n\n43 He saith unto them, fiowi \nthen doth David in spirit call him \' \nLord, saving, \n\n44 The Lord said unto m^\xe2\x80\xa2 \nLord, Sit thou on my right hand, \ntill I make thine enemies thy \nfootstool. \n\n45 If David then call him \nLord, how^ is he his son ^ \n\n46 And no man was able to \nansw^er him a word, neither durst \nany ?7ian from that day forth ask \nhim any more qucstioiis. \n\nCHAP. XXHL \nThe Pharisees exposed^ S-c. \n\n\xce\x8a1\xce\x97\xce\x95\xce\x9d spake Jesus to the mul- \n. titude, and to his disciples, \' \n\n2 Saying, The scribes and ihc \nPharisees sit in Moses\' seat. \n\n3 All therefore whatsoever \ntliey bid you observe, //iaf observe \nand do ; but do not ye after \nfeheir works : for they say and do \nnot. \n\n4 For they bind heavy burdens, \nand giievous to be borne, and lay \nthe?ii on men\'s shoulders, but they \nthemselves will not move them \nwith one \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a their fingers. \n\n"5 But all their works they do, \nfor to be seen of men : they \nmake broad their phylacteries, \nand enlarge the borders of their \ngarments. \n\n6 And love tlie uppermost \nrooms at feasts, and the chief \nseats in die synagogues, \n\n\n\nxxiii. Of humility. \n\n7 And greetings in the mar- \nkets, and to be called of men. \nRabbi, Rabbi. \n\n8 But be not ye called Rabbi, \nfor one is vour ]Ma5ter, eroi \nChrist, and ail ye are brethren. \n\n9 And call no man your father \nupon the earth : for one is your \nFather which is in heaven. \n\n10 Neither be ye called masters : \nfor one is your Master, even \nChrist. \n\n11 But he that is greatest a- \nmong you, shall be your servant. \n\n12 And whosoever shall exalt \nI himself, shall be abased : and he \n\nthat shall humble iiimself, shall \nbe exalted. \n\n13 ^ But wo unto you, scribe^ \nand Pharisees, hypocrites; for ye \nshut up the kingdom of heaven \nagainst men : for ye neither go in \nyourselves y neicher suffer ye them \nthat are entering, to go in. \n\n14 Wo unto you, scribes and \nPharisees, hypocrites ; for ye de- \nvour widows* houses, and for a \npretence make long prayers ; \ntherefore ye shall receive the \ngreater damnation. \n\n15 Wo unto you, scribes and \nPharisees, hypocrites ; for ye \ncompass sea and land to make \none proselyte, and w-hen he is \nmade, ye make hmi two -fold \nmore the child of hell than your- \nselves. \n\n16 \xce\x9b\xce\xa5\xce\xbf unto you, ye blind \nguides, which say. Whosoever \nshall swear by the temple, it is \nnothing : but Avhosoever shall \nswear by the gold of the tempi e, \nhe is a debtor. \n\n17 Ye fools, and blind : for \nv/hether is greater, the gold, or \nthe temple that sancti\'fieth the \ngold ? \n\n18 And\xc2\xbb i,\\^hosoev\xe2\x82\xacr shall swear \nby the altar, it\xe2\x80\xa2 is nothing: but \nwhosoever sweareth by the gift \nthat is upon it, he is guilty. \n\n19 Ye fools and blind ; for. \nwhether is greater, the gift^ op \n\n\xce\x92 6 \n\n\n\nSOnhes, S^c, i\'^tdved. \' S. \xce\x9c d!6hSW. Jerusalem ihrtaienea. \n\n\n\nthe altar that sanctifieth the gift? \n\n20 AVhoso therefore shall swear \nby the altar, sweareth by it, and \nby all things thereon. \n\n21 And whoso shall swear by \nthe temple, sweareth by it, ancl \nby him tiiat dwellcth tlierein. \n\n22 And he that shall swear by \nheaven, sweareth by the throne of \nGod, and by him that sitteth \nthereon, \n\n23 Wo unto you, scribes and \nPharisees, iiypocrites ; for ye pay \ntithes of mint, and anise, and cum- \nmin, and have omitted the weigh- \ntier matiersoi the law, judgment, \nmercy, and faith : these ought ye \nto have done, and not to leave \nthe other undone. \n\n24 Ye bhnd guides, which \nstrain at a gnat, and swallow a \nramel. \n\n25 \xce\x9b\xce\xa5\xce\xbf unto you scribes and \nPharisees, hypocrites ; for ye \nmake clean the outside of the \nClip, and of the platter, but with- \nin they are full of extortion and \nexcess. \n\n26 T/tou blind Pharisee, cleanse \nnrst that which is within the cup \nand platter, that the outside of \nthem may be clean also. \n\n27 Wo unto you, scribes and \nPharisees, hypocrites ; for ye \nare like unto whited sepivlchres, \nwhich indeed appear beautiful \noutward, but are within full of \ndead 7ne?is bones, and of all un- \nc-leanness. \n\n23 Even so ye also outvvardly \nappear righteous unto men, but \nwithin ye are full of hypocrisy \nand iniquity. \n\n2i> W^o unto you, scribes and \nPharisees, hypocrites ; because ye \nbuild the tombs of the prophets, \nand garnish the sepulchres of the \nrighteous. \n\n1\xe2\x80\xa20 And say. If we had been \nin the days of our fathers, we \nwould not have been partakers \nwith them in the blood \xce\xbe>\xc2\xab\xce\xaf the \nRrcpheLs. \n\n\n\n31 Wherefore ye be witnesses \nunto yoarselves,xthat ye are the \nchildren of tlicm which k^led the \nprophets. \n\n32 Fill ye up then the measure \nof your fathers. \n\n33 Ye serpents, i/e generation \nof vipers, how can ye escape the \ndamnation of hell ? \n\n34 ^ Wherefore behold, I send \nunto you prophets, and wise men \nand SGi\'ibes; nd some of them \nye shall kill and crucify, and fo???f \nof them shall ye scourge in your \nsynagogues, and persecute them \nfrom citv to" city. \n\n35 That upon you may come \nall the righteous blood shed upon \nthe eartlf, from the blood of righ- \nteous Abel unto the blood of \nZachariaSjSon of Barachias, whom \nye slew, between the temple and \nthe altar. \n\n3 6 Verily I say unto you, All \nthese things shall\' come upon this \ngeneration. \n\n37 \xce\x9f Jerusalem, Jerusalem, \nthou that killest the prophets, \nand stonest them which are sent \nunto thee^ how often would I \nhave gathered thy children to- \ngether, even as a hen gathereth \nher chickens under her wings, \nand ye would not : \n\n38 Behold, your house is left \nunto you desolate. \n\n39 For I say unco you. Ye shall \nnot see me henceforth, till ye \nshall say. Blessed is he that com\xc2\xbb \neth in the name of the Lord. \n\nCHAP. xxiy. \n\nDestruction of the.tcmple foretold, \nA ND Jesus went out, and \n\xc2\xb13. departed from the temple ; \nand his disciples came to him for \nto shew him the buildings of the \ntemple. \n\n2 And Jesus said unto theTn, \nSee ye not all these things, ve- \nrily I. say unto you, There shall \nnot be left here one stone upon \nanother, ^lat shal;] not fee tbrewn \n\n\n\nSigns of Christ* s coming. Chapj xxiv, iake prophets foretold. \n\n\n\n3 ^ And as he sat upon the \nmount of Olives, the disciples \ncaine unto him privately, saymi^:,. \nTell us, when shall these things \nbe ? and what shall be the sign of \nthy coming, and of the end of \nthe world ? \n\n4 And Jesus answered and\xc2\xbbsaid \nunto tiiem, Take heed that no \nman dece-i\\^e you. \n\n5 For many shall come in my \nname, sayings I am Christ ; and \nshall deceive many. \n\n6 And ye shall hear of wars, \nand rumours of wars ; see that \nye be not troubled : for all these \nthings must come to pass, but the \nend IS not yet. \n\n7 For nation shall rise against \nnation, and kingdom against \nkingdom : and there shall be \nfamines, and pestilences, and \nearthquakes in divers places. \n\n8 All tliese are the beginning \nof sorrows. \n\n9 Then shall they deliver you \nup to be afflicted, and shall "kill \nyou : and ye shall be hated of all \nnations for my name\'s sake. \n\n10 And then shall many be \noffended, and shall betray one \nanother, and shall hate one a- \nnother. \n\n11 And many false prophets \nshall rise, and shall deceive many. \n\n12 And because iniquity shall \nabound, the love of many shall \nwax cold. \n\n13 But he that shall endure unto \nthe end, the same sliall be saved. \n\n14 And this gospel of the \nkingdom shall be preached in all \nthe world, for a wicness unto all \nnations, and then shall the end \ncome. \n\n15 When ye tlierefore shall see \nthe abomuiation of desolation. \n\n\n\nhouse-top, not come down to take \nany thing out of his house : \n\n18 Neither let him which is in \nthe field, return back to take his \nclothes. \n\n19 And wo unto them that are \nwith child, and to them that give \nsuck in those days. \n\n10 But pray ye that your flight \nbe not m the winter, neither on \nthe sabbath-day : \n\n21 For then shall be great tri- \nbulation such as was not since the \nbeginning of the world to this \ntime, no, nor ever shall be. \n\n22 And except those days \nshould be shortened, there should \nno flesh be saved : but for the \nelect^s sake those days shall be \nshortened. \n\n23 Then if any man shall say \nunto you, Lo, here is Christ, \xce\xaf\xce\xbb\xcf\x84 \nthere : believe it not. \n\n24 For there shall arise false \nChrists, and false prophets, and \nshall shew great signs and won- \nders, insomuch that (if it were \npossible) they shall deceive the \nvery elect. \n\n25 Behold, I have told you \nbefore. \n\n26 WTierefore, if they shall \nsay unto you. Behold, he is in \nthe desert, go not forth : behold \nhe is \xce\x90\xce\xb7 the secret chambers, be- \nlieve it not. \n\n27 For as the lightning com.eth \nout of the east, and shinetn even \nmi to the west : s^ shall also the \ncoming of the Son of man be. \n\n28 For \\vheresoever the car- \ncass is, there \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8b\xce\x90 the eagles be \ngathered together. \n\n29 5[ Immediately after the \xe2\x96\xa0 \ntribulation of those days, shall \nthe sun be darkened, and the \nmoon s^iall not give her light, and \n\n\n\nspoken of by Daniel the prophet, \' the stars shall fall from heaven \nstand in the holy place \xce\x93\xce\xbb\xce\x9b\xce\xb9\xce\xbf\xce\xb2\xce\xbf | and the \n\n\n\nreadeth, let him understand,) \n16 Then let tbem which be in \n\nJudea flee into the mountains. \nIT Let him which is on the \n\n35 \n\n\n\npowers of the heavens \nshall be shaken. \n\n30 And then shall appear the \nsign of the Son of man in heaven : \nand the\xc2\xbb sliall all the tnte \n\n\n\nThe angels sent forth. S. Malth.ew. Parable of the ten virgins. \n\n\n\nof the earth mo Qrn, and they shall \nsee the Son of man coming in the \nclouds of heaven, ^vith power and \ngreat glory. \n\n31 And lie shall send his an- \ngels with a great sound of a \ntrumwet, and they shall gather \ntogecher his elect from the four \nwinds, from one end of heaven to \ntlie other. \n\n32 Now learn a parable of the \nfig-tree : \xce\x9bVhen his branch is yet \ntender, and putteth forth leaves \nye know that sun:imer is nigh : \n\nS3 So likewise ye,\xce\x9b\xce\xb3hen ye shall \nsee ail these things, know that it \nis near, even at the doors. \n\n34 \\\'erily I say unto you, This \ngeneration shall not pass, till all \nthese things be fulnlled. \n\n35 Heaven and eartli shall pass \naway, but my words shall not pass \naway. \n\n36 ff But of that day and hour \nknowetli no man, no, not the \nangels of heaven, but my Father \nonly, \n\n37 But as the days of Noe were, \nso shall also the coming of the \nSon of man \\^. \n\n38 For as in the days that Avere \nbefore the flood, they w^ere eating \nand drinking, marrying and giv- \ning in marriafge, until the day \nthat Noe entered into the ark, \n\n39 And knew not until the \nflood came, and took them all \navv-ay ; so shall also the coming of \nthe Son of man be. \n\n40 Then shall two be in the \nfield, the one shall be taken, and \nthe other left. \n\n41 Two u-omen shall he grind- \ning at the mill, the one shall be \ntaken, and the other left. \n\n4C\' ^ Watch therefore, for ye \nkaow not what hour your Lord \ndoth come. \n\n43 But know this, that if the \ngood -man of th.e house had \nknown in what wa-rch the thief \nwould come, he would have \nwatched, and would not have \n36 \n\n\n\nsuffered his house to be broken \nup. \n\n44 Therefore be ye also ready : \nfor in such an hour as ye think \nnot the Son of man cometh. \n\n45 Who then is a faithful and \nA^\'ise servant, whom liis Lord hath \nmade ruler over his household, to \ngive them meat in due season ? \n\n46 Blessed is that servant, \nwhom his Lord, when he cometli, \nshall find so doing. \n\n47 ^^erily 1 say unto you,_that \nhe shall make him ruler over all \nhis goods. \n\n48 But and if that evil ser\\^ant \nshall say in his heart, INIy Lord \ndelapv^eth his coming ; \n\n49 And shall begin to smite \nhis fellow-servants, and to eat and \ndrmk with the drunken : \n\n50 The Lord of that servant \nshall come in a day when he \nlooketh not for him, and in an \nhour, that he is not aware of; \n\n51 And shall cut him asunder, \nand appoint him his portion W\\t\\T \nthe hypocrites ; there shall be \nAveeping and gnashing of teeth, \n\nCHAP. \xce\xa7\xce\xa7\xce\x9b\\ \n\nParable of the ten virgins. \n\nTHEN shall the kingdom ot \nheaven be likened unto ten \nvirgins, which took their lamps, \nand went forth to meet the bride- \ngroom. \n\n2 And fi\\\'e of them were wise, \nand five 7vere foolish. \n\n3 They that were foolish took \ntheir lamps, and took no oil with \nthem : \n\n4 But the wise took oil in their \nvessels with their lamps. \n\n5 While the bridegroom tarried, \nthey all slutnbered and slept. \n\n6 And at midnight there was \na cry made, Behold, n?he bride- \nirroom cometh, go ye out to meet \nliim. \n\n7 Then all those virgins arose \nand trimmed their lamps, \n\n8 And the foolish said unto \n\n\n\nOf the talents Chap, \n\nthe wise, Give us of your oil for \nour lamps are gone out. \n\n9 But the wise answered, say- \ning, Not so ; lest there be not \nenough for us and you : but go ye \nrather to chem that sell, and buy \nfor yourselves. \n\n10 And while they went to \nbuy, the bridegroom came, and \nthey that were ready, went in with \nhim to the marriage, and the \ndoor was shut^ \n\n11 Afterward came ah0 the \n\xc2\xa9ther virgins, saying. Lord, Lord \nopen to us. \n\n12 But he answered and said. \nVerily, I say unto you, I know \nyou not. \\ \n\n13 Watch therefore, for ye \nknow neither the day nor the \nhour wherein the Son of man \ncometh. \n\n14 \xe2\x80\xa2[ For the kingdom, of heaven \nis as a man travelling into a far \ncountry, who called his own ser- \nvants, and delivered unto them \nhi^ goods : \n\n15 And unto one he gave fxve \ntalents, to another twa and to, \nanother one, to every man ac- \ncording to his several ability, and \nstraightway took his journey. \n\n^ 16 Then he that had received \nthe five talents, went and traded \nAvith the same, and made them \nother live talents. \n\n17 And likewise he that had \nreceived two, he also gained other \ntwo. \n\n18 But he that had received \none, Avent and digged in the earth, \nand hid his lord\'s money. \n\n19 After a long time, the lord \nof those servants cometh, and \nreckoneth with them. \n\n20 And so he that had received \nfive talents, came, and brought \nother five talents, saying. Lord, \nthou deliveredst unto me five \ntalents: behold I have gained be- \nsides them five talents more. \n\n21 liis lord said unto him. \nWell done thou good and faith-. \n\n\n\nXXV. The unprofitable servant. \nful servant ; thou hast been faith- \nful 0\xce\x9b\xe2\x80\xa2 er a few things, I will make \nthee ruler over many things : \nenter thou into the joy of thy \nlord. \n\n22 He also that had received \ntwo talents, came and said. Lord, \nthou deliveredst unto me two ta- \nlents : behold I have gained two \nother talents besides them. \n\n23 His lord said unto him, \nWell done, good and faithful \nsei-vant ; thou hast been faithful \nover a fe\\y things, I Avill make thee \nruler over many things : enter \nthou into the joy of thy lord. \n\n24 Then he \xce\xbb\xcf\x85\xce\x9c\xce\xbf\xce\x99\xce\xb9 had received \nthe one talent, came, and said. \nLord, I knew thee that thou art \nan hard man, reaping where thou \nhast not sown, and gathering \nwhere thou hast not strawed : \n\n25 And I was afraid, and went \nand hid thy talent in the eartii : \nlo, there thou, hast that is thijie, \n\n26 His lord answered and said \nunto him, Thou wicked and slotli- \nful servant, thou knewest that I \nreap Avhere I sowed not, and ga- \nther where I have not strawed. \n\n27 Thou oughtest therefore to \nhave put my money to the ex- \nchangers, and then at my coming \nI should have received mine own \nwith usury. \n\n28 Take therefore the talent \nfrom him, and give it unto him \nwhich hath ten talents. \n\n29 For unto every one that \nhath shall be given, and he shall \nhave abundance : but irora him \ntliat hath not shall be taken away, \neven that which he liath. \n\n30 And cast ye the unprofitable \nservant into outer darkness : there \nshall be weeping and gnashing of \nteeth. \n\n31 f AVhen the Son of man shall \ncoiiie in his glory, and all the \nholy angels with him, tlien shall \nhe sit upon the throne of his \nglory. \n\n32 And before huii shall be ga- \n\n37 \n\n\n\nOf the last judgment, S. Matthew, C^risfs head anoirded. \n\n\n\nthered all nations ; and he shall \nseparate them one from another, \nas a shepherd divideth his sheep \nfrom the goats : \n\n33 And he shall set the sheep \n\xe2\x80\xa2n his right hand, but the goats \non the Jeft. \n\n34 Then shall the kitig say \nunto them on his right hand, \nCome, ye blessed of my Father, \ninherit the kingdom prepared for \nyou, from the foundation of the \nworld. \n\n35 For I was an hungered, and \nye gav e me meat : I was thirsty \nand ye gave me dnnk, I was a \nstranger, and ye took me in : \n\n\xcf\x8d^ Naked, and ye clotlied me : \nI was sick, and ye A\'i;ited me : \nI was in prison, and ye came un- \nto me. \n\n37 Then sliall the righteous \nanswer him, saying, Lord, when \nsaw we thee an imngered, and \nfed thee \'^ or thirsty, and gave \nthee drink ? \n\n38 When saw we thee a stranger, \nand took thee in } or naked, and \nclothed thee ? \n\n39 Or when saw we thee sick, \nor in prison, and came unto \nthee ? \n\n40 And the king shall answer, \nand say unto them. Verily I say \nunto you, inasmuch as ye have \ndone it unto one of the least oi \nthese ray brethren, ye have done \nit unto me. \n\n41 Then shall he say also unto \nthem on the left hand, Depart \nfrom me, ye cursed, mto everlast- \ning fire, prepared for the devil \nand his angels. \n\n42 For I was an hungered and \nye gave me no meat :. I was thirsty, \nand ye gave me no drink : \n\n43 I was a stranger, and ye \ntook me not in : naked, and ye \nclothed me not : sick, and in \nprison, and ye visited me not. \n\n44 Then shall they also anS\xce\x9bver \nhim, saymg, Lord, when saw vvx \nthee an hungered, or a thirst, or \n\n\n\na stranger, or naked, or sick, or \nin prison^ and did not minister \nunto thee ? \n\n45 Then shall he answer them, \nsaying, \\^eriiy, I say unto you. \nInasmuch as ye did it not to, one \nof the least of these, ye did it not \nto me. \n\n46 And tliese shall go away in- \nto everlasting punishment : but \nthe righteous into life eternal. \n\nCHAP. XXVI. \nCo:ispiracy eigaiiist Christ, \n\nAND It came to pass, when \nJesus had tini^ed all these \nsayings, he said unto his dis- \nciples, \n\n2 Ye know that after two days \nis the feast of the passover, and \nthe Son of man is betrayed to be \ncrucified. \n\n3 Then assembled together the \nchief priests, and the scribes, and \nthe elders of the people, unto the \npalace of the high priest, who was \ncalled Caiaphas. \n\n4 And consulted that they \nmight take Jesus by subtilty, and \nkin: him. \n\n5 But they said, Not on the \nfevLSt-dai/, lest there be an uproar \namong the people. \n\n6 ^ Now V. hen ^esus \xce\x9bvas in Be- \nthany, m the house of Simon the \nleper, \n\n7 There came unto him a wo- \nman having an alabaster box of \nvery precious ointment, and \npoured it \xc2\xa9n his head, as he sat \nat meat. \n\n8 But when his disciples saw ity \nihey had i-ndignation, saying. To \nv/hat purpose is this waste ? \n\n9 For this ointment might have \nbeen sold for much, and given to \nthe poor. \n\nli) When Jesus understood it \nhe said unto them. Why trouble \nye the ^omaii? for she hath \nwrought a good work upon me. \n\n11 For ye have the poor always \nwith you,\' but me ye have B\xc2\xbbt \nahvavs. \n\nS8 \n\n\n\nChrist eateth the passover. Chap. xxv. The Lord^s supper. \n\n\n\n12 For in that she hatli poured \nthis ointment on my bocfy, she \ndid it for my burial. \n\n13 Verify I say unto you. \nWheresoever this goL^jjei shall be \npreached in the whole world, there \nshall also tliis, that this woman \nharh done, be told for a memorial \nof her. \n\n14 *f Then one of the twelve, \nJ lied Judas Iscariot, went mito \n.e chief priests, \n\n15 Ana said unto them, What \n\\yiil ye give me, and I will de- \nliver him unto you? And they \ncovenanted with him for thirty \npieces of silver. \n\n16 And from that tune he \nsought opportunity to betray \nhim. \n\n17 5f Now the first day of the \n/east of unleavened bread, the \n\ndisciples came to Jesus, saying \nunto him, W^here wilt thou that \nwe prepare for thee to eat the \npassover ? \n\n18 And he said, Go into the \ncity to such a man, ana say unto \nhim. The Master saitb. My \ntime is at hand, I will keep the \npa:ssover at thy house with my \ndisciples. \n\n19 And the disciples did as \nJesus had appointed them, and \nthey made ready the passover. \n\n20 Now when the even was \ncome, he sat down with the \ntwelve. \n\n21 And as they did eat^ he said, \nVerily I say unto you, that one \nof yon shall betray me. \n\n22 And they were exceeding \nsorrowful, and began every one \nof them to say unto him, Lord, \n\n13 It I? \n\n23 And he answered and said, \nHe that dippeth his hand \xce\x9bvlth me \nin the dish, the same shall be- \n\nray me. \n\n24 The Son of man goeth as \nit is written of him: but wo \nunto that man by whom the Son \n\xe2\x82\xac>\xce\x93 man is betrayed : it had been \n\n39 \n\n\n\ngood for that m.an, if he had nut \nbeen born. \n\n2d Then Judas which betrayed \nhim, answered and Siiid, Master, \nis it I ? He said unto him^ Thou \nhast said. \n\n26 ^ And as they were eating^ \nJesus took bread, and blessed it^ \nand brake it, and gave it to the \ndisciples, and said, Take,, eat ; \nthis IS my body. \n\n27 And he took the cup, and \ngave thank\xc2\xbb, and gave it to them, \nsaying, Drink ye all of it ; \n\n28 For this is my blood of the \nnew testament, which is shed for \nmany for the remission of sins. \n\n29 Bnt I say unto you, 1 will \nnot drink henceforth of this fruit \nof the vine, until that day when \nI drir.k it new with you in my \nFather\'s kingdom \n\n30 And when they had sung an \nhymn, thiey went out into the \nmount of Olives. \n\n31 Then saith Jesus unto them, \nAll ye shall be offended because \nof nis this night: for it is written, \nI will smite the shepherd, and \nthe sheep of the fiock shall be \nscattered abroad. \n\n32 But after I am risen again> \nI will go before you ir.t^ Ga- \nlilee. \n\n33 Peter answered and said \nunto him, Though all men shall \nbe ofPended, because of Uiee,7/et \nwill I never be offended. \n\n34 Jesus said unto him. Verily \nI say unto thee, that this night \nbefore the cock crow, thou shalt \ndeny me thrice. \n\n35 Peter said unto him, Though \nI sliould die with thee, yet wiU I \nnot deny tliee. Likewise also said \nall the disciples. \n\n36 ^ Then cometh Jesus \\Aith \nthem unto a place called Getlise- \nmane, and saith unto the disci- \nples. Sit ye here, while I go and \npray yonder. \n\n37 And he took with him Peter^ \nand the two sons of Zebedee, \n\n\n\nChrist betrai^ed S. Matthew. and examined. \n\nand began to be sorrowful, and 50 And Jesus sai: \' unto him, \nvery heavy. \' Friend, \\vhereiOr=.. -.it c-iou come? \n\n38 Then saith he unto them, | Then cam., t? ley and hxid hands \nMy soul is exceeding sorrowful, ;.oii Jesu^,. and icok bim. \n\n\n\neven unto death : tarry ye here, \nand watch with me. \n\n39 And he went a little fur- \ntiier, and fell on his face, and \nprayed, saying, \xce\x9f m^ Father, if \nIt be possible, let this cup pass \nfrom me : nevertheless not as I \nwill, but as thou zcilt, \n\n40 And he cometh unto the \ndisciples, and findeth them asleep, \nand saith unto Peter, What, \ncould ye not Ava-tch with nie one \nhour? \n\n41 Watch and pray, that ye \nenter not into temptation : the \nspirit indeed is wiUing, but the \nfiesh is weak. \n\n42 He \\vent away again the \nsecond time and prayed, saying, \n\xce\x9f my Father, if this cup may not \npass away from me, except I \ndrink it, thy \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\x90\xce\x90\xce\x90 be done. \n\n43 And he came and found \nthem asleep again : for their eyes \nwere heavy. \n\n44 And he left them, and went \nft way again, and prayed liie third \ntime, saying the same words. \n\n45 Then cometh he to his dis- \nciples, and snith unto them, Sleep \non now, and take ^/oiir rest ; be- \nhold the hour is at hand, and the \nSon of man is betrayed into the \nhands of sinners. \n\n46 Rise, let us be going : be- \nhold he is at hand that doth be- \ntray me. \n\n47 5[ x\\nd vv\'liile he yet spake, \nlo^ Judas one of the twelve came, \nand with him a great multitude \nv>dth swords and staA^es, from the \nchief priests and elders of the \npeople. \n\n48 Now he that betrayed him \ng-ave them a sign, say iog, W^hom- \nsoever J shall kiss, that same is \nlie, hald him fast, \n\n49 And forth\\vkh he came to \nJesus, and said, Hail, Masler, \nand kissed Mm, \n\n\n\n51 And beiiold one of them \nwhich were wii b Jesus, stretched \nout his hand, and drew his sword, \nand struck a servant of the high \npriest\'s, and smote off his ear. \n\n5\'2 Then said Jesus unto him, \nPut up again thy sword into \nhis place : for all they that take \nthe sword, shall perish with the \nsword. \n\n53 Thinkest thou thai I can- \nnot now pray to my Father, and \nhe shall presently give me more \nthan twelve legions of angels ? ^ \n\n54 But how then slYall the \nscriptures be fulRlled, that thus it \nmust be ? \n\n55 In that same hour said Je- \nsus to the multitudes^ Are ye \ncome out as against a thief with \nswords and staves for to take me ? \nI sat daily with you teaching in \nthe temple, and ye laid no hold \non me. \n\n56 But all this was done that \nthe scriptures of the prophets \nmight be fuliilied. Then ail the \ndisciples forsook him, and fled. \n\n57 ^ And they that kad\'laid \nhold on Jesus, Jed him away to \nCaiaphas the high priest, where \nthe scribes and the elders were \nassembled. \n\n58 But Peter followed him afar \noff, unto the high priesi^s palace, \nand went in, and sat with the \nservants to see the end. \n\n59 Now the chief priests and \nelders, and all the council, sought \nfalse witness against Jesus to put \ntiim to death. \n\n60 But found none : yea, \nthough many false witnesses \ncame, i/ct found they none. At \nthe last came two false w^itnesscs, \n61 And said, This./e//oa\xe2\x80\xa2 said, \nI am able to destroy the temple \nof God, and to build it in three \ndays. \n\n40 \n\n\n\nPeier denieth Chriiit^ Ciiap. \xcf\x87\xce\xa7\xce\xbd\xcf\x8d, Judas hangeth Jamself, \n\n6^ And the high priest arose the man. And immediately tL\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n\n\nand said \xcf\x85\xce\xb7\xce\x90\xce\xbf him, Answerest \nthou nothing? what is it which \nthese witness against thee ? \n\n63 But Jesus held his peace. \nAnd the high priest answered and \nsaid unto him, I adjure thee by \nthe livmg God, that "^thou tell us, \nwhether thou be the Christ, the \nSon of God. \n\n64 Jesus saith ui>to him, Thou \nliast said : nevertheless I say unt\xc2\xae \nyou. Hereafter shall ye see the \nSon of man sitting on the right \nhand of power, and coming in the \nclouds of heaven. \n\n65 Then the high priest rent \nhis clothes, saving, He hath \nspoken blasphemy ; Aviiat fur- \nther need have we of witnesses r \nbehold now ye have heard his \nblasphemy. \n\n66 What think ye ? They an- \nswered and said. He is guilty of \ndeath. \n\n67 Then did they spit in his \nface, and buffeted him, and others \nsmote hi?7iw\'ith tlie palms of their \nhands. \n\n68 Saying, Prophesy unto .us, \nthou Ciirist, \xce\x9bvho is he that smote \nthee? \n\n69 ^1 Now Peter sat without \nm the palace : and a damsel came \nunto him, saying, Thou also wast \nwith Jesus of Galilee. \n\n70 But he denied before them \nall, saying, I know not what thou \nsayest. \n\n71 And when he was gone out \ninto the porch, another maid saw \nliim, and said unto them that \nw^re there, This fellow was also \nwith Jesus of Nazareth. \n\n72 And again he denied with \nan oath, I do not know the man. \n\n73 And after a while came \nimto him they that stood by, and \nsaid to Peter, Surely thou also \nart one of them, for thy speech \nbevvrayeth thee. \n\n74 Then began he to curse \nand to swear, saying^ I know not \n\n\n\ncock crew. \n\n75 And Peter remembered the \nwords of Jesus, which said unto \nhim, Before the cock crow thou \nshalt deny me thrice. And he \nwent out and wept bitterly. \n\nCHAP. XXVn. \n\nChrist del^^\xcf\x88.red to Pilate. \n\nWHEN tlie morning was \ncome, all the chief priests \nand elders of the people took \ncounsel against Jesus to put him \nto death. \n\n2 And when they had bound \nhim, they led him away, and de- \nlivered him to Pontius Pilate the \ngovernor. \n\n3 ^ Then Judas which had \nbetrayed him, when he saw that \nhe was condemned, repented him- \nself and brought again the thirty \npieces of silver to the chief priests \nand elders, \n\n4 Saying, I have sinned; in \nthat I have betrayed the inno- \ncent blood. And they said, \nWhat is that to us ? see thon to \nthat. \n\n5 And he cast down the pieces \nof silver in the temple, and de- \nparted, and went and hanged \nhimself. \n\n6 And the chief priests took \nthe silver pieces, and said, It is \nnot lawful for to put them into \nthe treasury, because it is the \nprice of blood. \n\n7 And they took counsel, and \nbought with them the potter\'s field, \nto bury strangers in : \n\n8 W^hereibre that field was \ncalled, The field of blood, unto \nthis dav. \n\n9 (Then was fulfilled that \nwhich was spoken by Jeremy the \nprophet, saymg. And they took \nthe thirty pieces of silver, the \nprice of him that was valued, \nwhom they of the childrdn of \nIsrael did value ; \n\n10 And gave them for the \n\n41 \n\n\n\nBar abbas released, S. Matthew, \n\n{otter\'s field, as the Lord appoint- \ned me.) \n\n11 ^ And Jesus stood before the \ngovernor ; and the governor ask- \ned him, saying, Art thou the \nking of the Jews? And Jesus \nsaid unto him, Thou sayest. \n\n12 And when he w^as accused \nof the chief priests and elders, he \nanswered nothing. \n\n13 Then saith Pilate unto him, \nHearest thou not how many things \nihev witness against thee ? \n\n14 And he answered him to \nnever a word, insomuch that the \ngovernor marvelled greatly. \n\n15 Now at that feast the go- \nvernor Avas \xce\x9bvont to release unto \nthe people a prisoner whom they \nwould. \n\n16 And they had then a no- \ntable pnsonei called Ear abbas. \n\n17 Therefore when they were \ngathered togetrier, Pilate said un- \nto them, Whom will ye that I \nrelease unto you ? Barabhas, or \nJesus, which is\xc2\xbb called Christ ? \n\n18 For he knew that for envy \nthey had delivered him. \n\n19 ^ When he was set down \non the judgment seat, his wife \nsent unto him, saying, Have \nthou nothing to do with that just \nman : for I have suffered many \nthings this day in a dream, because \nof him. \n\n^0 But the chief priests and \nelders persuaded the multitude \niliat they should ask Barabhas, \nand destroy Jesus. \n\n21 The governor answered and \nsaid unto them, whether of the \ntwain will ye that I release unto \nyou ? They said, Barabhas. \n\n22 Piiate saith unto them, \nWhat shall I do then with Jesus, \nwhich is called Christ } They \nail say unto him, Let him be \ncrucihed. \n\n23 And the governor said, Why, \nwhat evil hath he done ? But they \ncried out the more, saying, Let \nhim be crucified. \n42 \n\n\n\nChrist crucified, \n\n24 When Pilate saw that he \ncould prevail nothing, but that \nrather a tumult was made, he \ntook watei, and washed his hands \nbefore the multitude, say.ng, I \nam innocent of the blood of this \njust person : see ye to it. \n\n25 Then answered all the peo- \nple, and said. His blooa be on \nus, and on our children. \n\n26 ^ Then released he Barab- \nhas unto them : and when he \nhad scourged Jesus, he delivered \nMm to be crucified. \n\n2 \xce\x93 Then the soldiers of the go- \nvernor took Jesus into the com- \nmon-ball, and gathered unto him \nthe whole band of soldiers. \n\n28 And they stripped him, aitd \nput on him a scarlet robe. \n\n29 % And when they had \nplatted a crown of thorns, they \nput it upon iiis head, and a reed \nm his right hand : and they \nbowed the knee before him, and \nmocked him, saying. Hail, Kiuig \nof the Jews. \n\nSO And they spit upon him, and \ntook the reed, and smote him \non .the head. \n\n31 And after that they had \nmocked hip, they took the robe \noff from him, and put his own \nraiment *3n him, and led him \naway to crucify him. \n\n32 And as they came out, they \nfound a man of Cyreiie, Simon by \nname : him they conipeiled to \nbear his cross. \n\n33 ^ And w^hen they were come \nunto a place called Golgotha, that \nis to say, a place of a skull. \n\n34 *{[ They gai^e him vinegar to \ndrink, mingled with gall : and \nw^hen he had tasted thereof, he, \nwould not drink. \n\n35 And they crucified him, and \nparted his garments, casting lots : \nthat it might be fulfilled which \nwas spoken by the prophet. They \nparted my garments among them, \nand upon my vesture did they \ncast lots. \n\n\n\nand reinhd : \n\n\n\nChap, xxvii. \n\n\n\nHis burial. \n\n\n\n36 And sitting down, they \nwatched him there ; \n\n37 And set up over his head, \nhis accusation written, THIS \nIS JESUS THE KING OF \nTHE JEWS. \n\n38 Then were there two thieves \ncrucified with him : one on the \nright hand, and another on the \nleft. \n\n39 1[ And they that passed \nby, reviled him, wagging their \nheads, \n\n40 And saying, Thou that de- \nstroyest the temple, and buildest \nit in three days, save thyself; \nif thou be the Son of God, come \ndown from the cross. \n\n41 Likewise also the chief \npriests mocking himy with the \nscribes and elders, said, \n\n42 He saved others, himself he \ncannot save : if he be the king of \nIsrael, let him now come down \nfrom the cross and we will believe \nhim. \n\n43 He trusted in God ; let hun \ndeliver him now if he will have \nhim ; for he said, I am the Son \nofGoi. \n\n44 The thieves also which were \ncrucified with him, cast the same \nin his teeth. \n\n45 Now from the sixth hour \nthere was darkness over ail the \nland unto the ninth hour. \n\n46 And about the ninth heur \nJesus cried with a loud voice, \nsaying, Eli, Eli, iama sabach- \nthani ? that is to say. My God, \nmy God, why hast thou forsaken \nme ? \n\n\n\n50 ^ Jesus wlien he had cried \nagain with a loud voice, yielded \nup the ghost. \n\n51 And behold the vail of the \ntemple was rent in twain, from \nthe top to the bottom ; and the \nearth did quake, and the rocks \nrent. \n\n52 And the graves were open- \ned, and many bodies of the saints \nwhich slept, arose, \n\n53 And came out of the graves \nafter his resurrection, and w^ent \ninto the holy city, and appeared \nunto many. \n\n54 Now^ when the centurion, \nand they that were with him, \nwatching Jesus, saw^ the earth- \nquake, and those things that w^ere \ndone, they feared greatly, say- \ning, Truly this was the Son of \nGod. \n\n55 And many women were \nthere (beholding afar oft) v>^hich \nfollowed Jesus from Galilee, mi- \nnistering unto him. \n\n56 Among which was Mary \nMagdalene, and Mary the mo- \nther of James and Joses, and the \nmother of Zebedee\'s children. \n\n57 When the even was come, \nthere came a rich man of Arima- \nthea named Joseph, w^ho also\'him- \nself was Jesus\' disciple : \n\n58 He Avent to Pilate, and \nbegged the body of Jesus : the* \nPitate commanded the body to be \ndelivered. \n\n59 And w^hen Joseph had takea \nthe body he wrapped it in a cieaa \nlinen cloth, \n\n60 And laid it in his own new \n\n\n\n47 Some of them that stood tomb, \\vhich he had hewn out \n\n\n\nthere, when they heard that, said, \nThis man calleth for Elias. \nt 48 And straightway one of \nthera ran, and took a spunge, \nand filled it witii vinegar, and \nput it on a reed, and gave liim to \ndrink. \n\n49 The rest said. Let be, let \nus see whether Eiias will come to \nsave liim. \n\n43 \n\n\n\nthe rock : and he rolled a great \nstone to the door of the sepulchre, \nand departed \n\n61 And there was Mary Mag- \ndalene, and the other Mary, sit- \nting over a2;ainst the sepulchre. \' \n\n6\'i ^ Now the nex. day that \nfollowed the day of tiie pre-para- \ntion, the chief priests and Phaisj- \nsees came t^getlier unto Pilate^ \n\n\n\nChrisfs resutrection : \n\n\n\nS. Mattfeeiv. \n\n\n\n63 Saying, Sir, we remember \ntiiat that deceiver said, while he \nwas }^e.t alive. After three days I \nwill rise again. \n\n64 Command therefore that \ntlie sepulchre be made sure until, \nthe thn-d day, lest his disciples \ncome by night, and steal him \naway, and say unto the people, \nHe is risen from the dead : so \nthe last error shall be worse than \nthe iirst. \n\n65 Pilate s?ad unto them, Ye \nhave a watch, go your veay, make \nit as sure as you can. \n\n66 So they went and made the \nsepulchre sure, sealii>g the stone, \nand setting a watch. \n\nCilAP. XXVIII. \nChrisfs resurrection. \n\n[N the end of the sabbath, as it \nbegan to dawn towards the \nfirst day of the week, came Mary \nMagdalene, and the other ^lary, \nto see the sepulchne. \n\n2 And behold, there was a \ngreat earthquake ; for the angel \n\xc2\xa9f the lord descended from hea- \nven, and came and roiled back \nt he stone from th.c door, and sat \nupon it. \n\n3 His countena.ice was like \nlightning, and his rain\'^nt white \nas snow. \n\n4 And for fear of b^\'m the \nkeepers did shake, and became \nas dead 7)ien, \\ \n\n5 A ^d the angel answered and \nsaid ; rto the women, Fear not \nye : fo- I know that ye seek Je- \nsus, waich was cruciiied. \n\n6 He is not here : for he is risen, \naf he said ; Come, see the place \n^"hr^vQ tlie Lord lay. \n\n: And go c^ickly, and tell his \n\n< -\' iples, that he is risen from \n\ni /i dead; and behold, he goetb \n\nL ;re you into Galilee, there \n\nIiail ye see him, lo, I have told \n\n\xce\x9d OU. \n\n\xce\x90) And they departed quickly \niV /ai the sepulchre, with fear and \n\n\n\nHis porcer. \n\n\n\ngreat joy, and did run to bnng his \ndisciples word. \n\n9 II Anil as they went to tell \nhis disciples, behold, Jesus met \nthem, saying, All hail. And they \ncame and held him by the feet, \nandivorshipped him. \n\n10 Then said Jesus unto them, \nBe not afraid : ^o tell my brethren, \nthat they go into Galilee, and \nthere shall they see me, \n\n11 ^ Now, when they were \ngoing, behold, some of the watch \nc^ne into the city, and shewed \nunto the chief priests all the things \nthat were done. \n\n12 And when they were as- \nsembled with the elders, and had \ntaken counsel, they gave large \nmoney unto the soldiers. \n\n13 Saying, Say ye. His disciples \ncame by night, and stole him \nazioy while we slept. \n\n14 And if this come to the go- \nvernor\'s ears, we will persuade \nhim, and secure you. \n\n15 So they took the money, \nand did as they were taught : \nand this saying is commonly re- \nported among the Jews until this \nday. \n\n16 f Then the eleven disciples \nwent a\xce\x9bvay into Galilee, into a \nmountain where Jesus had ap- \npointed them. \n\n17 And when they sa%v him^ \nthey worshipped him; but some \n\' \xce\xbf lib ted. \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2\xce\xb2 And Jesus came, and spake \n\xce\x93 v.hem, saying. All power is \ngiven unto me in heaven and in \nearth. \n\n19 ^ Go ye therefore and \nteach all nations, baptizing them \nin the name of the Father, and \nof the Son, and of the Holy \nGhost. \n\n20 Teaching them to observe \nall things v/hatsoever I have com- \nmanded you : and lo, I am with \nyou ahvay, even unto the end of \nthe world. Amen. \n44 \n\n\n\n^ The Gospel according to Saint MARK \n\nCHAP. I \n\n\n\nJofm Baptisfs office. \nrs^HE begi lining of the gospel \n\\L\xe2\x80\xa2 of Jesus Christ the Son of \nGod, \n\n2 As it is written in the pro- \nphets, Behold I send n^y mes- \nsenger before thy face, which shall \nprepare thy way before thee. \n\n3 The voice of one crying in \nthe wilderness, Prepare ye the \nway of the Lord, make his paths \nstraight. \n\n4 John did baptize in the wil- \nderness, and preach the baptism \n\n^G\'f repentaRc^, for the remission \nOf sins. \n\n5 And there went out unto \n\'\'him all the land of Judea, and \n\nthey of Jerusalem, and were all \nbaptized pf him in the river of \nJordfi-i, confessing their sins. \n\' 6 ..Lud Jo4m was clothed with \n^oameFs hair, and with a girdle of \na skin about his loins : and he \n/did eat locusts and wild honey. \n\n7 And preached^ saying. There \nGometh one mightier than I after \nme, the latchet of whose shoes I \nam not worthy to stoop doAvn and \nunloose. \n\n8 I indeed have baptized you \n. with water : but he shall baptize \n\nyou with the Holy Ghost. \n\n9 ^ And it came to pass in those \ndays, that Jesus came from Na- \nzareth of Galilee, and \\vas bap- \ntized of John in Jordan. \n\n10 And straightway coming \n\n\' up out of the water, he saw the \n\nheavens opened, and the Spirit \n\ni\'ke a dove descending upon \n\nhim. \n\n11 And there came a voice \nfrom heaven, saying, Thou art \nmy beloved Son, in whom I am \nwell pleased. \n\n\xce\x8a.2 And immediately the spirit \ndriveth him into the wildLrnes^. \n\n13 And he was there in the \nwilderness,, forty days tempted of \nSatan, and was \xce\xbb\xce\xbd\xce\xaf\xce\xaf\xce\xb9\xce\xb9 the wild \n\n\n\nbeasts, and the angels ministered \nunto him, \n\n14 Now after that John was \nput in prison, Jesus came into \nGalilee, preaching the Gospel \nof the kingdom of God, \n\n15 And saying. The time is \nfulfilled, and the kingdom of God \nis at hand : repent ye and believe \nthe Gospel. \n\ni6 Now as he walked by the \nsea of Galilee, he saw Simon, \nand Andrew his brother, casting \na net into the sea : (for they \\vere \nfishers) \n\nIT And Jesus said unto them, \nCome ye after me, and I wiii \nmake you to become fishers of \nmen. \n\n18 And straightway they for- \nsook their nets and followed him. \n\n19 And when he had gone a \nlittle further thence, he saw J*ames \nthe son of Zebedee, and John his \nbrother, wiio also were in the shi]\xc2\xbb \nmending their nets. \n\n20 And straightway he called \nthem : and they left th^r father \nZebedee in the ship with the \nhired servants, and went after \nhim. \n\n21 And they went into Caper- \nnaum, and straightway on the \nsabbath-day he entered into the \nsynagogue, and taught. \n\n22 And they were astonished \na^ s doctrine : for he taught \nt, \xc2\xbb as one that ha;d auth t;ity, \na not as the scribes, \n\nUS And there was in their sy- \nnagogue a man with an unclean \nspirit, and he cried out, \n\n24 Saying, Let us alone, what \nhave vv\'e to do with thee, thou \nJesus of Nazareth? art thou come \nto destroy us ? I know thee who \nthou art, the Holy One of Ged. \n\n25 And Jesus rebuked him, \nsaying, Hold thy peace, and coiiie \nout of him. \n\n26 And when the unclean spi- \nrit had torn him, and cried \\ydii \n\n\n\nrkesick healed. \n\n\n\nS. Mark. \n\n\n\na loud voice, he came out of him. \nSr And tiiey were all amazed, \ninsomuch that they quesLioued \namong themselves, saying, What \nthin^l is this ? what new doctrine \nis this? for with authority com- \nmandetk he even the unclean \nspirits, and they do obev him. \n\n28 And immediately his fame \nspread abroad throughout all the \nregion round about Galilee. \n\n29 And foi-thwith, when they \nwere come out of the synagogue, \nthey entered into the house of \nSimon and Andrew, with James, \nand John. \n\n30 But Simon^s wife^s mother \nlay sick of a fever, and anon they \nteli him of her. \n\n31 And he came and took her \nby the hand, and lifted her up ; \nand immediately the fever left \nher, and she mmistered unto them. \n\n32 And at even, when the sun \ndid set, they bjOught unto him \nall that were diseased, and them \nthat w^re possessed with devils. \n\n35 51 And all the city was ga- \nthered together at the door. \n\n34 And he healed many that \nwere sick of divers diseases, and \n^ast out many devils, and suifered \nnot the devils to speak, because \nthey knew him. \n\n35 And in the morning rising \nup a great while before day, he \nwent out and departed into a \nsolitary place, and there prayed. \n\n36 And Simon, and they that \nwere with liim, followed after \nhim. \n\n37 And when they had found \nhim, they said ui?io him, All ?nen \nseek for thee. \n\n38 And he said unto them. \nLet us go into the next towns, \nthat I may preach there also : \nfor therefore came I forth. \n\n39 And he preached in their \novnngogues throughout all Gali- \nlee, and cast out devils. \n\n40 And there came a leper to \nIda-\xc2\xbb, beseeching him, and kneei- \n\n46 \n\n\n\nThe leper cleansed. \n\n\n\ning down to him, and saying unto \nhim. If thou wilt, thou canst make \nme clean. \n\n41 And Jesus moved with com- \npassion, put forth hts hand, and \ntouciied him, and saith unto him, \nI will ; be thou clean. \n\n42 And as soon as he had \nspoken, immediately the leprosy \ndeparted from him, and he was \ncleansed. \n\n43 And he straitly charged \nhim, and forthwith sent him \naway ; ^ . ^ \n\n44 And saith unto him. See \nthou sa-y nothing to any man : \nbut go thy way, shew thyself to \nthe priest, and oifer for thy clean- \nsing those things which Moses \ncommanded, for a testimony unto \nthem. \n\n45 But he went out, and began \nto publish it much, and to blaze \nabroad the matter, insomuch that \nJesus could no more openly enter \ninto the city, but was without in \ndesert places ; and tliey came to \nhim fiOm every quarter. \nCHAP. II. \nChrid heale^h the palsy. \n\nAND again he entered int\xc2\xae \nCapernaum, after swzzedays, \nand it was noised tnat he was in \nthe house. \n\n2 x\\nd straightway many \\vere \ngathered together, insomuch that \nthere was no room to receive \nthe??i, no not so mucn as about \nthe door : and hepreaciied the \nword unto them. \n\n3 And they come unto him, \nbringing one sick of the palsy, \nwhich was borne of four. \n\n4 And when they could not \ncome nigh unto him for the press, \nthey uncoverea the iX)of where \nhe was : and when tiiey had \nbroken it up, they let down the \nbed wherein the sick of the palsy | \nlay. \n\n5 Wken Jesus saw their faitii \nhe said in.ito the sick of tl-e palsy. \nSon, thy sins be forgiven tiiee. \n\n\n\n\' latthew called. Chap \n\niiiii fJiere were certain of the \n3cn*>es sitvm^ there, and reasuii- \nink\' in their heu. vs, \n\n7 VVhy aut>i this man thus speak \nblaspheinies ? who can forgive \nsms but God only. \n\n8 And hnracdiately, when Je- \nsus perceived ui his spu*it, thatj \nthev so reasoned wkliin tlMern- \nselves, he said unto thcni, Why \nreason ye these things m your \nhearts? \n\n9 Whether is it casiei to say to \nthe sick of the palsy, T/ty sins \nbe forgiven thee : oi\' to say, A- \n\ne, and take up thy bed, and \n\n10 But that ye may know that \nthe Son of man hatli power on \nearth to forgive sins (he saith to \nthe sick ot the palsy) \n\n11 I say unto thee, Arise, and \ntake up tfiv bed, and go thy way \ninto thine Kouse, \n\n12 And immediately he arose, \ntook up the bed, and went forth \nbefore them all, insomuch that \nthey were all amazed, and glori- \nfied God, sayinji, We never saw \nit on this fashion. \n\n13 ^ And he went \xce\x90\xce\xbf\xce\xb3\xce\xaf\xcf\x8a\xce\x90 a,2:ain by _ \nthe sea-^ii/e, and all the multitude \nresorted unto him, and he taught \nthem. \n\n14 And as he passed by, he saw \nLevi the son of Alpheus sitting: at \nthe receipt of custom, and said \nunto him, follow me. And he \narose an-d followed him. \n\n15 And it came to pass, that as \nJesus sat at meat in his house, \nmany publicans and sinners sat \nalso togetlie with Jesus and his \ndisciples: for there were many, \nand they followed him. \n\n16 And when the scribes and \nPharisees saw him eat with publi- \n\n\' cans and sinners, they said unto \nhis disciples, How is it that lie \neateth and drinketh with |)ubli- \ni^ans and sinners r \n\n17 When Jesus heard if, lie \nsaith unto them Thev that are \n\n47 \n\n\n\n. ii. Thesabhafh made for man, \nwhole, ha\\ e no need of the physi- \ncian, but they that are uc^s. : I \ncame not to call the rigiiteous, \nbut sinners to repe>^tance. ^ \n\n18 A ad the disciples of John \nand \'jf tiie PhariaCCs u%\'a to fast; \nand they come, and say unto him, \nWhy do ttie disciples of John, \najid of the Pharisees fast, but thy \ndisciples fast not? \n\n19 And Jesus said unto them. \nCan the ciiildren of the bnde- \nchambcr fast, while the bride- \ngroom is with them? as long as \nthey have the bridcirroom with \nthem, they cannot fast. \n\n20 But the days will come, \nwhen t!ie bridegroom siiall be \ntaken away from them, ejid then \nshall they fast in those days. \n\n21 No man also seweth a piece \nof new cloth on an old garment : \nelse the new piece that h\'led it \nup, taketh away iTom the old, and \nthe rent is made worse. \n\n22 And no man putteth new \nwine into old bottles, else the new \nwine doth burst the bottles, and \nthe wine is spilled, and tJie bottles \nwill be marred: but new wine \nmust be put into new bottles. \n\n"23 ^ And it came to pass that \nhe went through the corn fields on \nthe sabbath-day, and his disciples \nbegan, as they went, to pluck the \nears of corn. \n\n24 And the Pharise^^aid unto \nhim, Behold, why do nrey on the \nsabbath day that which is not \nlawful? - \n\n25 And he said unto tnem, \niiave ve never read what David \ndid vvben he had need, and was \nan hungered, he, and they that \nwere with him? \n\n26 How he Avent into the \nhouse of God in the days of A- \nbiathar the high priest, and. did \ncat the shew-bVead, which is not \nlawful to eat, biit tor the^ priests, \nand gave also fo them which were \nwith him ? \n\n27 And he said unto them, \nC \n\n\n\n>mthered hand healed. S. Mark. \n\n\n\n\xce\x8a lie sabbath was made for man, \nand not man for the sabbath, \n\n28 Therefore the Son of man is \nLord also of the sabbath. \nCHAP. III. \nThe twelve apostles chosen. \n\\ \xce\x9d \xcf\x81 he entered again into \n.\xce\xad\\. the synagogue, and there \nwas a man there which iiad a \nwithered hand. \n\n2 And they watched liim, whe- \nther he would heal him on the \nsabbath-day, that they might ac- \ncuse him. \n\n3 And he saith unto the man \nvvhicli had the withered hand, \nStand forth. \n\n4 And he saith unto them, Is \nIt lawful to do good on the sab- \nbath-days, or to do evil? to save \nlife, or to kill? but they held \ntheir peace. \n\n5 And when he had looked \nround about on them with an- \nger, being grieved for the hard- \nness of their hearts, he saith un- \nto the man, Stretch forth thine \nhand. And he stretched it out : \nand his hand was restored whole \nas the other. \n\n6 And the Pharisees went forth, \nand straightway took counsel with \ndie Herodians against him, how \nthey might destroy him. \n\n7" But Jesus withdrew himself \nwith his disciples to the sea : and \na great nmltitude from Galilee \nfollowed dk, and from Judea, \n\n8 And iiOm Jerusalem, and \nfrom Idumea, and from beyond \nJordan, and they about Tyre and \nSidon, a great \'multitude, when \nthey liad heard what great things \nhe did, came unto lmn\xe2\x80\x9e \n\n9 And he spake to his disciples, \nthat a small ship should wait on \nlihn, because of the multitude, \nlest they should throng him. \n\n10 For he had healed many, in- \nsomuch that thev pressed upon \nhim for to touch liim, as many as \nhad plagues. \n\nil And unclean spirits, when \n48 \n\n\n\nThe apostles ordainea. \n\n\n\nthey saw hirai, fell down before \nhim, and cried, saying, Thou art \nthe Son of Ged. \n\n12 And he straitly charged \nthem, that they should not make \nhim known. \n\n13 ^ And he goeth up into a \nmountain, and calletb unto him \nwhom he would : and they came \nunto him. \n\n14 And he ordained twelve that \nthey should be with liim, and that \nhe \'might send them forth to \npreach : \n\n15 And to have power to heal \nsicknesses, and to cast out devils. \n\n16 And Simon he surnamcd \nPeter. \n\n17 And James the son of Ze- \nbedee ; and John the brother of \nJames (and he surnamed them \nBoanerges, which is. The sons of \nthunder,) \n\n18 And Andrew, and Philip, \nand Bartholomew, and Matthew, \nand Thomas, and James the son \nof Alpheus, and Thaddeus, and \nSimon the Canaanite, \n\n19 And Judas Iscariet, which \nalso betraved him : and they went \ninto an house. \n\n20 And the multitude cometh \ntogether again, so that they could \nnot so much as eat bread. \n\n21 And when his friends \nheard (f it, they went out to lay \nhold on him : for they said, He is \nbeside himself. \n\n22 fl And the scribes which \ncame down from Jerusalem, said. \nHe hath Beelzebub, and by the \nprince of the devils, casteth he \nout devils. \n\n23 And he called them unto \nhim, and said unto them in para- \nbles, How can Satan cast out Sa- \ntan i* \n\n24 And if a kingdom be divided \nagainst itself, that kingdom can- \nnot stand. \n\n25 And if a house be divided \nagainst itself, that house cannot \nstand. \n\n\n\nThe parable Chap \n\n^6 And it" Sataii rise up against. . \n\nhimscH\', and be divided, he cannot \n\nstand, hut hath an end. \n\n27 No man can enter into a \nstrong man\'s house, and spoil his \ngoods, except he will first bind the \nstrong man, and then he will spoil \nhis house. \n\n28 Verily I say unto you. All \nsins shall be forgiven unto the \nsorxs of men, and blasphemies \nwherewith soever they shall blas- \npheme : \n\n29 -But he that shall blaspheme \nagainst the Holy Ghost, hath ne- \nver forgiveness, but is in danger \nof eternal damnation : \n\n30 Because they said, He hath \nan unclean spirit. \n\n31 ^[ There came then his bre- \nthren and his mother, and stand- \ning without, sent unto him, call- \ning him. \n\n32 And the multitude sat about \nkim, and they said unto him, Be- \nhold, thy mother ^nd thy brethren \nwithout seek for thee. \n\nS3 And he answered them, \nsaying, Who is my mother, or my \nbrethren ? \n\n34 And he looked round about \non them which sat about him, and \nsaid. Behold my mother and my \nbrethren. \n\n35 For whosoever shall do the \nwill of God, the same is my bro- \nther, and my sister, and mo-ther. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nParable of the sower. \n\nAND he began again to teach \nby the sesL-side: and there \nwas gathered unto him a great \nmultitude, so that he entered into \na ship, and sat in the sea, and the \nwhole multitude was by the sea, \non the land. \n\n2 And he taught them many \nthings by parables, and said unto \nrJieiii in liis doctrine, \n\n3 Hearkeia, Behold, there went \nout a sower to sow : \n\n4 And it came to pass as he \nsowed, some fell by the way- \n\n49 \n\n\n\niv. of t fie sower. \n\nside, and the fowls of the air came \nand devoured it up. \n\n5 And some fell on stony ground, \nwhere it iiad noi mucu earth and \nimmediately it sprang up, because \nit had no depth of earth. \n\n6 But when the sun was up, it \nwas scorched, and because it had \nno root, It withered away. \n\n7 And some fell among thorns, \nand the thOrns grew^ up, and \nchoked it, and it yielded no fruit. \n\n8 And other fell on good \nground, and did yield fruit that \nsprang up, and increased, and \nbrought forth, some thirty, and \nsom.e sixty, and some an hundred. \n\n9 And he said unto them. He \nthat hath ears to hear, let him \nhear. \n\n10 And when he was alone, they \nthat were about him, with the \ntv/elve, asked of him the parable. \n\n11 And he said unto them, \nUnto you it is given to know \nthe mystery of the kingdom of \nGod: but unto them that are \nwithout, all these things are done \nin parables : \n\n12 That seeing they in>ay see, \nand not perceive, and hearing they \nmay hear, and not understand: \nlest at any time they should be \ncon\\ erted, and their sins should \nbe forgiven them. \n\n13 And he said unto them, \nKnow ye not this pai^ble.? And \nhow then will ye \xce\xba\xce\xb7\xce\x9b\xcf\x84 all para- \nbles? \n\n14 5[ Tlie sower so weth the word . \n\n15 And these are they by the \n\xce\x9bvay-side,wnere the word is sown, \nVut when they have heard, Sataa \ncometh immediately, and taketh \naway the word, that was sown in \ntheir hearts. \n\n16 And these are they likewise \nwhich are sfewn on stony ground, \nwho when they have heard the \nword, immediately receive it with \ngladness : \n\n17 And have no root in them- \nselves and so endure but for a \n\n\n\nOeceitfulness of riches. S. Mark. Parable of the mustard seed. \n\n\n\ntime: afterward, when aiHiction \nor persecution ariseth for the \n\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xbf\xce\x93\xce\xb1 s sake, immediately they are \noffended. \n\n18 And these are they which \nare sown amon^ thorns : such as \nhear the word, \n\n1 9 And tlie cares of tliis world, \nand the deceitfuhiess of riches, \nand the lusts of other things en- \ntering in, choke the word, and it \nbecometh unfruitful. \n\n20 And these are they w^hich \nare sown on good ground, such \nas hear the word, and receive it, \nand bring forth fruit, some thir- \nty-fold, some sixty, and some an \nhundred. \n\n21 ^ And he said unto them. Is \na- candle brought to be put under \na bushel, or under a bed ? and \nnot to be set on a candlestick? \n\n22 For there is nothing hid \nwhich shall no\' be manifested : \nneither was any thing kept secret, \nbut that it should come abroad. \n\n23 If any man have ears to \nliear, let him hear, \n\n24 And he saith unto them, \nTake heed what ye hear : AVith \nwhat measure ye mete, it shall be \nmeasured to yoa: and unto you \nthat hear, shall more be given. \n\n25 For he that hath, to him \nshall be gi^cn: and he that hath \nnor, from him shall be taken even \nthat which he hath. \n\n26 ^ And he said, So is the \nkingdom of God, as if a man \ni.houid cast seed into the ground, \n\n27 And should sleep, and rise \n\xe2\x96\xa0;ht and day, and the seed \nould spring and grow up, he \n\nkiioweth not how. \n\n28 For the earth bringeth forth \nfruit of herself, first the blade, \nthen the ear, after that the full \neorn in the ear. \n\n29 But when the fruit is brought \n: orth, immediately he putteth in \n\n\xce\xb0 Sickle, because the harvest is \n:, n\\e \n\n\xc2\xa30 .^ And he said, Whereimto \n50 \n\n\n\nshall we liken the kingdom of \nGod? or with what comparison \nshall we compare it ? \n\n31 Ji is like a^grain of mustard- \nseed, wliich when it is sown in the \nearth, is less than all the seeds \nthat be in the earth. \n\n32 But when it is sown, it grow- \neth up, and b>ecometh greater \nthan ail herbs, and shooteth out \ngreat branches, so that the fowlg \nof the air may lodge under the \nshadow of it. \n\n33 And wiih many such para- \nbles Sj,)akehe the word unto tnem, \nas they were able to hear it, \n\n34 But \xce\x9bvithout a parable spake \nhe not unto them: and when \nthey were alone he expounded all \nthings to his disciples. \n\n35 ^ And the same day,when the \neven was come, he saith unto \nthem. Let us pass over unto the \nother side, \n\n36 And when they had sent \naway the multitude," tliey took \nhim even as he was in the ship, \nand there were also with him \nother little ships. \n\n37 And there arose a great storm \nof wind, and the waves beat into \nthe ship, so that it was now full. \n\n38 And he was in the hinder \npart of the ship, asleep on a pil- \nlow, and they awake him, and say \nunto him, Master, carest thou net \nthat we perish ? \n\n39 And he arose, and rebuked \nthe wind, and said unto the sea, \nPeace, be still: and the wind ceas- \ned, and there was a great calm. \n\n49 And lie said unto them, Why \nare ye so fearful; how is it tliat \nye have no faith? \n\n41 And they feared exceedingly, \n\nand said one to another, What \n\nmanner of man is this, that even \n\nthe wmd and the sea obey him? \n\nCHAP, y. \n\n\xce\x9b legio7i qf^ devils cast out, \n\nAND they came over unto the \notlier side of the sea, into \nthe country of the Gadarenes. \n\n\n\nThe legion cast out.L Chap, \n\n2 And when he was come out \nef the ship, immediately there \nmet him out of the toinbs, a man \nwith an unclean spirit, \n\n3 "Who had hk dwelling among \nthe tombs, and no man could \nbind him, no not with chains : \n\n\n\nThe bloody issue, \n\n15 And they come to Jesus, and \nsee him that was possessed with \nthe devil, and had the legion, sit- \nting, and clothed, and in his right \nmind, and they were afraid. \n\n16 And they that saw it, told \nthem how it befel to him that was \n\n\n\n4 Because that he had been } possessed with the\'devii, and also \n\n\n\noften bound with fetters and \nchains, and the chains had been \n|)lucked asunder by him, and the \nfetters broken in pieces ; neither \ncould any ?\xce\xb7\xce\xb1\xce\xaf\xce\x90 tame him. \n\n5 And ahvays, night and day, \nhe w^as in the mountains, and in \nthe tombs, crying, and cutting \nhimself with stones. \n\n6 But wlicji he saw Jesus afar \noff, he ran and worshipped him, \n\n7 And cried with a loud voice, \nad said, What have I to do with \n;iee, Jesus, thou Son of the most \n\nh\' -\xcf\x86. God? I adjure tliee by God \n: lu\'it thou torment me not. \n\n8 (For he said unto him, Come \nit of the man, thou unclean spi- \nrit,) \xe2\x96\xa0 \n\n9 And he asked him, What is \n\xce\x9b\xce\x99\xce\xb3 name? And he answered, say- \n\nic\';, My name is Legion : for we \n,:e many. \n\n10 And he besought him mnch \n\'at he would not send them away \n\'it of the countj-y. \n\ntX Now there was there nigh \n:nto the mountains, a great herd \n:" swine feeding. \n\n12 And all the devils besought \nhim, saving, Send us into the \nswine, that \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xbf may enter into \nihem. \n\n13 And fortirvvith Jesus gave \nihem leave. And the unclean \n\npirits went out and entered in- \nthe swine, and .the lierd ran \niolently down a steep place into \n.\xe2\x80\xa2;e sea fthey were about two \n\n\n\nconcerning the swine. \n\n17 And they l)egan to pray him \nto depart out of their coasts. \n\n18 And when he was come into \nthe ship, he that had been pos- \nsessed with the devi], prayed him \nthat he might be Avith hrin. \n\n19 Howbeit, Jesus suffered him \nnot, but saith unto him. Go home \nto thy friends, and tell them how \n^reat things the Lord hath done \nfor thee, and hath had compas- \nsion on cliee. \n\n-20 And he departed, and began \nto publish in Decapolis,h{)w greats \nthings Jesus had done for him ; \nand all men did maYvel. \n\n2 1 \'f\\ And when Jesus was passed \nover again by sliip unto the otter \nside, much people gathered unto \nhim, and he was nigli unto th.e \nsea. \n\n22 And behold, there comet\'; \none of tiie rulers of the syufi- \ngogue, ,iairus by name, and whe \xce\xbf \nhe saw liim, he fell at- his feet, \n\n23 And besought hirn greatl\xe2\x80\xa2/ \nsaying. My little daughter lieth \nat the point of death, 1 pray thee \ncome and lay thy hands on her \nthat she may be healed, and she \nshall hve. \n\n24 And Jesus went with him \nand much people followed hini, \nand throD?i:ed him. \n\nv5 And a certain woman Avhich \nliadan issue of blood twelve years, \n\n26 And had suffered hnany \nthings of many physicians, and \n\n\n\nhousand) and werje choked in the I had spent all tliat she had, and \nea. \xe2\x96\xa0 j vras nothing bettered, hut rather \n\n14 And they that fed the swine I grew worse, \nfied, and told it in the city, and in ) 2\xce\x93 Wlien she had heard of Je- \nthe country. And they went out \xe2\x80\xa2 sus, came in the press behind, and \n; \xce\xb8 see what it was that was done, I touched bis garment. \n\n\n\nJairus\'S daughter healed. S. Mark. \n\n\n\nThe tzcehe sent forth. \n\n\n\n\xce\xb68 For she said, If I may toucli \nbut his clothes, I shall be whole. \n\n29 And straiglitAvay the foun- \ntam of her blood was dried up: \nand she felt in her body tiiat she \nwas healed of that plague. \n\nSO And Jesus mimediately \n]:novving in himself, that virtue \nhad gone out of him, turned him \nabout in the press, and said, Who \ntouched my clothes? \n\n31 And his disciples said unto \nhim, Thou see St the multitude \nthronging thee, and sayest thou. \nWho touclied me? \n\n32 And he looked round about \nto see her that had done this \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2ing. \n\n33 But the wOman fearinir and \n:\' lembhng, knowing \\vhat was done \nrather, came and fell down before \nbiYn, and told him ail the trutli. \n\n84 And he said unto her. \nDaughter, thy faith hath made \nthee whole; go in peace, and be \nwliole of thy plague. \n\n35 ^ While he yet spake, there \ncame from the ruler of the syn- \n\'^.,"ogue\'s house, certain whicii \nlid, Thy daughter is dead, why \nou\'.\'lest thoQ the master any \nirther? \n\n,i5 As soon as Jesus heard the \nord that was spoken, he saith \nuto the ruler of the synagogue, \n\'e not afraid, only believe. \n37 And he suffered no man \n) follow him, save Peter, and \nunes, and John the brother of \nrji.ney. \n\n33 And he cometh to the liouse \nof the ruler of the synagogue, and \n\xe2\x80\xa2^eeth the tumult, and them that \n.vept and v\xc2\xbb ailed greatly. \n\n39 And when he \xce\x9bvas come in, \nhe s.aith unto them, Why make ye \nthis ado, and weep? the damsel \n,3 not dead, but sleepetli. \n\n40 And they laughed him to \n^x:orn: but when he had put \nU>em all out,ne taketii tlie father \nand theniotHerof the damsel, and \n;\xe2\x96\xa0 C:^\'^ rhat were witli bini. and \n\n\n\nentereth in where the damsel wa3 \n\nlying- \n\n41 And he took the damsel \nby tne hand, and said unto iier, \nlafitha cumi ; which is, bemg in- \nterpreted, Damsel, (I say unto \nthee) arise. \n\n42 And straightway the damsel \narose and walked; for siie was \nof the age at\' twelve years; and \nthey w ere astonished with a great \nastonishment. \n\n43 And he cliarge^d them, \nstraitly, that no man should \nknow it: and commanded that \nsomething should be given her to \neat. \n\nCHAP. VI. \nChikt ualketh on the sea. \n\nAND he went out from \nthence, and came into his \nown country, and his disciples \nfollow him. \n\n2 And when the sabbath-da}? \nAvas come, he began to teach in \nthe synagogue : and many hear- \ning hini, were asttmislied, saying, \nFrom whence hath this man these \nthiugs ? and what wisdom is this \nwhich is given unto him, tliat \neven such mighty works are \nwrought Joy his hands? \n\n3 Is not this the carpenter, the \nson of 3.iary, the\'brother of James \nand Joses, and of Juda, and Si- \nmon? and are not his sisters here \nwith us? And they were offended \nat him. \n\n4 But Jesus said unto them, A \nprophet is not without honour, \nbut in his own country, and \namong his own kin, and in his \nown house. \n\n5 And he could there do no \nmightvwork, save that he laid Ids \nhands upon a few sick folk, and \nhealed thern. \n\n6 And he mai-velled because of \nthen\' unbelief. And he went round \nabout the villages, teaching. \n\n7 ^ \xce\x91\xcf\x80\xce\xac ne caiietn unto him \nthe twelve, and began to send \ntheni fer^li by two and two, and \n\n\n\nThe twelve sent forth. Chap \n\ngave them power over unclean \nspirits. \n\n8 And commanded them, that \nthey should take nothing for their \njourney, sa\\^ a stall\' only: no \nscrip, no bread, no money in their \npurse : \n\n9 But 6e shod with sandals ; and \nnot put on two coats. \n\n10 And he said unto tliem. In \nwhat place soever ye enter into \nan house, there abide till ye de- \npart from that place. \n\n11 And whosoever shall not \nreceive you, nor hear you, when \nye depart thence, shake olf the \ndust under your feet, for a testi- \nmany against them. Verily I say \nunto you, it shall he more tolera- \nble for Sodom and Gomorrah in \nthe day of judgment, than for that \ncity \n\n12 And they went out and \npreached that men should repent. \n\n13 And they cast out many de- \nvils, and anointed with oil many \nthat were sick, and healed them. \n\n14^ And king Herod heard of \nhim (for his name was spread \nabroad) and lie said, That John \nthe Baptist was risen from the \ndead, and therefore mighty works \ndo shev7 forth themselves in him. \n\n15 Others said. That it isElias. \nAnd others said, That it is a pro- \nphet, or as one of the prophets. \n\n16 But when Herod heard there- \nofy he said, It is John whom I be- \nheaded, he is risen from the dead. \n\n17 For Herod himself had sent \nforth and laid hold upon John, \nand bound him in prison for He- \niodias^ sake, his brother Piiihp\'s \nwife ; for he had married her. \n\n18 For John had said unto He- \nrod, It is not lawful for thee to \nhave thy brother^s wife. \n\n19 Therefore Herodias had a \nquarrel against him, and would \nhave kill ed him , but sne could not. \n\n20 For Heuod ieared John, \n\xe2\x96\xa0 uowing that Ire was a just man, \n-id an holy, and observed liim; \n\n53 \n\n\n\nvi. John Baptist beheaded . \n\nand when he heard him, he did \nmany things, and heard him \ngladly. \n\n21 And when a convenient day \nwas come, that Herod, on his \nbirth-day made a supper to his \nlords, high captains, and chief \nestates of Galilee: \n\n22 And when the daughter of \nthe said Herodias came in, and \ndanced, and pleased Herod, and \nthem that sat with him, the king \nsaid isnto the damsel. Ask of me \nwhatsoever thou wilt, and 1 will \ngive it thee. \n\n23 And he s\\vare unto her, \nWhatsoever thoushalt ask of me, \nI will give it thee unto the halt of \nmy kingdom. \n\n24 And slie went forth, and \nsaid unto her mother. What shall \nI ask? And she said. The head \nof John the Baptist. \n\n25 And she came in straight- \nway with haste unto the king, and \nasked, saying, I will that thou \ngive me by and by in a charger, \nthe head of Joha the Baptist. \n\n26 And the king was exceed- \ning sorry, yet for his oath^s sake, \nand for their sakes which sat with \nhim, he would not reject her. \n\n27 And immediately the king \nsent an executi\xc2\xa9ner, and com- \nmanded his head to be brought : \nand he went and beheaded him in \nthe prison, \n\n28 And brought his head in a \ncharger, and gave it to the dan.- \nsel : and the damsel gave it to her \nmother. \n\n29 And when his disciples heard \nof it, they came and took up his \ncorps^ and laid it in a tomb, \n\n30 51 And the apostles gathered \ntheiiiselves together unto Jesus, \nand told him all things, both what \nthey had done, and wliat they had \ntaught. \n\n31 And he said unto them, \nCome ye yourselves apart into a \ndesert place, and rest a vhile: \nfor there were many coming and. \n\nC4 \n\n\n\nThe muUiUide fed. \n\n\n\nS. Mark. Christ xcalketh on the sea. \n\n\n\ngoina\\ and they hiid no leisure so \nmucli as to eat. \n\n32 And they departed into a \ndesert place by siiip privately. \n\n33 And the people saw them \ndeparting, and nianv knew hnn, \nand ran afor out of all \ncities, and ; . :\\\\em, and \ncame togeti)er unto him. \n\n34 And Jesus \xce\x9bvhen he came \nout, saw much people, and was \nmoved with compassion toward \nthem^ because tiie^^were as sheep \nnot having a sbeplTcrd : and lie be- \ngan to teach them many things. \n\nSo And when the day was now \nfar spent, his disciples came unto \nhim, and said, This is a desert \nplace, and now the time is far \npassed : \n\n36 Send them aw^ay, that they \nmay go into the country round \nabout, and into the villages, and \nl>uy themselves bread: for they \nhave nothing to eat. \n\n37 He answered and said unto \nthem, Give ye them to eat. And \nthey say unto him, Shall we go \nand buy two hundred pennv- \n\n^ ortli of bread, and give them to \n\xe2\x80\xa2 nt? \n\n38He saith unto them, \xce\x97\xce\xbf\xce\xbb\xcf\x85 \nmany loaves have ye? go and see. \nAnd when they knew, they say, \nFive, and two fishes. \n\nS9 And he commanded them \n^ maLe all sit down by compa- \nss upon the green grass. \n\n40 And they sat down in ranks \n\': hundreds, and by fifties. \n\n41 Adid when he had taken the \nure loaves, and the two fishics, he \nlooked up to ]ieaven,and blessed, \nand brake the loaves, and gave \nthem to his xdisciples, to set before \nthem: and the two rishes divided \nhe among them all. \n\n42 And they did all eat and \nwere filled. \n\n43 And they took up twelve \nbaskets full of the fr agments^ and \n&f the hshes, \n\n\n\n44 Av..d tliey that did eat of %h^ . they \n\n\n\nloaves, were about tive thousand \nmen. \n\n45 And straightway he con- \nstrained his disciples to get iito \nthe ship, and to go to the uther \nside before unto Betiisaidaj^vhile \nhe sent away the peof)}e. \n\n46 And when he had sent thenii \naway, he departed into a moun^ \ntain to pray. \n\n47 And when even was come, \nthe sliip was in the midst of the \nsea, and he alone on the land. \n\n48 And he saw them toiling in \nrowing: (for the wind was con- \ntrary unto them) and about the \niburtli watth of the night he coni- \neth unto them, walking upon the \nsea, and would have passed by"* \ntliem. \n\n49 But when they saw him walk- \ning upon the sea,*^ they supposed \nit had been a spirit, and* cried out. \n\n50 (For diey all saw\' him, and \nwere troubled:) And immediate- \nly he talked with them, and saith \nunto them. Be of good cheer, it is \nI, be not afraid. \n\n51 And jie went up unto them \ninto the ship, and the wind ceased: \nand they ^vere sore amazed in \nthemselves beyond measure, and \nwondered. \n\n52 For they considered not the \nmiracle of the loaves^ for their \nbegirt was hardened. \n\n53 ^ And when they had passed \nover, they came into the land \nof Gennesaret, and dre\\v to the \nshore. \n\n54 And \\\\hen they were come \nout of the ship, straightw^ay they \nknevv\' him, \n\n55 And ran througir that whole \nregion round about, and began to \ncarry about in beds those that \nwere sick, where they heard he \nwas. \n\n56 And Vihiihcrsoever he en- \ntered, into villages, or cities, or \ncountry, they laid the sick in the \nstreets, and besouiiht him that \n\n\n\nlight toucli, if it v>erc but \n54 \n\n\n\nMail\'s tr\'adttmrs reproved. Ctiap \nthe border of his garment : and \nas many as tOLiched hirap were \nmade whole. \n\nCHAR VII. \nMeat dtfileth not. \n\nTHEN came together unto \nhim the Pharisees, and cer- \ntain of the scribes, which came \nfrom Jerusalem. \n\n2 And when they saw some of \nhis disciples eat bread with de- \nliled (that is to say, with unwash- \nen) hands, they found fault. \n\n3 For the Pharisees, and all \nthe Jews, except they wash their \nhands oft, eat not holciing the tra- \ndition of the elders. \n\n4 And when theij come from the \nmarket, except they wash, they \neat not. And many otiier things \ntltere be, which they have re- \nceived to hold, as the washing of \ncups and pots, brazen vessels, and \nof tables. \n\n5 Til en the Pharisees and scribes \nasked him. Why walk not thy dis- \nciples according to the tradition \nof the elders, but eat bread with \nunwashen hands ? \n\nC He answered and said unto \nthem,^ Well hath Esaias prophe- \nsied of you hypjcrites, as it is \nwritten, This people honoureth \nme with their lips, but their heart \nis far from me. \n\n7 Howbeit, in vain do they \nworship me, teaching for doc- \ntrines, the comniandinents of \nmen. \n\n8 For laying aside the com- \nmandment of God, ye hold the \ntradition of men, as the washing \nof pots and cups: and many other \nsuch like things ye do. \n\n9 And he said^ unto them, Full \nwell ye re:ect the cummaaament \nof God tliat ye may keep your \nown tradition. \n\n10 For Moses said, \xce\x97\xce\xbf\xcf\x80\xce\xbf\xce\x90\xce\xb1 th-^ \nfr/cher and thy mother: ii \n\nso curseth hither or m \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2him d[e the death. \n\n11 But ye sav. If a man shall \n\n55 \n\n\n\n\xce\xbf vn. What defihih a taau. \n\nsay to his father or mother, It is \nCorban, that is to say, A gift, by \nwhatsoever thou mightest be pro- \nfited by me : he shall be free. \n\n12 And ye suffer h-im no more \nto do ought for his father or his \nmother: \n\n13 Making the word of God of \nnone effect through your traditi \non, wliich ye have delivered : and \nmany such like things do ye. \n\n14 fi And when he had called \nall tiie people unto him, he said \nunto them, hearken unto me every \none of you, and understand. \n\n15 There is nothing from with- \nout a man that entering into him \ncan defile him: but the things \nwhich come out of him, those are \nthey that defile the man. \n\nIQr If any man have ears to \nhear, let hnii hear. \n\n1? And when he was entered \ninto the house from the people, \nhis disciples asked him concerning \ntlie parable. \n\n18 Axia he saith unto them, Are \nye so w-ithout understanding also? \nDo ye not perceive, that wdiatso- \never thing from without entereth \ninto die man,ii cannot defile him, . \n\n19 Because it entereth not into \nhis heart, but into the belly, and \ngoeth out into the draught, purg- \ning all meats r \n\n20 And he said, That which \ncome th out of the man, that de- \nhletli the man. \n\n21^ For from v.ithin, out of \nthe heart of men, proceed evil \nthoughts, adulteries, fornications, \nmurders, \n\n22 Thefts, covetousness, wicked- \nness, deceit, lasciviousness, an evil \neye, blasphemy, pride, foQlishness. \n\n23 All these evil things come \nfrom within, and defile the \xce\xb7-\'\xce\x90-, \n\n21 % And from thence he , \nand went into the borders or \xe2\x80\xa2 \n\xe2\x80\xa2:iid Sidon, and entered into a:. \nlOuse, and would have no \xce\xb7\xce\xb9^\xce\xb1: \nknov/ it; but he could not be .hid. \n\n25 For a certain woman, wiioi*i=. \nC5. \n\n\n\nThe deaf healed. \n\n\n\nS. Mark\'. \n\n\n\nyoung daughter had an unclean \nspirit, heard of him, and came \nand rcli at his feet: \n\n26 (The woman was a Greek, \na Syrophenician by fiation,) and \nshe besought him that he would \neast forth the devil out of her \ndaughter. \n\n2f Biit Jesus said unto her, \nLet the children first be tilled: for \nit IS not meet to take the chil- \ndren\'s bread, and to cast it unto \nthe dogs. \n\n28 And she answered and said \nunto him, Yes, Lord: yet the \ndoes under the table eat of the \nchildren\'s crumbs. \n\n29 And he said unto her, For \nthis saying go thy \xce\x9bvay, the devil \nis gone out of thy daug}iter. ^ \n\ni?0 And when she was come to \nher house, she found the devil \ngone out, and her daughter laid \nupon the bed. \n\n31 ^ And again, departing from \nfhe coasts of Tyre and Sidon, he \ncam.e unto the sea of Galilee, \nthrough the midst of the coasts of \nDecapolis. \n\n32 And they bring^ unto him \none that was deaf, and had an \nimpediment in his speech: and \n^hey beseech him to put his hand \nupon him. \n\n33 And he took him aside \nfrom the multitude, and put his \nnngers into his ears, and he spit, \n:ind touched his tongue, \n\n34 And looking up to heaven, \nlie sighed, and saith unto him, \nEphphatha, that is. Be opened. \n\n35 Ann straightway his ears \nwere opened, and the string of \nnis tongue was loosed, and he \nspake plain, \n\n36 And he charged them that \n"iiey should tell Vfo man: but tiie \naiore he charged them, so much \n\'he more a great deal they pub- \nt ished it ; \n\n37 And were beyond measure \nastonished, saying, He hath done \n\xc2\xabil things well; he miketh both \n\n\n\nFour thousand fed. \n\n\n\nthe deaf to hear, and the dumb to \nsneak. \n\nCHAP. Vni. \nFour thousand miraculousli/ fed. \n\nIN those days the multitude \nbeing very great, and having \nnothing to eat, Jesus called hi* \ndisciples unto hiiUj and saith unto \nthem, \n\n2 I have compassion on the \nmultitude, because they have now \nbeen with me thi^ie days, and \nhave nothing to eat: \n\n3 And if I send them away fast- \ning to their own houses, they will \nfaint by the way: for divei\'S of \nthem came from afar. \n\n4 And his . disciples answered \nhim, From whence can a man sa- \ntisfy these men with bread here \nin the wilderness? \n\n5 And he asked them, How ma- \nny loaves have ye? And tiiey said , \nSeven. \n\n6 And he coinwianded t-he peo- \nple to sit down- on the ground: \nand he took the seven loaves, and \ngave thanks, and brake, and gave \nto his disciples to set before them: \nand they did set them before tho \npeople. \n\n7 And they had a few small \nii sties : and he blessed, and com- \nmanded to set them also before \nthem, \n\n8 So they did eat, and were \nfilled: and they took up of the \nbroken meat that was left, seven \nbaskets. \n\n9 And they that had eaten, were \nabout four thousand, and he sent \nthem away. \n\n10 ^ And straightway he en^ \ntered into a ship with his disci- \nples, and came into the parts of \nDalmanutlia. \n\n11 And th(r Pharisees came \nforth, and began to question with \nhim, seeking of him a sign from \nheaven, tempting hnii. \n\n12 And he sighed deeply in \nhis spirit, and saith, Wny doth \nthis generation seek aft^r a sign ? \n\n56 \n\n\n\nIke blind restored. \n\n\n\nverily I say unto you, There shall \nno sign be given unto this genera- \ntion. \n\n13 And he left them, and en- \ntering into the ship again, depart- \ned to the other side. \n\n14 ^ Now the disciples had for- \ngotten to take bread, neither had \nthey in the ship with them more \nthan one loaf. \n\n15 And he charged them, say- \ning. Take heed, beware of the \nleaven of the Pharisees, and of \nthe leaven of Herod. \n\n16 And they reasoned among \nthemselves, saying It is because \nwe have no bread. \n\n17 And when Jesus knew ity \nbe saith unto them. Why reason \nye, because ye have no bread? \nperceive ye not yet, neither un- \nderstand ? have ye your heart yet \nhardened ? \n\n13 Having eyes, see ye not? \nand having ears, hear ye not? and \ndo ye not remember? \n\n19 When I brake the five \nloaves among five thousand, how \nmany baskets full of fragments \ntook" ye up ? They say untO him. \nTwelve. \n\n20 And whea the seven among \nfour thousand, how many baskets \nfull of fragments took ye up? \nand they said. Seven. \n\n21 And he said unto them, How \nis it that ye do not understand ? \n\n22 ^ And he cometh to Beth- \nsaida, and they bring a blind man \nunto him, and besought him to \ntouch him, \n\n23 And he took the bhnd man \nby the ha?id, and led him out of \ntlie town ; and when he had spit \non his eyes, and put his hands \nupon him, he asked him if he saAv \n\xc2\xa9ught. \n\n24 And he looked up, and said, \n1 see men as trees, walking, \n\n25 After that, he put his hands \np^ain upon his eyes, and made \nhim look up : and he was restor- \ned, and saw every man clearlv. \n\n57 \n\n\n\nChap. viii. \n\n\n\nChri^fs ctarr^\'. \n\n\n\n26 And he sent him aivay \nhis house, saying. Neither go iutf) \nthe town, nor tell it to any in the \ntown. \n\n27 51 And Jesus went out, iu.d \nhis disciples into the towns ot \nCesarea Philippi : and by the w^ay \nhe asked his disciples, saying vmto \nthem, Whom do men say that I \nam? \n\n28 And they ans\'^ered, John \nthe Baptist; but some say, Eiie\xc2\xbbs ; \nand others one of the prophets, \n\n29 And he saith unto them, Bu \nw^hom say ye that I am ? And Pe- \nter answereth and saith unto him, \nTiiou art the Christ. \n\n30 And he charged them thrtt \nthey should tell no man of him. \n\n31 ^ And hebegan to teach tiiem., \nthat the Son of man must suiier \nmany things, and be rejected of \nthe elders, and of\' the chief priests \nand scribes, and be killed, and \nafter three days rise again. \n\n32 And he spake that saying \nopenly. And Peter took him, and \nbegan to rebuke him. \n\n33 But when he had turned \nabout, and looked on his disci- \nples, he rebuked Peter, saying, \nGet thee behind me, Satan: for \nthou savourest not the things that \nbe of God, but the things that be \nof men. \n\n34 ^ And when he had called \nthe people unto him, with his dis= \nciples also, he said unto them, \nWhosoever will come after me, \nlet him deny himself, and take up \nhis cross, and follow me. \n\n35 For whosoever will save his \nlife, shall lose it: but whosoever \nshall lose his life for my sake and \nthe GospeFs, the same shall save it. \n\n36 For what shall it profit a \nman, if he sliall gain the v/hole \nworld, and lose his own soul? \n\n37 Or what shall a man give in \nexchange for his soul? \n\n38 Whosoever therefore shall \nbe ashamed of me, and of my \nv/ordSj in this adulterous and sin" \n\nC6 \n\n\n\n\xe2\x82\xachrisfs tramfigurntion. S, \xce\x9c \nful generation, of iiim alsp shall \nthe Son of man be asliamed, when \nhe cometb m tlie glory of his Fa- \nther, With the holv angels. \nCHAP. IX. \n\nThe trunsfigurution of Christ. \n\nAND he said unto them, Veri> \nly \xce\xa4 say unto you, that there \nfee some of tliem that stand here^ \nwhich shall not taste of death, \ntill they have seen the kingdom of \nGod com^e with power. \n\n2 % And after six days, Jesus \ntaketh wdh \xce\x9b/???, Peter, and James, \nand Joim, and leadeth them up \ninto an high mountain apart by \nthemselves: and he Avas transfi- \ngured before them. \n\n3 And his raiment became \nshining, exceeding Avhite as snow: \nso as no fuller on earth can\\vhite \nchem. \n\n4 And there appeare(J unto \nthem Elias with Moses : and they \nwere talking with Jesus. \n\n5 And Peter answered and said \nto Jesus, Master, it is good for us \nto be here: and let us make \nthree tabernacles: one for thee, \nand one for Moses, and one for \nElias. \n\n6 For he w^ist not what to say, \nfor tliey were sore afraid. \n\n7 And there was a cloud that \novershadowed them : and a voice \ncairic out of the cloud, saying, \nThis is my beloved Son: hear \nhim. \n\n8 And suddenly, wlien they had \nlooked round about, they saw no \nman any more, save Jesus only \nwith themselves. \n\n9 And as they xame down \nfrom the mountain, he charged \nfehem that they should tell no man \nvvhat things they had seen, till the \nSon of man were risen from the \ndead. \n\n10 And they kept that saying \nwith themselves, questioning one \nwith another what the rising from \nthe dead should mean. \n\nI\'i ^And they asked him, say- \n\' 58 \n\n\n\nurk. The dumb spirit, \n\nmg,Why say the scribes tliat Elias \nmust first come r \n\n12 And he answered and told \nthem, Elias verily cometh first, \nand restoreth all t^hm^s, and how \nit is written of the Son of man \nthat he must suffer many things, \nand be set at nought. \n\n13 But I say unto you, that \nElias is indeed come, and they \nhave done unto him, whatso- \never they listed, as it is written of \nhim. \n\n14 5i And when he came to hk \ndisciples, he saw a great multitude \nabout them, and the scribes ques- \ntioning with them. \n\n15 Aud straightway all the pco \npie, when they beheld him, were \ngreatly amazed, and running to \nhim, saluted him. \n\n16 And he asked the scribes, \nWhat question ye with them ? \n\n17 And one of the multitude \nanswered, and said. Master, 1 \nhave brought unto thee my son \nwhich hath a dumb spirit. \n\n18 And wheresoever he taketh \nhim. he toareth him; and he \nfoametlK and gnasheth with his \nteeth, and pirieth away; and 1 \nspake to thy disciples, that they \nsnoiild cast him out, and they \ncould not. \n\n19 He answerethhim, and saith, \n\xce\x9f faithless generation, How long \nshall I be with you? How long \nshall I suffer you ? bring him unto \nme. \n\n20 And they brought him unto \nhim: and when he saw him, \nstraightway the spirit tare him, \nand he fell on the ground and \nwaHo^ved, foaming. \n\n21 And he asked his father, \nHow long is it ago since this canie \nunto him.? And he said. Of a \nchild. \n\n22 And oft-times it hath cast \nhim into the fire, and into the \nwaters to destroy him : but if thou \ncanst do any thing, have compas- \nsion on us, ar*d help us. \n\n\n\nChriHth deathjorefohh Ciiap \n\n23 Jesus siiid unto him, If thou \ncanst believe, all things are pos- \nsible to him that believeth. \n\n24 And straightway the father \nof the cliild cried oiit. and said \nwith tears, Lord, I believe; help \nthou mine unbelief. \n\n25 When Jesus saw that the \npeople came running together, \nhe rebuked the foul spirit, say- \ning unto him, Thou dumb and \ndeaf spirit, I charge thee, come \nout of him, and enter no more \ninto him. \n\n26 Aixl the spirit cried, and \nrent him sore, and came out of \nhim; and he was as \xce\xa6\xce\xb7\xce\xb2 dead, \ninsomuch that many said. He is \ndead. \n\nSr But Jesus took him by the \nhand, and lifted him up, and he \narose. \n\n28 And when he was come into \nthe house, his disciples asked him \nprivately. Why could not Ave cast \nIiim out? \n\n29 And he said unto them, This \nkind can come forth by nothing \nbut by prayer and fasting. \n\n30 <\xce\xaf[ And they departed thence, \nimd passed through Gahlee; and \nhe would not tiiat any man should \nknow^ it, \n\n31 For he taught his disciples, \nand said unto them. The Son of \nman is delivered into the hands \nof men, and they shali kill him, \nand after that he is killed, he shall \nrise the third day. \n\n32 But they understood not \nthat saying, and were afraid to \nask him. \n\n33 ^ And he came to Caper- \nnaum, and beine in the house, \nhe asked them, What was it that \nye disputed among yourselves by \nthe w ay ? \n\n34 But they held their peace: \nfor by the way, they haci disputed \namong tliemselves, who s/ioukl be \nthe greatest. \n\n35 And lie sat down, and called \nthe twelve, a}idsaith unto them, \n\n50 \n\n\n\nIX. To avoid ofience \n\nIf any man desire to be hrst, the \nsame sliall be last of all, and ser- \nvant of all. \n\n\'\xcf\x8c\xce\xb2 And he took a child, and set \nhim in the midst of them; and \nwhen he had taken him in his \narms, he said unto them, \n\n37 Whosoever shall receive one \nof such children in my name, re- \nceiveth me : and whosoever shali \nreceive me, receiveth not me, but \nhim that sent me. \n\n38 5i And John answered him, \nsaying. Master, w^ saw one casting \nout devils in thy name, and he \nfollow eth not us; and we forbad \nhim, because he foUoweth not us. \n\n39 But Jesus said. Forbid him \nnot, for there is no man \xce\x9bvh\xce\xafth \nshall do a miracle in my name, \nthat can lightly speak evil of me. \n\n40 For he that is not against \nus is on 6ur part. \n\n41 For whosoeA^er shall gi\xce\x9b^e you \na cup of \\vater to drink, in my \nnam.e, because ye belong to Chris., \nverily I say unto you, he shall not \nlose liis reward. \n\n42 And whosoever shall offend \none of these little ones that believe \nin me, it is better for him, that a \nmillstone were hanged about his \nneck, and he were cast into the \nsea. \n\n43 And if thy iiand oifend thee, \ncut it oif: it is better for thee to- \nejiter mto life maimed, than hav- \ning tfA \xce\xbf hands, to go into hell, \ninto the fire that never shall be \n\nh.c-a \n\n\n\nquenCijeQ: \n\n44 Wliere their worm dieth not. \nand the fire is not quenched. \n\n45 And if thy foot oifend thee, \ncut it off; it is better for thee to \nenter halt into life, than having \ntwo feet, to be cast into hell, \ninto the fire that never shall be \nquenched : \n\n40 ^Vhere their worm dieth, \nnot, and the fire is not quenched. \n\n47 And if thine eye offend \nthee, pluck it out: it is better for \nthee to enter into the kingdom \n\n\n\nOf divorcement. S.Mark. Of eternal life, \n\nof God with one eye, than having ; 12 And if a woman shall put \n\n\n\ntwo eyes to be cast into hell-fire ; \n\n48 Where their worm dieth not, \nand the fire is not quenched. \n\n49 F\xc2\xa9r every one shall be salted \nwith fire, and every sacrifice shall \nbe sal ted with salt. \n\n50 Salt is good : but if the salt \nhave lost his saltness, wherewith \nwill ye season it? Have salt in \nyourselves, and have peace one \nwith another. \n\nCHAP. X. \nOf dix or cement. ~ \n\nAND he arose from thence, \n. and Cometh into tiie coasts \nof Judea, by the farther side of \nJordan : and the people resort ui>\xe2\x80\xa2 \nto him again; and, as he was \nwont, he tauglit them again. \n\n2 % And the Pharisees came to \nhim, and asked him, Is it lawful \nfor a man co put away his wife? \ntemptiiig him. \n\n3 And he answered and said \nunto tliem, What did Mosqs com- \nmand you ? \n\n4 And thev said, Moses suffered \nto write a bill of divorcement and \nto put her away. \n\n5 And Jesus answered and said \nunto them, for the hardness of \nyour heart, lie wrote you this pre- \ncept. \n\n6 But from the beginning of the \ncreation, God made them male \nand female. \n\n7 For this cause shall a man \nleave hits father and mother, and \ncleave to his wife ; \n\n8 And they twain shall be one \nfiesli : so then they are no more \ntwain, but one flesh. \n\n9 What therefore God hath \njoined together; let not man put \nasunder. \n\n10 And in the house his disci- \nples asked him again of the same \nmatter. \n\n11 And he saith unto them, \nWhosoever shall put away his \n\nvife,and marry another, commit- \n:ierli iidulterv aj^ainst iier. \n60 \n\n\n\naway her husband, and be mar- \nried to another, she committeth \nadultery. \n\n13 51 And they brought youn\xc2\xa7 \nchildren to him, that he should \ntouch them; and his disciples re- \nbuked those that brought i/^ew. \n\n14 But when Jesus saw it^ he \nwas much displeased, and said \nunto them. Suffer the little chil- \ndren to come unto me, and forbid \nthem not: for of such is the king- \ndom of God. \n\n15 Verilv I say unto you, AVho- \nsoever shafl not receive the king- \ndom of God as a httle child, he \nshall not enter therein. \n\n16 And he took them up in his \narms, put hifi hands upon tliem, \nand blessed them. \n\n17 ^ And when he was gone \nforth into the way, there came \none running, and kneeled to him, \nand asked him, Good Master \nwhat shall \xce\xa4 do that I may inherit \neternal life ? \n\n18 And .\'esus said unto him, \nWhycallest thou me good? there is \nnone good, but one, that is God. \n\n19 Thou know^est the command- \nments; Do not commit adultery, \nDo not kill, Do not \'steal. Do \nnot bear false witness. Defraud \nnot, Honour thy father and mo- \nther. \n\n20 And he answered and said \nunto him, Master, all these have \nI observed from my youth. \n\n21 Then Jesus teholding him, \nloved him, and said unto him, \nOne thing thou lackest: go thy \nway, se-ll whatsoever thou hast, \nand give to the poor, and th^u \nshalt have treasure in heaven; \nand come take up the cross, and \nfollow me. \n\n22 And he was sad at thiit say- \ning, and went away gri-eved: for \nlie had great possessions. \n\nI 23 51 And Jesus looked round \n! about, and saith unto his disci- \niples, How hardly shall they that \n\n\n\nI \n\n\n\n_^ the danger of riches. Chap \n\niiave riclies enter into the king- \ndom of God. \n\n24 And the disciples \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb8\xce\x93\xce\xb2 asto- \njiished at his \xce\xbb\xcf\x85\xce\xbf\xce\xb3\xce\xbf\xce\xbf. But Jesus \nanswereth again, and saith unto \nthem, Children, now hard is it for \nthem that trust in riches, to enter \ninto the kingdom of God? \n\n25 It is easier for a camei to go \nthrough the eye of a needle, than \nfor a rich man to enter into the \nkingdom of -God. \n\n26 And they were astonished out \nof measure, saying among them- \nselves, Who then can be saved ? \n\n27 And Jesus looking upon \n\'\xe2\x96\xa0 them, saith^ With men it \xce\x966\' impos- \nsible, but not with God: for with \n\n-Kjrod all things are possible. \n\n28 ^ Then Peter began to say \nunto him, Lo, w^e have left all, \nand have followed thee. \n\n29 And Jesus an\xc2\xabwered and \nsaid. Verily I say unto vou, Tiiei*e \nis no man that hath left house, or \nbrethren, or sisters, or father, \nor motlier, or Avife, or children, \nor lands, for my sake and the \ngospeFs, \n\n30 But he shall receive an hun- \ndred fold now in this time, houses, \nand brethren, and sisters, and \nmothers, and children, and lands \nwith persecutions; and in the \nworld to come eternal lifi^ \n\nSI But many that are iirst,^hall \nbe last: and the last, first. \n\ni>*2 ^ And they were in the v/ay \ngoins up to Jerusalem: and Jesus \nwent before them: and they were \namazed^ and as they foliowed, \ntliey were afraid. And he took \na^ain the twelve, aiid began to \ncell them what thin^^s should liap- \npen unto him, \n\n33 Savings Behold, we go up to \nJevusaiern, and the Son of man] \nshall be delivered unto tiie chief \npriests, and unto the scribes: and \nthey shall condemn him to death, \nand shall deliver him to the Gen- \ntiles; \n\n34 And thev shall mock him, \n\n61 \n\n\n\n.^. Ambition reproted, \n\nand shall scourge him, and shall \nspit upon him, and shall kill him: \nand the third day he shall rise \nagain. \n\n35 ^ And James and John the \nsons of Zebed^e come unto hina, \nsaying, Master, we would that \nt4iou shouldest do for us whatso- \never we shall desire.. \n\n36 And he said unto them, \nWhat wouki ye that I should do \nfor you ? \n\n37 Thev said unto him, Grant \nunto us that we may sit, oiie on \nthy right hand, and the other on \nthy left hand, in thy glory. \n\n38 But Jesus said unto them, \nYe know not what ye ask: can ye \ndrink of the cup that I drink of? \nand be baptized with the baptism \nthat I am baptized with ? \n\n39 And they said unto him, \n\xce\x9bVe can. And Jesus said unto \nthem, Ye shall indeed drink of \nthe cup that I drink of; and with \nthe baptism that I am baptized \nwithal, shall ye be baptized. \n\n40 But to sit on my right hand \nand on my left hand, is not mine \nto give, but it shall he given to \nthem for whom it is prepared. \n\n41 And when the ten heard it, \nthey began to be much displeased \nwith James and John. \n\n42 But Jesus called them to \nhim^ and saith unto them. Ye \nknow that they which are ac- \ncounted \xce\xaf\xce\x98 rule over the Gentiles, \nexercise lordship over them; and \ntheir great ones exercise authority \nupon them. \n\n43 But so shall it not be among \nyou : 1/ut whosoever will be great \namong you, shall be your minis- \nter. \n\n44 And whosoever\' of you \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb9\xce\x90\xce\x90 \nbe the chiefest, shall be sen-ant of \nall. \n\n4o For e\xce\x9b\'en the Son of man \ncame \xce\xb7\xcf\x86: to be ministered unto, \nbut to minister, and to give his \nlife a ransom for many. \n\n^6 % And they carne t\xc2\xa9 Jeri- \n\n\n\nEiind Bartimeus. S. \xce\x9c \n\ncho : s,nd as he went out of Jeri- \ncho with }iis disciples, and a great \nnumber of people, blind Barti- \nmeus, the son of Timeus, sat by \nthe high wm-side, begging. \n\n47 And when he heard that it \nwas Jesus of Nazai\'eth, he began \nto cry aut, and say, Jesus, thou \nson of David, ha\\\'e mercy on me. \n\n48 And many charged hmi \nthat he should hold his peace: \nbut he cried the more a great \ndeal, Thou son of David, have \nmercy on me. \n\n49 And Jesus stood still, and \ncommanded him to be called : and \nthey call the blind man, saying \nunto him, Be of good comfort, \nrise ; he calleth thee. \n\n50 And lie casting away his gar- \nment, rose, and came to Jesus. \n\n51 And Jesus answered and \nsaid unto him, Wli-at wilt thou \nthat I should do unto thee ? The \nblind man said unto him. Lord, \ntil at 1 might receive my sight. \n\n52 And Jesus said unto him, Go \nt\'ly way: thy faith hath made \ntliee whole. And immediately he \nreceived his sight, and followed \nJesus in the wslj. \n\nCHAP. XL \nChrist ridHh into Jermalem. \n\nAND when they came nigh to \n, Jerusalem, unto Betliphage, \nand Bethany, at the mount of \nOlives, he scndeth forth two of \nhis disciples, \n\n2 And saith unto them, Go \nyour way into the village over \n\xce\x93. gainst you; and as soon as ye \nbe entered into it, ye shall \xcf\x8b\xce\xb9\xce\xba\xce\xaf a \ncolt tied, whereon never man sat; \nloose Iriiri, and bring him. \n\n3 And if any man say unto \nyou, Why do ye tliisr sav ye \nthat the Lord li-ath need of hini, \n\'^^^d 5-;\'::^^rntway he will send him \n\n\xce\xaf vci:t their way, and \n\'\\ :^ed by the; door \n\n^ .. :ace wheire two \n\nwi^vL\xe2\x80\xa2 mci; a;^c ihev loose him. \n\n\n\nark. Chmth triumph. \n\n5 And certani of them that \nstood there, said unto them, Vv bat \ndo ye loosing the colt ? \n\n6 And they said unto them, \neven as Jesus had coimnanded: \nand they let them go. \n\n7 And they brought the colt to \nJesus, and cast their garments on \nhim; and he sat upon him. \n\n8 And many spread tlieir gar- \nments in the way : and others cut \ndown branches off the trees, and \nstrewed thein in the way. \n\n9 And they that went before, \nand they that foUoAved, cried, \nsaying, Hosanna: blessed is he \nthat Cometh in the name of the \nLord. \n\n10 Blessed be the kingdom ok \nour father David, that cometh in \nthe name of the Lord; Hosanna \nin the highest. \n\n11 And Jesus entered into \'Je- \nrusalem, and into the temple: \nand when he had looked round \nabout upon all things, and now \nthe even tide was come, he went \nout into Bethany with the twelve. \n\n12 51 And on the morrow when \nthey were come from Bethany he \nwas hungry. \n\n13 And seeing a fig tree afar \noff, having leaves he came, if \nhaply he might hnd any thing \nthereon : and when he came to it, \nhe found nothing but leaves; for \nthe tune of figs was not 7/et. \n\n14 And Jesus answered and \nsaid uQto it. No man eat fruit of \nthee hereafter for ever. And his \ndisciples heard it. \n\n15 ^ And they come to Jeru- \nsalem : and Jesus went into the \ntemple, and began to ctist out \nthem that sold and bought in the \ntemple, and overthrew the tables \nof the money-changers, and the \nseats of them that sold doves; \n\n16 Aiid wculd not suffer that \nany nvdii should carry any vessel \nthrough the temple. \n\n17 And he taught, saying unta \nthem, Is it not wnttcn, My \n\n\n\nThe dried fig-tree. Chap, \n\nhouse shail be called of all natioa\xc2\xbb \nthe house of pra ver ? but ye have \nmade it a deii of thieves. \n\xe2\x96\xa0 18 .:\\nd tiie scribes and chief \npriests heard //, and sought how \nthey . mi^^ht destroy fdm : Uor \nthey feared iiim, because ail tlie \npcop ie was astonis \'lod at his doc- \ntriue. \n\n19 And wiicn cv,cn was come \nJie went out of the city. \n\n20 % And in the Diorninc;, as \nthey passed by, they saw the hg- \nIree aried up from the roots. \n\n\' 21 And Peter caihng to re- \nJTienibrancc, saith unto him, \nMaster, hf^hold. thf^. tiP-U\'ee \nwhich t\'i^ :.\xe2\x82\xacd \n\naway. \n\n22 And Jceus an^verii. \nunto tliem, Have faitii in \n\n23 For verily I say uiiu; v.. a, \n\xe2\x96\xa0that whosoever shall say unto this \nm\'>ui:tain, be t\'i-u \' einuved, and \n\n:iud \n\nbut \n\nSiiuu r^eiievi\' ti^al t-;;jc tiuni^s \n\nwhich he saith shall come to pass, \n\nhe shall have whatsovier he saith. \n\n24 Therefore 1 sing. \n\n43 And he called unto him \nhis disciplps, and sai&h uivto them. \nVerily 1 say unto yon, that this \npoor widow hath east more m, \nthan all they which have cast in- \nto the treasury. \n\n44 For all tkey did cast in of \ntheir abundance : but she of her \nwant did cast in all that^she had, \neven all her living. \n\nCHAP. xra. \n\nDestruction qi \' the temp (e ^ foretold, \n\nAND as "he \\vent oii\'t of the \ntemple, one of his disciples, \nsaith unto him. Master, see what \nmanner of stones, and what build- \nings arc here, \n\n2 And Jesus answerinii said \nunto him, seest thou these great \nbuildings ? there shall not be left \none stone upon another, that shall \nnot be thrown down. \n\n3 % And as he sat upon the mount \nof Olives over agamst the temple, \nPeter, and James, and John, and \nAndrew asked him privately, \n\n4 Tell us, when shall these \nthings he ? and what shall be the \nsign when all these things shall \nbe fulfilled? \n\n\xce\xbf And Jesus ansv/ering them, \nbegan to say, Take heed lest any \nman deceive you. \n\n6 For many shall come in my \nname, saying, I am Christ . ana \nshall deceive many. \n\n7 And when ye shall hear of \nwars, and rumours of v/ars, be \nye not troubled : i\'Or such things \nmust needs be : but the end shall \nnot be yet. \n\n8 \xce\x99\'\xce\x9f)\xe2\x80\xa2 nation shall rise against \nnation, and kingdom agpiinst king- \ndom : and there shall be earth- \nquakes in divers places, and there \nshall be famines, and troubles: \nthese are tlie beginnings of sor- \nrows. \n\n9 % But take heed to your \nselves : for they shall deliver y^u \n\n\n\n(Miami ties foretold. \n\n\n\nS. Mark. \n\n\n\nup to councils and in the syna- \ngogues ye shall be beaten, and ye \nshall be brouirht before rulers \nand kings for my sake, for a tes- \ntimony airainst them. \n\n10 And the gospel must first \nbe publi-ibed among all nations. \n\n11 But when they shall lead \nyoM, and deliver vou up, take no \nthought beforehand -vvliat ye shall \nspeak, neither do ye premeditate, \nbut whatsoever shad be given you \nin tiiat hour, that speak ye : for \nit is not ye that speak, but the \nHoly Ghost. * \n\n12 Now the brother shall be- \ntray the brother to death, and \nthe father, the son, and children \nshall rise up against i-lieir parents, \nand shall cause tliem to be put \nto death. \n\n13 And ye shall be hated of all \nmen for my name\'s sake : but he \ntliat shall endure unto the end \nthe* same shall be saved. \n\n14 ^ But wlien ye shall see \nthe abomination ot* desolation, \nspoken of by Daniel the prophet, \nstanding where it ought not (let \nhim tliat readetii uiiderstiind) then \nlet them that be in Judea flee to \nthe mountains : \n\n15 And let him th.at is on the \nhouse-top, not go down into the \nhouse, neither enter therein, to \ntake any thing out of his house. \n\n16 And let him that is in the \nfield, not turn back again for to \ntake up his garment. \n\ntT but wo to them that are \nwith child, and to them that give \nsuck in those days. \n\n13 And pray ye that your flight \nbe not in the winter. \n\n19 For in those days shall be \naitiiction, such as was not from \nthe beginning of the creation \nwhich God created, unto this \ntime, neither shall be. \n\n20 And except that the Lord \nhad shortened those days, no \nflesh should be saA^ed : but for \nthe elect\'s sake, whom he hath \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 66 \n\n\n\nWatch and pray. \nhath shortened the \n\n\n\nchosen he \ndays. \xe2\x80\xa2 I \n\n. 21 And theii, if any man shaH \nsay to you, Lo, here is Christ, \nor, Lo, he is there : believe him \nnot. \n\n22 For false Christs, and false \nprophets shall rise, and shall \nshew signs and wonders, to se- \nduce if it uere possible, even the \ne^ect. \n\n23 But take ye heed : Behold, \nI havefo\'i etold you all thinsrs. \n\n^ 24 % But in those days, after \nthat tribulation, the sun shall be \ndarkened, and the moon shall not \ngi\\ e her li\'iht ; \n\n25 And the stars of heaven \nihall fall, and the powers that are \nin heaven shall be shaken. \n\n2d And then shall . they see \nthe Son of man coming in the \nclouds, with great power and \nglory. \n\n27 And then shall he send hiS \nangels, and shall gatlier together \nhis elect from the lour winds, \nfrom the uttermost part of the \nearth to the uttermost part \xce\xbf\xce\x93 \nhea\\en. \n\n28 Now iearn a parable of the \nfg-tree : When her branch is- yet \ntender, and putteth forth leave^^ \nye know tiiat summer is neaj\' \xce\xb9 \n\n29 So ye^ in like manner, when \nye shall see these things come \nto pass, know that it is nigh, even \nat the doors^ \n\nSO Verily I say unto you that \nthi-s o-e: eration sliall not pass till \nall these things be done. \n\n31 Heaven and earth shall pass \na\xce\x9bvay : but my werds shall not \npass awav. \n\n32 51 But of tliat day and that \nhour knoweth no man, no not \nthe angels which are in heaven, \nneither the Son, but tlie Father. \n\nS3 Take ye heed, watch and \npray : for ye know not when the \ntime is. \n\n34 For the Son of inan is as a \nman taking a far "^ journey, wile \n\n\n\nChrkfs head anointed. Chap \nleft his house and gave autho- \nrity to liis servants, and to every \nman his work, and commanded \nthe porter to watch. \n\n35 Watch 3\'e therefore (for ye \nknow not when the master of the \nhouse Cometh : at even, or at \nmidnight, or at the cock-crowing, \nor in the morning) \n\nS6 Lest coming suddenly, he \nfind you sleeping. \n\n3\xce\x93 And what I say unto you, \nI say unto aii, Watch. \nCHAP XIV. \nA conspiracy againsi Christ, \n\nAFTER two days was the feast \n\xce\xb8/ the passover, and ot un- \nleavened bread ; and the chief \npriests and the scribes sought how \nthey might take hirn by craft, and \nput hi?n to death. \n\n2 But they said, Not on the \nie^-St-diii/y lest there be an uproar \nof the people. \n\n3 ^ And being in Bethany, \nin the house of S^mon the leper, \nas he sat at meat, there came a \nwoman having an alabaster box \n\xc2\xa9f ointment of spikenard, very \nprecious, and she brake the box, \nand poured it on his head. \n\n4 And tliere were some that \nhad indignation vvithin them- \nselves, and said, Why was this \nwaste of tlie ointment made ? \n\n5 For it might have been sold \nfor more than three hundred \npence, and have been given to \nthe poor. And they murmured \nagamst her. \n\n6 And Jesus said, Let her alone, \nwhy trouble ye her ; she hath \nwrought a good work on me. \n\n7 For ye have the poor with \nyou always, and whensoever ye \nwill, ye may do them good: but \nme ye have not always. \n\n8 She feafeh done what she \ncould : she is come aforehand to \nanoint my bo(^ to the burying. \n\n9 Verily I say unto you, \nWheresoever this Gospel shall be \npreached tljroughout tt\'.e whole \n67 \n\n\n\nxiv. The passover eaten, \n\nwoYidyfhis alsw tiiat she hath \ndone siiall be spoken of, for a \nmemo Hal of her. \n\n10 ^ And Judas Iscariot, one of \nthe twelve, \xce\x9b^ent unto the chief \npriests, to betray him unto them. \n\n11 And ivlien they heard it, \nthey were glad, and promised to \ngive him money. And he sought \nhow he might conveniently betray \nhim. \n\n12 5i And the first day of un- \nleavened bread, when they killed \nthe passover, his disciples said \nunto him. Where v.ilt thou that \nwe go and^ prepare, that thou \nmayest eat the pasiiover ? \n\n13 And he sendetli forth two \nof his disciples and saith unto \nthem, Go ye into the city, and \nthere shall meet you a man bear- \ning a pitcher of water : follow \nhim. \n\n14 And wheresoever he shall \ngo in, say ye to the good man of \nthe house. The Master saith, \nWhere is the guest-chamber, \nwhere I sliall eat the passover \nwith my disciples ? \n\n15 And he will shew you a large \nupper room furnished and pre- \npared : there make ready for us. \n\n16 And his disciples went forth \nand came into the city, and found \nas he had said unto" them : and \nthey made ready the passover. \n\n. 17 And in the evening he com- \neth with the twelve. \n\n18 And as they sat, and did \neat, Jesus said, \\\'\'erily I say unto \nyou, one of you which eateth with \nme, shall betray me. \n\n19 And they \'began to be sor- \nrowful -and to say unto him one \nby one. Is it I ? and another said \n\n20 And he answered and said \nunto them,.7i is one of the twelve \nthat djppeth with me in the dish. \n\n21 Tiie Son of man indeed go- \neth as it is written of him : but \nwo to that man by whom the \nSon C\'f \xce\xb9?\xce\xaf\xce\x8f\xc2\xab is betrayed : good \n\n\n\n\'ih,e passover eaten. \n\n\n\nS. Mark. \n\n\n\nv/ere it for that man if he had \nnever been born. \n\n22 \'iy And as they did eat Jesus \ntook bread, and blessed, and brake \nit, and gave to them, and said. \nTake J eat : this is my bod v. \n\nQ3 And be took the cup, and \nwhen he had gi\xce\x9b\'en thanks, he \ngave it to them : and they all \ndrank of it. \n\n2i And he said mito them. \nThis \xce\xaf\xcf\x8a5 my biood of the new tes- \ntament, whicli IS shed for many. \n\n2o \\ erily I say unto you, I \n^ill drink no more of the fruit \nof the vine, until that day that \nI drink it new in the kingdom of \nGod. \n\n26 ^ And w^hen they had sung \nSSI hymn, they went out into the \nEiount of Ohves. \n\n27 And Jesus saith unto them. \nAll ye siiall be offended because \nof me this night : for it is wTit- \nten, I will smite the shepherd, and \nthe sheep shall be scattered. \n\n23 But after that I am risen, I \nwill go uefore you into Galilee. \n\n29 But Peter said unto him, \nAlthough all shall be ofteuded, yet \nioili not I. \n\n30 And Jesus saith unto him, \nVerily I say unto thee, that this \nday, even in this night beibre the \ncock crow twice, thoa shalt deny \nme thrice. \n\n31 But he spake the more ve- \nhemently, if 1 should die with \nthee, I will not deny thee m any \nwise. Likewise aiso said they all. \n\no2 And they came to a pdace \nwhich was named Gethsemane : \nsuid lie saith to his disciples, Sic \nye here, while I shall pray. \n\n33 And he taketh with him, \nPeter, and James, and John, and \nbe2;an to be sore amazed, and to \nbe very heaA y. \n\n34 And saith unto them, My \nsoul is exceedin,^ sorrowful unto \niieath : tarry ye here, and watch. \n\n35 And lie went forward a lit- \ntle, itKd iokl Qi U:e PiOund, and \n\n\n\nChrist is hetraved. \n\n\n\nprayed, tliat if it were possible \ntrie hour might pass fioni him. \n\n3i5 And iie f-aid, Abba, i at her, \nall things are possible unto tiiee, \ntake away this cup from me : \nnevertricless, not what! will, but \nwhat thou wilt. \n\n37 And lie cometh, and find- \neth them sleeping, and saith un- \nto Peter, Simon, sleepest thouf \ncouldest not thou watch one \n\xe2\x96\xa0-iour \xce\xa1 \n\n33 Watch ye and pray, lest ye \nenter into temptation : the spirit \ntruiy is ready, but the flesh i^. \nweak. \n\n39 And again he went away^ \nand prayed, and spake the same \nw^ords. \n\n4() And when he returned, he \nfound them asleep again (for their \neyes wxre heavy) neither wist \nthey what to answer him. \n\n41 And he cometh the third \ntime, and saith unto them. Sleep \non now, and take your rest : it \nis enough ; the hour is come ; be- \nhold, the Son of man is betrayed \ninto the hands of sinners. \n\n42 Rise up, let us go ; lo, he \nthat betrayeth me is at hand. \n\n43 51 -^i^d immediately, while \nhe yet spake, cometh Judas, one \nof the twelve, and with him a \ngreat multitude with swords and \nstaves, from the chief priests, and \nthe scribes, and the elders. \n\n44 And he that betrayed him, \nhad given them a token, saying, \nWhomsoever I shall kiss, that \nsame is he ; take him, and lead \nhim away safely. \n\n45 And as soon as he w^as come, \nhe goeth straightway to him, and \nsaith, Master, master ; and kissed \nhim. \n\n46 ^ And they laid their hands \non him, and took him. \n\n47 And one of them that stood \n1)}% drew a sword, and smote a \nservant of the high priest, and \ncut off his ear. \n\n48 And Jesus ansAvered and snid \n\n\n\nChrist isfahely accused. Chap, xv. \n\n\n\nTeter\'s denial. \n\n\n\nunto them, Are ye come out as \nagainst a thief, with swords and \nnnih staves to take me ? \n\n49 I was daily with you in the \ntemple, teaching, and ye took \nir/a not : but the scriptures must \nbe fulfilled. \n\n50 And they all forsook him \nand fled. \n\n61 And there followed him a \ncertain young man, having a linen \ncloth cast about hk naked body ; \nand the jOung men laid hold on \nhim. \n\n52 And he left the linen cloth, \nand fled from them naked. \n\n53 ^ And they led Jesus a- \nway to the high priest : and with \nhim were assembled all the chief \npriests, and the elders, and the \nscribes. \n\n54 And Peter followed him \nafar ofl*, even into the palace of \nthe high pri^est : and he sat with \n^le servants, and warmed himself \nat th\xc2\xab fire. \n\n55 And the chief priests, and \nall the council sought for witness \nagainst Jesus to put him to death, \nand found none. \n\n56 For many bare false witness \nagainst him, *but their witness \nagreed not together. \n\n57 And there arose certain, \nand bare false witness against \nhim, saying, \n\n58 We heard him say, I will \ndestroy this temple that is made \nwith hapds, and within three \ndays I will build another made \nwithout hands. \n\n59 But neither so did their \xce\x9bvit- \nness agree together. \n\n60 And the Ingh priest stood \nup in the midst, and asked Jesus, \nsaying, Answerest thou nothing ? \nwhat is it 70 hick these witness \nagainst thee ? \n\n61 But he held his peace, and \nansv.\'ered notiiing. Again the \nhigh priest asked him, and said \n\xc2\xbbnto him, art thou tiie Clk^Ut; the \nSon @f tlis Blessed ? \n\n\n\n62 And Jesus said, I am : and \nye shall seethe son of man sitting \non the right hand of power, and \ncoming in the clouds of heaven. \n\n63 Then the high priest rent \nhis clothes, and saith. What need \nwe any further witnesses ? \n\n64 \\ e have heard the blasphemy; \nwhat think ye ? And they all \ncondemned him to be guilty of \ndeath. \n\n65 And some began to spit on \nhim, and to cover his face, and \nto buffet him, and to say unto \nhim Prophesy: and the servants \ndid strike him with the palms \xce\xbf\xce\x90 \ntheir hands. \n\nQQ ^ And as Peter was beneath \nin the palace, there cometh one \nof the mciids of the high priest. \n\n67 And when she saw Peter \nwarming himself, she looked upon \nhim, and said, Ana thou also wast \nwith Jesus of Nazareth. \n\n68 But he denied, saying, I \nknow not, neither understand \xce\xaa \nwhat thou sayest. And he went \nout into the porch ; and the cock \ncrew, \n\n69 And a maid saw him again, \nand began to say to them that \nstood by. This is one of them. \n\n70 And he denied it again. \nAnd a little after they that stood \nby said again to Petei\\ Surely \nthou art one of them : for thoii \nart a Gahlean, and thy speech \nagreeth thereto. \n\n71 But he began to curse and \nto swear, saying, I kno\xce\x9bv not this \nman of whom ye speak. \n\n72 And the\' second time the \ncock crew. And Peter called to \nmind the word that Jesus said \nunto him, Before the cock crow \ntwice, thou shalt deny me thrice. \nAnd when he thought thereon, \nhe wept. \n\nCHAP. XV. \nChrist hronght hound before Pilate. \n\nAN D straightway in tlie \nmorning the cliief priests \n.held a con^jultetion with the cl- \n\n\n\nBarahhaa released, S. Mark \n\nders, and scribes, and the whole \ncauneil, and bound Jesus, and \ncarried him away, and delivered \nhim to Pilate. \n\n2 And Pilate asked him. Art \nthou the king of the Jev; s ? And \nhe answering, said unto hhn, \nThou say est ii. \n\n3 And the chief priests accu- \nsed him of many things : but he \nanswered nothing. \n\n4 And Pilate asked him again, \nsaying, Answerest thou nothing? \nbeliold how many things they \n\\vitness against thee. \n\n5 But Jesus yet answered no- \nthing : so that Pilate marvelled. \n\n6 Now at that feast he Released \nunto them one prisoner, whom- \nsoever they desired. \n\n7 And there v/as otie named \nBarabbas, which lay bound \\vith \nthem that had made insurrection \nwith liim, who had committed \nmurder in the insurrection. \n\n8 And the multitude crying \naloud, began to desire him. to do \nas he had ever done unto them. \n\n9 But Pilate ansxvered them, \xce\xb9 \nsaying. Will ye that I release un- \nto you the King of the Je\\ys } \n\nio (For he knew that the chief \npriests had delivered him for \nen\\7 :) \n\n11 But the chief priests mov- \ned the people, that he should \nrather release Barabbas unto \nthem. \n\n12 And Pilate answered, and \nsaid again unto them, What will \nye then that I shall do unto him^ \nwhom ye call the King of the \nJews ? \n\n13 And they cried out again, \nCrucifv him. \n\n14 Then Pilate said unto them. \nWhy, what evil hath he done r \nAnd they cried out tlie more ex- \nceedingly, Crucify him. \n\n15 <\xce\xb6\xce\xa4 And so Pilate v^iiling to \ncontent the people, released Ba- \nrabbas unto them, and delivered \nJesus, when he had scourged hm,- \nt^ be crttciiied. \n\n\n\nChnsfs crucifixien, \n\n16 And the soldaers led Jiim \naway into the hail, callc-i Pre- \ntori Mill ; and tiiey call together \nthe whole band. \n\n17 And they clothed hnn with \npurple, aud platted a crown of \nthorns, and put it about hjs head. \n\n18 And bei^an to salute him, \nHail, Kiijg of the Jews. \n- 19 And thcy^smote him on the \nhead with a i^^ed, and did spit \nupon him, and bowing thei?^ knees \nworsiupped him. \n\n20 And when they had mock- \ned him, they took otF the purple \nfrom him, and put iiis own \nclothes on hini; and led him out \nto crucify him. \n\n21 And they compel one Si- \nmon a Cyreniaii, who passed by, \ncoming out of the counti^, the \nfather of Alexander and Liufus, \nto bear his cross. \n\n22 And they bring him unto \nthe place Golsotha, which is, be- \n\n\'ing interpreted, The place of a \n\xe2\x80\xa2skull. \n\n23 And they gave him to drink, \nwine ininizled with myrrh; but he \nreceived it not. \n\n24 And when they had cruci- \nfied him, they parted his? gar- \nments, casthig lOts upon them, \nwhat every man should take. \n\n25 And it was the third hour, \nand they crucified hhn. \n\n26 And the superscription of \nhis accusation was written \xce\xbf\xce\xbb er, \nTHE KING OF THE JEWS. \n\n2\xce\x93 And with him they crucify \ntwo thieves, the one on his right \nliand, and the other on his left. \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 28 And the Scripture was ful- \nfijled, which saith, And he was \nnumbered with the transgressors. \n\n29 And they tiiat passed by, \nrailed on him, wagging their \nheads, and isaying. Ah, thou that \ndestroyest the temple, aiKl build- \nest it in three days, \n\n30 Save thyseli\', and come down \nfrom t\'tie cross. \n\n31 Likewise also the chief priests \nTO \n\n\n\nChrisVs cnicifi.vion, Chap \n\nmocking, said among themselves, \nwith the scribes, He saved others \nhimself he cannot.sa\xce\x9be. \n\n32 Let Christ the king of Is- \nrael descend now from the cross, \nthat we may see and believe. \nAnd they that were crucified with \nhim, reviled him. \n\n33 And when the sixth hour \nwas come, there was darkness \nover the whole land, until the \nninth hour. \n\n34 And at the ninth hour, Je- \nsus cried with a loud voice, say- \ning, Eloi, Eloi, lama, sabachtbani : \nwjiich is, being interpreted. My \nGod, my God, why hast thou \nforsaken me \xce\xbd \n\nr 35 And some of them that \nstood by, when they heard it, \nsaid, Behold, he calleth Elias. \n\n36 And one ran, and filled a \n\nspunge full of vinegar, and put \n\n[it on a reed, and gave him to \n\n. drink, saying. Let alone ; let us \n\n,see whether Elias will come to \n\ntake him down, . \n\n3T And Jesus cried with a loud \n\ni voice, and gave up the ghost. \n\n38 And the vail of the temple \n. was rent in twain, from the top \n. to the bottom. \n\n39 51 And when the centurion \nwhich stood over against him, saw \ntiiat he so cried out, and gave up \nthe giiost, he said, Truly this man \nwas the Son of God. \n\n\xe2\x96\xa040 There were also women look- \ning on afar off: among whom was \nMary Magdalene, and Mary the \n\n,! mother of James the le&s, and of \n\nI Joses, and Salome : \n\n41 Who also when he was in \nGalilee, follovved him, and mi- \nnistered unto him, and many \nother women which came up with \n\n/him unto Jerusalem. \n\nI. 42 5] And now when tlie even \nwas come (because it was the \n\n\n\nxvi. und burial, \n\nwaited for the kingdom of God, \ncame, and went in boldly unto \nPilate, and craved the body of \nJesus. \n\n44 And Pilate marvelled if he \nwere already dead : and, calling \nunto Iiim the centurion, he asked \nhim. wdiether he had been any \nwhile dead. \n\n45 And when he knew it of \nthe centurion, he gave the body \nto Joseph. \n\n46 And he bought fine linen, \nand took him down, and wrapped \nhim in the linen, and laid him \nin a sepulchre Avhich was hewn \nout of a rock, and rolled a stone \nunto the door of the sepulchre. \n\n47 And Mary Magdalene, and \nMary the mother of Joses, beheld \nwhere he was laid. \n\nCHAP. XVI. \nCh rlst^s ?xsurrection. \n\nAND when the sabbath \\\\a,s \npast, Mary Magdalene, and \nMary the mother of James, and \nSalome, had bought sweet spices, \nthat they might come and anoint \nhim. \n\n2 And \xce\x9b^ery early in the morn- \ning, the first (da?/ of the week , they \ncam^e unto the sep\xcf\x85lchre at the \nrising of the sun : \n\n3 And they said among them- \nselves. Who shall roll us away \nthe stone from the door of the \nsepulchre ? \n\n4 (And when they looked, they \ns\'aw that the stone vvas rolled \naway) for it was xei\'y great. \n\n5 And entering into the se- \npulclire, they saw a young man \nsitting on tnc right side clothed \nin a long wliite garment, and tliey \nwere aiirighted. \n\n6 And he saith unto them. Be \nnot affrighted, ye seek Jesus of \nNazareth, which was crucified : \n\n^ he is risen, he is not here : behold \npreparation, that is the day before 1 the place wliere they laid him. \nthe sabbath) | 7 But go your wav, tell his \n\n] 43 Joseph of Arhnathea, a^; ulisciples, a \xce\xb9 id "Peter, that he go- \nhonourable counsellor which 5 Iso ieth before you mto Galilee \n71 D \n\n\n\nChrisfs resurrection^ \n\n\n\nS. Luke. \n\n\n\nand ascension. \n\n\n\nineve shall ye see brim, as he said \n\xce\x93 to you. \n\n3 Aiid they went out quickly, \nand ?.ed from the sepulchre ; for \nthey trembled, and were amazed : \nneirher said they any thing to any \nman ; for tliey Avere afraid. \n\n9 ^i Now when Jesus wn^ risen \nearly, the first dai/ of the week, \nhe appeared first to Mary Mag- \ndalene, out of whom he had cast \nseven devils. \n\n10 And she Avent and told them \nthat had been with him, as they \nmourned and wept. \n\n11 And they, when they had \nb.eard that he was alive, and iiad \nFieen seen of h.er, believed not. \n\n12 51 After that, he appeared \nin another form unto two of tiiem, \nas they walked, and went into the \ncountry. \n\n13 And they went asd told it \nunto the residue : neither believ- \ned they them. \n\n14 ^ After\xce\x9bvard he appeared \nunto the eleven, as they sat at \nmeat, and upbraided them with \n\n\n\ntlieir unbelief, and hardness of \nheart, because they believed not- \nthem which had seen him after \' \nhe was risen. \n\n15 And he said unto them, Go \nye into all the \xce\x9bvorld, and preach \nthe gospel to eveuy creature. \n\n16 He that believeth and is bap- \ntized, shall be saved ; but he that \nbelieveth not, shall be damned. \n\n17 And the\'ge signs shall follo\xce\x9b\xc2\xa5 \nthem that believe; In my name \nshall they cast out devils : they \nshall speak with new tongues ; \n\n18 They shall take up serpents, \nand if they drink any deadly- \nthing it shall not hurt them ; \nthey shall lay hands on the sick, \nand "iliey shall recover. \n\n19 il\'So then after the Lord \nhad spoken unto them, he was \nreceived up into heaven, and sat \non the right hand of God. \n\n20 And they went forth, and \npreached every where, the Lord \nworking with them, and con- \nfirming the word\' Avith signs fol- \nio win ir. Amen. \n\n\n\n^ The Gospel according to St. L U \xce\x9a \xce\x95. \n\n\n\nCHAP. L \n\nConcept ion of\' S. John and Christ. \n\nI\'^Orasmucli as many have taken \nin hand to set forth in order \na declaration of tlwse things \nwhich are most surely belicA-ed \namong us, \n\n2 \xce\x95\xce\x9b -en as they delivered them \nunto us, which from the begin- \nning v^ere eye-witnesses, and mi- \nnisters of the word : \n\n3 It seemed \xc2\xa3Ood to me also, \nhaving had perfect understand- \ning of all things from the very \nfirst , to write unto thee in order, \nmost excellent Theophilus. \n\n4 That thou mightest know the \ncertainty of those things wherein \nrhou hast been ins\'tructed. \n\n6 ^ rriHERE was in the days .; \nJL of Herod che kino: of j \n\n\n\nZacharias, of the course of Abia: \nand his wife zcas of tlie daughters \nof Aaron, and her name was \nElisabeth. \n\n6 And they were both righte- \nous before God, walking in all \nthe commandments and ordi- \nnances or" the Lord blameless. \n\n7 And they bad no child, be\' \ncause that Elisabeth was barren> \nand they both were now well \nstricken in years. \n\n8 And it\' came to pass, that \nwhile he executed the priest\'s of- \nfice before God, in the order of \nhis course, \n\n9 According to the custom of \nthe priest\'s oiEce, his lot was to \nburn incense, when he went into \nthe\'temple of the Lord. \n\n10 And the whole multitude \n\n\n\nJ\'.idea, a certain priej^t named i, of the people \\v or*.\xe2\x80\xa2 pray \n\n\n\nitb- \n\n\n\nTL\xe2\x80\xa2 conception of John, \nout, at the time of incense, \n\n11 And there appeared iinto \nhim an angel of the Lord, stand- \ning on the right side of the altar \nof incense. \n\n12 And when Zacharias saw \nAz\'w, he was troubled, and fear \nfell. upon him. \n\n13 But the angel said nnto him, \nFear not, Zacharias : for thy \nprayer is heard ; and thy wife \nElisabeth shall bear thee a son, \nand thou shalt call his name John. \n\n14 And thou shalt have joy and \ngladness, and many shall rejoice \nat his birth. \n\n15 For he shall be great in the \nsight of the Lord, and shall drink \nneither wine nor strong drmk ; \nand he sliall be filled with the \nHoly Ghost, even from his mo- \ntherms womb, \n\n16 And many of the children \nof Israel shall he turji to the Lord \ntheir God. \n\nIT And he shall go before him \nin the spirit and pov.er of Elias, \nto turn the hearts of tlie fathers \nto the children, and the disobe- \ndient to the wisdom of the just, \nto make ready a {)eopie prepared \nfor the Lord. \n\n18 And Zacharias said unto \nthe angel, Whereby shall I know \nthis ? for I am an old man, and \nmy Wife well stricken in years. \n\n19 AikI the angel ansv/ering \nsaid unto him, I am Gabriel, \nthat stand in the presence of \nGod : and am sent to speak unto \nthee, and to shew tliee these glad \ntidin\'gs. \n\n20 And behold, thou shalt be \ndumb, and not able to speak, until \nthe day that these things shall be \nperformed, because thou believest \nnot my words, which shall be ful- \nfilled in their season. \n\n21 And the people waited for \nZacharias, ai> I marvelled that he \ntarried so long in the temple. \n\n^2 And when he came out, he \n\ncould not speak unto them : and \n\n73 \n\n\n\nChap. i. and of Christ , \n\nthey perceived that he had seen \na vision in the temple : for he \nbeckoned unto them, and remain- \ned speechless. \n\n23 And it came to pass, that as \nsoon as the days of his ministra- \ntion were accomplished, he de- \nparted to his own house. \n\n24 And after those days his \nwife Elisabeth conceived, and hid \nherself five months, saying, \n\n25 Thus hath the Lord dealt \nwith me, in the days wherein he \nlooked on we, to take away my \nreproach among men. \n\n26 And in the sixth month the \nangel Gabriel was sent from God \nunto a city of Galilee, named \nNazareth, \n\n27 To a virgin espoused to a \nman, whose name was Joseph, \nof the house of David ; and the \nvirgin\'s name icas Mary. \n\n28 And the angel came in unto \nher, and said, Hail, thou that art \nhighly favoured, the Lord is Avith \nthee : Blecsed ait thou among \nwomen. \n\n29 And when she saw him, she \nwas troubled at his saying, and \ncast in her mind, \xce\x9bvhat manner \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a \nsalutation this should be. \n\n30 And the angel said unto her, \nfear not, IMary : for thou hast \nfound favour with God. \n\n31 And behold, thou shalt con- \nceive in thy womb, and bring \nforth a SOP, and shalt call his \nname JESUS. \n\n32 He shall be great, and shall \nbe called the Son of the Highest; \nand the Lord God shall give un- \nto him the throne of his father \nDavid. \n\n33 And he shall reign over \nthe house of Jacob for ever, and \nof his kingdom^there shall be no \nend. \n\n34 Then said Mary unto the \nangel, How shall this be, seehig I \nknow not a man ? \n\n35 And the angel answered \n, and said unto her, The Holy \nD 2 \n\n\n\nMarf/^s salutation, \nT^ Cit sliali con>e upon thee, \ndid the power of the Highest \nshall overshadow thee . therefore \nalso that iioly thing which shall \nbe boin of thee, shall be called \nthe Son of God. \n\n36 And behold, thy cousin \nElisabeth, she hath also conceived \na son in her old age : and this is \nthe sixth month with her who \xce\x9bvas \ncalled barren. \n\n37 For with God nothing shall \nbe impossible. \n\n38 And Marv said, Behold \nthe handmaid or the Lord, be \nit unto me according to thy \nword. And the angel departed \nfrom her. \n\n39 And Mary arose m those \ndays,\' and went mto the hill- \ncountry with haste, into a city of \nJuda. \n\n40 And entered into the house \nof Zacharias, and saluted Ehsa- \nbeth. \n\n41 And it came to pass, that \nwhen Elisabeth heard the Scduta- \ntion of Mary, the babe leaped in \nher womb : and Elisabeth was \nfilled with the Holy Ghost. \n\n42 And she spake out with a \nloud voice, and said, Blessed orf \nthou among women, and blessed \n7s the fruit of thy womb. \n\n43 And whence is this to me, \nih.at the mother of my Lord should \ncome to me ? \n\n44 For k~>, as soon as the voice \nof thy salutation sounded in mine \nears, the babe \nwomb for joy. \n\n45 And blessed is she tliat be- \nlieved ; for there shall be a per- \nformance of those thinss vvaich \nwere told her from the Lord. \n\n46 ^I And Marv said, My soul \ndoth magnify thoi Lord, \n\n47 And my spirit hath rejoiced \nin God my Saviour. \n\n43 For he hath regarded the \nlow estate of his handmaiden : \nfor behold J from henceforth all \ngenerations shall call me biessf .\xce\x8a. \n\n\n\nS. Luke. Her song of thanksgiving. \n\n49 For he that is mighty hath \ndone to me great things, and holy \nis his name. \n\n50 And his mercy is on them \nthat fear him from generation to \ngeneration. \n\n51 He hath shewed strength \nwith his arm, he hath scattered \nthe proud in the imagination of \ntheir hearts. \n\n52 He hath put down the \nmighty from thei?^ seats, and ex- \nalted them of low degree. \n\n53 He hath filled the hungry \nwith good things, and the rich \nhe hath sent empty away. \n\n54 He hath hoi pen his servant \nIsrael, in remembrance, of his \nmercy, \n\n55 "As he spake to our fathers, \nto Abraham, and to his seed for \never. \n\n56 And Mary abode with her \nabout three months, and return- \ned to her own house. \n\n57 ^ Now Elisabeth\'s full time \ncame, that she should be deli- \nvered ; and she brought forth a \nson, \n\n58 And her neighbours and her \ncousins heard how the Lord had \nshewed great mercy upon her ; \nand they rejoiced with her. \n\n59 And it . came to pass \nthat on the eighth day they \ncame to circumcise the cliild ; \nand they called him Zacharias, \nafter the name of his father. \n\n60 And his mother answered \nleaped in my | and said, Not so : but he shall be \n\nI called John. \n\n61 And they said unto her, \nThere is none oV thy kindred that \n\n; is called by this name. \n\n62 And they made sign% to his \nfather, how he would have liim \ncalled. \n\n63 xlnd he asked for a writing- \ntable, and Avrote, saying, His \nname is John. Aiul they mar- \nvelled all : \n\n64 And hi-B mouth was opened \n\n\n\nZacharias^s proph esy. Chap \n\nimmediately, and his tongue \nloosed, and he spake, and praised \nGod. \n\n65 And fear came on all that \ndwelt round about them ; and \nall these sayings were noised a- \nbroad throughout all the hill- \ncountry of Judea. \n\n66 And all they that had heard \nthem laid them up in their hearts, \nsaying, What m.amier of child \nshall this be? And the hand of \nthe Lord was with him. \n\n" 67 f And his father Zacharias \nwas filled with the Holy Ghost, \nand prophesied, saying, \n\n68 Blessed he the Lord God of \nIsrael, for he hath visited and re- \ndeemed his people, \n\n69 And hath raised up an horn \nof salvation for us, in the house \nof his servant David ; \n\n70 As he spake by the mouth \nof his holy prophets, which have \nbeen since the world began ; \n\n71 That we should be saved \nfrom our enemies, and from the \nhand of all that hate us. \n\n72 To perform the vaevcy pi^c- \nmhecl to our fathers, and to re- \nmember his holy covenant ; \n\n73 The oath which he sware to \nour father Abraham, \n\n74 That he v/ould grant unto \nus, that we being delivered out of \nthe hands of our enemies, might \nserve him without fear, \n\n75 In holiness and righteous- \nness before him, all the days of \nour Mfe. \n\n76 \xce\x91\xce\x90\xce\xaf\xce\xac thou, child, shalt be \ncalled the prophet of the High- \nest : for thou shalt go before the \nface of tlie Lord, to prepare his \nways : \n\nTl To gi\\^e knowledge of sal- \nvation unto his people, by the re- \nmission of their sins, \n\n78 Through the tender mercy \nof our G^d : whereby the day \n-ripring from on high hath visited \n\n79 To give light to thcHi that \n\n\n\n, ii. Christh 7iativity. \n\nsit in darkness, and in the sha- \ndow of death, to guide our feet \ninto the way of peace. \n\n80 And tlie child greAV, anil \nwaxed strong in spirit, and was \nin the deserts till the day of his \nshewing unto Israel. \n\nCHAP. IL \nThe Roman empire tared. \n\nAND it came to pass in those \ndays, that there went out a \ndecree from Cesar Augustus, that \nall the world should be taxed. . \n\n2 {And this taxing was first \nmade when Cyrenius was gover- \nnor of Syria) \n\n3 And all went to be taxed, \nevery one into his own city. \n\n4 And Joseph also went up \nfrom Galilee, out of the city of \nNazaretli, into Judea, unto the \ncity of David, vvhich is called \nBethlehem (because he was of \nthe house and lineage of David) \n\n5 To be taxed with Mary his \nespoused wife, being great with \nchild. \n\n6 And so it was, that while \nthey were there, the days w^ere \naccomplished that she should be \ndelivered. \n\n7 And she brought forth her first \nborn son, and w^rapped him in \nsxvaddling clothes ; and hiid him \nin a manger, because there was \nno room for them in the inn. \n\n85\xce\x93 And there were in the sevme \ncountry, shepherds abiding in the \nfield, keeping watch over their \nilock by night. \n\n9 And lo, the angel of the \nLord came upon them : and the \nglory of the Lord shone round \nabout them : and they were sore \nafraid. \n\n10 And the angel said unto \nthem. Fear not : for behold, \xce\x93 \nbring you good tidimrs of great \njoy, which shall be to ail peo- \nple, \n\n11 For unto you is born this \nday, in the city of David, a Sa- \nviour , which is Ciirist the Lord>. \n\n\xce\x92 3 \n\n\n\nThe an gel" s dOxohgy. \n\n\n\nS. Luke. \n\n\n\n12 And this shall he a sign un- \nto you : Ye shall find the babe \nwrapped in swaddling-clothes, ly- \ning in a manner. \n\n13 And suddenly there was \nwith the angel a multitude of the \nheaA^enly host, praising God, and \nsaying, \n\n14 "Glory to God in the highest, \nand on earth, peace, good will \ntowards men. \n\n15 And it came to pass, as the \nangels ^vere gone away from them \ninto Ijeaven, the shepherds said \none to another. Let us now go \neven unto Bethlehem, and see \nthis thing which k come to pass, \nwhich the Lord hath made known \nunto us. \n\n16 And they came with haste, \nand found Mary and Joseph, and \nthe babe lying in a manger. \n\nIT And when they had seen \nit, they made known abroad the \nsaying, which was told them con- \ncerning this child. \n\n18 And all they that heard It, \nwondered at those things which \nwere told them by the shepherds. \n\n19 But Mary kept all these \nthings, and pondered ihem m her \nheart. \n\n\n\nSimeon and Anna. \n\n\n\ncording to that which is said in \nthe law of the Lord, A pair \nof turtle-doves, or two young \npigeons,. \n\n25 And behold, the^e was a \nman m Jerusalem, whose name \n^cas Simeon ; and the same man. \n?ifisjust and devout, waiting for \nthe consolation of Israel : and the \n[loly Ghost vv-as upon him. \n\n26 And it was revealed unto \nhim by tlie Holy Ghost, that he \nshould nut see deatfi, before he \nhiid seen tfie Lord\'s Christ. \n\n27 And he came by the Spirit \ninto the temple : and when the \nparents broiigiit in the child Jesus, \nto do for him afier the custom of \ntiie law, \n\n28 Thru took he him up in hjs \narm.s, and blessed God, and said, \n\n29 Ljrd, now lettest thou thy \nservant depart in peace, accord- \ning to thy word : \n\n. 30 For mine eyes have seen \nthy salvatioQ : . \' \n\n31 Which thou hast prepared \nbefore the face of all people : \n\n32 A light to lighten Uie Gen- \ntiles, and the glory of thy people \nIsrael. \n\n33 And Joseph and his mother \nmarvelled at those things which \n\n\n\n20 And the shepher.ds return \ned, glorifying and praising God ! were spoken of him. \nfor all the tilings that they hiid ! 34 And Simeon blessed them. \n\n\n\nseen, as it vvus told \n\n\n\niieard and \nunto them. \n\n21 And when \xe2\x82\xaci.:iUt days were \naccomplished for tiie circimici- \nsins of the c!iild, his name v.as \ncalled J \xce\x95 SI; 8, winch was so ^ , , \n\nnamed of the angel before he was i thrguah thy own soul also) that \nconceived in llie womb, \\ the^ thouglits of ma,ny hearts may \n\n22 And when the davs of her | be reixaled. \n\n\n\nand said unto Mary his motlier \nBehold, tliis child is set for die \nfall and rising again of many in \nIsrael ; and lor a signwdiich shall \nbe\' spoken against : \n\n35 (Yea, a sword shall pierc\xc2\xa9 \n\n\n\npiirihcadon, according to the law \nof Moses, were accom] Wished, \nthey brought him to Jerusalem, \nto present him to the Lord, \n\n23 (As it is Avritten in the law \nof the Lord, Every male that \nopenech the womb s\'lpdl be called \nholy to the Lord) \n\n24 And to oifer a sacrifice ac- \n\nT6 \n\n\n\n36 And there w^as oneAnna a \nprophetess, the daughter of Pha- \nmiel, of the tribe of Aser ; she \nwas of a\' great age, and had lived \nwith an husband seven years from \nher virginity ; \n\n3^ And she ivas a widow- of \nabout fourscore and four years \xe2\x80\xa2. \nwhich departed not ft^\'ai the \n\n\n\nChrist in the temple. Chap \n\ntemple, but served God with \nfastm^s aad prayers, night and \ndav. ^ * \n\n38 And she coming in that in- \nstant, gave thanks likewise unto \nthe Lord, and spake of iiini to all \nthem that looked for redemption \nin Jerusalem. \n\n39 And when they had per- \nformed all things according to the \nlaw of the Lord, they returned \ninto Galilee, to then* own city \nNazareth. \n\n- 40- And the child grew^, and \nwaxed strong in spirit, filled with \nwisdom ; and the grace of God \nwas upon him. \n\n41 Now his parents went to \nJerusalem every year at the feast \nof the passover. \n\n42 An-d when he \xce\x9bvas twelve \nyears old, they went up to Jeru- \nsalem, after the custom of the \nfeast, \n\n43 And when they bad fulfilled \nthe da}\'^, as they returned, the \nchild Jesus tarried behmd in Jeru- \nsalem ; and Joseph and his mother \nknew not of\'it. \n\n44 But they supposing iiim to \nhave been in the company, went \n\xce\x86 day\'s journey; and they sought \nhim \' amon^ their kinsfolk and \ntheir acquaintances. \n\n45 And when they found him \nnot, they turned back again to \nJerusalem, seeking him. \n\n16 i\\nd it came to pass that \nafter lAiee days, they found him \nin the temple, sitting in the midst \nof the doctors, both hearing them \nand asking them questions. \n\n47 And aii that heard him were \nastonished at his understanding \nand answers. \n\n48 And when they saw him, \nthey were amazed : and his mo- \nther said unto him. Son, why hast \nthou thus dealt with us? behold, \nthy father and 1 have sought thee \nsorrowing. \n\n49 And he said unto them. \nHow is it that ye soujrht me, wist \n\n\n\niii. John\'s prenchuig. \n\nye not that I must be about my \nFather\'s business ? \n\n50 And they understood not the \nsaying which he spake unto them. \n\n51 And he went down with \nthem, and came to Nazareth, \nand was subject unto them: but \nhis mother kept ail these sayings \nin her heart. \n\n62 And Jesus increased in wis- \ndom and stature, and in favour \nwith God and man. \n\nCHAP. III. \n\nJohi\'s preaching and baptism, \nnVJ"OW in tiie hfteenth year \nJ3I of the re\'ign of Tiberius \nCesar, Pontius Pilate being go- \nvernor of Judea, and Herod be- \ning tetrarch of Galilee, and his \nbrotiier Philip tetrarch of Iturea, \nand of the region of Trachonitis, \nand Lysanias the tetrarch of \nAbilene, \n\n2 Annas and Caiphas being the \nhigh priests, the word of God \ncame unto John the son of Zacha- \nrias in the wiWerness. \n\n3 And he came into all the \ncountry about Jordan, preaching \nthe baptism of repentance, for \nthe remission of sins ; \n\n4 As it is written in the book \nof the words of Esaias the pro- \nphet, saying, the voice of one \ncrying in the wilderness. Prepare \nye the way of the Lord, make his \npaths straight. \n\n5 Every valley shall be filled, \nand every mountain and hill \nshall be brought lovr ; and the \ncrooked shall be made straight, \nand the rough ways shall be made \nsmooth ; \n\n6 And all flesh shall see the \nsalvation of God. \n\n7 Then said he to tlie multi- \ntude that came forth to be biip- \ntized of him, \xce\x9f generation of \nvipers, who hath warned you to \nflee from the wrath to come ? \n\n8 Bring forth therefore fruits \nworthy of repentance and begin \n\n:iiOt to say within yourselves, We \n\n\n\nJohiis baptism. S. Luke. \n\nhave Abraham to our father : for \n1 say unto you, that God is able \nof tliGse stones to raise up chii- \ndren unto Abraham. \n\n9 And now also the ax is laid \nunto the root of the trees : \nevery tree therefore which \nbringeth not forth good fruit, \nis hew^n down, and cast into the \nlire. \n\n10 And the people asked him, \nsaying, What sliall vve do then ? \n\n11 He answereth and saith un- \nto them, He that hath tvvo coats, \nlet him impart to him tliat hath \nnone ; and he that hath meat, \nlet him do likewise. \n\n12 Then came also publicans \nto be baptized, and said unto him, \nMaster, what shall we do } \n\n13 And he said unto them, \nExact no more tlian that which is \nappointed you. \n\n14 And the soldiers likewiss^ \ndemanded of him, say ins:, And \nwhat shall we \xce\xac\xce\xbf ? And he said \nunto them, Do violence to no \nman, neither accuse any falsely, \nand be content with your wages. \n\n15 % And as tlie people were in \nexpectation, and ail men mused \nin their hearts of John, whether \nhe were the Christ or not. \n\n16 John answered, saying unto \ntheju all, I indeed baptize you \n\nvith Avater ; but one mii^htier \n\n\n\nChrkfs genealogy, \nand for all the evils which Hero4 \nhad done. \n\n\n\nthan I cometh, the latchet of \nVvhose shoes I am not -worthv to \nunloose : he shall baptize you \n\n\n\n20 \'Added yet this above all, \nthat he shut up John in prison. \n\n21 Now \xce\x9bvhen all the people \nwere baptized, it came to pass \nthat Jesus also being baptized, \nand praying, the heaven was \nopened : \n\n22 And the Holy Ghost de- \nscended in a bodily shape like a \ndove upon him, and a voice came \nfrom heaven, \\vhich said, Thou \nart my belovxd Son, in thee I am \nwell pleased. \n\n23 ^ And Je-us himself began \nto be above thirty years of age, \nbeing (as was supposed) the son \nof Joseph, which was tJie son of \nHob. \n\n24 Which \xce\x9bvas the son of Mat- \nthar, which was the non of Levi, \nwhi<-h Vvas the mn of Meichi, \nwhich was the son of Janna, which \nwas the son of Joseph, \n\n25 Which was the son of Mat- \ntathias, which was the son of A- \nmos, which w^as the son of Naum, \nwhich was the son of Esli, whicli \nwas the son of Nagge, \n\n26 Which was the son of Ma- \nath, whrch was the son of Matta- \nthias, which was the son of Se- \nmei, w^hich Avas the son of Joseph,. \nwhich w^as the son of Juda. \n\n27 Which was the son of Joan- \nna, which was the son of Khesa, \nwhich was the son of Zorobabel, \nwhich was the son of Suiathiel, \n\n\n\nvith the Holy Ghost, and vv\'ith | Avhich was the son of Neri, \niire. \xce\xaf 23 Which was the son of JMel- \n\n\n\n1? Whose fan is in his hnnd, \nand he will tbrociddy par^e his \nfioor, and v/ill gather the wheat \ninto his garner; but the chatf he \nwill burn witli hre unquench- \nab le. \n\n13 And many other things in \nhis exhortation preached he unto \nthe people. \n\n19 ^^ But Herod the tetrarch be- \ning reproved by him for Hero- \ndias his brother Philip\'s rafe.^ \n\n\n\nchiy. which was the son of Addi, \nwliich was the son of Cosam, \nwliich was the son of Elmodam, \nwhich was the son of Er, \n\n29 W^hich was the son of Jose, \nwhich was the son of ETIezer, \nvvdiich was the son of Jorim, \nwhich was the son of Matthat, \n\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\x90\xce\xae\xce\xbf\xce\x90] ivas the son of Levi, \n\n30 Which w^as the son of Si- \nmeon, w^hich \\vas the sou of Juda, \nwhich was the son of Joseph, \n\n\n\nnealogy , \n\n\n\nwhich^vas the son oi Jonan,^/hicb \nwas the son of Rliakim, \n\n31 Which was the son of Me= \nlea, which was the son of Menan, \nwhich was the son of Mattatha^ \nwhich was the son of Natkaii;, \nwhich was the son of David, \n\nS2 Whicli was the son of Jesse, \nwhich was the son of \xce\x9f bed, which \nwas the son of Booz, which was \nthe son of Salmon, which was the \n4on of Naasson, \n\n33 Which was the son of Ami- \nnadab, which was the son of A- \nram, which was the son of Esrcm, \nwiiich was the son of Phares, \nwhich was the son of Juda, \n\n34 AVhich was the son of Ja- \ncob, which was the son of Isaac, \nwhich was the son of Abraham, \nwhich was the son of Thara, \nwhich was the son of Nachor, \n\n;\xe2\x96\xa0 35 Which was the son of Sa- \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 ruch, which was the son of Ra- \n\n\'^au, which v/ as the son of Phalec, \n\nwhich was the son of Heber, \n\nwhich was the son (A^ Sal a, \n\n36 W^hich was the son of Cai- \naan, which was the son of -Ar- \nphaxad, which was th\xc2\xa3 son of Sem, \nwhich was the son of Noe, which \nwas the son of Lamech, \n\n37 Which was the son of Ma- \nthusala, which was the son of E- \naochj which was the son of Ja- \nred, which was the son of Male- \n(eel, which was the son of Cainan, \n\n38 Which was th. son of Enos, \nwhich was the son of Setli, which \nwas the son of Adam, which was \n(he son of God. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nChrisfs temptation and victory, \n\nAND Jesus being mil of \'the \nHoly Ghost, returned from \nJordan, and was led by the spi- \nfit into the wilderness, \n\n2 Being forty days tempted \n4f the devil ; and in those clays \nfee did eat nothing : and wlien \nthey Avere ended, he afterward \nhungered. \n\n3 And the ^^\xcf\x87\'\xcf\x8d .said unto \n\n79 \n\n\n\nChap. iv. \n\n\n\nHe IS tefnpied. \n\n\n\nhim, If thou be the sou of God; \ncommand this stone that it be \nmade bread. \n\n4 And Jesus answered him, \nsaying. It is written. That man \nshall not live by bread alone, but \nby every word of God. \n\n5 And the devil taking him up \ninto an high mountain, shewed \nunto him all the kingdoms of the \nworld in a moment of time. \n\n6 And the devil said unto \nhim. All this power will I give \nthee, and the glory of them ; for \nthat is delivered unto me, and to \nwhomsoever I will, I give it. \n\n7 If thou therefore wilt wor- \nship me, all shall be thine. \n\n8 And Jesus answered and said \nunto him, Get thee behind me, \nSatan : for it is written. Thou \nshalt worship the Lord thy God, \nand him only shalt thou serve. \n\n9 And he brought him to Je- \nrusalem, and set him on a pinna- \ncle of the temple, and said unto \nhim. If thou be the Son of God^ \ncast thyself down from hence, \n\n10 For it is written. He shall \ngive his angels charge over thee, \' \nto keep thee. \n\n11 And in their hands they shaH \nbear thee up, lest at any time thou \ndash thy foot agamst a stone. \n\n12 And Jesus answering, said \nunto hirii. It is said. Thou shak \nnot tempt the Lord thy God. \n\n13 And when the devil had \nended all the temptation, he de^ \nparted from him for a season. \n\n14 5i And Jesus returned in \nthe power of the spirit into Ga- \nlilee : and there went out a fame \nof him through all the region \nroundabout. \n\n15 And he taught in their syn- \nagogues, being glorified of all. \n\n16 ^ And he came to Naza- \nreth, where he had been brought \nup : and, as his custom was^ he- \nwent into the synagogue ^n the \nsabbath-day, and stood, up for tfy \nread. \n\nD5 \n\n\n\nChrist\'s first preaching . S. Luke \n\n17 And there was delivered \nunto hiin the book of the pro- \nphet Esaias ; end when he nad \nopened the book, he found tiie \nplace where it was written, \n\n18 The spirit of the Lord is \nupon me, because he hath an- \nointed me to preach the gospel \nto the poor, he hath sent ine to \nheai the broken-hearted, to preach \ndeliverance to the captives and \nrecovering of sight to the blind, \nto set at liberty them that are \nbruised, \n\n19 To preach the acceptable \nyear of the Lord. \n\n20 And lie closed the book, \nand he gave it again to the mini- \nster, and sat down : and the eyes \nof all them that vvcre in the sjvii- \nagos:ue were fastened on him. \n\n21 And he began to say unto \nthem, This day is this scripture \nfulriUed in your ears. \n\n22 And all bare him witness, \nand wondered at the gracious \nwords which proceeded out of \nhis mouth. And tliey said, Is not \nthis Joseph\'s son ? \n\n23 And he said unto them, \nYe will surely say unto me this \nproverb, Physician, heal thyself: \nwhatsoever we liave heard done \nin Capernaum, do also here in \nthy country. \n\n24 And he said. Verily I say \nunto you, no prophet is accepted \nxn his \xcf\x83\xce\xbd\xce\xbd\xce\xb7 country. \n\n25 But I tell you of a truth, \nmany widows were in Israel in \nthe days of Elias, when the hea- \nven was shut up three years and \na\xc2\xbbix months, when great famine \nwas throughout all the land : \n\n26 But unto none of them \nwas Elias sent, save unto Sarepta \na city of Sid on, unto a woman \nthat was a widow. \n\n27 And many lepers v\xc2\xbb\'ere in \nIsrael in the time of Eliseus the \nprophet ; and none of thein was \ncleansed saving Naasian flie \nSyjiaJi. \n\n\' SO \n\n\n\nMts danger thereupon, \n23 And all they in the syna- \ngogue, when they heard tliese \nthings were tilled with wrath, \n\n29 And rose up, and thrust him \nout of the city, and led hun unto \nthe brow of the hill (wiiereon \ntheir city v%as built) that they \nmight cast him down headlong. \n\n30 But he passnig through the \nmidst of them, went his way : \n\nSI And came down to Caper- \nnaum, a city of Galilee, and \ntaught them on the sabbath- \ndays. \n\n32 And they were astonished \nat his doctrine : for his word was \nwith power. \n\n33 ^ xVnd in the synagogue \nthere was a man which iiad a \nspirit of an unclean devil, and \ncried out with a loud voice, \n\n34 Saying, Let us alone ; what \nhave we to do with thee, thou Je- \nsus of ISazareth? art thou come \nto destroy us ? I know thee who \nthou art ; the holy One of God. \n\nSo And Jesus rebuked him, \nsaying, Hold thy peace, and come \nout of him. And wlien the \ndevil had thrown him in the midst \nhe came out of him, and hurt \nhim not. \n\n36 And they were all amazed \nand spake among themselves, say- \ning, What a word m this ? for \nwith authority and power he com\xe2\x80\xa2 \nmandeth the unclean spirits, and \nthey come out. \n\n37 And the fame of him weot \nout into every place of the coun- \ntiy round about. \n\n33 ^ And he arose out of the \nsvnairoirue, and entered into Si- \nmon*s house : and Simon\'s wife\'s \nmother was taken with a great \nfevei- : and they besought him fof \nher. \n\n39 And he stood over her, \nand rebuked the fever, and it left \nher. And immediately she arose \nand ministered unto them. \n\n40 ^ Now when the sun was \nse.t^og, e.il ^ey that h^cu ifTcy \n\n\n\n\xc2\xa3\xce\xbd\xce\xaf\xce\x99 spirits cast cut. Chap. \n\nsick with divers diseases, brougut \nthem unto him : and he hiid his \nhands on every one of them, and \nhealed theni. \n\n41 And deviis also came out \nof many, crynia out, and sayiui>, \nThou art Clinst the S-jn of God. \nAnd he rebuking them, sufiered \nthem not to speak : for they knew \nthat he was Christ. \n\n42 And when it was day, he \ndeparted and went into a desert \nplace ; and the people sought him, \nand came unto him, and stayed \nbim, that he should not depart \nfrom them. \n\n43 And he said unto them, I \nmust preach the kingdom of God \nto other \xc2\xabties also : for therefore \nam I sent. \n\n44 And he preached in the sy- \nnagogues of Galilee. \n\nCHAP. V. \nA miiaculous draught of fishes, \n\nAND it came to pass, that \nas the people pressed upon \nhim to heiir the word of Ciod, \nhe stood by the lake of Gene- \nsareth, \n\n2 And saw two ships standinfg \nby the lake ; but the fishermen \nwere gone out of them, and w ere \nwashing their nets. \n\n3 And he entered into one of \nthe ships, which was Simon\'s, and \npra^^ed him that he would thrust \nout a little from the land : and \nhe sat down and taught the peo- \nple out of the ship. \n\n4 Now when he had left speak- \ninsr, he said unto Simon, Launch \nout into the deep, and let down \nyour ners for a drausht. \n\n5 And Simon answerinsry said \nunto nnn, Master, we have tod- \niA all ttie night, and have taken \nnothing : nevertheless, at thy \nword, \xce\x93 will let down the net. \n\n\xce\xb2 And when they had this \n\ndone, they enclosed a great jnul- \n\ntitude of ^ hshes ; and their n^t \n\nbrake. \n\n7 And U5evb\xe2\x82\xacGkoned[ onto their \n\nm \n\n\n\n\xcf\x88\\ ihe draught ofp^, \nwa^ a great company of publi- \ncans, and of others that sat down \nwith them. \n\n30 But their scribes and Pha- \nrisees murmured against his dis- \nciples, saying, Why do ye eat and \ndrink with publicans and sinners r \n\n31 And Jesus ans ering, satd \nunto them. They that are whole \nneed not a physician; but they \nthat are sick. \n\n32 I came not to call the righ- \nteous, but sinners to repentance. \n\n33 i[ And they^ said unto him. \nWhy do the disciples of John last \n\n)ften, and make prayers, and like- \nwise the disciples of the Pharisees ; \nbut thine eat and drink ? \n\n34 And he said unto them, \nCan ye make the children of the \nbride -chamber fast, while th\xc2\xa9 \nbridegroom is with them ? \n\noo But the days will come, \n\nwhen the bridegroom shall be \n\ntaken away from them, and then \n\nshall they fast in those days. \n\nSo i~ \' \' \' \n\n\n\nSo ^ And he spake also a para- \nble unto them. No man puttetli \na piece of a new garment upon \nan old : if otherwise, then botli the \nnew maketh a rent, and the piece \ntliat was taken out of the new, \nagreeth not v.ith the old. \n\n37 And no man putteth new \nwine into old bottles: else the \n\n\n\n25 And immediately he rose j new vdne will burst the bottles, \nup before them, and took up that j and be spilled, and the bottles \n\n\n\nwliereon he lay, and departed \nto his ov/n House, glorifying \nGod. \n\n26 And they \xce\x9bvere all amazed, \nand they gloritied God, \xc2\xaband were \nfuied wich fear, saying. We have \nseen strange things to day. \n\n27 51 And after these things he \nwent forth, and sa,w a publican \nnamed Levi, sitting at the re- \nceipt of cuiXam : and he said \nunto him. Follow me. \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 28 And he left all, rose u^, \nand tollowed him. \n\n29 And Levi mtidei him a great \nfeast in his own house: aia.d there \n\n-\' \xe2\x80\xa2 m \xe2\x96\xa0\xe2\x96\xa0 \n\n\n\nshall perish. \n\n38 But new wine must be put \ninto new bottles; and both are \npreserved. \n\n39 No man also having drunk \nold zchie^ straightway desireth \nnew : for he saith. The old \xcf\x8a\xce\xb2 \nbetter. \n\nCHAP. VI. \nChrist chooseth the twelve. \nNJ3 it came to pass on the \nsecond sabbath after the \nfirst, that he went through the \ncorn-fields ; and kis disciples \nplucked the ears of corn, and did \neat^ rubfeiBg Hc^m m their htinds-. \n\n\n\nA^ \n\n\n\nHp Vf profaning the sabbath. Chap, vi \n\n^ 2 And certain of the Phari- \nsees said unto them, Why do ye \n^that which is not lawful to do on \n\nflbie Sabbath-days ? \n\nBy 3 And Jesus answering them, \nsaid, Have ye wol read so much \nas this, what David did, when \nhimself was an hunirered, and \nthey which were vvitli hmi : \n\n4 How he went into the house \nof God, and did take and eat the \nshew-bread, and ;>ave also to \nthem thiit were with him, which \nis not lawful to eart but for the \npriests alone ? \n\n5 And he said unto them. That \nthe Son of man is Lord also ot \ntlie sabbatli. \n\n6 ^And it came to pass also on \nanotlier sabbath, that he entered \ninto, the synagogue, and taught: \nand there was a man whose right \nhand was withered. \n\n7 And the scribes and Pha- \nrisees watched him, whether he \nwould heal on tiie sabbath-day ; \nthat they might find an accusation \nagainst him. \n\n8 But he knew their thoughts, \nand said to the man which liad \nthe withered hand. Rise up, and \nstand forth in the midst. And \nlie arose and stood forth. \n\n9 Then said Jesus unto them, \nI will ask you one thing. Is it \nlawful on the sabbath-days to do \ngood, or to \xce\xac\xce\xbf evil ? to save life, \nor to destroy it i^ \n\n10 And looking round about \nupon them ail, he sdd unto the \nman. Stretch forth thy hand. And \nhe did so : and his hand was \nrestored whole as the other. \n\n11 And they Vv^ere filled with \nmadness ; and communed one \nwith another, what they might do \nto Jesus. \n\n12 And it came to pass in those \ndays, that he went aut into a \nmountain to prav, and continued \nall night in prayer to God. \n\nVo ^\\ And when it was day, \n:To called unto him his- disci- \nf>3 \n\n\n\nftoelve apostles chosen, \npies : and of them he chose \ntwelve, whom also he named \nApostles : \n\n14 Simon (wliora he also named \nPeter) and Andrew his brother, \nJames and John, Philip and Bar- \ntholomew, \n\n15 Matthew and Thomas, \nJames the son of Alpheus, and \nSimon called Zelotes. \n\nId And Judas the brother of \nJames, and Judas Iscariot, which \nalso was the traitor* \n\n17 H And he came down with \nthem, and stood in the plain, \nand the company of his disciples^ \nand a great multitude of people \nout of all Judea and Jerusalem, \nand from the sea coast of Tyre \nand Sidon, which came to hear \nhim, and to be healed of their \ndiseases ; \n\n18 And they that were vexed \nwith unclean spirits : and they \nwere healed. \n\n19 An\xc2\xbbd the whole multitude \nsought to touch him : for there \nwent virtue out of liim, and \nhealed them all. \n\n20 ^ And he lifted up his \neyes on his disciples, and said, \nBlessed be ye f)ocr : for yours is \nthe kingdom of God. - \n\n21 Blessed ai^e ye that hunger, \nnow : for ye shall be tilled. Bles- \nsed are ye tliat weep new : for ye \nshall laugh. \n\n22 Blessed are ye, wh-en meR \nshall hate you, and when they \nshall separate you irmv. then com- \npany, and shall reproach you^ and \ncast out yovir name as evil, for \nthe Son of man\'s sake. \n\n23 Rejoice ye in that day, and \nleap for joy : for behold, your \nreward is great in heaven : for in \nthe like manner did their fathers \nunto the prophets. \n\n24 But woe unto you that are \nrich: for ye have received your \nconsolation. \n\n25 Woe unto you tl^t are fuM : \nfor re skall hvmgeF. W\xc2\xa9e uato \n\n\n\nHaw we imist \n\n\n\nS. Luke. \n\n\n\nLf)V\xe2\x82\xac our enemies. \n\n\n\nyou that laugh now : for ye shall \nmourn and weep. \n\n26 Woe unto you when all men \n\n\n\ndown, and shaken toj^ether, and \nrunning over, shall men give into \nyour bosom : for with the same \n\n\n\nshall speak well of you ! for so i measure thai, ye mere withal, it \ndid their fathers to the false pro- shaU be measured to you agani. \nphets. 39 And he spake a parable un- \n\n27 ^ But I say unto you which to them, Can the blmd lead the \nhear, Love your enemie*, do good blind ? shall they not both fall \n\n\n\nto them which hate you ; \n\n28 Bless them that curse you, \nand pray for them which despite- \nfully use you. \n\n29 And unto him that smiteth \nthee on the one cheek, offer also \nthe other ; and him that taketh \naway thy cloak, forbid not to take \nthj/ coat also. \n\n30 Gi^ e to every man that ask- \neth of thee : and of him that tak- \n\n\n\niaio the ditch? \n\n40 The disciple is net above \nhis master : but every one \nthat is perfect shall be as his \nmaster. \n\n41 And why beholdest thou \nthe mote tliat is in thy brother\'s \neve, but perceivest not the beam \nthat is in thine own eye ? \n\n42 Either how canst thou say \nto thy brother, Brother, let me \n\neth away thy goods, ask them not ! pull out the mote Chat is in thine \nagain. eye, when thou thyself beholdest \n\n31 And as ye would that men I i^o^ the beam that is in thine own \nshould do to you, do ye also to i eye ? Ihou hypocrite, cast out \ntbem likewise. hrst the beam out of thine own \n\n32 for if ye love them which ] eye, and then shalt thou see \nlove you, what thank ha\\^e ye ? for clearly to puil out the mote that is \n\n\n\nsinners also love those that love \ntliem. \n\n33 And if ye do good to them \nwliich do good to you, what \nihank have ye ? for sinners also do \neven the same. \n\n34 And if ye lend to them of \nwhom ye hope to receive, what \nthank have ye ? for sinners also \nlend to sinners to receive as much \nagain. \n\nSo But love ye your enemies, \nand do good, and lend, hoping for \nnothing again ; and your reward \nshall be great, and ye shall be the \nchildren of the hi^iiest ; for he is \nkin-d unto the unthankful, and to \nthe evil. \n\n"oQ Be ye, therefore, merci- \nful as your Father also is merci- \nful. \n\n37 Ji\'dge not, andye shall not \nbe judge J : condemn not, and ye \nshal not be condemned : forgive, \nand ye shall be forgiven : \n\n38 Give, and it shall be given \nirntovou: good measure, pressed \n\n84 \n\n\n\nin thy brother\'s eye. \n\n43 For a good tree bringeth \nnot forth corrupt fruit ; neither \ndoth a corrupt tree bring forth \ngood fruit. \n\n44 For every tree is known by \nhis own fruit : for of thorns men \ndo not o;ather figs, nor of a Lnim- \nbie-bush gather they grapes. \n\n45 A good man, out of the \ngood treasure of his heart, bring- \neth forth tiiat which is good ; and \nan evil man, out of the evil treas- \nure of his heart, bringeth forth \nthat which is evil : for of the a- \nbundance of the heart his mouth \nspeaketh. \n\n46^ And why call ye me Lord, \nLord, and do not the things whick \nI say ? \n\n47 Whosoever cometh to me, \nand heareth my sayings, and \xce\xac\xce\xbf^ \neth them, I will shew you to \nwhom he is lil^e : , \n\n48 He is like a man which built \nan house, and digged deep, and \nlaid the foundatioa oa a rocki \n\n\n\nII \n\n\n\n\xce\xaf l^ie centurionh faith. Chap \n\nd when the flood arose, \nthe stream beat vehemently up- \non that house, and could not \nshake it : for it was founded upon \na rock. \n\n49 But he that heareth, and \ndoeth not, is like a man that with- \nout a foundation built an house \nupon the earth, ajijainst which \nthe stream did beat vehemently, \nand inmiediately it fell, and the \nruin of that house was ^reat. \nCHAP. MI. \nChrist raiseth the widow\'\' s son. \n"jVy 0\\V when he had ended \n-i-^ all his sayings in the au- \ndience of the people, he entered \ninto Capernaum. \n\n2 And a certain centurion\'s \nservant, who was dear unto him, \nwas 3ick and ready to die. \n\n3 And when he heard of Je- \nsus, he sent unto hmi tlie elders \nof the Jews, beseeching him that \nhe would come and heal his \nservant. \n\n4 And when they came to Je- \nsus, they besought him instantly, \nsaying, That he was worthy fu-r \nwhom he should do this. \n\n5 For he Jovelh our nation, and \nhe hath built us a synajiogue. \n\n6 Then Jesus went with them. \nAnd when he was now not far \nfrom the house, the centurion \nsent friends to him, sayint^ unto \nliim, Lord, trouble not thyself, \nfor I am not worthy that thou \nshouldest enter under my roef. \n\n7 Wherefore, neither thouaht \nI myself worthy to come unto \nthee : but say in a word, and my \nsei*vant shall be healed. \n\n8 For I also am a man set un- \nder authority, having under me \nsoldiers, and I say unto one, Go, \nand he goeth : and to another. \nCome, and he cometh : and to \n-ny servant, Do tins, and he \ndoeth it, \n\n9 When Jesus heard these \nthings, he mai-velled at him, and \nturned him about, and said umto \n\xce\xb4\xce\xb1 \n\n\n\n. vii. i\'hewidow^s son raised, \nthe people that followed him, I \nsay unto you, I have not found so \ngreat faith, no not in Israel. \n\n10 And titey that were sent, \nreturning to the house, found the \nservant whole that had been sick. \n\n11 ^ And it came to pass the \nday after, that he went into a \ncity called Nain ; and many of \nhis disciples went with him, and \nmuch people. \n\n12 IS ow when he came nigh to \nthe gate of the city, behold, there \nwas a dead man carried out, the \nonly son of his mother, and she \nwas a widow ; and much people \n\xc2\xaef the city was with her. \n\n13 Ana wlien the Lord saw her, \nhe had compassion on her, and \nsaid unto her, AVeep not. \n\n14 And he came and touched \nthe bier: and they that bare him \nstood still. And he siid, Young \nman, 1 say unto thee, Arise. \n\n15 And he that was dead, sat \nup, and began to speak : and he \ndelivered him to his mother. \n\n16 And there came a fear on \nall : and they glorified God, say- \ning. That a great prophet is risen \nup among us ; and. That God \nhath visited hie people. \n\nIT And this rumour of him \nwent forth throughout ail Ju- \ndea, and throughout a.11 the re- \ngion round about. \n\n18 And the disciples of John \nshewed him of all these things. \n\n19 11 And John cailinii unto \nhim two of his disciples, sent \nthem to Jesus, saying, Art thou \nhe that should come, or look we \nfor another? \n\n20 When the men were come \nunto him, they said, John Baptist \nhath sent us unto thee, saying, \nArt thou he that should come, \nor look we for another ? \n\n21 And in that same hour he \ncured many of their infirmities \nand plagues, and of evil spirits, \nand unto many th^i were mm^, \nhe gaT\xe2\x82\xac u^U X \n\n\n\nChristh testimony qf John\xc2\xbb S. Lune. Chrisfsfeet anointed. \n\n\n\n22 Then Jesus answering, said \nunto them, Go your way, and \ntell John what thinss ye have \nseen and heiw\'d ; how that the \nblind see, the lame walk, the \nlepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, \nthe dead are raised, to the poor \nthe is:ospei is preached. \n\n23 And blessed is he wliosoever \nshalfnot be offended in me. \n\n24 f[ And when the messen- \ngers of John were departed, he \nbegan to speak unto ute people \nconcerning John, What went ye \nout into the wilderness for to see ? \nA reed shaken with the wind ? \n\n25 But what went ye out for \nto see ? A man clothed in soft \nrannent? behold they which are \ngorgeously apparelled, and live \ndelicately, are in kings^ courts. \n\n26 But what went ye out for \nto see ? A prophet ? Yea, I say \nunto you, and much more than a \nprophet. \n\n2\xce\x93 This is he of whom it is writ- \nten, Behold, I send my messenii:er \nbefore thy face, which shall pre- \npare thy way before thee. \n\n28 For I say unto you, Among \nthose that are born of women, \nthere is not a greater prophet \nthan John the Baptist : but he \nthat is least in the kingdom of \nGod, is greater than he. \n\n29 And all the people that \nheard him, and the publicans jus- \ntiued God, being baptized \\vith \nthe baptism of John. \n\n30 But the Pharisees and law- \nyers rejected the counsel of God \najrainst themselves, being not bap- \ntized of him. \n\n31 ^ And the Lord said, \nWhereunto then shall I liken the \nmen of this jreneration? and to \nwhat are they like ? \n\n32 They are hke unto chil- \ndren sitting in the market-place, \nand calling one to another, and \nsaying. We have pip^id unto you, \nand ye have not danced : Ave \nkave mourned to you, and ye have \nnet wept. 86 \n\n\n\n33 For John the Baptist came \nneither eating bread, nor drink- \ning wine ; and ye say, He hath a \ndevil. \n\n34 The Son of man is come \neating and drinking ; and ye say, \nBehold a gluttonous man, and a \nwine-bibber, a friend of pubhcans \nand liinners. \n\n35 But wdsdom is justified of \nall her children. \n\n36 5i And one of the Pharisees \ndesired him that he would eat \nwith him. And he went into the \nPharisee\'s house, and sat dow^w \nto meat. \n\n37 And behold a woman in the \ncity, which was a sinner, when \nshe knew that Jesus sat at meat \nin the Pharisee\'s house, brought \nan alabaster box of ointment. \n\n38 And stood at his feet be- \nhind lum weeping, and began \nto wash his feet with tears, and \ndid wipe them with the hairs of \nher head, and kissed his feet, \nand anointed them v/ith the oint- \nment. \n\n39 Now when the Pharisee \nwhich had bidden him, saw ity \nhe spake withm himself, saying, \nThis mail, if he were a prophet, \nwould have known who, and \nwhat manner of woman this is \nthat toucheth him : for she is a \nsinner. \n\n40 And Jefeus answering, said \nunto him, Simon, 1 have some-^ \nwhat to say unto thee. And he \nsaith, Master, say on. \n\n41 Ti ere was a certain credi- \ntor vv^hich had two debtors: the \none owed five hundred pence, an4 \nthe other fifty. \n\n42 And when they had no- \nthing to pay, he frankly forgave \nthem botti. Tell me therefore, \nwhich of them will love him \nmost? \n\n43 Simon answered and said, I . \nsuppose that he to whom he for- \ngave most. And he said unto him. \nThou hast rightly judged. \n\n\n\nTfie parable of \n\n\n\n44 And\'he turned unto the wo- \nman, and said unto Simon, Seest \nthou this woman ? I entered into \nthine house, thou gavest me no \nwater for my feet : but she hath \nwashed my feet with tears, and \nwiped them with the hairs of her \nhead. \n\n45 Thou gavest me no kiss ; \nbut this woman, since the tim\xe2\x82\xac I \n\n\' came in, hath not ceased to kiss \nmy feet. \n\n46 Mine head with oil thou \ndidst not anoint : but this w^o- \nman hath anointed my feet with \nointment. \n\n47 Wherefore I say unto thee, \nHer sins, which are many, are \nforgiven; for she loved much: \nbut to whom little is forgiven, \nthe same loveth little. \n\n48 And he said unto her, Thy \nsins are forgiven. \n\n49 And they that sat at meat \nAvith him, began to say witliin \nthemselves, Who is this that for- \ngiveth sins also ? \n\n50 And he said to the woman. \nThy faith hath saved thee ; go in \npeace. \n\nCHAP. Vni. \n\xce\xa4 arable of the sower. \n\nAND it came to pass after- \nward tliat he went through- \nout every city and viiiage, preiich- \ning, and shewing the glad tidings \nof the kingdom of God : and the \nt.velve were with him; \n\n2 And certain women, which \nhad been healed of evil spirits, \nand infirmities, Mary called Mag- \ndalene, out of whom went seven \ndevils, \n\n3 And Joanna tiie wife of Chuza \nHerod^s steward, and Susanna, \nand many others which ministered \nunto him of their substance. \n\n4 51 And when much people \nwere gathered together, and were \ncome to him out of every city, he \nspake by a parable : \n\n5 A sower went out to sov/ his \n^eed : and as he sowed, some \n\n87 \n\n\n\nChap. viii. \n\n\n\nthe sower. \n\n\n\nfell by the way-side, and it was \ntrodden down, and the fowls of \nthe air devoured it. \n\n6 And some fell upon a rock, \nand as soon as it was sprung up, \nit withered away, because it lack- \ned moisture, \n\n7 And some fell among thorns, \nand the thorns sprang up with it, \nand choked it. \n\n\xce\xb2 And other fell on good ground, \nand sprang up, and bare fruit \nan hundred-fold. And when he \nhad said these th\xce\xaf\xce\x89gs, he cried, \nHe that hath ears to near, let him \nhear. \n\n9 And his disciples asked him, \nsaying. What might this parable \nbe ? \n\n10 And he said. Unto you it \nis given to know the mysteries \nof the kingdom of God : but to \nothers in parables ; tliat seeing \nthey might not see, and hearing \nthey might not understand. \n\nil Now the parable is this: \nthe seed is the word of God. \n\n12 Those by the way-side are \nthey that hear : then cometh the \ndevil, and taketh away the word \nout of their liearts, lest they \nshouldbelieve, and be saved. \n\n13 They on the rock, are they, \nwhich when they hear, receive \ntlie word with joy ; and these \nhave no root, which for a while \nbelieve, and in time of temptation \nfall away. \n\n14 And that which fell among \nthorns, are they, which when they \nhave heard, go forth j and are \nchoked with cares, and riches, \nand pleasures of thisYiie^ and brmg \nno fruit to perfection. \n\n1*5 But that on the good ground, \nare they, which in an honest and \ngood heart, having heard the \nword, keep ?i, and bring forth \nfruit with patience. \n\n16 f^ No man when he hath \nlighted a candle, covereth it \nwith a vessel, or putteth it under \na bed : but setteth it oa a can- \n\n\n\nChrist stilletk the tempest, S. Luke. \n\n\n\nThe legion east out\'. \n\n\n\ndlestick, that they which enter in \nmay see the hght. \n\n17 For notlimg is secret, that \nshall not be made manifest : nei- \nther any thing liid, that shall not \nbe known, and come abroad. \n\n18 Take heed therefore how \nye hear : for \xce\x9bvhosoever hath, to \nnim shall be given; and \\vhoso- \never hath not, from him shall be \ntaken even tliat which he seemeth \nto have. \n\n19 5i Then came to \\\\im his mo- \nther and his brethren, and could \nnot come at him for tl^.e press. \n\n20 And it was told him by cer- \ntain, which said, Thy mother and \nth}^ bretiiren stand without, desir- \ning to see thee. \n\n21 And he answered and said \nunto them, INIy mother and my \nbretln-en are these \xce\x9bvhich hear the \nword of God", and do it. \n\n22 ^ Now it came to pass on \na certain day, that he went into \na ship with his disciples : and he \nsaid unto them, Ltt us go over \nunto tiie other side of the lake. \nAnd they launched forth. \n\n23 But as they sailed, he fell \nasleep: and (here came down a \nstorm of wind on tlie lake, and \ntiiey were filled with water, and \nwere in jeopardy. \n\n24 And they came to him, and \nawoke hmi, sayinvhole multi- \ntude of the country of the Gada- \nrenes round aboiit, besought him \n\n\n\nThe ruler\'s daughter raised. Chap ix. The Apostles sent forth. \n\n\n\nto depart from them; for they \nwere taken with 2:reat fear : and \nhe went up into the ship, and re- \nturned back again. \n\n38 Now the man out of whom \nthe devils were departed, besought \nhim that he migiit be with liim ; \nbut Jesus sent him away, say- \n\n39 Return to thine own house, \nand shew how great things God \nhath done unto thee. And he \nwent his way, and pubhslied \nthroughout the whole city, how \ngreat things Jesus had done unto \nhim. \n\n40 And it came to pass, that \nwhen Jesus was returned, the \npeople gladly received him : for \nthey were all waiting for him. \n\n41 ^ And behold there came \na man named Jairus, and he was \na ruler of t)ie synagogue ; and he \nfell down at Jesus^ feet, and be- \nsought iijm that he would come \ninto his house: \n\n4^ Fov he had one only daugh- \nter, about twelve years of age, \nand she lay a dying. (But as he \nwent, the people thronged him. \n\n43 ^ And a woman having an \nissue of blood twelve years, which \nhad spent all her living upon phy- \nsicians, neither could be healed \n\xce\x9f\xce\xaa any, \n\n44 Came behind him, and \n, touched the border of his gar- \nment : and immediately her issue \nof blood stanched. \n\n45 \xce\x91\xce\xb9\xce\xbb\xce\x9b Jesus said, Wlio touch- \ned me? When all denied, Peter \nand they that were with him, said, \nMaster, the multitude throng thee, \nand press thee^ and ay est thou, \nWho touched me ? \n\n4\xce\xb8 And Jgsus said. Somebody \nhath touched me : for I perceive \nthat virtue is gone out of me. \n\n47 And when the woman saw \nthat she was not hid, she came \ntremblinir; and failing down be- \nfore him, she declared unto hini \nbefore ail the people, for what \n89 \n\n\n\ncaitse she had touched him, and \nhow^ she was healed immediately. \n48 And he said unto her, \nDaughter, be of good comfort : \nthy faith nath made thee whole ; \ngo in peace.) \n\n49 ^ While he yet spake, there \ncometli one from the ruler of the \nsynagogue\'s house, saying to him, \n\xce\x8a hy daughter is dead ; trouble \nnot the Master. \n\n50 But when Jesus heard t/, he \nanswered him, saying. Fear not. \nbelieve only, and slie shall be \nmade whole. \n\n51 And when he came into the \nliouse, he suffered ho man to go \nin, save Peter, and James, and \nJohn, and the father and the \nmother of the maiden. \n\n52 And ail wept and bewailed \nher : but he said, Weep not : she \nis not dead, but sleepeth. \n\n53 And they laughed him to \nscorn, knowing that she was dead. \n\n54 And he put tiiem all out, \nand took her by the hand, and \ncalled, saying, Maid, arise. \n\n55 And her spirit came again, \nand she arose straightv, ay : and he \ncommanded to give her meat. \n\n56 And her parents were asto^ \nnished : but he charged them that \nthey should tell no man what was \ndone. \n\nCHAP. IX. \n\nChrist seiideth out, his disciples. \n\nrf ^HEN he called his twelve dis- \n\nJ ciples tOLrethe r , and gave them \n\npower and authority over all \n\ndevils, and to cure diseases. \n\n2 And he sent them to preach \nthe kingdom of God, and to heal \nthe sick. \n\n3 And he said unto them, \nTake nothing for ijour journey, \nneither staves, nor scrip, neither \nbread, neither money ; neither \nhave tw \xce\xbf coats apiece .\' \n\n4 And \xce\x9bvhatsoever house ye en- \nter into, there abide, and thence \ndepart. \n\n5 And whosoeyer will not le^ \n\n\n\nHerod desirous \xce\xaf\xce\xbf see Christ. S. Luke. \n\n\n\nceive you, when ve go out of \nthat city, shake oflT the very dust \nfrom your feet for a testimony \nagainst them. \n\n6 And they departed and wf^nt \nthrough the towns, preacliins \nthe gospel, and heahng every \nwhere. \n\n7 ^ Now Herod the tetrarch \nheard of all that was done by him : \nand he was perplexed, because \nthat it was said of some, that \nJohn was risen from the dead : \n\n8 And of some, that Elias had \nappeared: and of others, that \none of the old prophets was risen \nagain. \n\n9 And Herod said, John have \nI beheaded: bat who is this of \nwhom I hear such things ? And he \ndesired to see hmi. \n\n10 ^ And the Apostles, when \nthey were returned, told liim all \nthat they had done. And he took \nthem, and went aside privately \ninto a desert place, belonu:ing to \nthe city called Bethsaida. \n\n11 And the people when they \nknew it, followed him : and he \nreceived them, and spake unto \nthem of the kingdom of God, \nand healed them that had need \noi healinii. \n\n12 ^ And when the dav began \nto wear away, then came the \ntwelve, and said unto him, Send \nthe multitude away, that they \nmay go into the towns and coun- \ntry round about, and lodge, and \nget \xce\x9b -ictuals : for we are here in \na desert place. \n\n13 .But he said unto them. Give \nve them to eat. And they iaid, \nvVe have no more but five k>a\\\'e5 \nand two hshes ; except we should \ngo and buy meat for all this \npeople. \n\n14 For they were about five \nthousand men^ And he said to \nkis disciples, Make them sit down \nby fifties in a company. \n\n15 And they did so, and made \nthem all sit down. \n\n90 \n\n\n\nFive thousand fed. \n\n\n\n16 Then he took the five loaves \nand the two fishes, and looking \nup to heaven, he blessed them\'! \nand brake, and gave to the disci- \npies to set before the multitude. \n\n17 And they did eat, and were \nall filled : and there \xce\x9bvas taken up \nof fragments that remained to \nthem, twelve baskets. \n\n18 5[ And it came to pass, as \nhe was alone praying, his disci- \nples \xce\x9bvere with him^ and he asked \nthem, saying. Whom say the peo- \nple that I am ? \n\n19 Tiiey answering, said, John \nthe Baptist : but some sai/, Elias : \nand others sai/, that one of the old \nprophets is risen again. . \n\n20 He said unto them, But \nwhom say ye that I aiO ? Peter an. \nswerin\xe2\x80\xa2 , said. The Christ of God. \n\n21 And he straitly charged them, \nand commanded them to tell no \nman that thine, \n\n22 Saying, the Son of man must \nsufier many thinsrs, and be re- \njected of die elders, and chief \npriests, and scribes, and be slain, \nand be raised the third day. \n\n23 f[ And he said to them ail. \nIf any man will come after me, \nlet nim deny himself, and take up \nhis cross daily, and follow roe. \n\n24 For wjiosoever will save his \nlife, shall lose it, but whosoever \nwill lose his life for my sake, the \nsame shall save it, \n\n25 For vvhat is a man advan- \ntaged, if he gain the whole world, \nand lose himself, or be cast \naway ? \n\n26 For v/hosoever shall be \nashamed of me and of mv words, \nof him shall the Son of man be \nashamed when he shall come in \nhis own glory, and in his Father\'s, \nand of the holy angels. \n\n^ 27 But I tell you of a truth, \nthere be some standing here, \nwhich shall not taste of death, till \nthey see the kingdom of God. \n\n28 ^ And it came to pass \nabeut an eight days aft^i\xe2\x80\xa2 these \n\n\n\nChrist^ s transfiguration Chap. ix. \n\n\n\nThe lunatick healed. \n\n\n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 ya3\'ings, he took Peter and John, \nrand James, and went up into a \ni; Qiountain to pray. \n\n29 And as he prayed, the \nfashion of his countenance was \n: altered, and his raiment was white \n\xce\xb1 wu? glistering. \n\n30 And behold, there talked \nwith him two men, which were \nMoses and Elias : \n\n51 Who appeared in glory, and \nspake of his decease which he \nshould accomplish at Jerusalem. \n\n32 But Peter, and they that \nwere with him, were heavy with \nsleep ; and when they were awake, \nthey saw his glory, and the tw^o \nmen that stood with l>iin. \n\n33 And it came to pass, as they \ndepar ted from him, Peter said \nunto Jesus, Master, it is good for \nus to be here : and let us make \nthree tabernacles, one for thee, \nand one for Moses, and one for \nElias : not knowing what he said. \n\n34 While he thus spake, there \ncame a cloud, and oversbadow^ed \nfchem : and they feared as they \nentered into the cloud. \n\n35 And there came a voice out \nof the cloud, saying, This is my \nbeloved Son, hear hirn. \n\n36 And when the voice was past, \nJesus was found alone ; and they \nkept it close, and told no man in \nthose days any of those things \nwhich they had seen. \n\n37 ^ And it came to pass, that \non the next day, w^hen they were \ncome down from the hill, much \npeople met him. \n\nSo And behold, a man of the \ncompany cried out, saying, Master, \n1 beseech thee look upon my son, \nfor he is mine only child. \n\n39 And lo, a spirit taketh him, \nand he suddenly crieth out, and \nit teareth him that he foanicth \nagain, and bruising him, hardly \ndeparteth from him. \n\n40 And I besought thy disci- \nples to cast him out ; and tliey \ncould not. \n\n0^ \n\n\n\n41 And Jesus answering, said, \n\xce\x9f faithless and pen^erse genera- \ntion, how long shall I be with \nyou, and suffer you ? Bring thy \nson hither. \n\n42 And as he was yet a com- \ning, the devil threw him down, \nand tare him. And Jesus rebuk- \ned the uRclean spirit, and healed \nthe child, and delivered him again \nto his father. \n\n43 51 -^nd they were all amazed \nat the mighty pow^r of God : \nBut w^liile they wondered every \none at all things which Jesus did, \nhe said unto his disciples, \n\n44 Let these sayings sink down \ninro your ears : \xc2\xa3or the Son of \nman shall be delivered into the \nhands of men. \n\n45 But they understood not \nthis saying, and it was hid iVom \nthem, that they perceived it not : \nand they feared to ask him of \nthat saying. \n\n46 ^ Then there arose a rea- \nsoning among them, which of \nthem should be greatest. \n\n47 x\\nd Jesus perceiving the \nthought of their heart, took a \' \nchild, and set him by him. \n\n48 And said unto them. Whoso- \never shall receive this child in my \nname, receiveth me : and w^hoso- \never shall receive me, receiveth \nhim that sent me : for he tliat is \nleast among you all, the same \nshall be great. \n\n49 5i And John answered and \nsaid, Blaster, we saw one casting \nout devils in thy name; and w^e \nfoi\'bad him, because he follo\'weth \nnot with us. \n\n50 And Jesus said unto liim, \nForbid him not : hv lie that is not \nagaiiiJt us, is for us. \n\nC)\\ % And it came to pass, when \nthe time was coDie \'hac he should \nbe received un, he sredfastly set \nliis face t\xc2\xa9 go to Jerusalem. \n\n52 And sent mcsseno;ers before \nhis face : and they w ent and en- \ntered intu a village or the Sama- \n\n\n\nThe seventy dkciples S. Luke. \n\n\n\nritans to make ready for him. \n53 And they did not receive him, \nbecause his face was as though \nhe would go to Jerusalem. \n\n54 And when his disciples, \nJ^es and John, saw this, they \nsaid, Lord, wilt thou that we com- \nmand fire to come down from \nhea\\*en, and consume them, even \nas Elias did ? \n\n55 But he turned, and rebuked \nthem and said, Ye know not \nwhat manner of spirit ye are \n\n56 For the Son of man is not \ncome to destroy men\'s lives, but \nto save them. And they went to \nanother village. \n\n57 ^ And It came to pass that \na-s they went in the way, a cer- \ntain man said unto him. Lord, \nI will follow thee wiiithersoever \nthou goest. \n\n58 And Jesus &aid unto him, \nFoxes have holes, and birds of \nthe air have nests, but the Son \n&f man hath not wiiere to lav his \nhead. ^ \n\n59 And he said unto another. \nFollow me: But he said, Lord, \nsutfer me first to go and bury mv \nfather. ^ \n\n60 Je.sus said unto him, Let the \ndead bury their dead . but eo tliou \nand preach the kindgom of God. \n\n61 And another also said, Lord, \nI will toiiow thee : b\xc2\xbb>: let me \nfirst go bid them farewell which \nare at home at my house. \n\n6^ And Jesus said unto him. \n\nNo man having put his hund fro \n\nthe plough, and looking back, is \n\nfit ior the kin^doni of God. \n\nCHAP X. \n\nSeventy disciples sent forth, \n\nAFTER these things,\' the Lord \nappointed other seventy also, \nand sent them two and two fee- \nfoj-e his face into everv citv, and \nplace, wliither he limseif would \ncome. \n\n2 Therefore said he unto them, \nThe harvest truly is e;:-eat, but \n92 \n\n\n\nsent forth. \n\n\n\nthe labourers ar^ few; pray ye \ntherefore the Lord of the harvest, \nthat he would send forth labour- \ners into his harvest. \n\n3 Go your ways: behold, I \nsend you forth as lambs among \nwolves. \n\n4 Carry neither purse, nor scrip, \nnor shoes: and salute no man by \nthe way. \n\n5 And into whatsoever house \nye enter, first sav, Peace he to \nthis house. \n\n6 And if the son of peace be \nthere, your peace shall rest upon \nIt : if not, it shall turn to yru \nagain. \n\n7 And in the same house re- \nmain, eating and drinking such \nthings as they give: for the la- \nbourer is worthy of his hire. Go \nnot from house to house. \n\n8 And into whatsoever city 3^6 \nenter, and they receive you, eat \nsuch things as are set before you. \n\n9 And heal the sick that are \ntherein, and sav unto them. The \nkingdom of God is come nigh un- \nto you. \n\n10 But into \xce\x9bvhatsoever city ye \nenter, and they receive you hot, \ngo your ways out into the streets \nof the same, and say, \n\n11 Even the very dust of your \ncity, which cleave\'th on us,\'\' we \ndo wipe oiF against you : notwith- \nstanding, be ye sure of this. That \nthe kingdom \xce\xbf\xce\xaf God is come ni^h \nunto you. * \n\n12 But I say unto you, That it \nshall be more tolerable in tiiat day \nfor Sodom, than fbr that city. \n\n13 Woe unto thee, Chorazin t \nwoe unto thee, Bethsaida : for if \nthe mighty works had been done \nin Tyre and Sidon, Avhich have \nbeen dune in you, they had a \ngreat while ago repented, sitting \nin sackcloth and ashes. \n\n14 But it shall be more toler- \nable for Tyre and Sidon at the \njudgment, than for you. \n\n15 Aii i thou, Capernaum^ \n\n\n\nHumility recommended. Chap. x. \n\n\n\n\xce\xaf which art exalted to heaven, shalt \nj be thrust down to hell. \n\n16 He that heareth you, hear- \netli me : and he that despiseth \n\n; you, despiseth me : and he that \ndespiseth me, despiseth him that \nsent me. \n\n17 5i And the seventy returned \nagain with joy, saying, Lord, even \nthe devils are subject unto us \nthrough thy name. \n\n18 And he said unto them, I \nbeheld Satan as lightning, fall \nfrom heaven. \n\n19 Behold, I give unto you \npower to ti^ead on serpents and \nscorpions, and over all the po>ver \nof the enemy ; and nothing shall \nby any means hurt you. \n\n20 IN^otwithstandmg in thrs re- \njoice not, that the spirits are \nsubject unto you : but rather re- \njoice because your names are \nwritten in heaven. \n\n21 5[ In that hour Jesus re- \njoiced in spirit, and said, I thank \ntJiee, \xce\x9f Father, Lord of heaven \nand earth, that thou hast hid \nthese things from the wise and \nprudent, and hast revealed them \nunto babes : even so. Father, \nfor so it seemed good in tlvv \n\n22 Ail tbmgs are delivered to \nme of my Fatlier : and no man \nknoweth who the Son is, but the \nFather; and who the Father is, \nbut the Son, and he to whom the \nSon will reveal him. \n\n23 ^ And he turned him u-nto \nhis disciples, and said privately, \nBlessed are the eyes which see \nthe things that ye see. \n\n24 For I tell yoti, that many \npropliets and kings have desirecl \nto see those things which ye see, \nand have not seen them ; and to \nhear those things which ye hear, \nand have not heard them. \n\n25 ^ And behold, a certain \nlawyer stood up, and tempted him, \nsaying, Master, vvhal sIkiU I do to \n!.-i!!cril eternal life ? \n\n9:3 \n\n\n\nThe good Samaritan. \n\n\n\n26 He said uHto him, What is \nwritten in the law ? how readest \nthou ? \n\n2\xce\x93 And he answermg, said, \nThou shalt love the Lord thv \nGod with all thy heart, and witfi \nall thy soul, and with all thy \nstrength, and with all thy mind; \nand thy neighbour as thyself. \n\n28 And he said unto him. \nThou hast answered right : this \ndo, and thou shalt live. \n\n29 But he willing to justify him- \nself, said unto Jesus, And who is \nmy neighbour ? \n\nSO And Jesus answering, said, \nA certain man went down from \nJerusalem to Jericho, and fell \namong thieves, which stripped \nhim of his raiment, and wounded \nhim, and departed, leaving\' him \nhalf-dead. \n\n31 And by chance there came \ndown a certain priest that way ; \nand when he saw him, he passed \nby on the other side. \n\n32 And likewise a Levite, when \nhe was at tlie place, came and \nlooked on him, and passed by on \nthe other side. \n\n33 But a certain Samaritan, as \nhe journeyed, came where he was : \nand when he saw him, he had \ncompassion on him. \n\n34 And went to him, and \nbonnd up his wounds, pouring \nin oil and \xce\x9bvine, and set him \non his own beast, and brought \nhim, to an ian and took care of \nhim. \n\n35 And on the morrow, when \nhe departed, he took out two \npence, and gave them to the host, \nand said unto him. Take care \nof him ; and whatsoever thou \nspendest ]>iore, when I come a- \ngain, I will repay thee. \n\n36 Wiiich now of these three, \nthinkest thou, was neighbour \nunto him theit fell among the \nthieves ? \n\n37 Ana lie said, ile that shew- \ned mercy, on him, Theii said \n\n\n\nChrist teacheth topray. S. Luke. \n\n\n\nJesus unto him, Go, uiid do thou \nhkewise. \n\n38 ^ \xce\xa7\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd it came to pass, as \nthe}\' went, that he entered mto a \ncertain village : and a certain \nwoman named Martha, received \nhim into her hoase. \n\n39 And she had a sister called \nMary, which also sat at Jesus\' \nfeet, and heard his word. \n\n40 But Martha was cumbered \naboirt much servmg, and came \nto him, and said, Lord, dost thou \nnot care that my sister hath left \nrae to serve alone ? bid her there- \nfore that sae help me. \n\n41 And Jesus answered, and \nsaid unto her, Martha, Martha, \nthou art careful, and troubled \nabout many things. \n\n4^ But one thing is needful, \nand Mary hath chosen that good \npart, which shall not be taken \naway from her. \n\nf HAP. XL \nChrist teacheth to pray. \n\nAND it came to pass,Vaat as \nhe was praying m a certain \nplace, when he ceased, one of \nnis disciples said unto him, Lord, \nteach us to pray, as John also \ntaught his disciples. \n\n2 And he said unto them. \nWhen ye pray, s?.v. Our Father, \nwhich art m heaven ;IIjiliowed be \nthy name. Thy kingdom come. \nThy \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8b\xce\x99 be done, as in heaven so \nin eartli. \n\n3 Give us day by day our daily \nbread. \n\n4 And for-give us our sins ; for \nV, e also forgive every one that is \nhidebted to us. And lead us not \ninto temptation, but deirv^er us \nfrom evil. \n\n5 And he said unto them. \nWhich of you shall have ^friend, \nand shall go unto hiinatmidnis:ht, \nand say unto him, f rieiid, lend \nme three loaves ; \n\n6 For a friend of mine in his \niouruey, is come to me, and \xce\xaf \nhave nothing to set bewere gatheref\' thick tay tlio key of 9 i^iit he that denieth me be- \nknowic \' c -\'\xe2\x96\xa0\': c: V: \xe2\x80\xa2 -\xe2\x80\xa2 not in I fore men, shall be denied before \nvour-, v.ere : the anselsof God. \n\nivn<.: 10 And w ivoss ever shall speaV \n\n\n\n\xce\xaa \n\n\n\n\xce\x8c\xce\xb1\xce\x8f\xce\xaf\xce\xb6\xce\xb2\xcf\x84 qfco^ctoiisness. Chap. xii. Against worldly care^.. \n\n\n\n.a word against the Son of man it \nshall be forgiven him ; but unto \nhim that blaspheme th against the \nIloiy Ghost, it shall not be for- \ngiven, \n\n11 And when they bring you \nunto the synagogues, and unto \nmagistrates, ai^d powers, tate ye \nRO thought how or what thing ye \nshall answer, or what 3^e shall say : \n\n12 For the Holy Ghost shall \nteach you in the same hour what \njc ought to say. \n\n13 ^ And one of the company \nsaid unto him. Master, speak to \nmy brother, that he divide the in- \nheritance Avith me . \n\n11 And he said unto him, Man, \n\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\x90\xce\xb9\xce\xbf made me a judge, or a di- \nvider over you ? \n\n15 And he said unto them, \nTake heed, and beware of co- \nvetousness : for a man\'s life con- \nsi steth not in the abundance of \nthe things which he possesseth. \n\n16 And he spake a parabk un- \nto them, saying, The ground of \na certain rich man brought forth \nplentifullv. \n\n17 And he thought within hmi- \nself, saying, What shall I do, be- \ncause I have no room vvhere to \nbestow my fruits ? \n\n18 And he said, This will I \ndo : I will pull down my barns, \nand build greater; and there will \nI bestow all my fruits and my \ngoods. \n\n19 And I will say to my soul, \nSoul, thou hast much goods laid \nup for many years ; take thine \nease, ear, drinli, and be merry. \n\n20 But God said unto him, \nThou foc^. This night thy soul \nshall be required of thee : then \nwhose shall tliose tilings be which \nthou hast provided ? \n\n21 So is tie that layeth up \ntreasure for himself, and is not \nrich towards God. \n\n22 ^ And he said unto his dis- \nciples jTiierefore I say unto you, \nTake no thought for your life, \n97 \n\n\n\n\xce\x9bvhat ye shall eat : neither for the \nbody, \xce\x9bvhat ye shall put on . \n\n23 The lite is more than meat, \nand the; body is more than raiment. \n\n24 Cimslder the ravens : for \nthey neither 50\xce\x9b\xce\xbd nor reap; which \nneither have storehouse nor barn ; \nand God feedeth them : How \nmuch more are ye better than the \nfowls ? _ \xc2\xbb \n\n25 And which of you with tak- \ning thought can add to his stature \none cubit ? \n\n26 If ye then be not able to do \nthat thing which is least, why take \nye thought for the rest? \n\n27 Consider the lihes how they \ngrow ? they toil not, they spin not : \nand yet I say unto you, that Solo- \nmon in all his glory, was not ar- \nrayed like one of these. \n\n28 If then God so clothe the \ngrass, which is to-day in the field, \nand to-morrow is cast into the \noven : how much more will he \nchthe you, \xce\x9f ye of little faith. } \n\n29 And seek not ye what ye \nshall eat, or \xce\x9bvhat ye shall drink, \nneither be ye of doubtful mJnd. \n\n30 For all these things do the \nnations of the world seek after : \nand your Father knoweth that ye \nha\xce\x9b\'e need of these^things. \n\n31 But rather seek ye the \nkingdom of God, and all the&e \nthings shall be added unto you. \n\n32 ^ Fear not, little flock ; for it \nis your Father\'s good pleasure to \ngive you the kingdom. \n\n33 Sell that ye have, and give \nalms : provide yourselves bags \nwhich wax not old, a treasure in \nthe heavens, that faileth not.where \nno thief appro ache th, neither moth \ncorrupteth. \n\n34 For wh,i2re your treasure is. \nthere will your heart be also. \n\n35 Let your loins be girded \nabout, and your lights burning ; \n\n36 And ye yourselves like unto, \nmen that wait for their lord, \nwhen he will return from the \nwedding, that when he c\xc2\xabTieth \n\n\n\nThe zvIhc stcivard, S. Lu \n\nand knocketh, they may open un- \nto him immediately. \n\n37 Blessed are those servants, \nwhom the lord when he cometh \nshall mid watching . Verily I sa.y \nunto you, that he shall gird iiim- \nsclf, and make them to sit down \nto meat, and will come forth and \nserve them. \n\n38 And if he shall come in the \nsecond watch, or come in the \nthird watch, and find them so, \nblessed are those servants. \n\n39 And this know, that if the \ngood-man of the house had known \nwhat hour the thief would come, \nlie would have watched, and not \nliave suiiered his house to be \nbroken through. \n\n40 Be ye therefore ready also : \nfor the Son of man cometh at an \nhour when ye think not. \n\n41 51 Then Peter said unto him, \nLord, speakest thou this parable \n\\mto us, or even to all ? \n\n42 And the Lord said, Who \nthen is that faithful and \\vise \nsteward, whom his lord shall make \nruler over his liousehold, to give \nthem their portion of meat in due \nseason ? \n\n43 Blessed is that servant, \nwhom his lord, when he cometh, \nshall find so doing. \n\n44 Of a truth I say unto you, \ntliat he will make him ruler over \nall that he hath. \n\n45 But, and if that servant say \nin his heart, My lord deiayeth his \ncoming ; and shall begin to beat \nthe men-servants, and maidens, \nand to eat and drink, and to be \ndrunken ; \n\n46 The lord of that servant \nwill come in a day \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\x90\xce\xb9\xce\xb5\xce\xb7 he look- \nech not for him, and at an hour \nwhen he is not aware, and will \neut him in sunder, and will ap- \npoint him his portion with the un- \nbelievers. \n\n47 And that servant which \nknew his lord\'s will, and pre- \npared n^t humelfy neither did ac- \n98 \n\n\n\nke. Persecution foretold \n\ncording to Ins will, shall be beaten \nwith many stirpes. \n\n48 But he that knew not, and \ndid commit things worthy of \nstripes, shall be beaten with few \nstripes. For unto whomsoever \nmuch is given, of him shall be \nmuch required : and to whom \nmen have committed much,ot him \nthey will ask the more. \n\n49 ff I am come to send fire on \nthe earth, and what \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8a\xce\x90\xce\x90 I, if it \nbe already kindled ? \n\n50 But I have a baptism to be \nbaptized with, and how am I \nstraitenetl till it be accomplished ? \n\n51 Suppose ye that 1 am come \nto give peace on earth ? I tell \nyou, jSay ; but rather division. \n\n52 For from henceforth there \nshall be five in one house divided, \nthree against two, and two against \nthree. \n\nbo The father shall be divided \nagainst the son, and the son a- \ngainst the father : the mother \nagainst the daughter, and the \ndaughter against the mother : \nthe mother-in-law, against her \ndaughter-in-law, and the daugh \nter-in-law, against her mother-in- \nlaw. \n\n54 5[ And he said also to the \npeople. When ye see a cloud rise \nout of the west, straightway ye \nsay, There cometh a shower; and \nso It is. \n\n55 And when ye see the south- \nwind blow, ye say, There will be \nheat ; and it cometh to pass. \n\n56 Ye h\\^ocrites, ye can dis- \ncern the face of ttie sky, and of \nthe earth : but how is it, tiiat ye \ndo not discern this time ? \n\n57 Yea, and why even of your* \nselves judge ye not waiat is right ? \n\n58 ^ When thou goest \xce\x9bvith \ntliine adversary to the magi- \nstrate, as thou art in the way, \ngive diliiience that thou mayest \nbe delivered from him ; lest lie ~ \nhale thee to the judge, and the \njudge deliver thee to the otiicer, \n\n\n\nThe fruitless fig-tree. Chap \n\nand the officer cast tliee into \nprison. \n\n59 I tell thee, thou shalt not \ndepart thence, trli thou hast paid \ntlie very last mite. \n\nCHAP. XIII. \nJems ttacheth repentance \n\nTTJERE were present at that \nseason, some that told him \nof tiie Galileans, vviiose blood \nPilate had mingled with their \nsacrifices. \n\n2 And Jesus answering, said \nunto them, Suppose ye that these \nGalileans were sinners above all \nthe Galileans, because they suf- \nfered such things ? \n\n3 I tell you. Nay : but except \nye repent, ye shall all likewise \nperish. \n\n4 Or those eightee n, upon v^ honi \nthe tower in Siloam fell, and slew \nthem, think ye that they were \nsinners above all men tiiat dwelt \nin Jerusalem ? \n\n5 I tell you. Nay: but except \nye repent, ye shall all likewise \nperisb . \n\n6 ^ He spake also this para- \nble : A certain man had a fi^- \ntree planted in his vineyard, and \nlie came and sou2;ht fruit thereon, \nand found none. \n\n7 Then said he unto the dress- \ner of his vineyard, Behold, these \nthree years I come seeking fruit \non this hg-tree, and lind none : \ncut it down, wliy cumbereth it \nthe ground ? \n\n8 And he answering, said unto \nhim. Lord, let it alone this year \nalso, till I shall dig about it,\' and \ndung it. \n\n9 And if it bear fruit, ~a\'dl : \nand if not, then after that ihou \nshalt cut it dov/n. \n\n10 And he was teachina; in one \nof the synagogues on the subbatii, \n\n1.1 ^ And behold, tfiej e \\vas a \nwoman which had a spirit of in- \nfirmity eighteen years, and was \nbowed together, and c^uid in i \xce\xbf \nM\'jsQ lift up herself. \n*99 \n\n\n\n. xni. The crooked made zvhole. \n\n12 And when Jesus sa\\v her, \nhe called her to him, and said un- . \nto her, Woman, thou art loosed \nfrom thine iahrmity. \n\n13 And he laid his hands on \nher : and immediately slie was \nmade straight, and glorified God. \n\n14 And the ruler of tlie syna- \ngogue answered wath indigna- \ntion, becau.se thiit Jesus had \nhealed on the sabbath day, and \nsaid unto the people, There are \nsix days in which men ought to \nwork : in them therefore come \nand be healed, and noc on the \nsabbath day. \n\n15 The Lord then answered \nhim, and said, Thou hypocrite, \ndoth not each one of you on the \nsabbath loose his ox or his ass \nfrom the stall, and lead him a\xce\x9b\\a\xce\xb3 \nto watering ? \n\nIG And ought not this wo- \nman, being a daughter of Abra- \nham, whom Satan hath bouiid,*-^ \nlo, these eighteen years/ oe loosed \nfrom this bond oiv the sabbatn \nday. \n\nIT And when he liad said these \nthings, all his adversaries were \nashamed : and all the people re- \njoiced for ail th.e glorious things \nthat were done bv him. \n\nIB % Tlien said he, L^nto what \nis the kingdom of G-id hke ? and \nvv^htve unto shall 1 resemble it? \n\n19 It is like a gram of mustard- \nseed, which a ^nan too!:, xiwA cast \ninto his garden, and it grew, and \nvs\'axcd a great tree \xe2\x80\xa2 an(} the fowds \nof the air lodged m tlie briinches \n0\xce\xaf\xe2\x80\xa2i^. \n\nf:!0^ And again he said. Where- \nunto shall I liken die kingdouj of \nGod? \n\niil It is like lea\\en, vvlixli a \' \nwoman took and hid m il-ree \nmeasures of meal, till tl>e v. iioie \nwas iea^\'Oiied. \n\nS2 And lie went rhr M-gh the \ncities and vilkigei>, teac hiuf^, and \njouDieying towards Jerusa\'em. \n\nCu T; on said one unto him, \n\n\n\n\'I^ie strait gate, S. Lu]\xc2\xab \n\nLord, are there few that be saved r \nAnd he said unto them, \n\n24 ^ Strive to enter in \xc2\xabt the \nstrait gate : for many, I say unto \nyou, wiil seek to enter in, and \nshall not be able. \n\n25 When once the master of \nthe house is risen up, and hath \nshut to the door, and ye begin \nto stand without, and to knock at \nthe door, saying. Lord, Lord, open \nunto us ; and he shall answer and \nsay unto you, I know you not \nwhence ye are ; \n\n26 Tlien shall ye begin to say, \nWe have eaten and drunk in liiy \npresence, a,nd thou ha.st taught in \nour streets. \n\n2\xce\x93 Bat he shall say, I tell you, \n\xce\xaf know you not whence ye are : \ndepart from me, ail j/e workers of \nmiquitj% \n\n23 Thete shidl be wecp;ng and \n\nsrnashin-j; of tc^th, when yesooll \n\n/ \\ / -^n, and Isaac, and Ja- \n\n\' the prophets in tlic \n\n^.-._:. ... wi iL^od, viiul you i/Oiir- \n\nctxs thrust ciU.. \n\n2i) And they shall come fro*u \nthe casr, and thmi the west, and \nfrora the north, and from the \nsoutl\xe2\x80\xa2, and shall sit do\\vn in the \nkn-^dom of God. \n\n50 And beh >u\\ there are last \n.v^::;_ ^\'-]\\ \xe2\x96\xa0 s \' tliere \n\nare .\': :: . :-;(\'\xe2\x96\xa0 . \xe2\x80\xa2 - . - \\ \n\n31 % iiic t:/:Y\\c (jay tiicre came \ncei\'tain cf tiie Pliarisees, Fayiu? \nunto him, Get tliee or\xe2\x80\xa2*- \npait hence r fir IIci\xe2\x80\xa2: \n\n\n\nrl. \n\n\n\nv^iVvi, Behold, I \ncrsr o-ir aevtisj and I do cares co- \nil ay and to-morro%^\'^ and tUg third \ni/z/j/ 1 shall be perfected. \n\n1^ ] \xce\x93 . evertlieless, \xce\xaf must wn\' \n\xce\xb1\xe2\x80\xa2 V ?ud :o-morrow, and tL: \nft; lowing:: for it cann;>t be tiait a \n\xce\x93\xce\x93: phet Ocrisl^ out of Jerusalem. \n3-\xc2\xb1 (i Jerusalem, Jerusalem, \nwhich killcst the prophet. i, and \nstdnest.tliem tiiat are scut unto \n100 \n\n\n\n:e. Christ he aleih the dropsy, \nthee : how often would I have ga- \nthered thy children together, as a \nhen doth gather her brood under \' \nher wings, and ye would not. \n\nSo Behold, your house is left \nunto you desolate : and verily I \nsay unto yo-u, ye shall not see me, \nuntil the time come when ye shall \nsay, \'Blessed is he that comet h in \nthe name of the Lord. \n\nCHAP. XIV. \nStilus tcacheth HumiUtu. \n\n4 ND it came to pass,\' as he \n-iTlL w^Tti into the house of one \nof the chief Pharisees to eat bread \non the sabbath day, that they \nwatched him. \n\n2 And behold, there was a \nrcrtaiu man before liini whicli \nh id the dropsy. \n\n3 And Jesus answering, spake \nunto the lawyers and Phaiisee?, \nsayinsr, Is it lawful to heal on the \nsabbatli day ? \n\n4 And they lield their peace. \nAu\'i he took Idni and healed him, \nand let him go, \n\n5 And answered them, -^aying, \nWhich of you shall have an ass \nor a:i ox fi^llen into a pit, and \nwill not straightway pull him ovi; \nOil the sabbath day? \n\n6 And they could not ansv/er \nhiDi again to these things. \n\n7 ^ And he put forth a pa- \nrable to tiiose \xce\x9bvldcllwere bidden, \nwlien he marked how they chose \nout the cliief rooms ; saying unto \n\n\xce\x8a Vvhcn thou art bidden of \n\nifian to a wedding, sit not \n\ndown in the highest room; lest a \n\nmore honourable man than thou \n\nI be bidden of liim ; \n\nI 9 And he that bade tliee and \n\nlilm, come and say to thee. Give \n\n\' man place ; and thou begin \n\nii shame to take the lowest \n\nI room. \n\nI 10 But when thou art bidden, \n\\%o and sit down in the lowest \nj room : tliat when he tliat bade \n[thee comethj he may say unto \n\n\n\nII \n\n\n\nThe great supper. Chap \n\n^ee, Friend, go up higher : then \nshalt thou have worship in the \npresence of them tliat sit at meat \nwith thee. \n\n11 For whosoever exalteth \nhimself* shall be abased ; and he \nthat humbleth hiimseii", shall be \nexalted. \n\n12 ^ Then said he also to \nhim that bade him, When thou \nmakest a dinner or a supper, call \nnot thy iriends, nor thy brethren, \nneither thy kinsmen, nor thy rich \nneighbours ; lest they also bid \nthee again, and a recompence be \nmade thee. \n\n13 But when thou m.akest a \nfeast, call the poor, the maimed, \nthe lame, the blind : \n\n14. And thou shalt be blessed ; \nfor they cannot recompense thee : \nfor thou shak be recompensed at \nthe resurrection of the just. \n\n15 fl And when one of them \nthat sat at meat with liin), heard \nthese things, he said unto him. \nBlessed is he that shall eat bread \nill the kingdom of God, \n\n16 Then said he unto him, A \ncertain man made a great sup- \nper, and bade many : \n\n17 And sent his servant at sup- \nper time, to say to tliem that were \nbidden. Come, for ail things are \niiow ready. \n\n18 And they all \xce\xbb\xce\xbb itli one con- \nsent began to uiake excuse. The \niirst said nnto him, I have bought \na piece of ground, and I must \nneeds go and see it : I pray thee \nhave rne excused. \n\n19 And anotlier said, I have \nbouglit five yoke of oxen, and I \ngo to prove them : I pray thee \n\nlave me excused. \n\n20 And another said, I have \nmarried. a wife, and therefore I \ncannot come. \n\n21 So that servant came, and \nlicwed liis lord these things, \ni hen the master of the house be- \n\njiig angry, said to his servant, \nGo out quickly into the stix^^ts \n\n\n\nxiv. Of hearing the cross. \n\nand lanes of the city, and bring in \nhither the poor, and the maimed, \nand tiie halt, and the blind. \n\n22 And the servant said. Lord, \nit is done as thou ^last command- \ned, and yet there is room. \n\n23 And the lord said unto the \nservant, Go out into the high- \nways and hedges, and compel \nthem to come in^ that my house \nmay be filled. \n\n24 For I say unto you, that none \nof those men which were bidden, \nshall taste of my supper. \n\n25 ^ And there went great \nmultitudes with him : and he \nturned, and said unto them, \n\n2(3 If any man come to me, \nand hate not his father, and mo> \ndier, and wife, and children, and \nbrethren, and sisters, yea, and \nhis own life also, he cannot be \nmy disciple. \n\n2 \xce\x93 And whosoever doth not \nbear his crci^s, and come after \nme, cannot be my disciple. \n\n28 For vdiich of you intend- \ning to build a tower, sitteth not \ndown first, and counteth the cost, \nwhether \\\\Qim\\e sufficient to finish \n\nIt? \n\n29 Lest hapl3^ after he hath \nlaid the foundation, and is not \nable to finish it, all that beliold \nit, bc^iin to inock liirn, \n\n30 Saying, This man began to \nbuild, and was not able to finish. \n\nSI Or vvhat king going to \nm^ake vvar against ariother king, \nsitteth not down first, and con- \nsulteth whether he be able with \nten thousand to meet him that \nCometh against hiin with twenty \nthousand ? \n\n32^ Or ebe, while the other is \nyet a great way oiF, he sendeth an \nambassage, and clesireth coi^di- \ntions of peace.\' \n\n33 So likewise, .whosoever he \nbe of you that ibrsakcth not all \nthat ho hath^ he caimot be n.y \ndisciple. \n\n31 \xc2\xab^ Salt h good\xe2\x80\xa2 but. if \xcf\x8d\xce\xb9% \n\n\n\nThe in:eui \n\n\n\nkc. The prodigal Son \n\nsaid to //i.s\xe2\x80\xa2 father. Father, give me \nthe portion of goods that faileth \nto me. And he divided unto them \nhis living. \n\n13 A.nd not many days after \nthe younger soh gathered all to- \ngether, and took his journey intii \na far country, and there \\vasttHi \nhis substance with riotous livini% \n\n14 And when he had spent all, \ntnere aj-ose a mighty famine in \nthat land ; and he began to be in \nwant. \n\n15 And he went and j-\xc2\xbbiined \nhimself to a citizen of that coun- \ntry : and he sent him into his \nfields to ieea swine. \n\nl(i And he would fain liave \nfilled his belly with the husks that \nthe swine did eat : and no man \ngave unio liim. \n\n\\1 And when he came to him- \nself, he said, How many hire:! \nservants of my father\'s have \nbread enough, and to spare, and \nI perish with hunirer : \n\n18 1 will arise, and go to my \nfather, and will say unto him, \nFathei\xe2\x80\xa2, I have sinned against \nheaven, and before thee, \n\n19 And am no more worthy to \nbe caUed thy son : make me as \none of thy hired servants. \n\n20 And he arose, and came to \nhis father. But when he was yet \na great \xce\xbb-^ ay off, his father saw \nhim, and had compassion, and \nran and fell on his neck, and \nkissed him. \n\n21 And the son said unto him, \nFather, I have sinned against \nheaven, and in thy siglit, and am \nno more worthy to be called liiy \nson. \n\n22 But the father said to lils \nservants, Bring forth the best \nrobe, and put it on him, and put \na ring on liis hand, and shoes oa \nhi<: feet. \n\n23 And bring hither the fatted \ncalf, and kill it; and let. us e-al\xe2\x80\xa2 \nand be merry. \n\n%4i For ehis my son wd.h deadj \n\n\n\nThe^just stewara. Cnap, \n\nand IS ali^ e again ; he was lost, \nand IS found. And they began to \nbe merry. \n\n25 Now his elder son was in \nthe iieid : and as he came and \ndrew nigh to the house, he heard \nmusick and dancing. \n\n26 And he called one of tlie \nservants, and asked what these \nthings meant. \n\n27 And he said unto him, Thy \nbrother is come ; and thy father \nhath killed the fatted calf, be- \ncause he hath received him safe \nand sound. \n\n28 And he v\xc2\xbb^as angry, and \nwould not go in : therefore came \nhis father out, and intreated hmi. \n\n29 And he answering, said to \nhk father, Lo, these many years \ndo 1 serve thee, neitlier trans- \ngressed I at any time thy com- \nmandment, and yet thou never \ngavest me "a kid, that I might \nmake merry with my friends : \n\n30 But as soon as this tfiy son \nwas come, \\vhich hath devoured \nthv living with harlots, thou hast \nkilled for him the fatted calf. \n\n31 And he said unto him, Son, \nthou art ever with me, and all \nthat I Imve is thine. \n\n32 It was meet that we should \nmake merry, and be glad ; for \nthis thy brother was dead, and is \nalive again ; and was lost, and is \nfound. \n\nCHAP. XVI. \nOf the unjuM ateivard. \n\nAND he said also unto his \ndisciples, there was a cer- \ntain rich man which had a stew- \nard : and the eame was accused \nunto him, that he had wasted his \ngoods. \n\n. 2 And he called him, and said \nunto him, Tlow is it that I hear \nthis of thee? i_ive an account of \nthy stewardship : for thou mayest \nbe no lonirer steward. \n\n3 Then tlie steward said with- \nin himself. What shall I do? for \naiy lord tuketh away from me \n103 \n\n\n\nA.vi, hypocrites reproved. \n\nthe stewardship, I cannot dig, to \nbeg 1 am ashamed. \n\n4 I am resolved what to do, \nthat when I am put out oi the \nstewardship, they may receive me \ninto theii\xe2\x80\xa2 houses. \n\n5 So he called every one of \nhis lord\'s debtors u/.to him, and \nsaid unto the tirst. How much \nowest thou unto my lord ? \n\n6 And he said, An hundred \nmeasures of oil. And he said un- \nto him. Take thy bill, and sit \ndown quickly, and write fifty. \n\n7 Then said he to another, \nAnd how much owest thou ? \nAnd he said, An hundred mea- \nsures of wheat. And he said un- \nto him, Take thy bill, and write \nfourscore. - \n\n8 And the lord commended the \nunjust steward, because he had \ndone wisely : for the children of \nthis world are in their genera- \ntion wiser than tiie children of \nlight. . \n\n9 And I say unto y\xc2\xaeu. Make \nto yourselves friends of the mam- \nmon of unrigliteoushess ; that \nwhen ye fail they may receive you \ninto everlasting habitations. \n\n10 He that is faithful in tliat \nwhich is least, is faithful also in \nmuch : and he that is unjust in \nthe least, is unjust also in much.. \n\n11 If therefoie, ye have not \nbeen faithful in the unrighteous \nmammon, who vrill commit to \nyour trust the true riches ? \n\n12 And if ye have not been \nfaiihful in that which is another \nman\'s, who shall give you that \nwhich is your own ? \n\n13 ^ No servant can serve \ntwo masters ; for either he will \nhate the one, and love the other ; \nor else he will hold to the one, \nand despise the other. Ye can- \nnot serye (^od and mammon. \n\n14 ^ A Hd theiPharisees also who \nwere covetous, heard all these \nthimrs : and thev derided Inm. \n\n15 And he said unto them, Ye \n\n\xc2\xa35 \n\n\n\n^iiie ncii mavi ei:m \xce\xa3\xce\xac\xce\xb6\xcf\x89 \xce\xb1\xce\xaf. \nare. they which justify yourselves \nbefore men; but God knoweth \nyour hearts; For that which is \nnri^hly esteemed amoiiirst men, is \nabomination in the sight of God. \n16 The hiw and the prophets \nwere until John: shice that time \ntlie kmiidom of God is preached, \nand every m )n prcsseth into it.- \n\n1? And it is easier for heaven \nand earth to pass, than one tittle \nof the ]a\\v \xce\xaf \xce\xbf fail. \n\n18 Whosoevei putteth away \nhis wile, and marrieth another, \ncommitteth adaltery : and who- \nsoever marrieth her that is put \naway from her iiusband, commit- \nteth aduiteiy. \n\n19 % Tiiere was a certahi rich \nman, which was clothed in pur- \nple and fine linen, and fared \nsumptuously every day. \n\n20 And there \\vas a certain \nbeggar named Lazarus, which \n\'vas laid at his gate full of sores, \n\n21 And desiring to be fed wdth \n^le crumbs which fell from the \nrich man\'s table : moreover the \niiogs came and licked his sores. \n\n0.2 A.nd It came to pass that \nthe beggar died, and w as carried \nby the angels into Abraham\'s \nbosom : the rich man also died, \nand was buried. \n\n23 And in hell he lifted up his \neyes, being in torments, and seeth \nAbraham afar off, and Lazarus in \n\xe2\x80\xa2lis bosom. , \n\n24 And lie cried, and said, Fa- \nther Abraham, have ijiercy on \nuiey and send Lazarus, that he \nre ay dip the tip of his finger in \n"vater, and cool my tongu^e ; for \nI am tormented in this flame. \n\n25 But Abraham said, Son, re- \nmember that thou in thy life- \ntime receivedst thy good things, \nand likewise Lazarus evil thing^s : \nhut now he is comforted, and \nihoii art tormented. \n\n26 And besides all this, be- \ntween us and you there is a great \njftulf -fixed : so that tbey whicb \n10\xce\x9b \n\n\n\n\nL\xe2\x80\xa2\xce\xacke. Lojoi\'give one another. \n\nwould pass from hence to you, \ncannot : neither can they pass to \nus, that would come from thence. \n\n27 Then he said^ I pray thee \ntherefore, father, that thou \nwo-uidest s^nd -him to my father s \nhouse ; \n\n28 For I have five brethren ; \nthat he may testify unto them, \nlest they also come into this place \nof torment. \n\n2-9 Abraham saith unto him, \nThey have Moses and the pro- \nphets ; let them hear them. \n\n30 And he said, Nay, father \nAbraham : but if one went unto \nthem from the dead, they will \nrepent. \n\n31 And he said unto him, Tf \nthey hear not Moses aad the \nprophets, neither will they be \npersuaded, though one rose from \nthe dead. \n\nCHAP. XVII. \nTo avoid giving offence. \n\nTHEN said he unto the dis- \nciples. It is impossible but \nthat otfences will come : but wo \nunto him through whom they \ncome : \n\n2 It were better for him that \na millstone Avere hanged about \nhis neck, and he cast into the \nsea, than that he should offend \none of these little ones. \n\n3 ^ Take heed to yourselves : \nIf tliy brother tre^ass against \nthee, rebuke liim. ; and if he re- \npent, forgive him. \n\n4 And if he trespass against \nthee seven times in a day, and \nseven times in a day turn again \nto thee, savins:, \xce\xaf repent ; tliou \nshalt forgive him. \n\n5 ^ And the apostles said unto \nthe Lordy Increase our faith. \n\n6 And the Lord said. If ys \nhad faith as a grain of mustard- \nseed, ye might say unto this sy- \ncamine tree, Be thou plucked \nup by the root, and be thou \nplanted in the sen ; ivnd it sh^vtd \nobey yeri. \n\n\n\nr iepers heated. L. imp, \n\n7 But %\\hich of you having a j \nservant plowing, or feeding, catrie, \xe2\x80\xa2 \nwill say unto him by and by, \nwhen lie is come from the field, j \n\n!^Go, and sit down to mc^iit ? \n\n8 And will not rather say unto \nton. Make ready wherev/ith I may \n\nfoup, and gird thyself, and serve \n|j^e, till I have eaten and drunken ; \n\nand afterward thou shait eat and \n\ndrink ? \n\n9 Doth he thank that servant \n^because he did the thnigs that \n\njrwere commanded him ? I trow \naot. \n\n10 So likewise ye, when ye \n"shall have done all those things \nwhich ai-e commanded you, say. \nWe are unprohtable servants : \nwe have done that which was our \nduty to do. \n\n11 51 And it came to pass, as \nhe went to Jerusalem, that he \npassed through the midst of Sa- \nmaria and Galilee. * \n\n12 And as he entered into a \ncertain village, there met himteii \nmen that were lepers, \xce\x9bvhich stood \nafar oil : \n\n13 And they lifted up thtir \nvoices, and said, Jesus, Slaster, \ntiave mercy on us. \n\n14 And when hs saw thf??i, he \n^;aid unto them, Go snew your- \nselves unto the priests. And it \nc^me to pass, that as they went, \n\'^hey were cleansed. \n\n15 x\\nd one of tiiem, when he \nsaw that ! e was healed, turned \nback, and with a loud voice glo- \nrified God, \n\n16 And fell down on his face \nat his feet, giving him thanks : and \nhe was a Samaritan. \n\n17 And Jehus answering, said, \nWere there not ten cleansed ? but \nwhere are the nine } \n\n18 There are not found that \nreturned to give glory to God, \nsave this stranger. \n\n19 And he said unto him, Arise, \ngo thy w\\ay ; t-iy faith hath made \nthcc \'\xce\xaf\xce\xbd1\xce\xaf.(>\xce\xbd>. \n\n\n\n20 ^ And when lie was de- \nm.anded of the\' Pharisees, when \ntiie kingdom of God sliould come , \nlie answered them and said, The \nkingdom of God cometh not with \nobservation. \n\n21 Neither shall\' they say, Lo \nhere, or, Lo there : for beholdp \nthe kingdom of God is withiw \nyou. \n\n22 And he said unto the dis- \nciples, The days will come, wheu \nye shall desire to see one of the \ndays of the Sou of man, and ye \nshall not see it. \n\n23 And they shall say to yoUj \nSee here, or. See there: go not \nafter them, nor follow them, \n\n24 For as the lightning that \nlighteneth out of the one part \nunder heaven, shineth unto the \nother part under heaven : so shall \nalso the Son of man be in his \nday. \n\n25 But first must he suffer \nmany things, and be rejected of \nthis generation. \n\n26 And as it was in the days of- \nNoe, so shall it be also in the days \nof the Son of man. \n\n2r They did eat, they drank^ \nthey married wives, they were \ngiven in marriage, until the day \nthat Noe entered into tlie ark \xce\xb9 \nand the flood came and destroyed \nthem all. \n\n28 Likewise also as it w^as in \nthe days of Lot: they did eat^ \nthey drank, they bought, tliey sold, \nthey planted, they builded : \n\n29 But the same day that Lol \nwent oi^t of Sodom, it ramed firs \nand brimstone from heaven, and \ndestroyed them all: \n\n30 Even thus shall it be in the \nday when the Son of man is re- \nvealed. \n\n31 In that day, he which shall \nbe upon the house top, and hi^ \nstuff in the house, let hiin not \ncomedow\'ii to take it away\\ ard- \nhe that is in the field, let hm-i- \nhke^.^\'ise not return h?.c\\\' \n\n\n\nThe Fhari^ee and piibltcan, B, \n\n32 Kemember Lot\'s wife. \n\n33 Whosoever shall seek to \nsave his Me, shall lose it ; and \nwhosoever slinli lose Ins life, siiail \npreserve it, \n\n34 1 tell you in that night \nthere shall be two me/i in one \nbed ; the one shall be taken, and \nthe other shall be left. \n\nSo \xce\xa4\xce\xbb\xce\xbd\xce\xbf 0omen shall be grind- \ning together ; the one shall be \ntaken and the other ieit. \n\n36 Two meyi shall be in the field; \nthe oiie shall be taken and the \nother left. \n\n37 x^nd they answered and said \nunto him, Wijere, Lmd r -And \nhe said unto them. \\Vheresoever \nthe body U^ ^hituer will tiie eagles \nbe gathered to^^ether. \n\n^CHAP. XV HI. \nThe importunate widow. \n\nAND he spake a parable unto \nthem, to this end, that men \nou^lit always to pray and not to \nfaint ; \n\n2 Sayinir, There was in a city \na |ud\'ix. Zaccheus the publican, \npass uy, he asked what it meant. \n37 And they told him, that \nJesus of Nazareth passeth by. \n\n38 And lie cried, saying, Jesus, \nthou son, of David have mercy on \nme. \n\n39 x^nd they which went before, \nrebuked him, that he should hold \nhis peat e : but he cried so much \nthe more, Thou son of David, \nhave mercy on me. \n\n40 And Jesus ttood, and com- \nmanded him to be brought unto \nhim : and when he was come near \nhe asked him. \n\n41 Saying, What wilt thou that \nI shall do unto -thee? And he \nsaid. Lord, that I may receive my \nsight. \n\n42 And Jesus said unto him, \nReceive thy sight : thy faitJi hath \nsaved thee. \n\n43 And immediately he re- \nc\xe2\x82\xac*:ved his sight, and followed \nhim, glorifying God : and all the \npeqple, when they saw it, gave \npraise unto God. \n\nCHAP. XIX. \nThepublicaii Zaccheus, \n\nAN D Jesus entered and passed \nthrough Jericho. \n\n2 And behold, ihere rca a man \nnamed Zaccheus, Avhich was the \nchief among the publicans, and \nhe was rich. \n\n3 And he sought to see Jesus \nwho he was. and could not for \nthe press, because he was little \nof stature. \n\n4 And he ran before, and \nclimbed up into a sycamore-tree \nto sec him ; for he was to pass \nthat aai^. ^ \n\n5 And Avhen Jesus came to the \nplace, he hooked up and saw .im, \nand said unto him, Zaccheus, \nmake haste, and come down ; \nfor to-day I must abide at thy \nliouse. \n\n6 And lie made haste, a\xc2\xbbnd came \ndown, and received him joyfully. \n\n7 And when they saw if, they \nall murmured, saying, That he \n\n\n\nMhe ten pieces of money, S. Luke. Christ goeth to Jerusalepi. \n\n\n\nwas gone to be guest with a man \nthat is a sinner. \n\n8 And Zacchens stood, and \nsraid unto the Lord, Befioid, \nLord, the half of my goods 1 \ngive to the poor : and if I liave \ntaken any tnin;^ from any man \nby false accusation, I restore him \nfour- fold. \n\n9 And Jesus said unto him. \nThis day is salvation come to this \nhouse, forasmuch as he also is \na son of Abraham. \n\n10 For the Son of man is come \nto seek and to save that which \nwas lost. \n\n11 x\\nd ivs they heard these \nthings, he added, and spake a \nparable, because lie was nigh to \nJerusalem, and because they \nthougl\'t that the kingdom of God \nsliould immediately appear. \n\n12 He said therefore, A certain \nnobleman went into a far country \nto receive for himself a kingdom, \nand to return. \n\n13 And he called his ten ser- \nvants, and delivered them ten \npounds, and said un-to them, Oc- \ncupy till I come. \n\n14 But his citizens hated him, \nand sent a message after him, say- \nJTxir, We will not have this mun to \nreign over us. \n\n15 And it came to pass, that \nwh^n he was returned, having \nreceived the kingdom, then he \ncommanded these servants to be \ncalled unto him, to whom he had \ngiven the money, that he might \nknow how much every man had \ngained by trading. \n\n16 Then came the first, saying, \nLord, thy pound hath gained ten \npounds. \n\n17 And he said unto him, Weil, \nthou goixl servant : because thou \nhast been faithful in a very little, \nhave thou authority o^er ten \ncities. \n\n18 And the second c?me, sny- \ning, Lord, thy pound hath gained \nfive pounds. \n\nlOS \n\n\n\n19 And he said likewise to him, \nBe thou also over five cities. \n\n20 And another cam&, saying, \nLord, behold, here is thy pound \nwhich I have kept laid up in a \nOapkin : \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 *21 For I feared tliee, because \ntliou art an austere man : thou \ntakest up that thou layedst not \ndown, and reapest that thou didst \nnot sow. \n\n22 And he saith unto him^ \nOut of tiiine own mouth will I \njudge thee, thou wicked servant. \nThou k newest that I was an au- \nstere man, taking up that I laid \nnot down, and reaping that I did \nnot Sv)w. \n\n23 Wherefore then gavest not \ntliou my money into the bank, \nthat at my coming I might have \nrequired mine own with usury } \n\n21 And he said unto them that \nStood by. Take from him the \npti-dnd, and give it to him that \nhath ten pounds. \n\n25 (And they said unto him^ \nLord, he hath ten pounds.) \n\n26 For 1 say unto you, That \nunto every one whicli nath, sl>all \nbe given : and from liim that \nhath n(jt,even that he hath shall \nbe taken away from him. \n\n27 But tliose mine enemies \nwhich would not that I should \nreign over them, bring hither, and \nslay the?n before me. \n\n28 ^ And when he had thus \nspoken, he went before, ascend* \ning up to Jierusalem. \n\n29 And it came to pass when \nhe was come nigh to Bethphage \nand Bethany, at the mount called \nthe mount of Olives, he sent two \nof his disciples,. \n\nSO Saying, Go ye into the vil- \nlage over against you : in the \nwhich, at your entering, ye shall \nhnd a colt tied : wliereon yet \nnever man sat: loose him and \nbring him hither. \n\n31 And if any man ask yo\'g^. \nWhy do ye loose km f tlius siiidl- \n\n\n\nChrist purgeth the temple, Oiia \nvQ saj\' ante him, Because the \nLord hath need of him. \n\nS2 And they that were sent, \nwent their way, and found even \nas he had said unto them. \n\n33 And as tiicy were loosini^ \nthe cok, the owners thereof said \nunto them, Why loose ye the coit ? \n\n34 And they said, The Lord \nhath need of him. \n\n35 And they brought him to \nJesus : and they cast their gar- \nments upon the colt, and they set \nJesus thereon. \n\n36 And as he went they spread \nthek clotlies m the way. \n\n3f And when he was come \nnigh, even now at tlie descent of \nthe mount of OUves, the whole \nmultitude of the disciples began \nto rejoice and praise God with a \nloud voice, for all the mighty \nworks that they hake unto him, saying\xe2\x80\xa2, \nTell us, by what authority doest \nthou tiiese things? or who is he \nthat gave thee this authority ? \n\n3 And he answered and said \nunto them, 1 will also ask you one \nthing; aud answer me ; \n\n4 The baptism of John, was it \nirom heaven, or of men ? \n\n5 And they reasor^ed with them- \nselves saying. If we shall say, \nFrom heaven, haw ill ?ay, WHy \nthen believed ye him not ? \n\n6 But and if we say, Of raen; \nall the people \xce\x9bvill stone us : for \nthey bw> persuaded that John was \na prophet. \n\n7 And they answered ^Th at they \ncould not tell whence it was. \n\n3 And Jesus said unto them, \nNeither tell I you by what au- \nthority I do these tilings. \n\n9 ff Then began he to speiik to \nthe people this parable : A cer- \ntain man planted a vineyard, \nand kt it f^rth to hwsb^iBdWjj^, \n\n\n\nOf paying tribute, ^. i \n\nand went into a far country for a \nlong time. \n\n10 And at the season he sent \na servant to the husbandmen, that \nthey should give, him of the fruit \nof the vineyard : but tlie hus- \nbandmen beat him, and sent him \naway empty. \n\n11 And again he sent another \nservant ; and they beat him also \nand entreated /^^m shamefully, and \nsent him away empty. \n\n12 And again he sent the third ; \nand they wounded kirn also, aixl \ncast him out. \n\n13 Then said the lord of the \nvineyard, \\Vhat shall I do ? I will \nsend my beloved son : it may be \nfhey will reverence him, when \nthey see hun. \n\n14 But when the husbandmen \nsaw hiin they reasoned among \nthemseh\'es, savinir, This is the \nheir ; come, let us kill him, that \nthe inheritance maybe ours. \n\n15 So they cast him (^ut of the \nvineyard, and killed hin. What \ntherefore shall the lord of the \n\xe2\x96\xbcineyard do unto them ? \n\n16 He sliall come and destroy \nthese husbandmen, and shall ^ive \nthe vineyard to others. And when \nthey heard z.\', they said, God \nforbid. \n\n17 And he beheld them, and \nsaid, What is this then that i^ \nv/ritten, I\'he stone winch the \nbuilders rejected, the same is be- \ncome tiie head of the C(irner ? \n\nto Whosoever shall fall upon \nthat st^ie, snail be broken: hut \non Wiionisoever it shall fall, it \nwill erind him to powder. \n\n19 "![ And the chief priests and \nthe scribes the same liour sousrht \nto lay hands on him; and they \nfeared the people : for they per- \nceived that he had spoken this \npural\'le a2:ainst them. \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2SO And they watched himy and \n\ns^e^it forth spies, which should \n\ntciirn themselves just men, tha\' \n\nincY iTiight take hold ot kis words_, \n\n110 \n\n\n\n.uke. Of the res fir reef ion. \n\nthat so they might deliver him \nunto the power and authority of \nthe governtj^. \n\n21 And they asked him, say- \ning. Master, we know that thou \nsayest and teachest rightly, nei- \nther acceptest thou the person of \nam, but teachest the way of God \ntruly. \n\n22 Is it lawful for us to giv^e \ntribute unto Cesar, or no } \n\n. 23 But he perceived their \ncraftiness, and said unto them, \nWhy tempt ye me ? \n\n24 Shew me a penny: Whose \nimage and superscription hath it ^ \nThey answ(,recl and said, Cesar\'s. \n\n25 And he said unto them, \nRender therefore unto Cesar the \nthings w^hicli be Cesar\'s, and unto \nGod the things which be G\xc2\xab3d\'s. \n\n26 And they could not take \nhold of his worcls before the peo- \nple : and they marvelled at his \nanswer, and held their peace. \n\n27 ^ Then came to him certain \no\'f the Sa*dducees (which deny \nthat there is any resurrection) \nand they asked him^ \n\n28 Saying, Piaster, Moses wrote \nunto us, if any man\'s brother die, \nhaving a wife, and he die without \nchildren, that his brother should \ntake ihs wife, and raise up seed \nunto his brother. \n\n2-9 There were therefore sei^en \nhretiireii : and the first took a \nwife, and died without children. \n\nSO And the secoiid took her to \nwife, and he died cliildless. \n\n31 And the third took her; \nand in like manner th-e seven also. \nAnd they left no children and \ndied. \n\n32 Last of all llie woraan died \nalso. \n\n33 Therefore in the resurrec- \nUi)n, whose wife of them is she? \nniv seven had her to \xce\x9bvife. \n\n34 And Jesus answering, said \nunto t})era, The children of this \nworld marry, and are given in \nmarriage. \n\n\n\nChrist \xce\x8c\xce\xb1\xce\xbd\xce\xaf(\xce\x938 Lord. Chap, xxi \n\n35 But they \\vhich shall be ac- ; poi;! \n\n\n\nWI \n\n\n\n1 two iiiites. \n\n3 And 1 \ni unto \' \n\nj hath \xce\x93, \n\n4 i\'or cii \n\n\n\nshe \n\n\n\ncounted worthy to obtain tiiat j \nworld, and the resurrection from j \n.the dead, neitiiei- marry, nor are | \ngiven in marria^xj. \n\n36 Neitlier can they die any j \n\niniore; for they are equal unto i abundance cast \niuii angels and are the childreu of I ferings of God : \nGod, bemi^ the chddren of the | \nresurrection. \n\n37 Now that the dead are raised, \n\xe2\x96\xa0even Mo^es shewed at the bush, \nwhen he calleth ttie Lord, the God \nof Abraiiani, and the God of \nIsaac, and the God of Jacob. \n\n38 For he is not a God of the \ndead, but of the livuig : for all \nlive unto hiiij. \n\n39 f[ Then certain of the scribes \nanswei ing, said, Master, thou hast \nwell saiul. \n\n40 And after that, tlicy durst \nBot ask him any quedmiut ail. \n\n41 ^[ And he said unto them, \nHow say tliey that Christ is Du- \nvid\'s son ? - \n\n42 And David himself siiir.h in \nthe hook of p.-5ahns, Tiie Lord \nsai:l unto my Lord, Sit thou on \nmy riglit hand, \n\n43 Till I inake thine enenues \nthy footstool. \n\n44 J3avid tnerefore calleth him \nLor-\'l, how is he then his son ? \n\n45 ^ Then m the audience of \nall the people he said unio liis \ndisciples, \n\n, 40 Beware of the scribes, which \ndesire to walk in Ion,": robes, and \nlove greetin-i^s in the markets, \nand tiie highest beats in the syn- \nagogues, and the chief rooms at \nfeasts : \n\n47\\Vhich devour widows\'houses, \nand for a shew makelouir prayers : \nthe same shtdl receive greater \ndamnation. \n\nCHAP. XXI. \nDestruction of the temple foretoid. \n\nAND ]ie looked up, and saw \nthe rich men casting their \ngifts into the treasui^\'. \n\n3 And he saw also a certain \n111 \n\n\n\nnf. \n\n\n\ntiiat she nad. \n\n5 %\\ And as some spa::6 \xce\xbf\xce\xaf the \ntemple, liow it was adorned with \ngoodly srone\xc2\xbb and gilts, he said, \n\n6 As for tliese things which ye \nbehold, the days will come, in tiie \nwhich there shah not be left one \nstone upan anotlier, that shall \nnot be thrown dovtn. \n\n7 And they asked him, saying, \nMaster, but when sliali these \nthiiigs be \xce\x93 and what sign \xce\xb6\xce\xb9\xce\xaf\xce\xaf\xce\xaf . \nthere be whan these things shall \ncome to pass ? \n\n8 And he said. Take heed th^i \nye be not deceived . for many \nshall come in my name, saying, \nI am Christ: and tlie time draw- \neth near : go ye not therefore \nafter them. \n\n9 But when ye shall hear of \nwar^, and commotions, be not \nterrihed : for these things must \nhrst come to pass, but the end is \nnot by and by. \n\n10 Ihen said he unto them, \nNation siiall rise against nation, \nand kingdom against kingdom : \n\n11 And great earthquakes shall \nbe m divers places, and famines, \nand pestdences, and feariul sigiits, \nand great signs shall there be \nfrom heaven, \n\n12 But before all these tlvcy \nshall lay their hands on you, and \npersecute you, delivering i/ou up \nto the synagogues, and into pri- \nsons, being brought before kings \nand rulers for my name\'s sake. \n\n13 And it shall turn to you for \na testimony. \n\n14 Settle it theri-fore in your \nhearts not to meditate before \nwhiit ye shall answer. \n\n\n\nI \n\n\n\nSigns before the last day. S. \n\n15 For I will give you a mouth \nand wisdom, which all your ad- \nversaries shall not be able to gain- \nsay, nor resist. \n\n16 And ye shall be betrayed \nboth by parents, and brethren, \nand kiasfolks, and friends ; and \nsome of you shall they cause to be \nput to death. \n\n17 And ye shall be hated of all \nmen for my name\'s sake. \n\n18 But there shall not an hair \nef your head perish. \n\n19 In your patience possess ye \n\xce\xbd\xce\xbf\xce\x9c\xce\x90 soul\'. \n\n20 And when ye shall see Je- \nrusalem compassed with armies, \nthen know that tke desolation \nthere if is nigh. \n\n21 Then let them which are \nin Judea, flee to the mountains ; \nand let them which are in the \nmidst of it, depart out; and let \nf.ot them that are in the coun- \ntries, enter ihereinco. \n\n22 For these be the days of \nvengeance, that all things which \nare written may be fulfilled. \n\n23 But woe unto them that are \nwith child, and to them that give \nsuck in those days : for there \nshall be greici distress in the land, \nand wrath upon this people. \n\n21 And they shall fiiil by tlie \nedi^e of the sword, and shall be \nled away captive into i^l na- \ntions : and Jerusalem shall be \ntrodden down of the Gentile^ \nuntil the times of the Gentiles be \nfulnlled. \n\n25 % And tliere shall be signs \nin tlie sun, and in the moon, and \nin the stars ; and upon the earth \ndistress of nations, with perplex- \nity, the sea and the waves roaring. \n\n20 Alen\'s hearts failing them \nT^or fear, and for looking after \nthose things which are coming on \nthe earth: for the powers of \nheaven sliall be shaken. \n\n2 \xce\x93 And tliiin shall they see the \nSon of man coming in a cloud \nwieh power and great glory, \n112 \n\n\n\nLuke. Watch and pray. \n\n28 And when these things be- \ngin to come to pass, then look up, \nand liit up your heads : for your \nrpdemption draweth nigh. \n\n29 And he spake to them a \nparable, Behold the fig-tree, and \nall the trees ; \n\nSO When they now shoot for ib, \nye see and know of your own- \nselves, that summer is now nigh \nat hand. \n\n31 So hke\\vise ye, when ye see \nthese things come to. pass, know \nye that the kingdom of God is" \nnigh at hand. \n\n32 Verily I say unto you. This \ngeneration shall not pass away, \ntill all be fwliilkd. \n\nS3 Heaven and earth shall pass \naway : but my words shall not \npass away. \n\n34 51 And take heed to your- \nselves, lest at any time your hearts \nbe overc\'iarged with surfeiting, \nand drunkenness, and cares of \nthis life, and so that day come \nupon you unawares. \n\n35 For as a ?inare shall it come \non all them that dwell on the \nface of the whole earth. \n\n36 Watch ye therefore, and \npray always, that ye may be ac- \ncouiiled worthy to escape all these \nthings that shall come to pass, \nand to stand before the Son of \nman^ \n\n37 And in the day time he was \nteaching in the temple, and at \nnight he went out, and abode in \nthe mount that is called the Tmmnt \nof Olives. \n\n38 And all tiie people came \nearly in the morning to him in the \ntemple for to hear him. \n\nCHAP. \xce\xa7\xce\xa7\xce\xa0. \nConspiracy against Ohrist, \n\nNOW the feast of unleaven- \ned bread drew nigb, which \nis called the passover. \n\n2 And the chief priests and \nscribes sought how they might \nkill him ; for they ^ared tlie \npeople. \n\n\n\nI he passovcr prepared. Chap. xxii. The Lord\'s supper imtiiuted. \n\n\n\n3 5i Then entered Satan into \nJudas surnamed Iscariot, being of \nthe number of the twelve. \n\n4 And he went his way, and \ncommuned with the chief priests \nand captains, how he might be- \n\n! tray him unto them. \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 ^ 5 And they were glad, and co- \nvenanted to give him money. \n\n6 And he promised and sought \nopportunity to betray him unto \nthem, in the absence of the mul- \ntitude. \n\n\xce\xb7 7 ^ Then came the day of un- \nleavened bread, when the passover \nmust be killed. \n\n8 And he sent Peter and Jolm, \nsaying, Go and prepare us the \npassover, that we may eat. \n\n9 And they said unto him, \nWhere wilt thou that we prepare? \n\n10 And he said unto them, \nBehold, wiien ye are entered into \nthe city, there shall a man meet \nyou, bearing a pitcher of water ; \n\n\n\n19 S[ And he took bread, and \ngave thanks, and brake it, and \ngave unto them, sayisg. This is \nmy body, which is given for you : \nthis do m remembrance of me. \n\n20 Likewise also the cup after \nsupper, saying, This cup is the \nnew tehtament, in my blood, which \nis shed for you. \n\n2i 51 But behold, the hand of \nhim that betray eth me, is with me \non the table. \n\n2,2 And truly the son of man \ngoeth as it was determined : but \nwoe unto that man, by \xce\x9bvhom he \nis betrayed : \n\n23 And they began to enquire \namong themselves, which of them \nit vv-as that should do this thing. \n\n24 ^ And there was also a \nstrife among them, which of \nthem should be accounted the \ngreatest. \n\n25 And he said unto them, \nThe kin?s of the Gentiles exercise \n\n\n\nfollow him into the house where \\ lordship over them ; and they \nhe cntereth in. | that exercise authojity upon them \n\n11 And ye shall say unto the | are called benefactor^s. \n\ngood man of the house, The Mas- | 26 But ye shall not le so : but \nler saith unto thee, Where is the \xe2\x96\xa0 he that is greatest among you, \nguest chamber, where I shall eat \'let him be as the } changer; anQ \nthe passover with my disciples ? [he that is chief, a\'s he that doth \n\n12 And he shall shew you a \\ sen-e. \n\n27 For Avhether is greater, he \n\n\n\nlarije upper room furnished : there \nmake ready. \n\n13 And they went, and found \nas he had said unto them : and \nthey made ready the passover. \n\n14 And when the hour was \ncome, he sat down, and tlie twelve \napostles with him. \n\n15 And he said unto them, With ! \n\n\n\nthat sitteth at meat, or he th.at \nserveth } is not lie that sitteth at \nmeat? hut 1 am among you as he \nthat serveth. \n\n28 Ye are they \\vhich have \ncontinued with me in my temp- \ntations : \n\n29 And I appoint unto you a \n\n\n\ndesire I have desired to eat this ! kingdom, as my Father hath ap- \npassover with you before I suffer. \xe2\x80\xa2, pointed unto me : \n\n16 For I say unto you, I will niiverted, btren^tlien \ntil} breuiicin. \n\n33 And he said \xce\xb9\xce\xb9\xcf\x80\xe2\x80\xa2\xcf\x85 him, Lord^ \nI afii ready to ^o ^^\'itli tliee both \ninto prison, and to death. \n\nS4 And he said, I tell diee, \' \nPeter, the cock shall not crow thi:. j \ndav, beibre that thou jhalr thnce \n\n\n\nS, Luke. and agony. \n\n-16 Aud iaid unto them, Why \ncU^ep ye? rise and pray, lest ye \nevrer into tetnptation. \n\n47 ^T And while he yet spake \nhehojd, a multitude, and he that \ntvp.i; called Jiula^, v>ne of the \nV .\'be, ^vent before them, and \n(iio^v near unto Jesus to kise him. \n\n4,1 But Jesus said unto hiui, \n\n\n\ndeijv t:iat ttjou kno\\^e6X me. \n\n:1\xce\xb4 An.d b.e said unto them; \nWhen I ^ent you without \xcf\x81 rse, \nand scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any \ntiling ? *tind they said, Nothing. \n\n36 Then said he unto them, \nBut nowy he that hath a purse, let \nhini take i/, and likewise Im scrip : \nand he tliat hath no sword, let him \nsell his s:arment, and buy one. \n\n87 For \xce\xa4 sav unto you, that \n\n\n\nJudus, betravest thou the Son of \nman with a kiss ? \n\n4Q \\^^ien they which were a- \nbout him, saw what w-ould follow, \nthev said unto iiim, Lord, shall we \nsn^ite with the sword ? \n\n50 ^ And one of them smote \nthe servant of the hidi priest, and \ncut oiThis riffht ear. \n\n51 And Jesus answered and \nsaid. Suffer ve thus far. And he \n\n\n\nthis tliat is written, must vet be j touched his ear and healed him. \n^\xe2\x96\xa0^\xce\x9bl \xce\x9b. ji _ ^^ Then Jesus said unto the \n\nchief priests, and captains of the \ntempi?, and the elders which were \ncome to him. Be ye come out as \nagainst a thief with swords, and \n\n\n\naccomplished in me. \xe2\x80\x9e And he was \nr^c oned amo g the transgres- \nsor:- : for the thin-gs concerning \nire ha^ e an end. \n58 And they said, Lord, behold, \n\n\n\nhere are two swords. And he \nsaid unto them, It is enough. \n\n39 ^ And he came out, and \nuent, as he was wont, to the \nnount of Olives ; and his disciples \nalso folio w^ed him. \n\n40 And when he was at the \nf"*ace, lie said unto them. Pray, \nt ia" ye\xc2\xbb^\'^ter not into temptation. \n\n4 1 Ard he wvts withdrawn from \nrveui about a stone^s cast, and \nkne-jled down, and prayed, \n\n4\'2 Saying, Father, if thou be \n\\"ihin2:, remove this cup from me: \ni^evcrtheless, \'not my will, but \n4,u;ne be done. \n^^3 And there appeared an angel \nI! !to him from hearen, strengthen- \nJ;;^hiin. \n\n44 Arid being in an agony, he \nprayed more earnestly : and his \nfcweat was as it were great drops of \nblood faihng down to the ground. \n\n45 And when he rose up fi;om \nprayer, and Avas come to his dis- \nciples, he found tiicm s-leeping \nfor sorrow. \n\n114 \n\n\n\nstaves ? \n\n53 When I was daily with you in \nthe temple, ye stretched forth no \nhands ay:ainstme : but this is your \nliour, and tliC power of darkness. \n\n54 ^ Then took they him, and \nled him, \xcf\x88\\\xce\xac brought him into \nthe hiah priest\'s house. And Pete? \nfollowed afar off. \n\n55 A nd when they had kindled \na fire in the midst of the hall, and \nV, ere set down together, Peter sat \ndown amons: them. \n\nbQ But a certain maid beheld | \nhim as he sat by the fire, and \nearnestly looked upon him, and \nsaid. This man was also wdth him. \n\n57 And he denied him, saying^ \nWoman, I know him not. \n\n58 And after a little while \nanother saw him, and said, Thou \nart also of them. And Peter said, \nMan, I am not. ^ \n\n59 And about the space of on\xe2\x82\xac| \nhour after, another confidentl;^ \naffirmed, saying, Of a truth this| \n\nr \nI, \n\n\n\nChap. xxi]i. \nfor (ic \n\n\n\nr , \xe2\x80\xa2 \n\ni Peter denieth Christ, \n\n[fellow also was witk liim \n\nj is a Galilean. \n\ni 60 And Peter said, Man^ 1 \n\n;. know not what thou sayest. And \n\nI immediately while iie yet spake, \nthe cock crew. \n\' 61 And the Lord turned, and \n\ni looked upon Peter ; and Peter \nremembered tiie word of the \nl^jrd, how he had said unto him, \nBefore the cock crow, thou shalt \ndeny me thrice. \n\n62 -And \' Peter went out, and \n; wept bitterlv, \n\n63 ^j And the men that held \n, Jesus, mocked him, and smote \n[ him, \n\n64 And when they had blind- \n\\ folded him, they struck him on \n0, the face, and asked hnn, saying, \n\nProphesy, who is it tiiat smote \n5 thee ? \n\n) 65 And many other things \n; blasphemously spake they against \n\nhim. \n66 ^ And as soon as it was day, \n\nthe elders of the people, and the \n\nchief priests, and the scribes, came \n\ntogether, and led him into their \n\ncouncil, saying, \n\n67 Art thou the Christ r tell \n\nus. And he said unto them, if I \n\ntell you, ye will not believe. \n\n68 And if I also ask yoii^ ye \nwill not answer me, nor let me, go. \n\n69 Hereafter shall the Son of \nman sit on the right hand of the \npower of God. \n\n70 Then said they all. Art thou \nthen the Son of God,? And he \nijaid unto them. Ye say tliat I am. \n\n71 And they said. What need \nwe any further witness .\'\' for we \nourselves have heard oi" his owu \nmouth. \n\nCHAP. XXIII. \n\nliurod vtoi\'kt\'.ii C fir id. \n\n\\ ND tlie vvh(jl\xc2\xab niuiti\'uide of \n\nj7%- them arose, and led hin\\ unto \n\nPiiate. \n\n2 And they began to accuse \nhim, saying, We fuuiui this Jel- \nioiv j\'^erve^-ciniT the iiatio-n, and i ^nui \n^ 115 \n\n\n\nHerod inocketh him, \nforbidding to give tribute to \nCesar, saying, that he himself is \nChrist a kin^. \n\n3 And Piiate asked him, say- \ning. Art thou the king of the \nJews ? and he answered him and \nsaid. Thou sayest it. \n\n4 Then said Pilate to the chief \npriests, and to the people, I find \nno fault in this man. \n\n5 And they were the more \nfierce, saving, He stirreth up the \npeople, teaching throughout all \nJewry, beginning from Galilee to \nthis place. \n\n6 When Pilate heard of Gali- \nlee, he asked whether the man \nwere a Galilean. \n\n7 And as soon as he knew that \nhe belonged unto Herod\'s juris- \ndiction, he sent him to Herod, \nwho himself was also at Jerusa- \nlem at that time. \n\n8 ^ Aiid when Herod snw Je- \nsus, he was exceeding glad : for \nhe was desirous to see him of a \nlong season, because he had heard \nmany things of him ; and he hoped \nto have seen some miracle done \nby him. \n\n9 Then he questioned with him \nin many words : but he answered \nhim nothing. \n\n10 And the chief priests and \nscribes stood and vehemently ac- \ncused him. \n\n11 And Plerod v,ith his men \nof war set him at nought, and \nmocked hiifi, and arraved ium m \na gorgeous robe, and sent iiim \nagain to Pilate. \n\n12 ^ And the same day Pilate \nand Herod were made friends to- \ngether; for before they were a \nenmity between themselves. \n\n13 ^f And Pilate, when he had \ncalled togetiier t-lie chief priests \nai^d the rulers, and the people, \n\n14 Said unto them, Te have \nbrouglit this man uiito me, as \none that perverteth tlie people : \nand behotd, I having exumincd \nhit^i be lore voit, liave iouiid ho \n\n\n\nChrist accused, S. \n\nfault in this man, touching those \nthings whereof ye accuse him ; \n\n15 No, nor yet Herod : for I \nsent you to him, and lo, nothing \nwortliy of death is done unto him. \n\n16 I will therefore chastise him, \nand release hun. \n\n17 (For ^f necessity he must re- \nlease one unto them at the feast.) \n\n18 And they cried out all at \nonce, saying, Away with this \nman, and release unto us Ba- \nrabba^ : \n\n19 (Who for a certain sedition \nmade in the city, and for murder, \nwas cast in prison :) \n\n20 Pikite therefore willing to \nrelease Jesus, spake again to them. \n\n21 But they cried, saying, \nCrucify /ii???, crucify him. \n\n22 And he said unto them the \nthird time, Why, what evil hath \nhe done ? I have found no cause \n\xc2\xa9f death in him : I will therefore \nchastise him^ and let hhn go. \n\n23 And they were instant with \nloud voices, requirin^: that he \nmight be crucitied : asd the voices \nof them, and of the chief priests \nprevailed. \n\n24 And Pilate gave sentence, \nthat it should be as they required. \n\n2-5 And lie rele?.5ed unto them \nhim that f ir sedition and murder \nwi\'-\'S cast into prison, whom \xce\xae\xce\x9bey \nhad desired : but he delivered \nJesus to their will. \n\n26 And as they led him away, \nthey laid hold upon one Simon, a \nCyrenian, comm\'^ out of the \ncountry, and on him they laid the \ncross, that he might bear iC after \nJesus. \n\n2\xce\x93 *[ And there followed him a \ngreat company of people, and of \nwomen, v/\'uch also bewailed and \nlamented him. \n\n23 But Jesus turning unto them, \nsaid, iJ^\'aughters of Jeiusalem, \nweep not for me, but weep for \nyourselves, and for your children. \n\n29 For, behold,\' the days are \ncomios, in the which they shall \n1 16 \n\n\n\nLuke. and crucified, \n\nsay. Blessed ore the barren, and \nthe wombs that never bare, and \nthe paps that never gave suck. \n\nSO Ttien shall they begin to say, \nto the mountains,* FmII on us; \nand to the hills, Cov^er us. \n\n31 For if they do these things \nin a green tree, \xce\x9bvhat shall be \ndone in the dry ? \n\n32 And there were also two \nother malefactors led with him to \nbe put to death. \n\n35 And when they wece come \nto the place which is called Cal- \nvary, there they crucified him, \nand the malefactors; one on the \nright hand, and the other on the \nleft. \n\n34 f[ Then said Jesus, Father, \nforgive them : for they know not \nwhat they do. /ind they parted \nhis raiment, and cast lots. \n\n35 And the people stood be- \nholding : and the rulers also with \nthem derided khn, saying. He \nsaved others; let him save him- \nself, if he be Christ the chosen \nof God. \n\n36 And the soldiers also moclv- \ned him, coming to him, and of- \nfering him vinegar, \n\n37 And saying. If thou be the \nking of die Jews, save thyself. \n\nS3 And a superscription also \nwas written over hmi iu letters of \nGreek, and Latin, and Hebrew, \nTHIS IS THE KING OF THE \nJEWS. \n\n39 ^ And one of the male- \nfactors which were hanged, railed \non him, saying. If thou be Christ, \nsave thyself and us. \n\n40 But the other answering, re- \nbuked hiin, sayin;^, Dost not thou \nfear God, seein;^ thou art in the \nsame condemnation! \n\n41 And we indeed justly ; for \nwe receive the due reward of our \ndeeds : but this man hath done \nnothing amiss. \n\n42 And he said unto Jesus, \nLord, remember me wheu thou \ncomest into thy kingdom. \n\n\n\nChrisfs crucifijcion, Chap, \n\n43 And Jesus said unto him, \nV^erily I say unto thee, To-day \nshah thou be Avithme in paradise. \n\n44 And it was about the sixth \nhour, and there was a darkness \nover all the earth until the ninth \nhour. \n\n45 And the sun was darkened, \n\xce\xb7\xce\xac the vail of the temple was \n\nrent in the midst. \n\n46 % And when Jesus had cried \nwith a loud voice, he said. Father, \ninto thy hands I commend my \nspirit : and, having said thus, he \ngave up the gliost. \n\n\' 4r7 Now when the centurion \nsaw what was done, he glorified \nGod, saying, Certainly this was a \nrighteous man. \n\n48 And all the people that \ncame together to that sight, be- \nholding the things which were \ndone, smote their breasts, and \nreturned. \n\n49 And all his acquaintance, \nand the women that followed \nhim from Galilee, stood afar off, \nbeholding these things. \n\n:50 ^ And behold" the7\'e zro^ a \nman named Joseph, a counsellor, \nand he teas a good man, and a \njust: \n\n51 (The same had net con- \nsented to the counsel and deed of \nthemj he was of Arimathea, a \ncity^ of the Jews ; who also hmi- \nself waited for the kingdom of \nGod. \n\n52 This man went unto Pilate, \nand begi^ed the body of Jesus. \n\n53 And he took it do\\vn, and \nwrapped it in linen, and laid it \nin a sepulchre that was 1 ewn i>i \nstone, wherein never man before \nwas laid. \n\n54 Ana that day was the prepa- \nration, and tlie sabbath di-evv on. \n\n55 And the Avomen also which \ncame with luni from CTalilce, fol- \nlowed after, and beheld the sepul- \nchre, and how his body was laid. \n\nbQ And they returned, and pre- \npared spices and ointmetits; and \n117 \n\n\n\n, xxiv. and remrrection. \n\nrested the sabbath-day, accord- \ning to the commandment. \nCHAP. XXIV. \nChrisfs resurrection declared. \n"V] OW upon the first da^/ of \n\xce\xa7\xce\x9b the week, very early in the \nmorning, they came unto the se- \npulchre, bringing the spices which \nthey ha \n\n36 And looking upon Jesus a- \nhe walked, he saitli, Behold the \nLamb of God. \n\n37 And the two disciples hearf; \nhim speak, and they followed \nJesus. \n\n38 Then Jesus turned, and saw \nthem following, and saith untr \n\nthem, What seek ye } They saic \nunto him, Rabbi, (which is to say. \nbeing interpreted, Master,) where \n\n\n\nThe marriage in Carta. Chap \nhim, he said, Thou art Siiiion the \nson of Jona: thou shalt be called \nCephas, which is by interpreta- \ntion, A stone. \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 43 ^ The day foUovvini^, Jesus \nwould go forth\' into Galilee, and \n\nfadeth Philip, and saitli unto him, \nollow me. \n\nIJ Now Philip was of Bethsai- \nda, Liie city of Andrew and Peter. \n\n45 Phil ip iindeth Nathanael,and \nsaith unto him. We have found | \nhim of whom Moses in the law, i \nand the prophets did write, Jesus ! \nof Nazareth, the son of Joseph. I \n\n46 And iNlathanael said unto \nhim, Can there any good thing \ncome oat of Nazareth ? Philip \nsaith unto him, Come and see. \n\n47 Jesus saw Nathanael com- \ning to him, and saith of him. \nBehold an Israelite indeed, in \nwhom is no guile.. \n\n48 Nathanael saith unto him, \nWhence knowest thou me ? Jesus \nanswered and said unto him, \nBefore that Philip called thee, \nwhen thou wast under the iig- \nferee, I saw tbee. \n\n49 Nathanael answered and \nBaith unto him, Rabbi, thou art \nthe Son of God, thou art the \nKinv of Israel. \n\n50 Jesus answered and said \nunto him. Because I said unto \nthee, I saw thee under tne fig- \n\niree, believest thou ? thou shalt \nee greater things than these. \n\' 51 And he saith unto him, \nVerily,_ verily, I say unto you. \nHereafter ye shall see heaven \nspen, and the- angels of God as- \ncending and descending upon the \nSon of man. \n\nCHAP. II. \n\nWater turned into rcine. \n\nAND the third day there \n\n: ^JL%. was a marriage in Cana or \n\nI Galilee ; and the mother of Jesus \n\ni ivas there. \n\n2 And both Jesus was called \nmd his disciples to the marriage. \n\n3 And when they wiintcd wine, \n\n121 \n\n\n\nii . Christ pur get h the tanpk, \nthe mother of Jesus saith unto \nhim. They have no wine. \n\n4 Jesus saith unto her. Woman, \nwhat have I to do with thee ] \nmine hour is not yet come, \n\n5 liis mother saith unto the \nservants. Whatsoever he saith uji- \nto you, clo it. \n\n6 And there were set there six \nwater-pots of stone, after the \nmanner of the purifying of the \nJews, containhig two or tliree \nhrkins apiece. \n\n7 Jesus saith unto them, Fill \nthe w^ater-pots whh water. And \nthey filled them up to the brim, \n\n8 And he saith unto them, \nDraw out now, and beartmto tfee \ngovernor of the feast. And they \nbare it. \n\n.9 When the ruler of tlie feast \nhad tasted the water that was \nmade wine, and knew not \nwhence it was, (but the servants \nvvdiich drew the \xce\x9bvater kne\xce\x9bv,) the \ngovernor of the feast called the \nbridegroom, \n\n10 And saith unto him, Every \nman at the beginning doth set \nforth good wine ; knd when men \nhave \xce\x9bveli drunk, tiien that which \nis vvorse ; but tjiou hast kept the \ngood wine until now. \n\n11 This beginning of miracles \ndid Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and \nmanifested forth his glory : and \nhis disciples believed on hmi. \n\n12 ^ After this, he went down \nto Capernaum, he and his mo- \nther, and his brethren, and his \ndisciples, and they continued tliere \nnot many days. \n\n13 ^ And the Jews\' passover \nwas at hand, and Jesus went up \nto Jerusalem. \n\n14 And found in the temple \nthose thai sold oxen, a,nd sheep, \nand doves, and the changers of \nmoney, sitting : \n\n15 And when he had made a \nscourge of small cords, lie drove \nthem all out of the temple, and, \nttie sheep and the oxen : anri \n\nF2 \n\n\n\nChrisi tcucheth Nicodemus S. John, the nec\xc2\xa3ssiti/ of regeneration. \n\n\n\npaured out the chansers\'money, \ncind overthrew the tables; \n\n16 And said unto them that \nsold doves, Take these thnicrs \niience ; make not my Father\'s \niiouse an house of mercliandise. \n\n17 And his disciples remem- \nbered that i-t was written, The \nzctil of thine house hath taten \nme up. \n\n18 \xe2\x80\xa2\xce\xaf[ Then answered tlie Jews, \nand said unto him, What sign \nshewest thou unto us, seeing that \nthou doest these things ? \n\n19 Jesus answered and said unto \nthem, Destroy this temple, and \nin three days I will raise it up. \n\n20 Then said the Jews, Torty \nand six years was this temple in \nbuilding, and wilt thou rear it up \nin tliree days ? \n\n^1 But lie spake of the temple \nof his body. \n\n22 When therefore he was risen \n\xce\x93\xce\xb9\xce\xbf\xce\xb7\xce\xb9 the dead, liis disciples re- \nmembered that he had said this \nunto tliem : and they believed the \nvcripture, and the word which \n.Tesus had said. \n\n23 ^ Now when lie ^vas in Je- \nrusalem at the passover, in the \nlea^^t dof/^ manv believed in his \n\n\n\nthee, except a man be born again, \nhe cannot see the kingdom oi \nGod. \n\n4 Nicodemus saith unto hijn \nHow can a man be born when he \nis old ? can he enter the second \ntime into his Mother\'s wom^. \nand be born ? ? \n\n5 Jesus answered. Verily, verily \nI say unto thee. Except a man be \nborn of water, and of\' the 8pirit^ \nhe cannot enter into the kingdom \nof God. \n\n6 That which is born of the \nflesh, is flesh ; and that which u \nborn/)f the Spirit, is spirit. \n\n7 iMarvel not that \xce\xaf said untc \nthee, Ye must be born again. \n\n8 The wind bloweth where ii \nlisteth, and thou hearestthe sounr \nthereof, but canst not tell wi^encc \nit cometh, and whither it goeth \nso is every one that is born of the \nSpirit, \n\n9 Nicodemus answered an( \nsaid unto him, How can thesi \nthings be? \n\n10 Jesus answered and said untf \nhim. Art thou a master <;f Israel \nand knovvestnot these things ? \n\n1 1 Verily, verily I say unto thee \nWe \xc2\xabpeak that we do know^ an \n\n\n\nname, wdien they saw the mira- j testify that we have seen ; and yc \n\n\n\ncles which he did \n\n24 But Jesus did not commit \nlumself unto thein, because he \nknew Ciil men ; \n\n25 And needed not that any \nshould testify ol man ; for he \nknew what was in man. \n\nCHAP. HI. \n\nTh e necesniy of j^egenercdio a . \n\nrpH \xce\x95 R \xce\x95 \'was a man of the \n\n. \\ Pliarisees, named \xce\x9d icodemiis^ \n\na ruler of the Jews: \n\n2 The same came to Jesus by \nnight, and said unto hira, Rabbu \n \n\n\n\ncci\\ e not our w^itncss. \n\n12 If I have told you earLhl; \nthinj:s, and ye believe not, hov \nshall ye believe, if I tell you \xce\xbf \nheavenly things? \n\nIS And no man hath ascende \nup to heaven, but he that cimi\xe2\x80\xa2 \ndown from heaven, e\'cen the Soj \noi man which is in heaven. \n\n14 51 And as ^tioses lifted up th \nserpent in the w ilderness, even s\xe2\x80\xa2 \nmust the Son of man be lifted up \n\n15 That whosoever beiieveth ii \nhim, should not perish, but hav \neiernal life. \n\n16 % lor God so loved th \nworld, that he gave liis only be (i \ngotten Son, that whosoever be pi \nlieveth in him, should hot pi rib \nh^r buvc everlasting life. \n\n\n\nU \n\n\n\n(i \n\n\n\nJohns testimony of Christ. \n\n17 For God sent not his Son \nito the world to condemn the \nOrld ; but that the world through \nini might be saved. \n\n18 ^ He that belieyeth on ]iim \ni not condemned : but he that \neiieveth not, is condemned ai- \nfeady, because he hath not be- \neved in the name of the only \negotten Son of (rod. \n\n19 And this is the condemna- \nion, that li2:ht is come into the \ni\'orki, and men loved darkness \nather than lurht, because their \n\'eeds were evil. \n\n^20 For every one that doeth \nvil, hatetlt the light, neither \nometh to the light, lest his deeds \nhould be reproved. \n\n21 But he that doeth truth, \n\xe2\x80\xa2ometh to the light, that his deeds \nnay be made manitest, that they \nire wrought in God. \n\n22 ^ After these things came \niesus and his disciples into the \nand of Jiidea, anf John\'s dis- j bnptized more di^ ipios tli: \n\n\n\n:jples and the Jews about puri- \n\'ym?. \n\n2(3 y\\nd they came unto John, \nind said unto him, Rabbi, he that \nA-as Avitli thee beyo;Ki Jordan, to \n\\lu)m thou barest witness, be- \nlold, the same baptizcth, and all \nae/i come to hjin. \n\n27" John answered and said, A \nTian can receive nothiuL^ except \nt be given him from heaven. \n\n23 Ye yourselves bear me wit- \nness, that I said, I am not the \n\'Christ, but that I am sent before \nlim. \n\n29 He that bath the bride, is \n:he bridcj^room : but the friend \n15>3 \n\n\n\nJohn, \n\n2 (Though Jesus Inm-elf bajj- \ntized not, but his disciples.) \n\n3 He left Jiidca, tiiid dcp:u-ted \naLv.iiu into Gaiiiee. \n\n4 And he must needs go tr.rough \nSamaria. \n\n5 Then cometh he to a city of \nSamaria, which is called Sycnar, \nnear to the pr^rccl of ground that \nJacob gave to his sun Joseplt. \n\n6 Now Jacob\'s well was there ; \nJesus therefore being wearied\' \nwith his journey, sat thus on the \nwell : and it was about the sixth \nhow. \n\n7 There corneth a woman wi \n\nFti \n\n\n\nChrist talkethwith \n\n\n\nS. John. \n\n\n\na woman of Samaria. \n\n\n\nSamaria to draw water ; Jesus saith \nunto her^ Give me to drink. \n\n8 (For his disciples were gone \naway unto the city to buy meat.) \n\n9 Then saith the woman of Sa- \nmaria unto him, How is it that \n\nthou, being a Jew, askest drink of ( moimtain, nor \\^t at Jerusa-leiB \nme, wlii<:h am a ^^onian o? Su"??ia- | worship the Fatlier. ^ \n\niiar for the Jews hare no deal-i 22 Ye worship yeknownot what: \niugs with the Samaritaas. I we know what we worship : fo4\' \n\n"^ Je.^is aBSVvered cmd said sakation is of the Jews. \n\n23 But the hour cometh, and \n\n\n\nthis mountain ; and ye say, that \nin Jerusalem is the j^ace where \nmen ought to worship. \n\n21 Jesus saith unto her, Wo- \nman, believe me, the hour com- \ner,h v/hen ye shall neither in this \n\n\n\nnow is, when the true worshippers \nshall worship the Father in spirit \nand in truth : for the Father \nseeketh such to worship him. \n\n24 God is a Spirit, and diey \ntliat worship liim, must worship \n\n\n\n3 answered and said \xce\x90\xce\x90\xce\xb9> \n, V/hosoever drinkelh of \nter shall thirst again : \nii But whosoever drinketli of \nthe water that 1 shall give him, \nshall never ihir^t ; but the water \n\n\n\nthis \n\n\n\ni^iito nei\\ it thou kiicwcst the \ngiic of God, and who it is that \nsaith to thee. Give me to drink ; \nthou wouldsthaie asked of him, \n<\xce\xb9\xce\xb7\xce\xac he would liave giren tuce, \nJiving water. \n\n11 The woman stiith luituhim, ^ \nSir, tiiou hast nothing \xce\xaf\xce\xbf draw I /nm in spirit and in truth. \nuit!\xe2\x80\xa2^ an i t;:e wcU is deep: f-^om 25 The woman saith unto him, \nV neDce \xce\xb3.\xce\xbb. \xcf\x8a!,:,\xe2\x80\xa2 :.^ \xe2\x80\xa2 I livKig I know that Mossias cometh which \n\nvv-ater "\' j is called Chrit^t : when he is come, \n\n15 -1^. -: thou greater than our j he u-ill tell us all thmgs. \nfather Jaoohj wiiich gave ustfej ^ Jesa? saith unto her, I tliat \n"-\' \' -r^H drank tliereof hiin-selL : speak unto thee, am he. \n\nildren, aad his cattle r -\xce\x93 5i And upon this came his- \n\ndisciples, 2\xce\xaf\xcf\x87\\\xce\xac marvelled that he \ntalked with tlie woman : yet no \nman said, What seekest tliou } or \n^Vhy talke-st thou Avith her ? \n\n28 The woman then left her \nwater pot. and went her \\ray into \nthe city, and saith to the men, \n\n29 Come, see a man, whiehtold \nme all thinc;s that ever I did : ist, \nnot this the C hirst? \n\n30 Then they went out ef the \nCity, and came unto him.. \n\n31 51 I" the mean while his \ndiscipies prayed hnn, saying^ \nluaster, eat. \n\n32 But he said unto them, I \nhave meat to eat chat ye know \nnot of. \n\nS3 Therefore said the disciples \none to another, Hath any man \nbrondit liiia ought to eat? \n\n34 JesuS saith unto them. My \nmeul IS to do the will of him that \nsent rae, and to finish his work. \n\n35 Say not ye. There are yet \nfour months, and then cometh \nharvest? behold^ \xce\xaa say unto yoii^ \n\n\n\nth -\xce\x9b\xce\x90 \n\n\n1=1 \n\n\nir\' \n\n\n1 eive \n\n\nhim, bhc \n\n\nU be in \n\n\nhim \n\n\na \\\\ \n\n\n\n\nof w \n\n\n^ter sprir \n\n\nging up \n\n\ninto \n\n\n\xce\xb5^ f \n\n\nrl\xe2\x80\xa2\' \n\n\nisiin^ \n\n\nlie. \n\n\n\n\n15 \n\n\ni : \n\n\n\n\nworn:\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n\nii Sli: . : 111 \n\n\nito him. \n\n\nc;^ \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nthat I \n: iiitiier \n\n\n1;, \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 \\C \'-\' \n\n\nGo call \n\n\nth)^ \xce\xaf \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nlei;: \n\n\nd;er. \n\n\n17 \n\n\nTi \n\n\n:^ \n\n\n\'.vr;n,v \n\n\n!i answe \n\n\nred and \n\n\nsaid. \n\n\nI \n\n\nla \n\n\nve iio \n\n\nhusband \n\n\n. Jesus \n\n\n\n^aid unto her. Thou hast well said, \nI have no huiband : \n\n18 For tliou hast had five hus- \nbands; and he whom thou novvTiast \nis act thy husband : in that saidst \nthou truly. \n\n19 The woman saith unto liim, \nSir, I perceive that thou art a \nprophet. \n\n^0 Our fathers worshipped in \n\n\n\nThe rider\'s son healed. \n\n\n\nLift up your eyes, and look on \nthe fields ; for they ar\xc2\xab white \nah-eady to harvest. \n\n36 And he that reapeth^ re- \nceiveth wages, and gathereth fruit \nunto Hfe eternal : that both he \nthat soweth, and he that reapeth, \nmay rejoice together. \n\n37 And herein is that saying \ntrue, One soweth, and another \nreapeth. \n\n38 I sent you to reap that \nwhereon ye bestowed no labour ; \nother men laboured, and ye are \nentered into their labours. \n\n39 51 And many of tJie Sama- \nritans of that city believed on him, \nxov the saving of the woman, \nwhich tcstlsied, lie told me ail \nthat ever I did. \n\n40 So when the Samaritans \nwere come unto him, they be- \nsought him that he \\v\xc2\xaeuld tarry \nivith them : and he abode there \ntwo days. \n\n41 And many more believed, \nbecause of his own word ; \n\n42 And said unto the womar^,^ \nNow we believe, not because of \nthy saying : for we have heard \nfiWi ourselves, and knovv^ that this \nJ3 indeed tiic Christ, the Saviour \nof the world. \n\n43 ^ Now after two days he \ndeparted thence, and went into \nOaliiee : \n\n44 For Jesus himself testified, \nJ: a prophet hath no honour m \n\n\xce\xaf own country. \n\n45 Tiien when he was come \ninto Galilee, the Galileans re- \ncei\\ed him, fiaving seen all the \ntilings that he did at Jerusalem \nat the feast : for they also went \nunto the fci-t. \n\n46 So Je,:^\xce\xb9LS came again into \nCana of Galilee, Avhere he made \nthe water wine. And there v/as \na certain nobleman, vv hose,, \xc2\xabon \nwas sick at Caponaum, ^\' \n\n47 When he heard that Jesus \nwas com.e out of Judea into Ga- \nluee, he went unto him. and be- \n\n\n\nChap. V. The sick man at Bethesda. \n\n\n\nsought him that he would come \ndown, and heal his son : for he \nwas at the point of death. \n\n48 Then said Jesus un^to him, \nExcept ye see signs and wonders, \nye \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xaf\xce\x90\xce\x90 not believe. \n\n49 The nobleman saith unto \nhim, Sir, cume down, ere my \nchild die. \n\n\n\n50 Jesus saith unto lii \n\n\n\nGo \n\n\n\nthy way ; tliy son liveth. And \nthe man believed the word that \nJesus liad spoken unto him, and \nhe went his way, \n\n51 And as he w\'as now goini; \ndown, his servants met him, and \ntold /?/???, saying, Thy son liveth. \n\n52 Then enquired he of then> \nthe hour when he began to amend: \nand they said unto hhn, Yester- \nday at the seventh hour the fever \nleft him. \n\n53 So the father kiiew that it \nwas at the same hour, in the \nwhich Jesus said unto liim. Thy \nson hveth ; and himself believed. \nand his whole house. \n\n54 This is again the second \nmiracle that Jems did, when he \nwas come ouc of J idea h:-o \nGalilee. \n\nCHAP. V. \n\nTlie IwpoteM .uaa heakd. \n\nA FfER this there was a iea-r \n\nJ:\\. of the Jews, and Jesus wcnc \n\n\\\\^ to Jf;rii3alcm. \n\n2 Now iheiC is at Jcrusalcn^ hv \nthe u\\c\xcf\x80\xe2\x80\xa2\xce\x93. roiily I say unto you, \n;- \xce\xaf "fining, and jiow is, \niciid shall licar the \n;r the Son of God : and they \nHear shall live. \n^o\xe2\x80\xa2;.; the Father hath lite \nlath he !L;iven to \niile in hu^aself ; \nriven him autlio- \n^ judgment also, \n- ^ -\' --^^ -nan. \n\nfor the \nich all \n\n\n\n18 Therefore the Jews sought \ntiie more to kill him, because he \ni^ot only had broken the .sabbath, \nbut said also, that God was his \nFather, makinghimself equal v,ith \nGod. \n\nn% \n\n\n\n\xe2\x96\xa0c) Aud shall come forth : they \nI diat have done good unto llie \ni resurrection of life ; and they that \n-uave done evil unto the resurrec- \ntion of damnation. \nI 30 1 ca.n \xce\xbf f mi \xce\xb7 e own sel f d \xce\xbf no\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\' Unng-, as I liear. f judge: and mv \n\n\n\nChrist feedeth (jha^, \n\njudgment is just; because I seek \nnot mine own vviii, but the will of \nthe Father which hatii sent me. \n\n31 li L bear witnehs of myself, \nmy witness is not true. \n\n32 ^ There is another that \n\nteareth witness of me, and I \nnow that the witness which he \nwitnesseth of me, is true. \n\n33 Ye sent unto John, and he \n\xce\xaf bare witness unto the truth. \n\nS i But I receive not testimony \nfrom man : but these things I say, \nthat ye might be saved. \n\n35 He was a burning and a \nshining light : and ye were willing \nfor a season to rejoice in hisli2:ht. \n\n36 ^ But I have greater wit- \nness than that ot" John : for tiie \nworks which the Father hath \ngiven me to finish, the same \nworks that I do, bear witness \nof me that the Father hath sent \nme. \n\n37 And the Father himself \nvvhich hath sent me, hath borne \nwitness of me. Ye have neither \nheard his voice at any time, nor \nS\xe2\x82\xacen his shape. \n\n38 And ye have not his word \nabiding\xe2\x80\xa2 in you : for wiiom he hath \nsent, him ye believe not. \n\n39 ^ Search the scriptures ; \nfor in them ye think ye have \neternal life, and they aie they \nwhich testify of me. \n\n40 And ye will not come to me, \ntliat ye might have life. \n\n41 I receive not honour from \nIT! en. \n\n42 But I know you, that ye \nhave not the love of God in you. \n\n43 I am come in my Father\'s \n\xce\x93\xce\xb9\xce\xb5\xce\xb9\xce\xb7\xce\xb2, and ye receive me not : If \nanothek\' shall come in his own \nname, him vc will recei^\'e. \n\n44 Hov/ can ye believe, which \nreceive honour one of another, \nand seek not the honour tiiiit \nconieih from God 0i)]y ? \n\n45 Do noi tliink that \xce\xaf will \n5R.-cuse y<^u to tiie Father : tli-ere \n\n\n\nfloe thou5(m(li,:c-. \nis one that accusetii you, eze^j. \nMoses in \xce\xbd,^\xce\xb7\xce\xbf\xce\xb9\xce\xb7 ye trust. \n\n46 For had y^ believed MoscS; \nye would have believed me : for ht \n^vrote of me. \n\n47 But if ye believe not his \nwritings, how sli-all ye believe mv \nv^\'ords } \n\nCHAP. VI. \n\xce\x88\xce\xaf\xce\xbd\xce\xb2 thousand iniracuioush/Jed. \n\nAFTER these thhigs,\' Jesus \nwent over the sea of Galilee, \nwhich is the Si a of Tiberias. \n\n2 And a great multitude follow-- \ned him, because they saw his mi- \nracles wiiicii he did on them that \nsvere diseased. \n\n3 And Jesus went up iiito a \nmountain, and there he sat with \nhis disciples. \n\n4 And the passover, a feast of \nthe Jev.\'s, was nigh \n\n5 ^ When Jesus then lifted up \nhl\'s eyes, and saw a great com- \npany come unto liim, he saill\xe2\x80\xa2\xe2\x80\xa2 \nunto Philip, Whence shall we buy \nbread, that these may eat? \n\n6 (And this he siiid to prove \nhim : for he himself knew what he \nwould do.) \n\n7 Philip ansv/ered him, Two \nhundred penny-worth of bread is \nnot sutiicient for tiiem, that every \none of them may take a little. \n\n8 One of his disciples, Andrew, \nSimon Peter\'s brother, saith unte \nhim, \n\n9 There is a lad here, whicii \nhath iive barley-loaves, and two \nsmall fishes : but wiiat are the^\' \namong so mraiy ? \n\n10 And Jesus said, Make the \nmen sit down. i*^ow there was \nmuch grass in the place. So the \nrnen sat down, in number about \ntii\'e thousand, \n\n11 And Jesus took the loaves^ \nand when he had givim thanks^ \nhe distributed to the diseipleSj, \nand the disciples to them.^thar \nwere set down; and likewise of \nthe fishes, as much as they would. \n\nJ\'.? When tiicY wj^rR filled, h^ \n\n\n\nChrUt rc/u^clh S. J \n\nsaid unto his disciples, Gatiier up \nthe fragments that remain, that \nnothing be lost. \n\n13 Therefore they gathered \nther/i together, and filled twelve \nbaskets with the fragments of the \nfive barley-IoaTeSj which remain- \ned over aiid above, \xce\xbc\xce\xb9\xce\xb9\xce\xaf\xce\xbf tiiem that \nhad eaten. \n\n1-i Then those men, when they \nhad seen tlic miracle that Jesus \ndid, said, This is of a truth, that \nProphet diat should come into the \nworld. \n\n15 ^ When Jesus therefore per- \nceived that they would come and \ntake him by force, to m.ake him a \nking, he departed again into a \nmountam himself alone. \n\n16 And when even was noa \ncome, his disciples went down un- \nto the Sea, \n\n17 And entered into a ship, \nand went over the sea t0\xce\x9bvards \nCapernaum: taid it was now dark, \nand Jesus was not come to \nthem. \n\n18 And the sea arose, by reason \nQ.f a great vvind that blew \n\n\n\n19 So when they had rowed j hath sent. \n\n\n\n\xcf\x88\xce\xaf\xce\x90\xce\x8f, -0 be made a king, \n\nbread, after that the Lord had \ngiven thanks,) \n\n24 When tlie people tlierefore \nsaw that Jesus was not there, \nneither his disciples, they also took \nshipping, and came to Capernaum, \nseekmg for Jesus. \n\ni2J And when they had found \nhim on the other side af the sea, \nthey said unto him. Rabbi, when \ncamest thou hither ? \n\n26 Jesus answered theni, and \nsaid, Verily, verily I say unto \nyou, Ye seek me, not because ye \nsaw the miracles, but because ye \ndid eat of the loaves, and weye \nfilled. \n\n2 \xce\x93 Labour not for the meat \nwhich perisheth, but for that meat \nwhich endureth unto everlasting \nlife, which the son of man shall \ngive unto you : for him iiath God \nthe father sealed\xc2\xbb \n\n23 Then said they unto him, \nWhat shall we do, that we might \nwork the works of God ? \n\n29 Jesus answered and said un- \nto them. This is the work of God, \nthat ve believe on him whom lie \n\n\n\nabout five and twenty or thirty \nibrlongs, they see Jesus walking \nfen the sea, and drawing nig:h \nluito the ship : and they were \nafraid. \n\nQO But he saith anto them, It \ni3l,benotafi-;ud. \n\n21 Iheii they Willingly received \nhim into the ship; and immedi- \nately the sliip vv?.s at the land \nwhidier they went. \n\n22^ The day following, when \ntiie people which stood on the \nother side of the sea, &aw tli-at \nthere w\'as none other boat ihere^ \nsave that one w^hereinto liis di> \nciples were entered, and thst Je- \nsus went not with his disciples \ninto the boa-t, but that his disci- \nples were gone ciway alone : \n\n23 (Howbeit C\xe2\x80\xa2: - ; -- ^^ ^ other \nbaats fi\'om Tib:; : u;:to \n\n\'he vhvce vfhere \xe2\x96\xa0. eat \n\n\n\n30 They said thercfore unto \nhim, What sign shewest thou then, \ntiiat w^ mav see, ai^d believe thee? \nwhat dost thou work ? \n\n31 Our father- did eat manna \nin the desert; as it is written^ \nHe gave them bread from heaven \nto eat. ^ \n\n32 Then Jesus said unto them, \nVerily, verily I say unto you, \nMoses gave yoii not that bread \nfrom iieavcn ; but my father \ngiveth you the true bread from \nheaven. \n\nS3 For the bread of God is he \nwhich Cometh down from hea\xce\x9b\'en^ \nand giveth life unto the v/orld. \n\n34 Then said they unto him, \nJ^ord, evermore give us this \nbrf.ad. \n\n3.5 And Jesus said unto then^, \nI am tl}8 bread of life : he thar \n\n\n\nChrisikheh/^adqfllfe, \xe2\x82\xac\xce\x86\xce\xbd. \n\nfer ; and he that believeth on me, \nshall never thirst. \n\n36 But 1 said unto you, that \nye also have seen me, and believe \nnot. \n\n37 All that the Fatl>?r giveth \nme, shall come to me : and liim \nthat cometh to me, I will in no \nwise cast out. \n\n33 For I came down from \nheaven, not to do mine own will, \nbut the will of him that sent \nme. \n\n39 And this is the Father*s \nwill which hath sent me, that of all \nwhich he hath given me, I should \nlose nothing, but should raise it \nup again at the last day. \n\n40 And this is the wall of him \nfchat sent me, that every one which \nseeth the Son, and believeth on \nhim, may have everlasting life : \nand I wiii raise him up at the last \nday. \n\n41 The Jews then murmured \nat liim, because he said, I am the \nbread which came down from \nheaxen. \n\n42 And they said. Is not this \nJesus, the Son of Joseph, whose \nfather and mother we knov/ ? liow \nis it then that he saith, I came \ndown from heaven ? \n\n43 Jesus therefore ansv/ered \nand said unto them, Murmur not \nainrMi:^ yourselves. \n\n44 No man can come to mc, \nexcej^t the Father winch hath S\xe2\x82\xac^nt \nme draw him : and I will raise \nkim up at the last day. \n\n45 it is v/ritten in tlie prophets, \nAnd they shall be all tauglit of \nGod. E\\ery man therefore tliat \nhath heard, and hath learned of \nthe Father, comi th unto me. \n\n46 Not that any man hath seen \nthe Father, save he which is of \nGon, he hath seen the Father. \n\n47 Verily, verily I t^y unto \nyou, He that believeth on ir.c hatli \ncTcrlasting life. \n\n,48 \xce\xa4 am that bread of life. \n49 Y<^ur fathcr^did eat Pisniii^ \n\n\n\n\xcf\x81 . Ti . lo all he licvers . \n\nin the wihicrUijss, and are dead. \n.50 Tills is the bread which \ncometh down from heaven, that \na man may eat thereof, and not \ndie. \n\n51 I am fchc living bread, whicli \ncam.e down from heaven : if anv \nman eat of this bread, he shall \nlive for ever : and the bread that \nI will give, is my flesh, which I \nwill give for the life of the world, \n\n52 The Jews therefore strove \namong themselves, saying, How \ncan thi man give us his flesh to \neat .? \n\n53 Then Jesus said unto them, \nVerily, verily I say unto you. \nExcept ye eat the "flesh of tlie \nSon of man and drink his blood. \nye have no life in you. \n\n54 Whoso eateth my flesh, and \ndrinketh my bloody hath eternal \nlife, and I will raise liim up at \nthe last day. \n\n55 For my flesh is meat indeed \nand my blood is drink indeed. \n\n5\xce\xb2 lie that eateth my flesh, and \ninketh my bloi \nm.e, and I in him. \n\n\n\ndi\'inketh my blood, dweHclh in \n\n\n\nmy \xce\xb7 \n, dw( \n\n\n\n57 As the living Father hath \nsent mCj and I live by the Fa* \nther ; io. lie that eateth me, even \nhe sh.all liv\'c by me. \n\n53 This is that bread wkich \ncame down from heaven : not a;> \nyour fathers did eat manna, and \nare dead ; lie tliat calelh of thii \nbread, shall live for ever. \n\n59 These things said he in the \nsyn-igogue, ae he tauglit in Ca- \npernaum. \n\n60 r\\iany therefore of his dis- \nciples, when they had heard iliis., \nsaid, This i-s an hard raying, wh(^ \ncan hicar it? \n\n61 When Jesus kne^v in him- \nself, that his disciples m-urmurcd \nat it, he said unto tliem, Doth \nthis offend vou ? \n\n62 What una if ye shsll see the \nSen of man ascend up ^vherc h\xc2\xab \nwas before ? \n\n6\'"^ !\'\xe2\x96\xa0 is the sph\'it thvtt am\'ik^rif \n\n\n\nChrht ieacheth \xce\xbf. J \n\neth, the flesh profiteth nochingi \nthe words that I speak unto you \nthey are spirit, and thei^ are lire : \n\n64 But there are soiiie of you \nthat believe not. For Jesus knew \nfrom tne be^innngjwho they were \nthat believed not, ana who should \nbetray hnn. \n\n65 And he said, Therefore ?aid \nI unco yoa, That no man can \ncome unto me, except it were \ngiven unto i>un of my Father. \n\no^ ^ Fro]n tiiat tune many of \nh-.s disciples went back, and walk- \ned no more with him. \n\n\xce\xb2/\' Then said Jesus unto the \ntwelve, Will ye aL^o go away ? \n\n68 Then xSimon Peter answered \nhim, Lord, to whom shall we go ? \nthou Ifa t the words of eternal life. \n\n69 And we believe, and are \nsure that thou art that Christ the \nSon of the living \xce\x9f\xce\xbf\xce\xac. \n\n70 Jesus answered them. Have \nnot I chosen you twelve, and one \nof you is a devil ? \n\n\xce\xb7 He spake of Judas Iscariot, \nthe, &on of Simon: for he it was \nthat should betray him, being one \n\xc2\xa9f the twelve. \n\nCHAP, Vn. \n\nChrist teacheth in the tenipJe. \n\nAFTER these thiags, Jesus \nwalked in Galilee : for he \nwould not V. alk in Jew^r>% because \nthe Jews sought to kill Kim. \n\n2 Now the Jews\' feast of ta- \nbernacles was at hand. \n\n\xce\xbf His brethren therefore said \nunto him, Depart hence, and go \ninto Jiidca. that thy\'disciples also \nTAiav see the works that thou doest. \n\n^i Fijr there is no man that do- \ncth any ihlng in secret, and he \nhinise-f scfketh to be known g- \npcrly : If thou do these ikings^ \nr--cvr thyself to the world, \n\n" ^"\'jr \'^cither did his brethren \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0vn Jesus said unto them, \niuy ume is not yet come : but \nyour time is always le.idy. \n7 The work- cauOOt \xce\xaa a^2\':o:^, \nISO \n\n\n\nouji, ^ tu tne temple. \n\nbut me ithateth, because I testify \nof it, that the vv^orks thereof are \nevil, \n\n\xc2\xa7 Go ye up unto this feast ; I \ngo not up yet unto this feast, for \nmy time is not yet full come. \n\n9 When he had said these \nwords unto them, iie abode still \nin Galilee. \n\n10 ^[ But Wiien his brethren \nwere gone up, then went he also \nup unto the teast, not openly but \nas it w^re in secret. \n\n11 Then the Jews sought him at \nthe feast, and said. Where is he ? \n\n12 And there was nmch mur- \nmurmg among the people con- \ncerning him ; for somxC said, He \nis a good man ; others said, Nay : \nbut he deceiveth the people. \n\n13 How^beit no man spake openly \n\xce\x9f\xce\xaa him, for fear of the Jews. \n\n14 i[ Now about the midst of \nthe feast, Jesus went up into the \ntemple, and taught. \n\n15 z\\nd the Jews marvelled, \nsuyi ng. How knoweth this man \nletters, having never learned ^ \n\n16 Jesus answered them, and \nsaid. My doctrine is not mine, but \nhis that sent me. \n\n17 If any man will do his will, \nlie s^iall know of the doctrine, \nwhether it be of God, or whether \nI speak of myself. \n\n15 He that speaketh of himself, \nseeketh his own glory : but he \nthat seeketh his glory that sent \niiim, tiie same is true, and no un- \nrighteousness is in hbn. \n\n19 Did not Moses give you tl-e \nlaw^, and vet none of you keepeth \nthe law F Wliy go ve about to \nkill me ? \n\n20 Tlie people answered and \nsaid, Thou hast a devil : w\'iiO \ncoeth about to kill thee r \n\n21 J esas answered and said un- \nto them, I have done one work, \na.nd ye ?Jl marvel. \n\nQ2 Moses therefore gave unto \nyou circi!inci-ion.(not because it \nis ci\' Jyc?^?- \':>\xe2\x80\xa2.\xce\xb7 \xe2\x96\xa0\xe2\x96\xa0\'-\' \'\'^^ -\xe2\x96\xa0\'\xe2\x99\xa6--\'\xe2\x80\xa2c ^ \n\n\n\nI \n\n\n\nJuage righteous judgment. Chap. \n\n\n\n! and ye \xce\xbf \xce\xb1 the sabbath day cir- \ncumcise a man. \n\n23 If" a man on the sabbath day \nreceive circumciuic\'ji, that the law \nof Moses should ni)t be broken ; \nare ye angry at me, because I \nhave made a man every whit \nwhole on the sabbath day. \n\n24 Judge not according to the \nappearance, but judge righteous \njudiiinent. \n\n25 Then said soiue of them of \nJerusalem, Is not this he whom \nthey seek to kiii ? \n\n26 But, lo, he speaketh boldly, \nand they say nothing unto him : \ndo the rulers know indeed that \nthis is the very Christ? \n\n27 Howbeit, we know this man \nwhence he is : but when Christ \ndfnneth, no man knoweth whence \nhe is. \n\n28 Then cried Jesus in the tem- \nple as he taught, saying. Ye both \nKnow me, and ye know whence \nI am : and I am not come of my- \nself, but he that sent me is true, \nwhom ye know not. \n\n29 But I know him, for I am \nfrom him, and he hatli sent me. \n\n50 Then they sought to take \n\nhim : but no man laid hands on \n\niiira, because his hour was not \n\nyet come. \n\nkx 31 And many of the people be- \n\n1 lieved on hin^, and said. When \n\n\\ Christ Cometh, will he do more \n\nliiniracies than tliese which this \n\n^viaji hath done } \n\n32 ^ The Pharisees heard that \nthe people murmured such things \nconcerning him : and tiie Phari- \nsees and the chief priests sent of- \nficers to take him. \n\n33 Then said Jesus unto them. \nYet a little while am I with \nyou, and then I go unto him that \nsent me. \n\n34 Ye shall seek me, and shall \nnot find me : and where I am, \nthither ye cannot come. \n\nS5 Then said the Jews among \n\xe2\x96\xa0be!r"=elves Whither will he go, \n\ntn \n\n\n\nThe iimng water. \nthat we shall not find him } will \nhe go unto the dispersed among \nthe Gentiles, and teach he Gen- \ntiles } . \n\n\xce\xbf 6 What maimer of saying is this \nthat he said. Ye shall seek me, and \nshall not find me : and Avhere I \nam, thither ye cannot come .? \n\n37 In the last day, that great \nday of the feast, Jesus stood and \ncried, saymg, If any man thirst, \nlet him come unto me, and drink. \n\n33 He that beheveth on me^ as \nthe scripture hath said, out of his \nbelly shall flow rivers of living \nwater. \n\n39 (But this spake he of the \nSpirit, which they that believe on \nhim, should receive: for the Holy \nGhost was not yet g-iten, because \nthat Jesus was not yet glorified.) \n\n40 5\xce\x93 Many of the people there- \nfore,, when they heard this say- \ning, said, Of a truth this is the \nProphet. \n\n41 Others said, Tliis is the \nChrist. \xe2\x96\xa0 But some said, shall \nChrist come out of Galilee } \n\n42 Hath not the scripture said, \nTliat Christ cometh of the seed \nof David and out of the town of \nBethlehem, where David was? \n\n43 So there Avas a division a- \nmong the people because of him. \n\n44 Ancf some of them would \nhave taken him ; but no man laid \nhands on him. \n\n45 f[ Then came the officers to \nthe chief priests and Pliari- \nsees ; and they said unto them, \nWhy have ye not brought him .\'* \n\n45 The officers ansAvered, Ne- \nver man spake like thir man. \n\n47 Then answered ihein the \nPharisees, Are ye also deceived } \n\n48 Have any of the rulers, or \nof the Pharisees, believed on him ? \n\n49 But this people, who know- \neth not the law, are cursed. \n\n50Nicodemus saith unto tliem \n^he that came to Jesus by night, \nbeing one of them.) \n\n51 Doth our \xce\x99\xce\xaf\xce\xb9\xce\x9b\xce\xa5 judge an?/ \n\n\n\nl%e adulterous waman. \n\n\n\nS. Joha. Christ\'^ doctrine defended. \n\n\n\nmtin before it hear him;, asd know \nwhat he doeth ? \n\n52 They r.^.iswered and i*aid \nunto him. Art thou also of Ga- \nliiee ? Search, and look ; for out \nof Gahlee ariseth no propliet. \n\n53 And every man went unto \nhis own house. \n\nCHAP. vm. \n\nOf the adidterims zvOman. \n\nJESUS went unto the mount of \nOhves. \n\n2 And earlv in the momin? he \ncame a!J:ain into the temple, and \nall the people came unto him ; and \nhe sat down and taught them. \n\n3 And the scribes and Pliari- \nsees brought unto him a woman \ntaken in adulterv; and when they \nbail set her in the midst, \n\n4 They say unto him, Master, \nthis woman was taken in adultery, \nin the very act. \n\n5 Now Moses in the law com- \nmanded us, that such should be \ngtoned : but wliat saves r thou ? \n\n6 This tliey said, tempting him, \nthat they miirht have to accuse \nhim. But Jesus stooped down, \nand with hk finder wrote on the \nground, as though he heard them \nnot. \n\n7 So wnen they continued ask- \ninsr him, he lifted up himself, and \nsaid auto them, He that is with- \nout s\'iu amon\xc2\xbb vou, \'let him first \ncast a stone at her. \n\n8 And again he sto\'^ped dowu, \nand wrote on the srouad. \n\n9 And they wliich heard ii,he\'m^ \nConvicted by iheir orvn consci* \nence, went out one by one, besrin\xe2\x80\xa2 \nnins: ^ the eldest, eren nnto the \niast; and Jesus was left alone, and \nthe woman standin\xc2\xab; in the midst. \n\n10 When Jesus had lifted up \nhimself, and saw none but the \nwoman, he said unto her, Wo- \nman, where are those thine ac- \ncusers } hath no man condemned \nIfeee? \n\n11 She said, No man, Lord. \n\xce\x91\xcf\x84\xce\xae JesttS f!^u \\mte her, Nenlier \n13i? \n\n\n\ndo I condemn thee ; go^ and sin \n\nno more. \n\nV2 ^ Then spake Jesus agaia \nunto them, saying, I am the light \n\xce\x8c\xce\xaa the world : he that followeth \nme shall not walk in darkness, \nbut shall have the \\\\\xcf\x86\xce\xa7 of life. \n\n13 The Phansees therefore said \nunto him, Thou bearest record of \nthyself : thy record is not true. \n\n14 Jesus answered and said unto \ntheir\xc2\xbb, Though I bear record of \nm.yseif, yet my record is true : for \nI know whence I came, and \nwhither I go ; but ye cannot tell \nwhence I come, aaid whither I go. \n\n15 Ye judge after the ilesh, I \niud2:e no mail : \n\n16 And yet if 1 judge, my \njudgment is true : for I am not \nalone, but I and the FatJier that \nsent me. \n\n17 It is also written in yoxs^ \nlaw, that tlie testimony of*t\xce\x9bvo \nmeii is true. \n\n18 I am one that beai\' witness \nof myself, and the Father that \nsent me, beareth witness of me. \n\n19 Then said they unto him. \nWhere is thy Father? Jesus an- \nswered, Ye neither know me, nor \nmy Father : if ye had knG\xce\x9b\xce\x9b\xce\x8c me, \nye should have knoAvn my Father \nalso. \n\n20 These words spake Jesus in \nthe treasury as he tausht in the \ntemple : and no man la.id hands \non him, for his hour %vas not yet \ncome. \n\n21 Then said Jesus again unts \nthem, I go my way, and ye shall \nseek me, and shall die in your? \nsins : whither I go ye caneoi \ncome. \n\n22 Then said the Jews, Will he \nkill hiniself.? because he saith. \nWhither I go, ye cannot come. \n\n23 Ana he said unto them, Ye \nare fi\'om beneath, I am from a- \nbove : ye are of tliis world, I aiB \nnot of this vTorld. \n\n24 I said therefore unto you \nthat ve shail um in your sirjS : fcr \n\n\n\nIP \n\n\n\nThe Jews boasting \n\n\n\n\xcf\x8d ya believe not that I am he. ye \nshall die in yo-ur sins. \n\n25 Then said they unto him, \nWho art thou? And Jesus saith un- \nto tlieni, Even the same that I said \nunto you from the beginning. \n\n26 I have many things to say, \nand to judge of you : but he that \nsent me is true ; and 1 speak to \nthe world tiwse things which I \n\' iave heard of him. \n\n27 They understood not that he \nspake to them of the Father. \n\n23 Then said Jesus unto tiiem, \nWhen ye have lifted up the Son of \nman^ then shall ye know that I \nam he, and that I do nothing of \nmyself: but as my Father hath \ntaught Hie, I speak tlicse things. \n\n29 And he that sent me, is with \nme : the Father hath not left me \nalone : for I do always those \nthings that please him. \n\n30 As he spake these words, \nmany believed on liim. \n\n31 Then said Jesus to those \nJews wiiich believed on him, If \nye continue in my word, then are \nye my disciples indeed ; \n\n32 And ye shall know the truth; \nand the truth shall make you free. \n\n33 ^ They answered liim, We \nbe Abraham\'s seed, and were ne- \nTer in bondage to any man ; how^ \nsa^-estthoUjYe shall be made free? \n\n34 Jesus answered them, \\\'e- \nrily, veriiy I say unto you, Who- \nsoever coinmitteth sin is the sei- \nvant of shi. \n\n35 And the sei^ant abided- not \nill the house for ever : but the \nSon abideth ever. \n\nSe If the Son theiefore nhall \nmake you free, ye shall be free \nindeed. \n\n37 I know that ye are Abra- \nham\'s seed : but ye seek to kill \nme, because my word hath no \nplace in you. \n\n38 \xce\xaf speak that which I have \nseen with my Father : and ye do \nihikt wliich ye have seen wkh \n\\:c*Tr father. \n\nm \n\n\n\nChap. vhi. \n\n\n\n^Abruham. \n\n\n\n39 They answered and said un- \nto him, Abraham is our father. \nJesus saith unto them. If ye were \nAbraham\'s children, ye would d(> \nthe woi-ks of Abraham. \n\n40 But now ye seek to kill me, \na man that hath told you the truth, \nwhich I have heard of God : this \ndid not Abraham, \n\n41 Ye do the deeds \xc2\xaef your fa* \ntJier. Then said they to him, We \nbe not born cf fornication ; we \nhave one Father, even God. \n\n42 Jesus said unto them. If God \nwere ;your Father, ye would love \nme : for I proceeded forth, and \nca.m\xe2\x82\xacfrom God; neither came I \nof myself, but he sent me.\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n43 Wlty do ye not understand \nmy speech ? even because ye cas^ \nnot hear niy word. \n\n44 Ye areof ?/02ir father the de- \nvil, and the lusts of your fatherye \nwill do : he was a murderer from \nthe beginning, and abode not in \nthe trutii, because there is no truth \niirhim. When he ipeaketh a lie, \nhe speaketh of his own : tor he is \na liar, and the fatiier of it. \n\n45 And because I tell you tile \ntruth, ye belie\\\'e me not. \n\n46 Vv\'hich of you convincetb \nme of sin : And if I say the truth, \nvv\'hy do ye not believe me ? \n\n47 He that is of God, heareth \nGod\'s words : ye therefore heiSr \nfhem not, because ye are not of \nGod. \n\n4S Then answered the Jews-, \nand said unto him. Say we not \nwell, that thou art a Samaritaji, \nand h\'cist a devil ? \n\n49 Jesns answered, I have not \na aevil ; but I honour my Father, \nand ye do dishonour me. \n\noO And 1 seek not mine own \ngl \xce\xb3\xce\xbb; : there is one that seeketh \naiidjddgeth. \n\n51 v\'erily, veril " I say unto yoa, \nif a mail keep my s\xc2\xbb)\'ing he shall \nnever see death. ^ \n\n52 Then said the Jews u-nto \nhk&f, Now w\xe2\x82\xac kn9w tiTivt %h(H4 \n\n\n\nA blind man restored. \n\n\n\nhast a devil. Abraham is dead, \nand the prophets ; and thou say- \ncst, If a man keep my saying, he \nshall never taste of death. \n\n53 Art thou greatei\' than our \nlather Abraham, which is dead ? \nand the prophets are dead : whom \nniakest thou thyselt? \n\n54 Jesus answered, If I honour \nmyself, my honour is nothinir : \nit is my father that honoureth \nme, of whom ye say, that he is \nyour God : \n\n55 Yet ye have not known him ; \nbut I know him : and if I should \nEiiy, I know him not, I shall be a \nliar like unto you : but I know \nhim, and keep his saying. \n\n56 Your Father Abraham re- \njoiced to see my day : and he saw \niY, and was f^lad. \n\n57 Then said the Jews unto him, \nThou art not yet fifty years old, \nand hast thou seen Abraham? \n\n58 Jesus said unto them, Ve- \nrily, verily I say unto you, Before \nAbraham was, I am. \n\n59 Then took they up stones \ntc cast at hiui : but Jesus hid him- \nself, and went out of the temple, \ngoins: through the midst of them, \nand so passed by. \n\nCHAP. IX. \nA Mind man restored to sight. \n\nAND as Jesus passed by, he \nsaw a man which was blind \nfrom his bnth. \n\n2 And his disciples asked him, \nsayiag. Master, who did sin, this \niHvtn, 01 his parents, that he was \nborn blind ? \n\n3 Jesus answered, Neither hatli \nthis man sinned, nor his parents : \nbut that the works of God should \nbe made manifest in him. \n\n4 I must work the works of \nhim that sent me, while "it is day ; \nthe night cometh, when no man \ncan work. \n\n5 As long as I am in the world, \nI am the light of the world. \n\n6 Whe^ lie had thus spoken, \nKe \xc2\xabpat on the ground, and made \n\n% 134 \n\n\n\nS. John. The Pharisees offended. \n\n\n\nclay of the spittle, and he anoint- \ned the eyes of the blind man \nwith the clay, \n\n7 And said unto him, Gp,>vash \nin the pool of Siloam, (which is \nby mterpretation. Sent.) He went \nhis way therefore, and washed, \nand came seeing. \n\n8 5i The neighbours therefore, \nand tiiey which before had seen \nhim, tKat he was blind, said. Is \nnot this he that sat and begged } \n\n9 Some said, This is he : others \nsaid, He is like him : but he said, \nI am he. \n\n10 Therefore said they unto \nhim, How were thine eyes o- \npened ? \n\n11 He ansv^ered and said, A \nman that is called Jesus, made \nclav, and anoinied mine eyes, and \nsaid unto me, Go to the pool of Si- \nloam, and wash : and I \\vent, and \nwashed, and I received sight. \n\n12 Then said they unto him, \nWhere is he ? He said, I know not. \n\n13 51 They brought to the \nPharisees him tliat aforetime was \nblind. \n\n14 And it was the sabbath-day \n\xce\x9bvhen Jesus made the clay, and \nopened his eyes. \n\n15 Then again the Pharisees \nalso asked him how he had receiv- \ned his sight. He said unto them. \nHe put clay upon mine eyes, anci \n1 washed, and do see. \n\n16 Therefore said some of the \nPharisees, This man is not of \nGod, because he keepeth not the \nsabbath- day. Others said, How \ncan a man that is a sinner do \nsuch miracles ? And there was a \ndivision among them. \n\n17 They say unto the blind \nman again, \\Vliat say est thou of \niiim, that he hath opened thine - \neyes? He said, He is a prophet. \n\n18 But the Jews did not believe \nconcerning him, that he had been \nblind, and received his sight, until \nt^ey called tlie parents of hini \nrhat had received his sight. \n\n\n\nThe blind man cast out, Cbap. x. \n\n\n\nChrist the door. \n\n\n\n19 And they asked them, say- \ning, Is this your son, who ye sav \nwas born blmd? how then doth \nlie now see ? \n\n20 His parents answered them \nand said, We know that this is \neur son, and that he was born \nblind : \n\n21 But by what means \'he now \niceth, we know not; or who hath \nopened his eyes, we know not : \nhe is of ainot be broken : \n\n36 Say ye of him, whom the \nFather fiath sanctified, and sent \ninto theAvorld, Tho\xc2\xab biasphemest; \nbecause I said, I am the Son of \nGod? \n\n37 If I do not the works of my \nFather, believe me not. \n\n38 But if I do, though ye be- \nlieve not me, believe the works : \ntliat ye may know i.nd believe \nthat the Father is in me, and I in \nhim. \n\n39 Therefore they sought a- \ngain to take him : but he escaped \neut of their hand, \n\n40 And went away a^ain be- \nvond Jordan, into the place where \nJohn at iirst baptized ; and there \nbe abode. \n\n41 And many resorted unto \niiim, aiKi said, John did no mi- \nracle : but all things that John \nspake of this man were true. \n\n42 And many believed on liim \nthere. \n\nCHAP. XL \n- Lazarus raised front dealh. \n^"^J OW a certaiii man was sick, \n.XS% named Lazarus, of Bethany, \nthe town of Mary and her si:5ter \nMartha. \n\n2 Qt was that Mary which a- \naointed the Lord with ointnieiic, \nand wiped his feet with her \nhair, \xce\x9b\xce\xbd1\xce\x9003\xce\xb2 brother Lazarus was \nsick.) \n\nTherefore his sisters scntim- \n\xe2\x96\xa0o him, saying. Lord, behold, he \nwhom thou lovest is sick. \n\n4 When Jesus heard that, he \nraid, This sickness is not unto \ndeath, but for the dory of God, \nthat the Son of Gud might be \nglorified thereby. \n\n5 Now Jesus loved Martha, \nand her sister, and Lazarus. \n\n6 \\\xc2\xa5hen he had heard there- \nfore that he was sick, he abode \nCwo days still in the same place \nwhere he was. \n\n137 \n\n\n\n. W, Christ raiseth him. \n\n7 Then after that, saith he to \nhis disciples, let us go into Judea \nagain, \n\n8 His disciples say unto him, \nMaster, the Jews of late sought \nto stone thee ; and goe^t thou \nthither again .\'\' \n\n9 Jesus answered. Are there \nnot twelve hours in the day } If \nany man walk in the day, he \nstumbleth not, because he seeth \nthe light of this world. \n\n10 But if a man walk in the \nnight, he stumbleth, because there \nis no light in him. \n\n11 These things said he : and \nafter that, he saith unto them, \nOur friend Lazarus i-leepeth, but \nI go, that I may awake him out \nof sleep. \n\n12 Then said His disciples, Lord^, \nif he sleep, he shall do well. \n\n13 Howbeii, Jesus &pa.ke of his \ndeath : but they thought that he \nhad spoken of taking of rest in \nsleep. \n\n14 Then said Jesus unto them \nplainly, Lazarus is dead. \n\nId And I am glad for your sakes, \nthat I was not there (to the intent \nye may believe) nevertheless, leu \nus go unto him. \n\n16 Then said Thomas^ which \nis called Didymus, unto his fel- \nlow-disciples. Let us also go, that \nwe may die with him, \n\n17 Then when Jesus came, he \nfound that he had tain in the \ngrave four days already. \n\n18 (Now Bethany was nigh un-- \nto Jerusalem, about fitieeri fur- \nlongs off. ) \n\n19 And many af the Jews ciime \nto Martha and Mary,, to comfort \nthem concerning their brother. \n\n20 Then Martha as soon as she \nheard that Jesus v^^as coming, \nwent and met him : Ijut Mary sat \nstill m the house, \n\n21 Then said Martha unto Je- \nsus, Lord, if thou hadst been here, \nmy brother had not died. \n\n22 But I knpWj ftat even new. \n\n\n\nChrist 7\'aiseth Lamms. \n\n\n\nS.John. \n\n\n\nwhatsoever thou wilt ask of God, \nGod will pve it thee. \n\n23 Jesus saith unto her, Thy \nbri^ther bliall rise again. \n\nIi4 Martha saith unto him, I \nknow that he shall rise a^ain in \nthe resurrection at the last day. \n\nQ5 Jesus said unto her, I am \nthe resurrection, and the life : he \nthat believelh in me, though he \nwere dead, yet shall he live ; \n\n\'26 And whosoever liveth, and \nheiievetb in me, shall never die. \nBehevest tkou this ? \n\nQT She saith unto him, Yea, \nLord : I believe that thou art the \nChrist, the Son of God, which \nshi\'nld come into the world. \n\n\'28 And when she had so said, \n$he went her way, and called Mary \nher sister secretly, saying. The \nMaster is come, artd calleth for \nthee. \n\n29 As s- Je,3U3 did, \nbelieA^ed on him. \n\n4\xce\xb8 But some of tls^m went their \nways to tlie Pharisees, and told \nthem what things Jesus had \ndone. \n\n47 f[ Then gathered the chief \npriests and the Pharisees a coun- \ncil, and said, What do we r for \nthis man doeth many miracles. \n\n48 If we let him thus alone, all \n7nen v/\\\\\\ believe on him; and the \nRomans shall come and take a- \nway both our place and nation, \n\n138 \n\n\n\nw \n\n\n\nThe passover. \n\n\n\n49 And one of them named \nCaiaphas, being the high priest \nthat same year, said unto them, \nYe know nothing at ail, \n\n50 Nor consider that it is expe- \ndient for us, that one man should \ndie for the people, and that the \nwhole nation perish not. \n\n51 And this spake he not of \nhimself: but being ingh priest that \nyear, he prophesied tliac Jesus \nshould die for that nation : \n\n52 x^nd not for ttfiic nation only, \nbut that also he should gather to- \ngether in one, the children of God \nthat were scattered abroad. \n\n53 Then from that (ray forth, \nthey took counsel togetlier for to \nput him to death. \n\n54 Jesus tlierefore walked no \nmore openly among the Jews ; \nbut went thence into a country \nnear to the wilderness, into a city \ncalled Ephraini, and there con- \ntinued with his disciples. \n\n55 51 And the Jews\' passover \nwas nigh at hand : and many went \nout of the country up to Jerusa- \nlem before the passover, to purify \nthemselves. \n\n56 Then sought they for Jesus, \nand spake among themselves, as \nthey stood in the temple, Wiiat \nthink ye, that he will w-ut come to \nthe feast ? \n\n57 Now both the chief priests \najid the Pharisees had given a \ncommandmeiit, that if any man \nknew where he were, he should \nshow i/, tliat they migiit take him. \n\nCHAP. MI. \nTslari/ anoinieth Christ\'s feet, \nrj\'-.JIEN Jesus, six days before \n.5_ the passover, came to Bethany, \nwhere Lazarus was, which hacl \nbeen dead, whom he raised from \nthe dead. \n\n2 There they made him a sup- \nper, and Martha served : but La- \nzarus was one of them that sat at \ntiie table with hin^. \n\n3 Then took Mary a pound of \nm ntiucnt,orspikeuarr they loved the praise \n\n\n\nTSie discipks\'feet zcashed. Chap. xiii. Judas the iraif or foretold. \n\n\n\nof men moie than the praise of \nGod. \n\n44 ^ Jesus cried, and said, He \nthat believeth on me, believeth \nnot on me, but on him that sent \nme, \n\n45 And he that seeth me, seeth \nhim that sent me. \n\n46 I am come a iigiU into the \nworld, that whosoever beheveth \non me sheuld not abide in dark- \nness. \n\n47 And if any man liear my \nwords, and beheve nat, I judge \nhim not : for I came not to judge \nthe world, but to save the world. \n\n48 He that rejecteth me, and \nreceiveth not my words, hath one \nthatjudgcth hmi : the word tliat \nI have spoken, the same shall \njudge him in the last day. \n\n49 For I have not spoken of \nmyself; but the Father which sent \nme, he gave me a commandment \nwhat I should say, and what I \nshould speak. \n\n50 Arid I know that his com- \nmandment is life everlasting: what\xe2\x80\xa2 \nsoever I speak tlierefore, even as \nthe father said unto me, so I \nspeak. \n\nCHAP. xm. \n\nJes?!S u-asheth his discipl\xe2\x82\xacs\\fe\xe2\x82\xact. \n\'l^ OW before the feast of the \n-L^l passover, when Jesus knew- \nthat ]>3S hour was come, that lie \n.\xe2\x80\xa2^liouid drnarfc out of this %vorld \nunto tiie rather, having loved his \nown which vrere in the world, he \nioved them unto the end. \n\n2 And supper being ended (the \ndevil having now put into the \nl^eart of Judas Iscariot, Simon\'s \nso7iy to betray him.) \n\n3 Je-iis knowing that the Fa- \nther hud i:\\veu all things into his \nluuidr, and that he was come from \nGod, iiuci ^ent to God ; \n\n4 He riicth from supper, and \nhnd aside his garmerits; and took \n\n\' toviiS? and girded himself. \n\n5 Ancr that he poureth v/ater \nI \xce\xbf a baif;n, and began to wash \n\n\n\nthe disciples\' feet, and to wipe \nthem with the towel wherewith ne \nwas girded. \n\n6 Then cometh he to SimOn \nPeter : and Peter said unto him, \nLord, dost thou wash my feet ? \n\n7 Jesus answe\'red and said unto \nhim, What I do thou knowest \nnot now ; but thou shalt know \nhereafter. \n\n8 Peter saith unto him, Thou \nshalt never wash my feet. Jesus \nanswered him. If I wash thee not, \nthou hast no part v*\'ith me. \n\n9 Simon Peter sairh unto him, \nLord, not my feet only, but also \nmi/ hands and 7711/ head. \n\n10 Jesus saith to him. He that \nis washed, needeth not sa\xce\x9b-e to \nv^ash his feet, but is clean every \nwhit : and ye are clean, but not all. \n\n11 For he knew who should \nbetray him ; therefore said he, \nYe are not all clean. \n\n12 So after he had washed tlieir \nfeet, and had taken his garments, \nand was set down again, he said \nunto them. Know ye what I have \ndone to you ? \n\n13 Ye call me Master, and \nLord : and ye say well ; for sol ani. \n\n14 If I then your \xce\x8f\xcf\x84\xce\xac and \nMcister, have washed y ur feet, \nye also ought to wash one another\'s \nfeet. \n\n15 For I have given you au \nexample, that ye should do as i \nhave done to you. \n\n16 ^\'\'eriiy, verily I say unto you. \nThe servant is not greater than \nhis Lord, neither he that is sent \ngreater than lie that sent him.\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n17 If ye knovz- these things^ \nhappy are ye if ye do them. \n\n18 f^ I speak not of you all; 1 \nknow whom I l.ave chosen : but \nthat the scripture may be fuliii- \nled. He that eatcth biead with me, \nhaiii lifted up his heel ngainst nie. \n\n19 Now I tcU you before it \ncouK), that wlien it is come to \npass, ye may belie\\ e that 1 am he. \n\n\xe2\x82\xac0" VeriJy, verily I suy unto \n\n\n\nJudask treachery foretold. S. John. \n\n\n\nyou, He that receiveth \xce\x9bvhomso- \never, I s.end, receiveth me: and \nlie that receiveth me, receh-eth \nhim that sent me-,^ \n\n21 When Jesus had thus said, \nhe was troiihled in spirit, and \ntestified, and said, Veniy, verily \nI say unto you, tiiatone.t)f }ou \nshall betray *me. \n\n22 Then the disciples looked \none on another, doubtingof whom, \nhe spake. \n\n2o Nov%\' there was leaning o,n \nJesuo* bjsoin one of his disciples, \nwhom Jesus loved. \n\n24 Siiiion Peter therefore beck- \noned to him, that he should ask \nwho it shouid be of whom he \nspake. \n\n25 Ke then lying on Jesus\' \nbreast, saith unto him, Lord, who \nLs It ? \n\n26 Jesus answered, lie it is to \nwhom I shall give a sop, when I \nhave dipped it. And when he \nhad dipped tne sop, he i^ave it to \nJudas Iscariot, the son ot Simon. \n\n27 And after tlie sop, Satan \nentered into him. Then said Je&us \nunto him, Tliat thou doest^ do \nquickly. \n\n23 Now no man at the table \nknew tor what intent he spake \nthiA unto him. \n\n29 For some of Ihem thought, \nbecause Judas had the bag, that \nJesus liad said Lmto hiin. Buy \ntJiuse t/u!}gsuiAt we ha\'O need of \na^aiusr the ieasi: or ihathe slu/uid \ngive somethiiig to the poor. \n\n30 He then havin:> received \nthe sop, wenc immediately out : \nand it "Ads niaht. \n\n\n\nJ7ie disciples comforted. \n\n\n\n^otie \xe2\x96\xa0 \xe2\x96\xa0 ^ \xe2\x96\xa0 - \' - \n\nSou p: .. _ \xe2\x80\x9e ^ \ngioririea in :i;.7;. \n\n32 if God be , \nGod shall also ^ \nhiinseU", and bhail \nglorify him. \n\n33 Little children, \n\'.vhile I am wirh you. \n\n\n\nseek me : and as I said unto the \nJeus, \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\x90\xce\xb9\xce\x99^\xce\xb9\xce\xb2\xce\x93 I go, ye cannot \ncome ; so now I say to you. \n\n34 A new commandment I give \nunto you. That ye love one another; \nas \xce\xa4 have loved you, that ye also \nlove one another. \n\n35 By this shall all men knO\xce\x9bV \nthat ye are my disciples, if ye \nhave love one to another. \n\n36 i[ Simon Peter said unto \nhim. Lord, whither goest thou ? \nJesus answered him, Whither I \ngo, thou canst not follow me \nnow ; but thou shalt ibiiow me \nafterwards. \n\n37 Peter said unto him, Lord, \nwhy cannot I follow thee now,? I \nwill lay down my life for thy sake. \n\n33 Jesus ansvrered him, Wile \nthou lay down thy life for my \nsake } Verily, verily I say unto \nthee, The cock shall not crow, \ntill thou hast denied me thrice. \nCHAP. XIV. \n\nChrist co77iforteth his disciples. \n\n\xce\xa4\xce\x95\xce\xa4 not your heart be troub" \nJ led : ye believe in God, be* \nlieve-also in me. ^ \n\n2 In my Father\'s house are \nmany mansions; if it were not so, \nI would have told you : I go to \nprepare a place foi you. \n\n3 And if I so and prepare a \nplace ror you, I \\^4il come again, \nand receive you unto myself; \nrhat wiiere I am, there yc may \nbe albo. \n\n4 And whither I go ye know, \nand the way ye know. \n\n5 Thomas saith unto him, Lord, \nwe know not whither thou goest, \nand how can we know the way? \n\nJesus saith unto him, I am \nthe way, and the truth, and the \nlife : no man comebh unto the \nFather but by me. \n\n7 If ye had known me, ye \nshould have known my Father \nalso : and from henceforth ye \nyet a little | know him, and have seen him. \n\nYe shall i 8 Fliihp saith unto him, Lord, \n142 \n\n\n\n^iid Gi;d is \n\n\n\ncraii^iitwav \n\n\n\nThe Eolij GhQ&t promisecL Ciiap. \nshew us the Father, and it suf- \nficeth us. \n\n9 Jesus saith \xc2\xabnto him, Have I \nbeen so long time with you, and \nvet hast\' thou not known me, \ni^hilip? He that hath seen me, \nhath seen the Father ; and how \nsayest thou then, shew us the Fa- \n^er ? \n\n10 Believest thou not that I \nam in the Father, and the Father \nin me? the words that I speak \nunto you, I speak not of myself: \nbut the Father that dwelleth in \nme, he doeth the works. \n\n11 Believe me that I am in the \nFather, and the Father m me : or \nelse believe me for the very works\' \n$ake. \n\n12 ^ Verily, verily I say unto \nyou, He that believe th on me, the \n\xce\x9bvorks that I do, shall he do also, \nand greater zcorks than these \nshall he do; because I go unto \nmy Father. \n\n13 And whatsoever ye shall ask \nin my name, that will I do, that \nthe Father may be glorified in the \nSon. \n\n14 If ye shall ask any thing in \nmy name, I will do it, \n\n15 ^ If ye love me, keep my \nCO mniandnien ts. \n\n16 And I will pray the Father, \nand he shall give you another \nComforter, that he may abide \nwith you for e\\\'er ; \n\n17 Even the Spirit of truth, \nwhom the world cannot receive, \nbecause it seeth him not, neitl^er \nknoweth him : but ye know liini, \nfor he dwelleth with you, an(l \nshall be in you. \n\n18 I will not leave you com- \nfortless ; I will come to you. \n\n19 Yet a little while, and the \nworld seeth me ilo inore : but ye \nsee me : because I live ye shall \n\ni live also. \n\n20 At that day ye shall know, \n:that^ I am in my Father, and you \n\' in me, and I m you. \n\n21 He that hath my command- \n\n\n\nxiv. Chrisfs love to his members, \nments, and keepeth them, he it is \nthat loveth me : and he that lov- \neth me, shall be loved of my Fa- \nther, and I will love him, and will \nmanifest myself to him. \n\n22 Judas snith unto him, (not \nIscariot)Lord, how is it that thou \nwilt manifest thyself unto us, and \nnot unto the world ? \n\n23 Jesus answered and said \nunto him, If a man love me, he \nwill keep my words : and my Fa- \nther \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xaf\xce\x90\xce\xaf love him, and we will \ncome unto him, and make our \nabode with him. \n\n24 He that loveth me not, keep- \neth not my sayings : and the word \nwhich ye hear, is not mine, but \nthe Father\'s which sent me. \n\n25 These things have I spoken \nunto you, being yet present with \nyou. \n\n26 But the Comforter, zcMch \nis the Holy Ghost, Avhom the \nFather will send in my name, he \nshall teach you all things, and \nbring all things to your remem- \nbrance, whatsoever I have said \nunto you. \n\n27 f[Peace I leave with you, my \npeace I give unto you : not as the \nworld giveth, give I unto you. \nLet not your heart be troubled, \nneither let it be afraid. \n\n28 Ye have heard how 1 said \nunto you, I go away, and come \nagain unto you. If ye loved mc, \nye would rejoice, because I said, \nI go unto the Father, for my Fa- \nther is greater than I. \n\n29 And now I have told you \nbefore it come to pass, that when \nit is come to pass, ye might be- \nlieve. \n\n30 Hereafter I will not talk \nmuch with you : for the prince of \nthis world cometh, and nath no- \nthing in me. \n\n31 But that the world may \nknow that I love the Father; \nand as the Father gave me com- \nmandment, even so I do. Arise, \nlet us go hence, \n\nG \n\n\n\nChrist\'s conmia?idment. S. Jolui \nCHAR XV. \nChrht^s love to hix yrtemhers, \n\n\xce\xaa\xce\x91\xce\x9c the true \xce\x9b\xce\xac\xce\xb7\xce\xb2, and my \nFatlier is the husbandman. \n\n2 Every branch in me that \nbeareth not fruit, he taketh a- \nway: and every hranrh that bear- \neth fruit, he purge th it, that it \nmay bring forth more fruit. \n\n3 Now ye are clean through \nthe word which I have spoken \nunto you. \n\n4; Abide in me, and I in you : \nAs the branch cannot bear fruit \nof itself, except it abide in the \nvine : no more can ye, except ye \nabide in me. \n\n5 I am the vine, ye arc the \nbranches : He that abideth in \nme, and I in him, the same bring- \neth fortli much fruit: for without \nme ye can do nothing. \n\n6 If a man abide not in me, he \nis cast fortli as a branch, and is \nwithered ; and men gather them, \nand cast them into the fire, and \nihey are burned. \n\n7 If ye \'\xce\xbb\\\xce\x9c\xce\xbf, in me, and my \nwords abide m you, ye shall ask \nwhat ye will, and it shall be \ndone mito you. \n\n8 Herein is my Father glorified, \nthat ye bear much fruit, so shall \nye be my disciples. \n\n" 9 As the Father hath loved me, \nso have I loved you : continue ye \nn\\ my love. \n\n10 If ye keep my command- \nments, ye shall abide in my love : \neven as I have kept my Father^s \ncommandments, and abide in his \nJove. ^ \n\n11 These thmgs have I spoken \nivnto you, that my joy might re- \nmain in you, and that your joy \nmight be fulL \n\n12 This is my commandment. \nThat ye love one another, as I \n. ave loved you. \n\n13 Greater love hath no man \nfiian tiiis, that a man lay down \n)ns life for his friends. \n\n14* Ye are mv friends, if ve \n" 144 \n\n\n\nComfort under persecution, \ndo whatsoever I command you- \n\n15 Henceforth I call you not \nservants; for the servant know- \neth not what his lord doeth : but \nI have called you friends ; for ail \nthings that I have heard of my \nFather, I have made known unto \nyou. \n\n16 Ye have not chosen me, but \nI have chosen you, and ordained \nyou, that ye should go and bring \nforth fruit, and that your fruit \nshould remain : that whatsoever \nye shall ask of the Father in \nmy name, he may give it you. \n\n17 These things 1 command \nyou, that ye love one another. \n\n18 5i li the world hate you, ye \nknow that it hated me before it \nhated you. \n\n19 If ye were of the world, \nthe world would love his owo: \nbut because ye are not of the \nworld, but I have chosen you out \nof the world, therefore the world \nhateth you. \n\n20 Remember the word that I \nsaid unto you, The servant is not \ngreater tban his lord. If they \nhave persecuted me, tl^ey will also \npersecute you : if they liave kept \nmy saying, they \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8b\xce\x90 keep yours \nalso. \n\n21 But all these things will \nthey do unto you for my name\'s \nsake, because they know not hirn \nthat sent me. \n\n22 If I had not come and \nspoken unto them, they had not \nhad sin: but new they have no \ncloke for their sin. \n\n23 He that hateth me, hateth \nmy Father also. \n\n24 If I had not done among \nthem the works which none other \nman did, they had not had sin \nbut now^ have they both seen, and \nhated both me and my Father. \n\n2.5 But thh Cometh to pass, that \nthe word might be fulfilled that is \nwritten in their law, They hated \nme without a cause. \n\n26 Bat when the Comforter is \n\n\n\nTlie Comforter\'s office. Chap, \ncome, whom I will send unto \nvou from tlie Fathery even the \nSpirit of truth, which proceedeth \nfrom the Father, he snail testify \nof me. \n\n^7 And ye also shall hear wit- \nness, because ye have been with \nme from the beginning. \nCHAP. XVI. \nTke Holy Ghost promised, \nrj^^HESE things have I spoken \n.L unto you, that ye should not \nbe offended. \n\n2 They sfiall put you out of the \nsynagogues: yea, the time com- \neth, that whosoever killeth you, \n\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8b\xce\x90 think that he doeth God \nservice. \n\n3 And these things will they do \nunto you, because they have not \n\n(. known the Father, nor me. \n\n4 But these things have I told \n\'you, that when the time shall \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 come, yc may remember tliat I \n\' told you of them. And these \n. things I said not unto you at the \n\nbeginning, because I was with \n^you. \n\n5 fl" But now I go my way to him \n\' that sent me, and none of you ask- \n\neth me, Whither goest thou ? \n\n6 But because I have said these \nthings unto you, sorrow hath lilled \nyour heart. \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 7 Nevertheless, I tell you the \n\xe2\x96\xa0truth; It is expedient tor you \n\nthat I go away : for if I go not \nj away, the Comforter will not \nI come unto you; but if I depart, \n|!I will send him unto you. \n] 8 And when he is come, he will \n\'t reprove the world of sin, and of \nI righteousness, and of judgment; \n!j| 9 Of sin, because they believe \n^not on me ; \n\n,i, to Of righteousness, because I \n^go to m.y Father, and ye see me \n\nno more ; \n\n11 Of judgment, be<}\xe2\x82\xaciuse the \nprince of this world is judged. \n\n12 I have yet many things to \nsay unto you, but ye cannot bear \n\n\n\nXV i. liVie disciples encouraged, \n\n13 Howbeit, when he the Spirit \nof truth is come, he will guide \nyou into all truth: for he shall \nnot speak of himself; but what- \nsoever he shall hear^ that shall he \ngpeuk ; and he will shew you \ntilings to come. \n\n14 He shall glorify me : for he \nshall receive of mine, and shall \nshew it unto you. \n\n15 All things that the Father \nhath are mine : therefore said L \nthat he shall take of mine, and \nshall shew it unto you. \n\n16 ^ A little while and ye shall \nnot see me: and again, a little \nwhile and ye shall see me, because \nI go to the Father. \n\n17 Then said some of his disci- \nples among themselves. What is \nthis that he saith unto us, A lit- \ntle while and ye shall not see me \nand again, a little ivliile and ye \nshall see me : and. Because I go \nto the Father ? \n\n18 They said therefore. What \nis this that he saith, A little \nwhile? we cannot tell what he \nsaith. \n\n19 Now Jesus knew that they \nwere desirous to ask him, and \nsaid unto them. Do ye enquire \namong yourselves of that I said, \nA little while and ye shall not see, \nme: and again, a little while and \nye shall see me? \n\nSO Verily, verily I say unto \nyou, that ye shall weep and la- \nment, but the world shall re- \njoice : and ye shall be sorrowful, \nbut your sorrov/ shall be turned \nintojoy. \n\n21 A woman v/hen she is in \ntravail hath sorrow, because her \nhour is come : but as soon as she \nis delivered of the child, she re- \nmembereth no more the anguish, \nfor joy that a man is born into \nthe world. \n\n22 And ye no\'v therefore have \nsorrow : but I will eee you again> \nand your heart shall rejoice, and \nvov.r joyno mantfiljeth tVom a^ou. \n\n\n\nFeace in Christ : S. John . \n\nTo And in that day ye shall \nask ipe nothing ; Verily, venly I \nsay uilto you, Whatsoever ye shall \nask the Father in my name, he \nwill give it you. \n\n24 Hitherto have ye asked no- \nthing in my name : ask, and ye \nshall receive, that your joy may \nbe full. \n\nS5 These things have 1 spoken \nunto you in proverbs : but the time \ncometh v*\'hen I shall no more \nspeak unto you in proverbs, but \nI shall shew you plainly of the \nFather. \n\n26 At that day ye shall ask in \nmy name: and I say not unto \nyou, that I will pray the iFather \nfor you ; \n\n27 For-bhe Father himsslf lov- \nleth you, because ye have loved \nme^ and have beheved that I \ncame out from God. \n\n28 I came forth from the Fa- \nther, and am come into the \n^orld: a;gain I leave the world, \nand go to the Father. \n\nSi^^His disciples said unto him, \nIjo^ now speakest thou plainly, \nand speakest no proverb. \n\n30 \xce\x93\xce\xaf\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd are w^e sure that thou \nknowest all things, and needest \ntrot that any iman should ask \nt%ee: by this \\ve believe that thon \nearnest forth from God. \n\n3 J Jesus answered them, Do. \nye now believe? \n\n32 Behold the hour cometh, \nyea, is now come, that ye shall \nbe scattered, evei^ man to his \n\xe2\x80\xa2own, and shall leave me alone: \n\nand yet I am not alone, because, \nthe Father is with me. \n\n33 These things I have spoken \n^nto you, that \xce\xaf\xce\xb7 me ye might \nhave peiice. In the world ye shall: \nhave tribulation : but be of good; \ncheer, 1 have overcome the world. \n\nCHAP, XVII. \nChrist praycth Jbr his ajmtles. \n\n^"^HES\xce\x88 words spake Jesus ; and \nlifted up his eyes to heaven, \nand said, Father, the hour is \n146 \n\n\n\nlleprayeth to keep his apostles \ncome; glorify thy Son, that thy \nSon also may\'glonfy thee, \n\n2 As thou hast given him \npower over all flesh, that he \nshould give eternal life to as \nmany as thou hast given him. \n\n3 And this is life eternal, that \nthey might know thee the only \ntrue God, and Jesus Christ whom \nthou hast sent. \n\n4 I have glorified thee on the \nearth : I have finished the work \nwhich thou gavest me to do. \n\n5 And now, \xce\x9f Father, glorify \nthou me with thine ownself, with \nthe glory which I had with thee \nbefore the world was. \n\n6^1 have manifested thy name \nunto the men which thou gavest \nme out of the world : thine they \nwere, and thou gavest them me : \nand they have kept thy wor^. \n\n7 Now they have known that \nall things whatsoever thou hast \ngiven me, are of thee. \n\n8 For I have given unto them \nthe words wliich thou gavest me ; \nand they have received them, \nand have known surely that I \ncame out from thee, and they \nhave believed that thou didst send \nme. \n\n9 I pray for them : I pray not \nfor the worldj\'but for them which \nthou hast given me, for they are \nthine." \n\n10 And all mine are thine, and \nthine are mine, and 1 sun glorified \nin them. \n\n11 And now I dm no more i\xc2\xbb \nthe world, but these are in the \nworld, and I -come to thee. Hoh \nFather, keep through thine owe \nname, those whom thou hasi \ngiven me, that they may be One \nas we cure. \n\n12 While I w^as w?th them ii \nthe Avorld, I kept them in Un \nname: those that thou gavest me \nI hat* kept, and none of then \nis lost, but the son of perdition \nthat the scriptui-ig might be in\\ \nfilled. \n\n\n\n\xce\x997\xce\x90 unity and in truth. Chap. \n\n13 And now come I to thee, \nand these things I speak in the \nworld, that they might have my \nloy fulfilled in themselves. \n\n14 I have given them thy \nwrord, and the world hath hated \nthem, because they are not of the \nworld, even as I am not of the \nworld. \n\n15 1[ I pray not that thou should- \nest take them out of the world, \nbut that thou shouldestkeep them \nfrom the evil. \n\n16 They are not of the world, \neven as I am not of the world. \n\n17 5f Sanctify them through thy \ntruth : thy word is truth. \n\n18 As thou hast sent me into \nthe world, even so have I also \nsent them into the world. \n\n19 And for their sakes I sanctify \nmyself, that they also might be \nsanctified through the truth. \n\n20 Neither pray I for these alone, \nbttt for them also which shall be- \nlieve on me through their word ; \n\n21 That they all may be one, \nas thou, Father, art in me, and I \nin thee; that they also may be \none in us: that the world may be- \nlieve that thou hast sent me. \n\n22 And die glory which thou \ngavest me, I have given them : \nthat they nuiy be one, even as we \nare one. \n\n23 I in them, and thou in me, \ntliat they may be made perfect in \none, and that the world may know \nthat thou hast sent me, and hast \nloved them, as thou hast loved \nme. \n\n24 Father, I will that they also \nwhom thou hast given me, be \nwith me wiiere I am: that they \nmay behold my glory which thou \nbast given me : for thou lovedst \nme before the foundation of the \nworld. \n\n25 G righteous Father, the \nvvorld hath not known thee; but I \nhave known thee, and these have \n\xce\xaf known that thou hast sent me. \n\n^6 A\xc2\xbbd I have declared unto \n\n\n\nxv\'uL Our Lord betrayed, \n\nthem thy nam-e, and will declare \nit : that the love wherewith thou \nhast loved me, may be in them, \nand I in them, \n\nCHAP. XVIII. \nJudas hetrayeih Christ. \n\nWHEN Jesus had spoken \nthese words, he weni \nforth with his disciples over the \nbrook Cedron, where was a gar \nden, into the which he entered, \nand his disciples. \n\n2 And Judas also which be- \ntrayed him knew the place : for \nJesus oft-times resorted tiiithcr \nv/ith his disciples. \n\n3 Judas then having received \na band of men, and othcers from \nthe chi^\'f priests and Pharisees, \nCometh thitlier with lanterns, \nand torches, and weapons, \n\n4 Jesus therefore knowing aH \nthings that should come upon \nhim, went forth, and said unto \nthem, Whom seek ye ? \n\n5 They answered him, Jesus of \nNazareth, Jesus saith unto them, \nI am he. And Judas also which \nbetrayed him, stood with them. \n\n6 As soon then as he had said \nunto them, I am he^ they went \nbackward, and fell to the \nground. ^\' \n\n7 Then asked he them again, \nWhom seek ye? And they said, \nJesus of Nazareth. \n\n8 Jesus answered, I have told \nyou that I am he ; \xcf\x8d therefore ye \nseek me, let these go their way : \n\n9 That the saying might be \nfulfilled which he spake, Of them \nwhich thou gavest me, have I lost \nnone. \n\n10 ^ Then Simon Peter, having \na sword, drew it, and smote the \nhigh priest\'s servant, and cut ofiT \nhis right ear. The servant\'s name \nwas Malchus. \n\n11 Then said Jesus unto Peter, \nPut up thy sword into the sheath: \nthe cup wliich my Father hath \ngiven me, shall I not drink ill \n\n12 Then the band, and t^e \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 \xce\xb1 3 \n\n\n\nChrist examined^ \n\n\n\nS. John, \n\n\n\ncaptain, and officers of the Jews \ntook Jesus, and bound him, \n\n13 And led him away to Annas \nfirst (for lie \xce\x9bvas father-in-law to \nCaiaphas, which was the high \nppiest tliat same year.) \n\n14 iSiowCaiaplias was he which \ngave counsel to the Jews, that it \nwas expedient that one man \nshould die for the people. \n\n15 5[ And Simon Peter fol- \nioived Jesus, and so did another \ndisciple. That disciple was \nknown unto the high priest, and \nwent in with Jesus into the pa- \nkice of the high priest. \n\n16 But Peter stood at the door \nwithout. Then went out that \nother disci jile which was known \nunto the hi^h priest, and spake \nunto her that kept the door, and \nbrought in Peter. \n\nir Then saith the damsel that \nkept the door, un-to Peter, Art \njaot thou also Qnt af this man^s \ndisciples ? lie saith, I am not. \n\n18 And the servants and offi- \ncers stood there, who had made \n\'\xce\x9b fire of coals (for it was cold; \nand they warmed themselves: \nand Peter stood Avith them, and \nwarmed himself. \n\n49 5[ The high priest then \nasked Jesus of his disciples, and \n\'^\xce\x90 his doctriiie. \n\n20 Jesus answered him, I spake \n\'openly to the world; I ever \nlaught in the synagogue, and in \nthe temple, whither the Jews \nalways resort, and in secret have \n\\ saia nothing. \n\n21 Why askest thi)u me ? ask \nrruem which heard me, v/hat I \naave said unto them: behold, \n^hey know what I said. \n\n22 And when he had thus \n*>poken, one of the officers which \nitood by, struck Jesus with the \ncalm of his hand, saying, An- \ni-wcrest thou the high priest so ? \n\n23 Jesus answered him. If I \njiave spoken evil, bear Avitness of \n^e evil : but if wellj why smitest \nir^ii .me.? \n\n\n\nand arratgnes . \n\n\n\n24 (Now Annas had sent him \nbound unto Caiaphas the high \npriest.) \n\n25 And Simon Peter stood and \nwarmed himself: They said there- \nfore unto him. Art not thou also \none of his disciples? lie denied \nit, and said, I am not. \n\n26 One of the servants of the \nhigh priest (being his kinsman, \nv>\'hose ear Peter cut off,) saith, \nDid not 1 see thee in the_garden \nwith him ? \n\n27 Peter then denied again, \nand immediately the cock crew. \n\n28 ^ Then led they Jesus from \nCaiaphas unto the hail of judg- \nment : and it was early, and they \nthemselves went not into the \njudgment-hall, lest they should \nbe deliied: but that they might \neat the passover. \n\n29 Pilate then went out unto \nthem, and said. What accusation \nbring ye against this man ? \n\n30 They answered and said \nunto him, If he were not a male- \nfactor, we would not have deli- \nvered him up unto thee. \n\n31 Then said Pilate unto them, \nTake ye him, and judge him ac- \ncording to your law. The Jews \ntherefore said unto him, It is not \nlawful for us to put any man to \ndeath . \n\n32 Tliat the ^^aying of Jesus \nmight be fulfiUed, which he \nspake, signifying what death he \nshould die. \n\n33 Then Pilate entered into \nthe judgment-hall again, and \ncalled Jesus, and said unto him, \nArt thou the king of the Jews ? \n\n34 Jesus answered him, Sayest \nthou this thing of thyself, or did \nothers tell it thee of me.? \n\n35 Pilate answered. Am I a Jew f \nThine own nation, and the chief \npriests have delivered thee unto \nme : What hast thou done ? \n\n3G Jesus answered. My king- \ndom is not of this world : if my \nkingdom were of this world, \nt4B \n\n\n\nChrist crowned with thorns. Chap, xix \nthen would my servants fight, \nthat I should not he delivered to \nthe Jews . but now is ray king- \ndom not from hence. \n\n37 Pilate therefore said unto \nhim, Art thou a king then? Jesus \n\n^ answered, Thou sayest that I am \na king. To this end w"as [ born, \nand for this cause came I into the \nworld, that I should bear witness \nunto the truth. Every one that is \nof the truth, heareth my voice. \n\n38 Pilate saith unto him, What \nis truth? And when he had said \nthis he went out again unto the \nJews, and saith unto them, I find \nill him no fault at all. \n\n39 But ye have a custom, that \nI should release unto you one at \nthe passover : will ye therefore \nthat I release unto you the king \nof the Jews? \n\n40 Then cried they all again, \nsaying. Not this man, but Barab- \nbas. Now Barabbas was a robber. \n\nCHAP. XIX. \nChrisfs arrammnent . \n\nTHEN Pilate therefore took \nJesus, and scourged him. \n\n2 And the soldiers platted a \nciown of thorns, and put it on his \nhead, and they put on him a pur- \nple robe, \n\n3 And said. Hail, king of the \nJew^s : and they smote him with \nsheir hands. \n\n4 \xc2\xab[Pilate therefore went forth \nagain, and saith unto them. Be- \nhold, I bring him forth to you, \nthat ye may know that I nnd no \nfault in hiia. \n\n5 Then came Jesus forth, wear- \ning tiie crown of thorn=, and the \npurple robe. And FUate saith \nunto them, Behold the man. \n\n6 When the chief priests \ntherefore and oihcers sav/ him, \nthey cried out, saying. Crucify \nhim, crucify hijn. Pilate saith \nunto them, Take ye him, and \ncnicify him; for I find no fault \nin iiim. \n\n7 The Jews answered him, We \n\n149 \n\n\n\nOur hordes crucijixion. \nlaw, and by our law he \nought to die, because he made \nhimself the Son of God. \n\n8 ^ When Pilate therefore \nheard that saying, he was the \nmore afraid ; \n\n9 And went again into the \njucigment-hall, and saith unto \nJesus, Whence art thou? Bui \nJesus gave him no answer, \n\n10 Then saith Pilate unto huT), \nSpeakest thou not unto me? \nknowest thou not, that I have \n\xcf\x81\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb5\xce\x93 to crucify thee, and have \npower to release thee? \n\n11 Jesus answered. Thou \ncouldest have no power at all \nagainst me, except it were givexi \nthee from above: therefore he \nthat delivered me unto thee hath \nthe greater sin, \n\n\\i And from thenceforth Pi- \nlate sought to release him: but \ntlie Jews cried out, saying, If \nthou let this man go, thou art \nnot Cesar\'s friend: whosoever \nmaketh himself a king, speaketh \nagainst Cesar. \n\n13 When Pilate therefore \nheard that saying, he brought \nJesus forth, and sat down in the \njudgment-seat, in a place that is \ncalled the Pavement, but in the \nHebrew, Gabbatha. \n\n14 And it was the preparation \nof the passover, and about the \nsixth hour : and he saith unto the \nJews, Behold your king. \n\n15 But they cried out, Aw\\iv \nwith hi)}}, away with him, crucity \nhim. Hiate saith unto tiiem. \nShall I crucify your kins:? The \nchief priests answered. We have \nno king but Cesar. \n\n16 Then delivered he him \ntherefore unto them to l)e cruci- \nfied. And they took Jesus, and \nled him away. \n\n17 ul And he bearing his cross, \nwent forth into a place called the \nplace of a skull, v.hich is called \nm the Hebrew, Golgotha. \n\n18 Where they crucif ed hirr. \nG 4 \n\n\n\nThey cast lots. \n\n\n\nS. John. Christ\'s death and huruiL \n\n\n\niind two other with him, on either \nside one, and Jebas in the midst, \n\n19 ^And Pilate \xce\x9bvrot.e a title, \nand put it on the cross. And the \nwritino; was, JESUS OF NAZA- \nKETH THE KING OF THE \nJEWS. _ \xe2\x80\xa2 _ \n\n20 This title then read many of \nthe Jews; for the place where Je~ \nsus was crnciiied, was nigh to the \ncity : and it was written in He- \nbrew, and Greek, and Latin. \n\n21 Then said the chief priests \nf)f the Jews to Pilate, Write not, \nThe king of the Jews : but that \nhe said, I am king of the Jews. \n\n22 Pilate answered. What I \nhave written, I have written. \n\n23 ^ Then the soldiers, w^hen \nthey had crucifed Jesus, took his \ngarments (and made fi)ur parts, \n\'60 every soldier a part) and also \nhis coat ; now the coat was with- \nout seam, woven from the top \nthroughout. \n\n24 They said therefore among \nthemselves. Let us not rend it, \nbut cast lots for it, whose it shall \nbe : that the scripture might be \nfulfilled, which saith, They \nparted my raiment among them, \nand for my vesture they did cast \n\xe2\x96\xa0ots. These things therefore the \nsoldiers did. \n\n25 ^ \xce\x9d\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xa5 there stood by the \ncross of Jesais, his mottier, arid his \nmother^s sister, Mary the wife \xce\xbf\xce\xaf \n(^\xe2\x80\xa2leophas, and Mary Magdalene. \n\n26 When Jesus thci-efore saw \n_;is mother, and the disciple \n\nlanding by, v.hom he loved, he \nsaith unto his mother, Woman, \n.behold thy son. \n\n27 Then saith he to tlie disci- \nple, Behold thy mother: And \nfrom that hour that disciple took \nler unto his own home. \n\n28 ^ After this, Jesus knowing \nthat all things v/ere now accom- \niihshed, that the scripture might \nbQ fulhiJed, saith, I thirst. \n\n29 Now there was set a vessel \n\'i^li of vTnegar : and ihev i5Hed \n\n150 \n\n\n\na sponge with vinegar, and put it\' \nupon hyssop, and put it to his \nmouth. \n\n30 When Jesus therefore had\' \nreceived the vinegar, he said. It \nis finished : and he bowed his \nhead, aiul gave up the ghost. \n\n3151 TheJewstherefore,be\xe2\x82\xacause \nit was the preparation, that the \nbodies should not remai)! upon \nthe cross on the sabbath-day, (for \nthat sabbath-day was an high-day,) \nbesought Pilate that their legs \nmight be broken, and that they \nmight be taken away. \n\n32 Then came the soldiers, jind \nbrake tlie legs of the hrst, and of \nthe other which was crucified with \nhim. \n\n33 But when they came to Jei- \nsus, and saw that he was dead \nalready, they bralie not his legs. \n\n34 But one of tlie soldiers with \na spear pierced his side, and \nforthwith came there out blood \nand water. \n\n35 And he that saw ;\'i, bare re- \ncord, and his record is true : and \nhe knoweth that he saith true \nthat ye might believe. \n\n36 For these things were done \nthat the scripture should be ful- \nfilled, A bone of liim shall not be \nbroken. \n\n37 And again another scrip- \nture, saith. They shall look on \nhim whom they pierced. \n\n38 ^ x\\nd after this, Joseph \nof Arimathea (bein^ ?. disciple of \nJesus, but secretly for fear of the \nJews,) besought Pilate that he \nmight take away the body of Je- \nsus : and Pilate gave him leave-: \nHe came therefore and took the \nbody of Jesus. \n\n39 And there came also Nico- \ndemus (which at the first came \nto Jesus by night) and brought a \nmixture of myrrh and aloes, about \nan hundred pound weight. \n\n40 Then took they the body \nof Jesus, and wound it in liner \nclothes, with\' the spices, as the \n\n\n\nChnst\'S fesurreciion : (Siiaji: Xx, ^e appearet-h to Ma/^, \n\n\n\nmanner of the Jews is to bury. \n\n41 Now in the place where he \nwas crucified, there was a garden : \nand in the garden a new sepul- \nchre, wherein was never man yet \nlaid. \n\n42 There laid they Jesus there- \nfore, because of the Jews prepa- \nration-c?Gj/, for the sepulchre was \nnigh at hand. \n\nCHAR XX. \nCkrisfs resurrection. \n\nTHE first dai/ of the week \nCometh\' Mary Magdalene \nearly, when it was yet dark, unto \nthe sepulchre, and seeth the stone \ntaken av/ay from the sepulchre. \n\n2 Then she runneth, and com- \neth to Simon Peter, and to the \nother disciple whom Jesus loved, \nand saith unto them. They have \ntaken away the Lord out of the \nsepulchre, and we know not \nwhere they have laid him. \n\n3 Peter therefore went forth, \nand that other disciple, and came \nto the sepulchre. \n\n4 So they i*an both together: \nand the other disciple did out- \nrun Peter, and came first to the \nsepulchre. \n\n5 And he stooping down, and \nlooking in, saw the linen clothes \n^ying; yet went he not in. \n\n6 TRen cometh Simon Peter \nfollowing him, and went into \n:he sepulchre, and &eeth the linen \nclothes lie : \n\n7 \xcf\x87\\\xce\xb7\xce\xac the napkin that was \nabout his head, not lying with \nthe linen clothes, but wrapped \ntogether in a place by itself. \n\n8 Then went in also that otlier \ndisciple which came first to the \nsepulchre, and he saw, and be- \nlieved. \n\n9 For as yet they knew not the \nscripture, that he must rise again \nfrom the dead. \n\n10 Then the disciples went a- \nv*\'ay again unto their own home. \n\n11 ^ But Mary stood Avithout \nat the sepulchre, weeping ; and \n\n151 \n\n\n\nas she wept, she stooped dowR, \nand looked into the sepulchre. \n\n12 And seeth two angels in. \nwhite, sitting, the one at the head, \nand the other at the feet, where \nthe body of Jesus had lain : \n\n13 And they say unto her, Wo- \nman, why weepest thou? She saith \nunto them. Because they have \ntaken away my Lord, and I know \nnot where they have laid him. \n\n14 And when she had thus said^ \nshe turned hei-self back and saw \nJesus standing, and knew not \nthat it was Jesus. \n\n15 Jesus saith unto her, Wo- \nman, why weepest thou ? whora \nseekest thou ? she supposing him \nto be tlie gardener, saith unto \nhim, Sir, if thou have borne hiin \nhence, tell me where thou hast laid \nhim, and I wHl take him away. \n\n16 Jesus saith unto her, Mary. \nShe turned herself, and saith unto \nhim, Rabboni, which is to say \nMaster. \n\n17 Jesus saith unto her, Toucia \nme not : for I am not yet ascend- \ned to my Father : but go to my \nbrethren, and say unto them, I \nascend unto my Father and your \nFather, and to my God and your \nGod. \n\n18 Maiy Magdalene came anrough his name. \n\nCHAP. XXL \n\nChrist appear elh again, \n\n^ FTER tnese things, Jesus \n\n1\\. shewed himself a^ain to the \n\ndisciples at the sea of Tiberias ; \n\n\\na on this wise shewed he him- \n\n\n\nChrisfs charge to Peter. \n\n2 There vv^ere together Simon \nPeter, and Thomas called Didy- \nmus, and Nathanaei of Cana in \nGalilee, and the sons of Zebedee, \nand two other of his disciples. \n\n3 Simon Peter saith unto them, \nI go a fishing. They say unto \nhim, We also go wdth thee. They \nwent forth, and entered into a \nship immediately ; and thitt night \nthey caught nothing. \n\n4 But when the morning was \nnow come, Jesns stood on the \nshore but the disciples knew not \nthat it w^as Jesus. \n\n5 Then Jesus saith unto them^ \nChildren, have ye any meat? \nThey answered him. No. \n\n6 And he said unto thena^ Cast \nthe net on the right side of the \nship, and ye shall find. They cast \ntherefore, and now they were not \nable to draw it for the multitude \nof fishes. \n\n7 Therefore that disciple whom \nJesus loved, saith unto Peter, It \nis the Lerd. Now when Simon \nPeter heard that it was the Lord, \nhe girt his fisher\'s coat un^o him \n(for he was naked) and did cast \nhimself into the sea. \n\n8 And the other disciples came \nin a little ship (for they were not \nfar from land, but as it were two \nhundred cubits,) dragging the net \nwith fishes. \n\n9 As soon then as they were \ncome to kind, they saw a fire of \ncoals there, and fish laid thereon^ \nand bread. \n\n10 Jesus saith unto them. Bring \nof the fish which ye have now \ncaught. \n\n11 Simon Peter went up, and \ndrew the net to land, full of \ngreat fishes, an hundi\'^d and \nfifty and three: and for all there \nw\xe2\x82\xacre so many, yet was not the net \nbroken. \n\n12 ^ Jesus saith unto them, \nCome a7id dine. And none of \nthe disciples durst ask him. Who \nart thou .? kti owing that it was \ndie I^r*i, \n\n\n\nChrisfs charge to Peter, \n\n13 Jesus tben cometh, and \ntaketh bread, and giveth them, \nand nsh likewise. \n\n14 This is now the third time \nthat Jesus shewed himself to his \ndisciples, after that he was risen \nfrom the dead. \n\n15 f So when they had dined, \nJesus saith to Simon Peter, Si- \nmon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me \nmore than these ? He saith unto \nhim. Yea, Lord ; thou knowest \nthat I love thee. He saith unto \nhim. Feed my lambs. \n\n10 He saith to him again, the \nsecond time, Simon: son of Jonas, \nlovest thou me ? He saith unto \nhim, Yea, Lord : thou knowest \nthat I love thee. He saith unto \nhim. Feed my sheep. \n\n17 He saith unto him the third \ntime, Simon son of Joiias, lovest \n\n\n\nChap. i. Ihe apostles assemble: \nstretch forth thy hands, and an* \notlier shall gird thee, and carry \nthee whither thou would est not. \n\n19 This spake he, signifying by \nwhat death he should glorify God. \nAnd, when he had spoken thisj he \nsaith unto him. Follow me. \n\n20 ^ Then Peter, turning about, \nseeth the disciple whom Jesus lo- \nved following ; which also leaned \non his breast at supper, and said, \nLord,w}iichishethatbetrayeththee. \n\n21 Peter seeing him, saith to Je- \nsus, Lord, and what sfialt this man \ndo? \n\n22 Jesus saith unto him, if \xce\xaf \nwill that he tarry till I come, what \nis that to thee ? follow thou me. \n\n23 Then went this saying abroad \namon^ the brethren, that that dis- \nciple should not die :yet Jesus said \nnot unto him. He shall not die ; \n\n\n\nthou me? Peter w^as grieved be- \'but, if I will that he tarry till \ncause he said unto him the third \'come, v^hdit is that to thee ? \n\n\n\ntime, Lovest thou me? And he \n\n\n\nsaid unto him, Lord, thou know- 1 testiheth of these things, and wrote \n\n\n\nest all things ; thou knowest that \nI love thee. Jesus saitli unto \nhim. Feed my sheep. \n\n18 Verily, verily, I say unto \nthee, Wheu thou wast young, thou \ngirdedst thyself, and waikest \n\n\n\n24 ^ This is the disciple which \n\n\n\nthese things ; and we know that \nhis testimony is true. \n\n25And there are also many othey \nthings which Jesu\'^ did, the which, \nif they should be written every one, \nI suppose that even the world itself \n\n\n\nwhether thou wouldedst : but ; could not contain the books- that \n"^vhen thou shait be old^ tliou shalt * should be written. Amen. \n\n\n\n^ The ACTS of the Apostles. \n\n\n\nC \xce\x97 A P. L \n\nA repetition ofChrist^s histori/, &c. \n\nTHE former treatise have i \nmade, \xce\x9f Theophilus, of all \nthat Jesus began, both to do and \nteach, \n\n2 Until the day in which he was \niakenuD after that he^through the \nHoly Ghost had given conmiand- \nments unto the apostles whom he \nhad chosen : \n\n3 To wliom also he shewed him- \nself alive after his passion by ma- \nny infallible proofs, bemg seen of \n\nG 6 \n\n\n\nthem forty days, and speaking of \nthe thinp pertaining to the kmg- \ndom of God. \n\n4 And, being assembled togefcli- \ner with them, commanded them \nthat they should not depart from \nJerusalem. bu\xc2\xa3^ wait for tlie prom- \nise of the Father, which, saith he^ \nye have heard of me, \n\n5 For John truly baptized %vith \nwate\'r ; bat ye shall be baptized \nwith the Holy Ghost, not many \n: ;iays hence. \n^ 6 When tliey, thereforcj were \n\n153 \n\n\n\nOur LorcPs etscensiun. Tiie Acfes. Matthias chosen. \n\ncome togetlier, they asked of him, j 16 Men and brethren, This \n\nsaying^ Lord, wilt thou at this scripture must needs have been \n\n\n\ntime restore agam the iiingdom to \nIsrael? \n\n7 And he said unto them, It is \nnoi for you to know the times or \nthe seasons, which the Father \nhath put, in his own power. \n\n8 But ye shall receive pow.er \nafter that the Holy Ghost is come \nupon you : and ye shall be wit- \nnesses unto me both in Jerusa- \nlem, and in ail Judea, and in Sa- \nmaria, and unto the uttermost \npart of the earth. \n\n9 And when he had spoken \nthese things, while they beheld, \nhe was taken up, and a cloud re- \neeived him out of their sight. \n\niO^And while they looked sted- \nfastly toward heaven, as he went \nQp, behold, two men stood by \nthem in white apparel ; \n\n11 Which also said, Ye men of \nGalilee, why stand ye gazing up \ninto heaven ? this same Jesus^ \nwhich is taken up from you into \nheaven, shall so come, in like \nmanner as ye have seen him go \ninto heaven. \n\n12 Then returned they unto \nJerusalem, from the mount called \nOlivet, Avhich is from Jerusalem \na sabbath-day\'s journey. \n\n13 And when they were come \nin, they went up into an upper \nroom, Avhere abode both Peter, \nand James, and John, and An- \ndrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bar- \ntholomew, an-d Matthew, James \n\'he son of Alpheus, and Simon \nZelotes, and Judas the brother of \nJames. \n\n14 These ail cmi tinned with \none accord in prayer and suppli- \ncation with the w omen, and Mary \nTjie mother of Jesu&, and Avith his \nbrethren. \n\n15 ^ And in those days Peter \nstood up in the midst of the dis- \nciples, and said (the number of \nthe names together were about \n?m hundred and twenty,) \n\n154 \n\n\n\nfulhlled which the Holy Ghost by \nthe mouth of David spake before \nconcerning Judas, \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\x90\xce\xb9\xce\xaf\xce\xb0\xce\x90\xce\xb9 was, \nguide to them that took Jesus. \n\nIT For he was numbered with \nus, and had obtained part of tliis \nministry. \n\n18 ^ ow this man purchased a \nfield with the reward of iniquity; \nand falling headlong, he burst \nasunder in the midst, and all his \nbowels gushed out. \n\n19 And it was known unto all \nthe dwellers at Jerusalem ; inso- \nmuch as that field is called in \ntheir praper tongue, Aceldama, \nthat is to say. The field of blood. \n\n20 For it is written in the book \nof Psalms, Let his habitation be \ndesolate, and let no man dwell \ntherein : and, His bishoprick let \nanother take. \n\n21 AVherefore, of these men \nwhich have companied with us all \nthe time that the Lord Jesus went \nin and out among us, \n\n22 Beginning fram the baptism \nof John unto that same day that \nhe was taken up froifi us, must \none be ordained to be a witness \nwith us of his resurrection. \n\n23 And they appointed two, \nJoseph called Barsabas, wiio \\vas \nsurnamed Justus, and Matthias. \n\n24 And they prayed, and said, \nThou, Lord, which knowest the \nhearts of all nten, shew whether \nof these two thou hast chosen, \n\n25 That he may take part of \nthis ministry and apost!eship, \nfrom which Judas by transgres- \nsion fell, that he might go to his \nown place. \n\n26 And they gave forth their \nlots ; and the lot fell upon Mat- \nthias, and he w^as numbered with \nthe?,eleven aiK)stles. \n\nCHAP. \xce\xa0. \nThe apostles inspired. \n\nAND when the day of Pente- \ncost was fully come, they \n\n\n\nThe \xce\x97\xce\xbf\xce\xaf\xce\xb9/ Ghost descenaeth: Chap. id. Fetet^s sermon thereon \n\n\n\nwere all with one accord in one \nplace. \n\n2 And suddenly there came a \nsound from heaven, as of a rush- \ning miglrty wind, and it filled all \nthe house where they were sitting \n\n3 And there appeared unto \nthem cloven tongues, like as of \nlire, and it sat upon egLch of \nthem : \n\n4 And they were all filled with \nthe Holy Ghost, and began to \nspeak with other tongues^ as the \nSpirit gave them utterance. \n\n5 And there were dwelling at \nJerusalem, Je\xce\x9bvs, devout men, out \nof every nation under heaven. \n\n6 Now when this was noised \nabroad, the multitude came toge- \nther, and were confounded, be- \ncause that every man heard them \nspeak in his own language. \n\n7 And they were all amazed, \nand marvelled, saying one to \nanother, Behold, are not all these \nwhich speak, Galileans ? \n\n8 And how hear we everv man \nin our own tongue, wherein we \nwere born? \n\n9 Parthians, and Medes, and \nElamites, and the dAvellers in \nMesopotamia, and it Judea, and \nCappadocia, in Pontus, and \nAsia, \n\n10 Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in \nEgypt, and in the parts of Libya \nabout Cyrene, and strangers of \nRome, Jews and Proselytes, \n\n11 Cretes and Arabians, we do \nhear tltem speak in our tongues \nthe wonderful works of God. \n\n12 And they were all amazed, \nand were in doubt, saying one to \nanother. What meaneth this ? \n\n13 Others mocking, said, These \nmen are full of new wine. \n\n14 ^ But Peter standrng up \nwith the eleven, lifted up his voice, \najid said mnto them. Ye men of \nJudea, and all ye that dwell at \nJerusalem, be this known unto \nyou, and hearken to my words- \n\nij For these are not driuiken, \n155 \n\n\n\nas ye suppose, seeing it is hut the \nthird hour of the day. \n\n16 But this is that which was \nspoken by the prophet Joel, \n\n17 And it shall come to pass in \nthe last days (saith God) I will \npour out of my Spirit upon all \nflesh : and your sons and your \ndaughters shall prophesy, and \nyour young men shall see visions, \nand your old men shall dream \ndreams : \n\n18 And on my servants, and \non my handmaidens, I will pour \nout in those days of my Spirit, \nand they shall prophesy : \n\n19 And I will shew wonders in \nheaven above, and signs in tlie \nearth beneath; blood, and fire, \nand vapour of smoke. \n\n20 The sun shall be turned into \ndarkness, and the moon into \nblood, before that great and \nnotable day of the Lord come. \n\n21 And it shall come to pass, \nthat whosoever shall call on the \nname \xc2\xabof the Lord, sliall be saved. \n\n22 Ye men of Israel, hear these \nwords ; Jesus of Nazareth, a man \napproved of God among you, by \nmiracles, and wonders, and signs, \nwhich God did by him in the \nmidst of you, as ye yourselves \nalso know : \n\n23 Him being delivered by the \ndeterminate counsel and fore- \nknowledge of God, ye have taken, \nand by wicked hands have cruci- \nfied and slain : \n\n24 Whom God hath raised up, \nhaving loosed tiie pains of death \xe2\x80\xa2. \nbecause it was not possible that \nhe should be holden of it. \n\n25 For David speaketh con- \ncerning him, I foresaw the Lord \nalways before my face, for he is \non my right hand, that I should \nnot be moved. \n\n26 Therefore did my heart re- \njoice, and my tongue was glad; \nmoreover also, ir^y iftesh shall reet \nin hope. \n\n27 Because thou wilt not leeve \n\n\n\nAt FeUr^s preaching The Acts/ \n\n\n\nmy soul in hell, neither wilt thou \nsuffer thine holy One to see cor- \nruption. \n\n28 Thou hast made known to \nme the ways of life ; thou shalt \nmake me full of joy with thy \ncountenance. \n\n29 Men and brethren, let me \nfreely speak unto you of the pa- \ntriarch David^ that he is both \ndead and buried, and his sepul- \nchre is with us unto this day. \n\n30 Therefore being a prophet, \nand knowing that God had sworn \nwith an oath to liim, that of the \nfruit of his loins, accordaag to the \nflesh, he would raise up Christy to \nsit on his throne : \n\n3 1 He seeing this before, spake \nof the resuKrection of Christ, that \nhis soul was not left in hell, nei- \n^er his flesh did see corruption. \n\n32 This Jesus hath God raised \nup, w^hereof we all are witnesses. \n\n33 Therefore being by the right \nhand of GckI exalted, and having \nreceived of the Fatlier the pro- \nmise of the Holy Ghost, he hath \nshed forth this, whidi ye now see \nand hear. \n\n34 For David is not ascended \ninto the heavens: but he saith \nhimself. The Lord said unto my \nLord, Sit thou on my right hand, \n\n35 Until I make thy foes thy \nfootstool. \n\n36 Therefore let all the house \nof Israel know assuredly, that \nCod hath made that same Jesus \nwhom ye have cruciiied, both \nLord and Christ. \n\n37 ^ \xce\x9d\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xa5 when they heard \ntlds, they were pricked in their \nheart, anxi said unto Peter, and \nto the rest of the apostles, Men \nand brethren, what shall we do ? \n\nS8 Then Peter said unto them. \nRepent, and be baptized every \no^ie of you in the name of Jesus \nChrist, for the remission of sins, \nand ye sh?Jl receive the gift of \nthe Holy Ghost. \n\n39 For the promise is iKito \xce\xbd\xce\xbf\xcf\x85, \n156 \n\n\n\ntnani^ are converted. \n\n\n\nand to your children, and to all \nthat are afar oif, even as many \nas the Lord our God shall call. \n\n40 And with many other v/ords \ndid he testify and exhort, sa,ying, \nSave yourselves from this unto- \nward generation. \n\n41 ^ Then they that gladly re- \nceived his word, were baptized .- \nand die same day there were \nadded unto them about three thouj \nsand souls. \n\n42 And they continued sted- \nfastly in the apostles doctrine \nand fellowship, and in breaking \nof bread and m prayers. \n\n43 And fear came upon every \nsoul; and many wonders and \nsigns were done by the apostles. \n\n44 And all that believed were \ntogether, and had all things \ncommon, \n\n45 And sold their possessions \nand goods, and parted them to - \nall men, as every man had need. \n\n46 And they continuing daily \nwith one accord in the temple, \nand breaking bread from house to \nhouse, did eat their meat \xce\x9bvith \ngladness and singleness of heart, \n\n47 Praising God, and having \nfavour W\'ith all the people. And \nthe Lord added to the church \ndaily such as should be saved. \n\nCHAP. m. \nA lame man healed, \n\nNOW Peter and John went \nup together into tl>e tem- \nple, at the hour of prayer, being \nthe ninth hour. \n\n2 And a certain man lame from \nhis mothers womb w^s carried, \n\\vhom they laid daily at the gate \nof the temple Avhich is called \nBeautiful, to ask alms of them \nthat entered into the temple ; \n\n3 Who seeing Peter and John \nabout t\xc2\xab go into the temple,^ asked \nan aims. \n\n4 And Peter fastening his eyes \nupon him, with John, said, Look \non us. \n\n5 And he gave heed nnto \n\n\n\n\xce\x9b lame man restored : Oiap. \nthem, expecting to receive some- \nthin\xc2\xbb of them. \n\n6 Then Peter said, Silver and \ngold have I none; but such as I \nSave give I thee : In the name \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, rise \nup and wallv. \n\n7 And he took him by the \nright hand, and lifted hm up; and \nimmediately his feet and ancle \nbones received strength. \n\n8 And he leaping up, stood, and \nwalked, and entered with them \ninto the temple, walking, and \nleaping, and praising God. \n\n9 And all the people saw him \nwalking, and praising God. \n\n10 And they knew that it was \nhe \xce\x9bvhich sat for alms at the \nBeautiful gate of the temple: \nand they were filled with wonder \nand amazement at that which had \nhappened unto him. \n\n11 And as the lame man which \nwas healed, held Peter and John, \nall the people ran together unto \nthem in the porch that is called \nSolomon\'s, greatly wondering. \n\n12 51 And when reter saw it, \nhe answered unto the people. Ye \nmen of Israel, why marvel ye at \n^is ? or why look ye so earnestly \non us, as though by our own power \nor holiness we had made this man \nto walk ? \n\n13 The God of Abraham, and \nof Isaac, and of Jacob, the God \nof our fathers hath gl lified his \nSon Jesus; whom ye delivered \nup, and denied him in the pre- \nsence of Pilate, when he was \ndetermined to let him go. \n\n14 But ye denied the Holy One, \nand the Just, and desired a mur- \nderer to be granted unto yon, \n\n15 And killed the Prince of \nlife, whom God hath raised from \nthe dead; whereof we are wit- \nBesses: \n\n16 And his name, through \nfaith in his name, hath made \nthis man strong, whom ye see \nand know ; yea, the faith which \n\n15? \n\n\n\niii. Feterh sermon thereon. \n\nis by him, hath given him tins \nperfect soundness in the presence \nof you all. \n\n17 And now, brethren, I wot \nthat through ignorance ye did \nit ; as did also your rulers. \n\n18 But those things \xce\x9bvhich \nGod before had shewed by the \nmouth of all his prophets, that \nChrist should suffer, ne hath so \nfulfilled. \n\n19 ^ Repent ye therefore, and \nbe converted, that your sins may \nl)e blotted out, when the times \nof refreshing siiall r come from \nthe presence of the Lord, \n\n20 And he shall send Jesus \nChrist,which before was preached \nunto you : \n\n21 Whom the heaven must \nrecei\\^e, until the times of resti- \ntution of all things, which God \nhath spoken by the mouth of all \nhis holy propliets, since the world \nbegan. \n\n22 For Moses truly said unto \nthe fathers, A prophet shall the \nLord your God raise up unto you, \nof your brethren, like unto me; \nhim shall ye hear in all thmgs \nwhatsoever he shall say unto \nyou. \n\n23 And it shall come to pass, \nthut every soul which will not \nliear that^prophet, shall be de- \nstroyed from among the people. \n\n24 Yea, and all the prophets \nfrom Samuel, and those that fol- \nlow after, as many as have spoken, \nhave likewise foretold of these \ndays. \n\n25 Ye are tlie children of the pro- \nphets, and of the covenant which \nGod made Avith our fathers, saying \nunto Abraham, And in thy seed \nshall all the kindreds of the \nearth be blessed. \n\n26 Unto \xce\xb3\xce\xbf\\\xcf\x87 first, God having \n\nraised up Kis son Jesus, sent him \n\nto bless you in turning away every \n\none of you from his iniquities. \n\nCHAP. IV. \n\nFeter (md John imprisoned. \n\nAND \n\n\n\nThe apostles tstammed. The Acts. Peter and John threatened\xc2\xbb \n\n\n\nAND as they spake unto the \npeople, the priests and the \ncaptain of the temple, and the \nSadducees came upon them, \n\n2 Being grieved that they \ntaught the people, and preached \nthrough Jesus the resurrection \nfrom the dead. \n\n3 And thej^ laid hands on theni, \nand put them in hold unto the \nnext day, for it was now eventide. \n\n4 Howbeit, many of them v/hich \nkeard the w^ord, believed ; and the \nnumber of the men was about five \nthousand. \n\n5 ^ And it came to pass on the \nmorrow, that their rulers, and \nelders, and scribes, \n\n6 And Annas the high priest, \nand Caiaphas, and John, and \nAlexander, and as many as were \nof the kindred of the high priest, \nwere gathered together at Jeru- \nsalem. \n\n7 And \xce\x9bvhen they had set them \nin the midst they asked. By what \npower, or by what name have ye \ndone this? \n\n8 Then Peter filled with the \nHoly Ghost, said unto them. Ye \nrulers of the people, and elders \noi Israel, \n\n9 If we this day be examined \nof the good deed done to the im- \npotent man, by what means he is \nmade whole; \n\n10 Be it known unto you all, \nand to all the people of Israel, \nthat by the name of Jesus Christ \nef Nazareth, whom ye crucified, \nwhom God raised from the dead, \nexeti by him dath this man stand \nhere before you whole. \n\n11 This is the stone which was \ns\xe2\x82\xact at nought of you builders, \nwhich is become the head of the \ncorner. \n\n12 Neither is there saivatron , \nin any other : foi" there is none \nother name under heayen given \namoni^ men whereby we must be \nsaved. \n\n13^ Now when they saw t-he \n\n\n\nboldness of Peter and John, and \n\niierceived that they were un- \nearned and- ignorant men, they \nmarvelled, and they took knoAv- \nled^e of themj, that theji had been \nwith Jesus. \n\n14 And beholding the man \nwhich was healed standing with \nthem, they could say nothing \nagainst it. \n\n15 But when they had com- \nmanded them to go aside out of \nthe council, they conferred a- \nniong themselves, \n\n16 Saying, What shall we do \nto these men ? for that indeed a \nnotable nvi\'acle hath been done \nby them, is manifest to all them \nthat dwell in Jerusalem, and we \ncannot deny it. \n\n17 But that it spread no fur- \nther among the people, let us \nstraitly threaten them, that they \nspeak henceforth to no man in \ntills nrjne. \n\n18 And they called them, and \ncommanded tHem not to speak at \nail, nor teach in the name of Jesus. \n\n19 But Peter and John answer- \ned and said unto them, Whether \nit be right in the sight of God to \nhearken unto you more than unto \nGod, judge ye. \n\n20 For we cannot but speak \nthe things which \\ve have seen \nand heard. \n\n21 So when they had further \nthreatened them, they let them \ngo, finding nothing how they \nmight punish them, because of \nthe people : for all mtn glorified \nGod for that Avhich was done. \n\n22 For the man was above \nforty years old, on whom this mi- \nracle of healing was shewed. \n\n23 ^ And being let go, they \nwent to their own company, and \nreported all that the chief priests \nand elders had said unto them. \n\n24 And when they heard that, \nthey lifted up their voice to God, \nwith one accord, and said. Lord, \nthou ort God which hast made \n\n\n\n^he prayer of the apestks. Oii \nbeaven and earth, and the s^a, \nand all that in them is : \n\n25 Who by the mouth of thy \nservant David hast said, Why did \n. diejieathen rage, and the people \niiTiagine vain things ? \n\nQd The kings of the-earth stood \nap, and the rulers vv^ere gathered \ntogether against the Lord, and \nagainst his Christ. \n\n27 For of a truth against thy \nholy child Jesus, whom thou hast \nanointed, both lierod and Pon- \ntius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and \nthe people of Israel were gathered \ntogether, \n\n28 For to do whatsoever thy \nhand and thy counsel determined \nbefore to be done. \n\n29 And now, Lord, behold their \nthreatnings : and^ grant unto thy \nservants, that with all boldness \nthey may speak thy ^vord, \n\n30 By stretching forth thme \nhand to heal : and that signs and \nwonders may be done by the name \nof thy holy child Jesus. \n\n31 5f And when they had pray- \ned, the place was shaken where \nthey v/ere assembled together; \nand they were ail filled w^ith the \nHoly Ghost, and they spake the \nword of God with boidne-s. \n\n32 ^And the multitude of them \nthat believed were of one heart, \nand of one soul; neither said any \nof\' them, that ought of the things \nwhich he possessed, was his own, \nbut they had all things common. \n\n33 And with great po\\ver gave \nthe apostles witness \xce\xbf\xcf\x84\' the resur- \nrection of tile Lord Jesus: and \ngreat grace was upon them all. \n\n34 Neither was there any a- \nmorng them that lacked: for as \nmany as were possessors of lands \n>n\' houses, sold them, and brought \nthe prices of the things that were \n,^old, \n\n35 And laid them down at the \napostles^ feet: and distribution \nwas made unto every man accord- \nmg as he had need. \n\n159 \n\n\n\nap. V. Ananias and Supphira, \n\n36 And Joses, wijo by the a- \nposties was surnamed Barnabas, \n(which is, being interpreted. The \nson of consolation,) a Levite, and \nof the country of Cyprus, \n\n37 Having land, sold it, and \nbrought die money, and liaid it at \nthe apostles\' feet. \n\nCHAP. V. \nThe death of Ananias andSapphira. \n\nBUT a certain man named \nAnanias, with Sapphira his \nwife, sold a possession, \n\n2 And kept back part of the \nprice, his v/iie also being privy to \nit, and brought a certain part, \nand laid it at the apostles\' feet. \n\n3 But Peter sai-d, Ananias, why \nhath Satan tilled thine heart to \nlie to the Holy Ghost, and to \nkeep back part of the priee of \nthe land ? \n\n4 Whiles it remained, was it \nnot thine own ? and after it was \nsold, was it not in thine r>wn \npower ? why hast thou conceived \nthis thing in thine heart? thou \nhast not lied unto men, but unto \nGod. \n\n5 And Ananias hearing these \nwords, fell down, and gave up the \nghost : and great fear came on ail \nthem that heard these things. \n\n6 And the young men ar^se, \nwound him up, and carried h\'uH \nout, and buried hi?ti. \n\n7 And it was about the space \nof three hours after, w^hen his \nwife, not knowing what was doi^ie, \ncame in. \n\n8 And Peter answered anto her. \nTell me whether ye sold the land \nfor so much. And she said, Yea, \nfor so much. \n\n9 Then Peter said unto her, \nHow is it that ye have agreed \ntogether to tempt the Spirit of the \nLord? Behold, the feet of them \nwhich have buried tiiy husband \nare at the door, and shall carry \nthee-out. \n\n10 Then fell she down straight- \nway at liis in : and so A- \n\n102 \n\n\n\nhraham begat Isaac, and circum- \ncised him the eighth day: and \nIsaac begat Jacob, and Jacob be" \ngat the twelve patriarchs. \n\n9 And the patriarchs, moved \nwith envy, sold Joseph into E- \ngypt : but God was with him, \n\n10 And delivered him out oi \nall his afflictions, and gave him \nfavour and wisdom in the sight of \nPharaoh king of Egypt ; arid he \nmade him governor over Egypt, \nand all his house. \n\n11 Now there came a dearth \nover all the land of Egypt and \nCanaan, and great affliction; \nand our fathers found no suste- \nnance. \n\n12 But when Jacob heard that \nthere was corn in Egypt, he sent \niOut our fathers first. \n\n13 And at the secoud time Jo^ \nseph was made known to his \nbrethren; and Joseph ^s kindred \nwas made known unto Pharaoh. \n\n14 Then sent Joseph, and call* \ned his father Jacob to him and \nall his kindred, threescore and \nfifteen souls. \n\n15 So Jacob went down into \nEg pt, and died, he and o\xc2\xbbr \nfathers, \n\n16 And were carried over into \nSychem, and laid in the sepulchre \ntnat Abraham bought for a sum \nof money of the sons of Emmor \nthe father \xc2\xa9f Sychem. \n\n17 ^ But \\vhen the time of the \npromise drew nigh,w}iich God had \nsworn to Abraham, the people \ngrew and multiphed in Egypt, \n\n18 Till another kingarose, which \nknew not Joseph. \n\n19 The same dealt subtiliy with \nour kindred, and evil intreated \nour fathers, so that they c^st oivt \ntheir young children, to the eud \nthey might not live. \n\n20 In which time Moses was \nborn, and was exceeding fair, and \nnourished up in his father\'s hous^, \nthree months. \n\n21 And when he wa-s cast ouEj \n\n\n\n^hc burning bush. Chap, \xce\xbd \n\nPiiaraoh^s daughter took him up, \nand nourished him for her own \nson. \n>- 22 And Moses was learned in \n\'^all Ui\xe2\x82\xac wisdom of the Egyptians, \naiKl was mighty in words iind in \ndeeds. \n\n23 And when he was full forty \nyears old, it came into his heart \nto visit his brethren the children \nof Israel. \n\n24 And seeing one of them suf- \nfer wrong, he defeaded hwi, and \navenged nim that was oppressed, \nand smote the Egyptian : \n\n25 For he supposed his brethren \nwould have understood how that \nGod by his hand would deliver \nihem ; but they understood not. \n\n26 And the next day he shew- \ned himself unto them as they \nstrove, and would have set them \nat one again, saying, Sirs, ye are \nbrethren; why do ye wrong one \nto another ? \n\n27 But he tJiat did his neigh- \nbour wrong, thrust him away, \nSaying, Who made thee a ruler \nand a judge over us? \n\n28 Wilt thou kill me, as thou \ndidst the Egyptian yesterday ? \n\n29 Then fled Moses at this say- \ning, and was a strangei* in the \nland of Madian, where he begat \ntwo sons. \n\n- 30 And when forty years were \nexpired, there appeared to him \nin the wilderness of mount Sina, \nan angel of the Lord in a flame of \n\xc2\xa3re in a bush. \n\n31 When Moses saw it, he \nwondered at the sight : and as he \ndrew nearr to behold it, the voice \nef the Lord came unto him, \n^ 32 Siit/iii^, I am the God of thy \nfathers, tlie God of Abraham, \nand the God of Isaac, and the \nGod of Jacob. Then Moses \ntrembled, and durst not behold. \n\n33 Then said the Lord to him, \nPut oft* thy shoes from thy feet: \ntor the place where thou standest \nis holy grround^ \n\n5G3 \n\n\n\nn. Mdses a witness of Christ . \n\n34 I have seen, I have seen the \naffliction of my people which is \nin Egypt, and I have heard their \ngroaning, and am come down to \ndelKer tliem. And fiow come, I \nwill send thee into Egypt. \n\n35 This Moses whom they re- \nfused, saying. Who made thee a \nruler and a j udge ? the same did \nGod send to be sl ruler and a \ndeliverer, by the hand of the an- \ngel which appeared to him m the \nbush. \n\n36 He brought them out, after \nthat he had shewed wonders and \nsigns in the land of Egypt, and in \nthe Red sea, and in the wilderness \nforty years. \n\n37 ^ This is that Moses which \nsaid unto the children of Israel, \nA prophet shall the Lord your \nGod raise up unto you of your \nbrethren, like unto me; him shall \nye hear. \n\n38 This is he that was in the \nchurch in the wilderness, with the \nangel which spake to him in the \nmount Sina, and with our fa- \nthers: who received the lively \noracles, to give unto us. \n\n39 To whom our fathers would \nnot obey, but thrust hi?n from \nthem, and in their hearts turned \nback again into Egypt\' the disposition of angels, ar^d \nhave not kept it. \n\n54 ^ When they heard the&e \nIhmgs, they were cut to the heart, \nand thej/ gnashed on him with \ntheir teeth. \n\n55 But he being full of the Ho- \niy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into \nheaven, and saw tne glory of God, \nand Jesus standing on the right \nband^f God. \n\n\xe2\x96\xa064 \n\n\n\nActs. and is icajustly stoned, \n56 And said, Behold, I see tlie \n\nheavens opened, and the Son of \n\nman stanain^ on the rishthand of \n\nGod. \n67 Then they cried out with a \n\nloud A\'oice, and stopped their \n\nears, and ran upon him with one \n\naccord, \n\n58 And cast him out of the city, \nand stoned him : and the wit- \nnesses laid dov/n their clothes at \na young man s feet, whose name \nwas Saul. \n\n59 And they stoned Stephen \ncalling upon \'God, and saying, \nLord Jesus, receive my spiri t. \n\n60 And he kneeled down, and \ncried with a loud voice. Lord, lay \nnot this ski to their charge. And \nwhen he had said this, he fell- \nasleep. \n\nCHAP. VIII. \nSivion the sorcerer. \n\nAND Saul was consenting un- \nto his death. And at that \ntime there was a great persecu- \ntion against the church w iiich was \nat Jerusalem ; and they were all \nscattered abroad throughout the \nregions of Judea and Samaria, \nexcept the apostles. \n\n2 And devout men carried Ste- \nphen to his burial, and made great \nlamentation over him. \n\n3 As for Saul, he made havock \nof the church, entering into every r_ \nhouse, and lialing men and wo^lj \nmen, committed them to prison. \n\n4 Therefore they that wer \nscattered abroad, went eve \nwhere preaching the word. \n\n5 Then Philip went down ^ \nthe city of Samaria, and preach \nChrist unto them. \n\n6 And the people with one ac^ \ncord gave heed unto those thins \nwhich Philip spake, hearing, and ^ \nseeing the miracles which he did.\' \n\n\xce\xa4 For unclean spirits, crying \nwith a loud voice, came out of \nmany that were possessed with \nthem: and many taken with palsies, \nand fehat were lame, were henled. \n\n\n\nSmon the sorcerer. Chap. \n\n8 And there was great joy in \nthat city. \n\n9 But there was a certain man \n4\xc2\xbblled Simon, which before time \nin the same city used sorcery, and \nbewitched the people of Samaria, \ngiving out that himself was some \ngreat one. \n\n\' 10 To whom they all gave heed, \nfrom the least to the greatest, \nsaying, This man is the great \npower of God. \n\n11 And to him they had regard, \nbecause that of long time he had \nbewitched them \xce\x9bvith sorceries : \n\n12 But when they believed Phi- \nlip, preaching the things concern- \ning the kingdom of God, and the \nname of Jesus Christ, they were \nbaptized, both men and women. \n\n13 Then Simon himself believ- \ned also : and whe-n he was baptiz- \ned he continued with Philip, and \nwondered, beholding the miracles \nand signs which were done. \n\n14 ^ Now when the apostles, \nwhich were at Jerusalem, heard \nthat Samaria had received the \nword of God, they sent unto them \nPeter and John. \n\n15 Who, when they were come \ndown, prayed for them, that they \nmight receive the Holy Ghost, \n\n16 (For as yet he was fallen \nupon none of them; only they \nwere baptized in the name of the \nLord Jesus.) \n\n17 Then laid they i/zaV hands \non them, and they received the \nHoly Ghost. \n\n18 And when Simon saw that \nthrough laying on of the apostles^ \nhailis, the Holy Ghost was given, \nhe offered them money, \n\n19 Saying, Give me also this \npower, that on whomsoever I lay \n\xe2\x80\xa2nands, lie may receive the Hoi \xce\xbd \nGhost. \n\n20 But Peter said unto him, \nThy money perish with thee, be- \ncause tliou hast thought that the \nfi,itt of God may be purchased \nv^ish monev. \n\n165 \n\n\n\nviii. Philip and the eunueh, \n\n21 Thou hast neither part nor \nlot in this matter: for thy heart \nis not right in the sight of God. \n\n22 Repent therefore of this thy \nwickedness, and pray God, if per- \nhaps the thought of thine heart \nmay be forgivai thee. \n\n23 For I perceive that tliou art \nin the gall of bitterness, and in \nthe bond of iniquity. \n\n24 Then answered Simon, and \nsaid, Pray ye to the Lord for me^ \nthat none of these things which \nye have spoken come upon me. \n\n25 And they, when they had \ntestified and preached the word of \nthe Lord, returned to Jerusalem, \nand preached the gospel in many \nvillages of the Samaritans. \n\n26 ^ And the angel of the \nLord spake unto Philip, saying. \nArise, and go toward the south, \nunto the way that goeth down \nfrom Jerusalem unto Gaza, which \nis desert. \n\n27 And he arose and went : and \nbehold, a man of Ethiopia, an \neunuch of great authority under \nCandace queen of the EtHiopians, \nwho had the charge of all her \ntreasure, and had come to Jeru- \nsalem for to worship. \n\n28 Was returning, and sitting \nin his chariot, read Esaias th\xe2\x82\xac; \nprophet. \n\n29 Then the Spirk said unto \nPhilip, Go near, and join thyself \nto this chariot, \n\n30 And Philip ran thither to \nhim, and heard him read the \nprophet Esaias, and said, Under- \nstandest thou \\\\liat thou readest? \n\n31 And he said, How can I, \nexcept some man should guide \nme^ and he desired Philip that he \nwould come up, and sit with him. \n\n32 The place of the scripture \nwhich he read, was this. He was \nled as a sheep to the slaugliter, and \nlike a lamb dumb before his shear- \ner, so he opened not his mouth : \n\n3.S In his humiliation his judg- \nment wi>s token away. af\xc2\xbbd wfe \n\n\n\nSaul\'s coriversion, The Acts, \n\nsliall declare his generation ? for \nhis life is taken from the earth. \n\n34 And the euRUch answered \nPhilip, and said, \xce\xaa pray thee, of \nwhom speaketh the prophet this ? \nof himself, or of some other man? \n\n35 Tlien Philip opened his \nmouth, and began at the same \nscripture, and preached unto him, \nJesus. \n\n36 And as they went on their \nway, they came unto a certain \nWater : and the eunuch said. See, \n?iere is water ; what doth hinder \nme to be baptized ? \n\n37 And Philip said. If thou be- \nlievest with all thine heart, thou \nmayest. And he answered and \nsai-d, I believe that Jesus Christ \nis the S<:)n of God. \n\n38 And he commanded the \nchariot to stand still: and they \nwent down both into the water, \nboth Philip and the eunuch ; and \nhe baptized him. \n\n39 And when they were come \nlip out of the water, the Spirit of \nthe Lord caught away Philip, that \nthe eunuch saw him no more : and \nhe went on his way rejoicing, \n\n40 But Philip was found at \nAzotus : and passing through, he \npreached in all the cities, till he \ni;ame to Cesarea. \n\nCHAP. IX. \n\nSaul\'s miraculous conversion. \n\nA ND Saul yet breathing out \n\n-^JL threatnings and slaughter \n\nagainst the disciples of the Lord, \n\ny\xc2\xbb^ent unto the hidi priest, \n\n2 And desired ot him letters \nto Damascus to the synagogues, \nKiat if he found any of this way, \nwhether they were men or women, \nhe might bring them bound unto \nJerusalem. \n\n3 And as he journeyed, he came \n,near Damascus: and suddenly \nthere shined round about him a \nlight from heaven. \n\n4 And he fell to the earth, and \nheard a voice saving unto him, \nSaul, Saal, wl;v persecutest thou \n\nv.f?> \' \' \' ice \n\n\n\n\xce\xb1\xcf\x84\xce\xaf\xce\xaf\xce\x90\xce\xbd\xce\xaf\xcf\x86\xce\xb7. \n\n5 And he said, Who art thou, \nLord? And the Lord said, I am \nJesus whom tliou persecutest . li \nis hard for thee to kick against \nthe pricks. \n\n6 And he trembling and asto- \nnished, said, Lord, what wilt thou \nhave me to do? And the Lord \nsaid unto him. Arise, and go in*ts \n\nH2 \n\n\n\nPeter defendeih his \n\n\n\nname, whosoever believeth in him, \nshall receive remission of sins. \n\n44 ^J While Peter yet spake these \nwords, the Holy Ghost fell on all \nthem \xce\x9bvhich iieard th^ word. \n\n45 And they of the circumci- \nsion which believed, were asto- \nnished, as many as came with Pe- \nter, because that on the Gentiles \nalso was poured out the gift of the \nHoly Ghost. \n\n46 For they heard them speak \nwith tongues, and magnify God. \nThen answered Peter, \n\n4\xce\x93 Can any man forbid water, \nthat these should not: be baptized, \nwhich have received the Holy \nGhost as well as we ? \n\n48 xAnd he commanded them \nto be baptized in the name of the \nLord. Then prayed they him to \ncarry certain davs. \n\nCHAP. XI. \n\nPeter^s defence, being accused. \n\nA ND tfiie apostles and bre- \n-i-lL thren that were in Judea, \nheard that the Gentiles had also \nreceived the word of God. \n\n2 And when Peter was come up \nto Jerusalem, they that were of \nthe circumcision contended with \nhim, \n\n3 Saying, Thou wen test ip to \nmen uncircumcised, and didst eat \n\xce\x9b^ ith them. \n\n4 But Peter rehearsed the mat- \nter from the beginning, and ex- \npounded it by order unto them, \nsaying, \n\n5 I was in the city of Joppa, \npraying ; and m a trance I saw a \nvision. A certain vessel descend, \nas It had been a great sheet, let \ndown from heaven by four cor- \nners ; and it came even to me. \n\n\xcf\x8c Upon the which when I had \n\nfastened mine eyes, I considered, \n\nand saw four-footed beasts of the \n\nearth, and wild beasts and creep- \n\n\'.iii; thing.s,. and fowls of the air. \n\n7 And I heard a voice, saying un- \n\nG ine. Arise, Peter, slay and eat. i \n\na B\'U I -nid, Nc-t so, Lord:! \n\nITO \n\n\n\nThe Act\'s, preaching to the Gentiles, \n\n\n\nfor nothing common or unclean \nhath at any time entered into my \nmouth. \n\n9 But the voice answered me \nagain from heaven. What God \nhath cleansed, that call not thou \ncommon. \xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n10 And this was done three \ntimes : and all were drawn up \nagain into heaven. \n\n11 And behold, immediately \nthere were three men already \ncome unto the house where I was, \nsent froMi Cesarea unto me. \n\n12 And the Spirit bade me go \nWith them, nothing doubting. \nMoreover, these six brethren ac- \ncompanied me, and we entered \ninto the man*s house : \n\n13 And he shewed us how he \nhad seen an angel in his house, \nwhich stood and said nnto him, \nSend men to Joppa, and call for \nSimon, whose surname is Peter : \n\n14 Who shall tell thee %vords, \nwhereby thou and all thy house \nshall be saved. \n\n15 And as I began to speak, the \nHoly Ghost fell on them, as on us \nat the beginning. \n\n16 Then remembered I the \nword of the Lord, how that he \nsaid, John indeed baptized with \nwater ; but ye shall be bapti2ied \nwith the Holy Ghost. \n\n17 Forasmuch then as God \ngave them the like gift as he did \nunto us, who believed on the \nLord Jesus Christ, what was I \ntliat I could withstand God ? \n\n18 When they heard these \nthings, they held their peace, and \nglorified (jod, saying, Then hath \nGod also to the Gentiles granted \nrepentance unto life. \n\n19 ^irion : but they came with one \ni--\':cord to him, and haVing made \ni^iastus the king\'s chamberlain \ntheir friend, desired peace ; be- \ncause their country v/as nourish- \ned by the king\'s countri/. \n\n21 And upon a set ciay, Herod \narrayed in royal apparel/dtegipon \nhis throne, and made aii^Bfeion \nLLhto them : \ni?3 \n\n\n\nActs. Elymas the sorcerer. \n\n2? And the people gave a sho\'it, \nsaying y It is the voice of a god, \nand not of a man. \n\n23 And immediately the angel \nof the Lord smote him, because \nhe gave not God the giory : and \nhe was eaten of worms, and gave \nup the ghost. \n\n24 ^ But the word of God grew \nand multiplied : \n\n25 And Barnabas and Saul re- \nturned from Jerusalem, when \nthey had fuiniled their ministn\', \nand took w^th them John, whose \nsurname w^as Mark. \n\nCHAP. xm. \n\nElj/.iias the sorcerer struck hlind. \n"Vy OW there were in the clmrcii \n-L^ that was at Antioch, certain \nprophets and teachers ; as Bar- \nnabas, and Simeon that was cal- \nled Niger, and Lucms of Cyrene, \nand Manaen w^hicb had been \nbrought up wuth Herod the te- \ntrarch, and Saul. \n\n2 ^As they ministertd to the \nLord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost \nsaid, Separate me Barnabas and \nSaul, lOY the work w hereunto I \nhave called them. \n\n3 "And when tlicy had fasted \nand prayed, and laid their hands \non them, they sent them away. \n\n4 fj" So they being sent forth \nby the Holy Giiost, departed unto \nScleucia ; and from thence they \nsailed to Cyprus. \n\n5 x\\nd when they w^ere at Sala- \nmis, they preached the word of \nGod in the synagogues of the \nJews\xe2\x80\x9e and they had also John to \ntheir minister. \n\n6 And when they liad gone, \nthrough the isle untoPaphos, they ^ \nfound a certain sorcerer, a false ;\xc2\xab \nprophet, a Jew, whose name was \\ \nBarjesus : \n\n\xce\xa4 Which was with the deputy \xcf\x8a \nof the country, Sergius Paulus, a 1 \nprudent man ; who called for j \nBarnabas and Saul, and desired \\ \nto hear the word of God. \n\n\n\n^^\xe2\x80\xa2is the iorcerer ^ \n\n\n\n(^y. \n\n\n\n^s< \n\n\n\nPauVs sermon in the Chap \n\nso is his name by interpretation) \nwithstood tli-em, seeking to turn \naway the deputy from the faith. \n\n9 \'Then Saul (vrho also u called \nPaul) filled with the Holy Ghost, \nset his eves on him. \n\n10 Arid said, \xce\x9f full of all sub- \ntil ty and all mischief, thou child \nef the devil, fhoii enemy of all \nrighteousness, wilt thou not cease \nto pervert the right ways \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a the \nLord ? \n\n11 And now behold, the hand \nof the Lord is upon tiiee, and thou \nshalt be blind, not seeing the sun \nfor a season. And immediately \nthere fell on him a mist and a \ndarkness ; an-d he \\vent about \nseeking some to lead hmi by the \nhand, \n\n12 Then the deputy when he \nsaw \\vhat was done, believed, be- \ning astonished at the doctrine of \nthe Lord. \n\n13 Now when Paul and his \n^ompraiy loosed from Papbos, \n:liey came toPergainPamphylia: \nand John departing from them \nreturned to Jerusalem. \n\n14 5i B^it when they departed \nfrom Perga, thej came to xVntioch \nin Pisidia, and went into the S3m- \nagogue on the sabbath day, and \nsat down. \n\n15 And after the reading of \nthe "law and the prophets, the \nrulers of the synagogue sent unto \nLhem, saying. Ye men and bre- \n\nhren, if ye have any word of ex- \n. )riation for the people, say on. \n\n16 Then Paul stood up, and \nbeckoning with Ms hand, said. \nMen of Israel, and ye that fear \nGod, give audience. \n\n17 The God of this people of \nr^rael chose our fathers, and ex- \nited the people, when they dwelt \n.3 strangers in the land of Egypt, \n\n:ind with an high arm brought ne \n.licni out of it. \n\n18 And about the time of forty \nyears suffered he their manners \nQ For David after he had \nserved his own generation by th.e \nwill of God, fell on sleep, and was \nlaid unto his fathers, and saw cor- \nruption. \n\n.37 But he w^hom God raised \nagain, saw no corruption. \n\n38 51 Be it known unto you \ntherefore men and brethren, tiiat \nthrough this man is preached unto \nyou the forgiveness of sins : \n\n39 And by him all that believe \nare justifiefl from ail things, from \nwhich ye could not be justified by \nthe law of Moses. \n\n40 Beware therefore, lest that \ncome upon you which is spoken of \nin the prophets, \n\n41 Behold, ye despisers, and \nwondey, and perish : for I work a \nw^irk in your days, a v/ork which \nye shall in no wise believe, though \na man declare i^unto you. \n\n42 And when the Jews were \n^pne out of the synagogue, the \nGentiles besought that these \n-words might be pr\xe2\x82\xacache4 to them \nthe next sabbath. \n\n43 Now when the congrega- \n\n\n\nFcral^ 4\'^\xe2\x80\xa2 persecuted. \n\n\n\nJews, and religious proselytes fol- \nlowed Paul and Barnabas ; who \nspeaking to them, persuaded \ntiicm to continue in the grace of \nGod, \n\n44 ^ And the next sabpath day \ncame almost the whole city toge- \nther to hear the word of Goa. \n\n45 But when the Jews saw the \nmultitudes, they were hiied with \nenvT, and spake against those \nthings which were spoken by \nPaul, contradicting and olasphem- \ning. \n\n46 Then Paul and Barnabas \nw-axed bold, and said. It was ne^ \ncessary that the word of God \nshould first have been spoken to \nyou : but seeing ye put it from \nyou, and judge yourselves un- \nworthy of everlastmg life, lo, we \nturn to the Gentiles. \n\n47 For so hath the Lord com- \nmanded uSjSai/ing^ I have set thee \nto be a light of the Gentiles, that \ntliou shouldest be for salvation un- \nto the ends of the earth. \n\n48 And when the Gentiles \nheai d this, they were glad, and \nglorified the w ord of the Lord : \nand as many as were ordained to \neternal life, believed. \n\n49 And the word of the Lord \nwas published throughout all the \nregion. \n\n50 But the Jews stirred up the \ndevout and honourable women, \nand the chief men of the city, and \nraised persecution against Paul \nand Barnabas, and expelled them \nou t of their coasts. \n\n51 But they shi^ok off the dust \nof their feet against them, and \ncame unto Iconmm. \n\n52 And the disciples were fill- \ned Avith joy, and with the Holy \nGhost. \n\nCHAP. XIV. \nPaid hcahtha cripple at Lystra. \n\nAND it came to pass in Ico- \nnium, that they went botli \ntogether into the synagogue of \n\n\n\nf\'on was broken uo, many of the ^ the Jews, and so spake thar. a \n\n\n\nA cripple healed, Ciiap, \n\ngreat muilitude both of the Jews \nand also of the Greeks, behevfid. \n\n2 But the unbelieving Jews stir- \nred up the Gentiles, and made \ntheir minds evil affected against \nthe brethren. \n\n3 Long time therefore abode \nthey speaking boldly in the Lord, \nwhich gave testimony unto the \nword of his grace, and* granted \nsigns and wonders to be done by \ntheir hands. \n\n4 But the multitude of the city \nwas divided : and part held with \nthe Jews, and part wath the \napostles. \n\n5 And when there was an as- \nsault made both of the Gentiles, \nand also of tlie Jews with their \nrulers, to use them despitefully, \nand to stone them, \n\n6 They were ware oi\' ii, and \nfljed unto Lystra and Derbe, cities \nof Lycaonia, and unto the regiOii \nthat iieth round about : \n\n7 And there they preached the \ngospel. \n\n8 fl\' And there sat a certain \nman at Lystra, impotent in his \nfeet, being a cripple from his \nmotiier\'s womb, w^ho never had \nwalked. \n\n9 The same heard Paul speak : \nwho stedfastly beholding him^ and \nperceiving that he had faith to be \niiealed, \n\n10 Said \\vith a loud voice, Stand \nupright on thy feet. And he leap- \ned and walked. \n\n11 And when the people saw \nwhat Paul had done, the; lifted \nup their voices, saying, in the \nspeech of Lycaonia, The gods are \n\xc2\xabome down to us in the likeness of \nmen. \n\n12 And they called Barnabas, \nJupiter ; and\' Paul, ]Meicurius ; \nbecause he was the chief speaker. \n\n13 Then the priest of Jupiter \nwhich was before their city \nbrought oxen and garlands unto \nthe gates, and would have done \nsacrifice with tke vc^ovle. \n\n\n\n5il7, Jc^diil \xce\xbf\xce\xaf\xce\xbf/\xce\xaf\xce\xb2\xce\xac^ Ulii reCOucrCd. \n\n\'\\4i Which when the apostles \nBarnabas and Paul heard of\\ they \nrent their clothes, and ran in \namong the people, crying out, \n\n15 And saying, Sirs, why do ye \nthese things } We also are men of \nlike passions with you, and preack \nunto you, that ye should turn from \nthese vanities unto the living God, \nwhich made heaven, and earth, \nand the sea, and all things that are \ntherein : \n\n16 Who ni times past suffered \nall nations to walk in their own \nways. \n\n17 Nevertheless, he left not \nhimself without witness, in that \nhe did good, and gave us rani \nfrom heaven, and fruitful seasons . \nfilling our hearts vv^ith food and \ngladness. \n\n18 And v>^ith these sayings, \nscarce restrained they the people^ \nthat they had not done sacrihce \nimto them. \n\n19 5i And there came thither \ncertain Jews from Antioch. and I- \nconium,who persuaded the people, \nand havmg stojied Paul, drew him \nout of the city, supposing he liad \nbeen dead. \n\n20 Howbeit, as the disciples \nstood round about him, he rose \nup, and came into tJie city, and \nthe next day he departed with \nBarnabas to Derbe. \n\n21 And wlien they had preach- \ned the gospel to that city, and \nhad taught many, they returned \nagain to Lystra, and to iconium, \nand Antioch, \n\n22 Confirming tiie souls of thi- \ndisciples, and exhorting them ?:o- \ncontinue in the faith, and that we \nmust through much tribulatior. \nenter into the kingdom of God. \n\n23 And when they had or \ndained them elders in every \nchurch, and had prayed witli \nfasting, they commended them \nto the Lord, on v/hom they be ^ \nh\'cved, \n\n^.^ And after ^h^v ^-^\'i j^^^ci^^-^ \n\n\n\nJJisscnsion about circmnchion. The Acts. \n\n\n\nIhe tiuu^tit:> letter \n\n\n\nthroughout Pisidia, tliey came to \nParapiiylia. \n\n25 And wheirthey had preach- \ned the word in Perga, they went \ndown to Alalia: \n\n26 And then sailed to Antioch, \nfrom whence they had hern re- \ncommended to the srrace of God, \nfor the work which they fulfilled. \n\n2? And when they \xce\x9bvere come \nand had gathered the church to- \ngether, they rehearsed all that \nGod had done wdth them, and how \nhe had opened the door of faith \nunto the Gentiles. \n\n28 And there they abode long \ntime with the disciples. \nCHAP. XV. \n\nOissention about circumcision. \n\nAND certain men which came \ndown from Judea, taught \nthe brethren, and said, Except \nye be circumcised aft\'cr the man- \nner of Moses, ye cannot be &a\xce\x9b ed. \n2 When therefore Paul and \nBarnabas had no small dissention \nand disputation with them, they \ndetermined that Paul and Barna- \nbas, and certain othcjr of them,. \nSrhsuld go up to Jerusalem unto \nthe apostles and elders about this \nquestion, \n\n3 And being brought on their \nway by the church, they passed \nthrough Phenice, and Samxaria, \ndeclaring the conversion of the \nGentiles : \xc2\xbb.nd they caused great \nJoy unto all the brethren, \n\n4 And when they were come \n:o Jerusalem, they were received \nof the church, and c/"the apostles \nuiid elders, and they declared ail \ndiings that God iiad done with \nthem. . \n\n\xce\xb4 But there rose up certain of \nthe sect of the Pharisees which \nbelieved, saying. That it was need- \ntul to circumcise them, and to \n-ommand them to keep the law of \nMoses. \n\n6 ^ And the apostles and elders \nrarae together (( r to consider of \n\n\n\n7 And when there had been \nmuch disputing, Peter rose up, \nand said unto them, Men and \nbrethren, ye know how that a \ngood while ago, God made choice \namong us, that the Gentiles by \nrav mouth should hear the word \nor the gospel, and believe. \n\n\xce\xb4 And God, which knoweth the \nhearts, bare them witness, giving \nthem the Holy Ghost, even as he \ndid unto us : \n\n9 And put no difference be- \ntween us and them, purifying theh \nhearts by faith. \n\n10 Now therefore why tempt \nye God, to put a yoke upon the \nneck of the disciples, which nei- \nther ojir fathers nor we were able \nto bear? \n\n11 But we believe that through \nthe grace of the Lord Jesus Christ \nwe shall be saved even as they. \n\n12 ^ Then all the multitude \nkept silence, and gave audience \nto Barnabas and Paul, declaring \nwhat miracles and wonders Go\xc2\xab \nhad wrought anwng the Gentiles \nby them. \n\n13 ^ And after they had held \ntlieir peace, James answered, say- \ning, Men and brethren, hearken \nunto me : \n\n14 Simeon hath declared hoxv \nGod at the first did visit the Gen- \ntiles, to take out of them a people \nfor his name. \n\n15 And to this agree tlie \nwords of the propheis ; as it is \nvvriticii, \n\n16 After this I will return, and \nwail bviid asfain thre tabernacle of \nDavid, which is fallen down : and \nI will build airain the ruins there- \nof, and I will set it up : \n\n17 That the residue of men \nmi^ht seek after the Lord, and all \nthe Gentiles upon whom my name \nIS called, saith the Lord, who \ndoeth all these things. \n\n18 Know \xce\xb7 unto God are all his \nv/orks from UiQ bednnifig of the \n\n\n\nconcerning cireumciawn, Ohap, xf i \n19 Wherefore my sentence is, \nthat we trouble not them which \nfrom among tlie Gentiles are \nturned to God : \n\n20 But that we write unto \nthem, that they abstain from pol- \nlutions of Jdoisj, and from forni- \ncation, \xce\xbf\xcf\x87\xcf\x8a\xce\xac from things strangled, \nm\\afrgm blood. \n\n21 For Moses of old time hath \nin every city them that preach him, \nbeing read in the synagogues every \nsabbath day. \n\n22 TheiLpleased it the apostles \nand elders, with the whole church, \nto send chosen men of their own \ncompany to Antiocli, with Paul \nand Barnabas; namely, Judas sur- \nnanied Barsabas, and Silas, chief \nmen among the brethren : \n\n23 And they wrote letters by them \nafter this manner. The apostles, \nand elders, and brethren, send \ngreeting unto the brethren which \nare of the Gentiles in Antioch, \nand Syria, and Cilicia, \n\n24 Forasmuch as we have heard, \nthat certain which went out from \nus, have troubled you with words, \nsubverting your souls,, saying, Ye \nmust be circumcised, and keep the \nlaw, to whom we gave no such \ncommandment : \n\n25 It seamed good unto us, be- \ning assembled with one accord, to \nsend chosen men unto you. with \nGur beloved Barnabas and Paul ; \n\n26 Men that have hazarded \nfeheu\' lives for the netme of our \nLord Jesus Christ. \n\n27 We have sent therefore \nJudas and Silas, w ho shall also tell \nyou the same things by mouth, \n\n28 For it seemed good to the \nHoly Ghost, and to us, to lay up- \non you no greater burden than \nohese necessary things ; \n\n29 That ye abstain from meats \noffered to idols, and from blood, \nand from things strangled, and \nfrom foinication : from which if \nye keep yourselves\', je shall do \nweil, rare ye v;e!i. \n\n\n\n\xc2\xa5aul and Baniabas cot&Lmiu, \n\n30 So when they were (hsmisst- \ned they came to Antioch : and \nwhen they had gathered the mul- \ntitude together, they delivered the \nepistle. \n\n31 TFA/cA when they had read, \nthey rejoiced for the consolation. \n\n32 And Judas and Silas being \nprophets also themselves, exhort- \ne-d the brethren with many words^ \nand confirmed them, \n\n33 And after they had tarried \nthere a space, they were let go iu \npeace from the brethren unto the \napostles, * \n\n34 Notwithstanding it pleased \nSilas to abide tliere still. \n\n^b Paul also and Barnabas con- \ntinued in Antioch, teaching and \npreaching the. word of the Lord, \nwith many others also. \n\n36 ^ And some days after, Paul \nsaid unto Biirnabas let us go \nagain and visit our brethren in \nevery city, where we have preach- \ned the word of the \xce\x8a^\xce\xbf\xce\xbd\xce\xac,\xce\xbf.\xce\xb7\xce\xac see \nhow they do, \n\n37 And Barnabas determined \nto take with them John^ wliose \nsurname was Mark. \n\n38 But Paul thought not good \nto take him with them, who de- \nparted from them from Pamphylia \nand went not with them to the- \nwork. \n\n39 An-d the contention was so \nsharp between them, that tliey \ndeparted asunder one from the. \nother : and so Ba,rnabas took \nMark, and sailed unto CH^ru;?: \n\n40 And Paul chose Siias, and \ndeparted, being reconmiended by \nthe brethren wnto the grace of \nGod. \n\n, 41 And he _went through Sy- \nria, and Cilicia, conflmiing tie \nchurches. \n\nCHAP, XVX \nFaid circumciscth Timothy, \n\nTHEN came he to Derbe and" \nLystra: and behold, a cer \ntain disciple was there. naii.Ci:; \n\n\n\nFnul seeth a vtsion, Xhe \n\n?roman which was a Jewess, and \nbelieved ; but his father tvas a \nGreek : \n\n2 Which w$is well reported of \nby the brethren that were at Lys- \ntra and Iconium. \n\n3 Him would Paul liave to go \nforth \xce\x9bvith him: and took and \ncircumcised liim, because of the \nJews Tvhich were in those quar- \nters : for they knew all that his \nfather was a Greek. \n\n4 And as they went through the \ncities, they delivered them the \ndecrees for to keep that were or- \ndained of the apostles and elders \nwhich were at Jerusalem. \n\n5 And so Avere the churches \nestablished in the faith, and in- \ncreased in number daily. \n\n6 Now v/hen they liad gone \nthroughout Phrygia, and the re- \ngion of Gaiatia, and were forbid- \nden of the Holy Ghost to preacli \nliie word in Asia, \n\n7 After they \xce\x9bvere come to \nMy si a, they assayed to go into \nBithynia : but the spirit sulTered \nthem not. \n\n8 And they passing by Mysia, \ncame down to Troas. \n\n9 And a vision appeared to \nPaul in the night : There stood a \nman of Macedonia, and prayed \nhim, saying, Come over into Ma- \ncedonia, and help us. \n\n10 And after he had seen the \nvision, immediately we endeavour- \ned to go into Macedoniaj assured- \nly gathering, that the Lord had \ncalled us for to preach the gospel \nunto them. \n\n11 Therefore loosing: from Troas \n\'we came wi th a straight course to \nSkmothracia, and the next \xce\xac\xce\xb1\xcf\x84/ to \nNeapolis ; \n\n12 And from thence to Philippi, \nVvhich is the chief city of that part \nof Macedonia; and a colony ; p_nd \nwe were i^n that city abiding cer- \nDain days, \n\n13 And on the sabbath we \n\xe2\x80\xa2went \xe2\x80\xa25\xcf\x85\xce\x90 j>f the city by a rivi^r- \n\n\n\nActs; \xc2\xa3i/dia corvoerted. \n\nside, where prayer was wont to be \nmade ; and we sat down, asd \nspake unto the women which re- \nsorted thither, \n\n14 ^ And a certain woman \nnamed Lydia, a seller of purple, \nof the city of Thyatira, which \nworshipped God, heard us : whose \nheaiL the Lord opened that she \nattended unto the things which \nwere spoken of Paul. \n\n15 And when she was baptized, \nand her household, she besought \nus, saying. If ye have judged me \nto be faithful to the Lord, come \ninto my house, and abide there. \nAnd she constrained us. \n\n16 ^ And it came to pass, as \nwe went to prayer, a certain dam- \nsel, possessed with a spirit of \ndivination, met us, which brought \nher masters much gain by sooth- \nsaying ; \n\n17 The same followed Pa-ul, \nand us : and cried, saying. These \nmen are the servants of the most \nhigh God, wliich shew unto us the \nway of salvation. . \n\n18 And this did she many days. \nBut Paul being grieved, turned \nand said to the spirit, I command \nthee hi the name of Jesus Christ \nto come out of her. And he came \nout the same hour. \n\n19 51 And when her masters \nsaw that the hope of their gains \nwas gone, they caught Paul and \nSilas, and drew them into the \nmarket place unto the rulers, \n\n20 And brought them to the \nmagistrates, saying. These men, \nbeing Jews, do exceedingly trouble \nour city, \n\n21 And teach customs which are \nnot lawful for us to receive, nei- \nther to observe, being Romans. \n\n22 And the multitude rose up \ntogether against them : and the \nmagistrates rent off their clothes, \nand commanded to beat them. \n\n23 nnd when they had laid \nmany stripes upon them, they \neast tf^m mio prison, changing \n\n\n\nITie Jailor converted. Chap. \n\nthe jailor to keep them safely, \n\n^ 24 Who having: received such \n\n- a charge, thrust them into the \n\ninner prison, and made their feet \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 fast in the stocks. \n\n25 ^ And at midnight Paul \nand Silas prayed and sang praises \nunto God : and the prisoners \nheard them. \n\n26 And suddenly there was a \ngreat earthquake, so that the \nfoundations of the prison were \nshaken ; and immediately all the \ndoors were opened, and every \none^s \'bands were loosed. \n\n27 And the keeper of the pri- \nson aw^aking out of his sleep, and \nseeing the prison doors open, he \ndrew out his sword, and would \nhave killed himself, supposing tiiat \nthe prisoners had been iied. \n\n28 But Paul cried with a loud \nvoice, saying. Do thyself no harm; \nfor we are ail here. \n\n29 Then he called foi\xe2\x80\xa2 a light, \nand sprang in, and came trem- \nbling, and fell down before Paul \nand Silas : \n\nSO And brought them out, and \nsaid. Sirs, what must I do to be \nsaved ? \n\n31 And tliey said, Believe on \nthe Lord Jesus Christ, and thou \nshalt be saved, and thy house. \n\n32 And they spake unto him \nthe word of the Lord, and to all \nthat were in his house. \n\n33 And he took them the same \nhour of the night, and -\xc2\xab.vashed their \nstripes ; and was baptized, he and \nall his, straightvv\'ay. \n\n34 And when he had brought \nthem into his house, lie set meat \nbefore them, and rejoiced behev- \ning in God with all his house. \n\n35 And when it was day, the \nmagistrates sent the Serjeants, \nsaying, Let those men go. \n\n36 And the keeper of the pri- \nson told this saying to Paul, The \nmagistrates have sent to let vou \nu,\xe2\x80\xa2\'.) : now therefore depart, andi go \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2^ ?)eace, \n\n.179 \n\n\n\n%vn. Faul at Thessaiomca. \n\n37 But Paul said unto them, \nThey have beaten us openly un- \ncondemned, being Romans, and \nhave cast m into prison : ^nd now \ndo they thrust us out privily \xce\xa1 nay, \nverily, but let them come them- \nselves and fetch us out. \n\n38 And tlie Serjeants told these \nwords unto the magistrates : and \nthey feared when they heard that \nthey were Romans. \n\n39 And they came and besought \nthem, and brought them out, and \ndesired them to depart out of the \ncity. \n\n40 And they went out of the \nprison, and entered into the house \no/\'Lydaa : and when they had seen \nthe brethren, they comforted \nthem, and departed. \n\nCHAP. XVIL \nPaul preacheth at Thessalonica. \n1^ OW when they had passed \n-L^l through Amphipolis, and \nApollonia, they came to Thes- \nsalonica, where was a synagogue \nof the Jews. \n\n2 And Paul, as his manner was, \n\xce\x9bvent in unto them, and three sab- \nbath days reasoned with them out \nof the scriptures, \n\n3 Opening and alledging, that \nChrist must needs have sunered \nand risen again from the dead : \nand that this Jesus \\vkom I preach \nunto you is Christ. \n\n4 Ana some of them beliei^ed, \nand consorted with Paul and Silas : \nand of the devout Greeks a i\xc2\xa3reat \nmuhitude, and of the chief wo- \nmen not a few. \n\n5 51 But the Jews which be- \nlieved not, moved with envy^ took \nunto them certain lewd fellows of \nthe baser sort, and gathered a \ncompany, and set all the city oe \nan uproar, and assaulted the house \nof Jason, and souglit to brmg \nthem out to tije pei)ple. \n\n6 And when they foufid them \nnot, they drew Jason, and cer- \ntan brethren, unto tlie rulers oi \nthe city, Ci7ii>g, Th^\xe2\x82\xac tljat bavc \n\n\n\nWimBfMih dommtnded. The Acts. Paul preachetk at Athens. \n\n\n\nmined the world upside do\\vn are \ncome hither alse. \n\n7 Whom Jason hath received : \nand these ail do contrary to \nthe decrees of Cesar, saying, \nThat there is another king, 07ie \nJesus. \n\n8 And fehey troubled the peo- \nple, and the rulers of the city, \nwhen they heard these things. \n\n9 And when they had taken \nsecurity of Jason, and of the other, \nthey let them go. \n\n10 i[ And the bretliren imme- \ndiately sent away Paul and Silas \nby night unto Berea : who coming \nthither, went into the .synagogue \nof the Jews. \n\n11 These w^ere more noble than \nthose in Thessalonica, in that \nthey received the word with ail \nreadiness of mind, and searched \nthe scriptures daily, whether those \nthings were so. \n\n12 Therefore many of them \nbelieved : also of honourable w^o- \nmen which were Greeks, and of \nmen not a few. \n\n13 But when the Jews of ThetJ- \nsalonica had knowledge that the \nword of God was preached of \nPaul at Berea, they came thither \nalso, and stiiTed up the people. \n\n14 And then immediately the \nbrethren sent away Paul, to ;,o as \nit were to the sea : but Silas and \nTimo-theus abode there still. \n\n15 And they that conducted \nPaul, brought him unto Athens, \nand receiving a conmaandinent \nunto Silas and Timotheus, for to \ncome to him with all speed, they \ndeparted. \n\n16 ^ Now while Paul waited \nfor them at Athens, his spirit was \nstirred in him, when he saw the \ncity wlioliy given to idolatry. \n\n17 Therefore disputed he in \nthe synagogue with the Jews ; \nand with the devout persons, and \nin the market daily with them that \nmet \'\xe2\x80\xa2with him. \n\n16 Then certain philosophers \n\nISO \n\n\n\nof the Epicureans, and of the \nStoicks, encountered him : and \nsome said. What will this babbler \nsay } other some, He seemeth to \nbe a setter forth of strange gods : \nbecause he preached unto them \nJesus, and the resurrection. \n\n19 And they took liim and \nbrought him unto Areopagus, \nsaying, May \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb2 know what this \nnew doctrine whereof thou speak- \nest, IS ? \n\n20 For thou bringest certain \nstrange things to our ears : \\ve \n\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xbf\xcf\x85\xce\x903 know therefore wjiat these \nthings mean. \n\n21 (For all the Athenians, and \nstrangers which \\vere there, spent \ntheir time in nothing else, but \neither to tell or to hear some new \nthing.) \n\n22 ^ Then Paul stood in the \nmidst of Mars-hill, and said. Ye \nmen of Athens, I perceive that \nin all tilings ye are toij supersti- \ntious. \n\n23 For as I passed by, and be- \nheld your devotions, \xce\xaf found an \naltar with this inscription, TO \nTHE UN KNOWN GOD. AVhom \ntherefore ye ignorantiy worship, \nhim declare I unto you. \n\n24 God that made the world, \nand all things therein, seeing that \nhe is Lord of heaven and earth, \ndwelleth not in temples made with \nhands : \n\n25 Neither is worshipped with \nmen\'s hands, as though he need- \ned any thing, seeing he giveth \nto all life, and breeith, and ail \nthings ; \n\n26 And liath made Of one blood \nall nations of men, for to dwell \non ail the face of the earth, and \n\n. hath determined the times before \nappointed, and the bounds of their \nhabitations : \n\n27 I hat they should seek the \nIx)rd, if haply they might feel af- \nter him, and find him, though he \nbe not far from every one of us : \n\n28 For in him we live, and \n\n\n\nHe preacheth at Cormth, Chap, \nmove, and have our being : as \ncertain also of your \xce\x9f\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb7 poets \nhoye said, For we are also his \noiFspring. \n\n29 Forasmuch then as we are \nthe offspring of God, we ought \nnot to think that the Godhead is \nlike unto gold, or silve*\', or stone, \ngraven by art and man\'s device. \n\n30 And the times of this ig- \nnorance God winked at ; but now \ncomniandeth all men every where \nto repent : \n\n31 Because he hath appointed \na day, in the which he will judge \nthe world in righteousness, by \nthat man whom he hath ordained; \nwhereof he hath given assurance \nunto all inen, in that he hath rais- \ned him from the dead. \n\n32 f[ And when they heard of \nthe resurrection of the dead, \nsome mocked ; and others said, \nWe will hear thee again of this \n?mtte?\\ \n\n33 So Paul departed from a- \nmong tliem. \n\n34 Howbeit, certain men clave \nunto him, and believed : among \nthe which was Dionysius the A- \nreopagite, and a woman named \nDamaris, and others with them. \n\nCPIAP. XVIII. \n\nPaul accused he fore Gallio. \n\n\xce\x9b FTER these tilings, Paul de- \n\nJ\\. parted from Athens, and \n\ncame to Corinth ; \n\n2 And found a certain Jew \nnamed Aquila, born in Pontus, \nl-Jitely come from Italy, \\vith his \nwife Priscilla, (because that Clau- \ndius had commanded all Jews to \ndepart from Rome,) and came un- \nto them. \n\n3 And because he was of the \nsame ci\'aft, he abode with them, \nand wrought (Tor by their occu- \npation they were tent makers.) \n\n4 And he reasoned in the S3\'na- \nv\'Ogue every sabbath, and per- \nsuaded the JeAvs and the Greeks. \n\n5 And when Silas and *Timo- \niieus were come from Macedo- \n\n\n\nxviii. and is accused before Gailio, \nnia, Paul was pressed in spirit, \nand testified to the Jews that Je- \nsus was Christ. \n\n6 And when they opposed \nthemselves, and blasphemed, he \nshook his raiment, and said unto \nthem, YouT blood he upon your \nown heads : I am clean : from \nhenceforth I will go unto the \nGentiles. \n\n7 ^ And he departed thence \nand entered into a certain man^s \nhouse, named Ju^fpus, one that \nworshipped God, whose house \njoined riard to the synagogue. \n\n8 And Crispus the chief ruler \nof the synagogue believed on \nthe Lord, with all his house : \nand many of the Corinthians \nhearing, believed, and were bap- \ntized. \n\n9 Then spake the Lord to Paul \nin the night by a vision, Be not \nafraid, but speak, and hold not \nthy peace : \n\n10 For I am with thee, and no \nman shall set on thee, to hurt \nthee : for I have much people in \nthis city. \n\n11 And he continued there a \nyear and six months, teaching the \nword of God among tl>em. \n\n12 % And when Gallio was the \ndeputy of Achaia, the Jev/s made \ninsurrection with \xc2\xaene accord a- \ngainst Paul, and brouglu him to *\' \nthe judgment seat, \n\n13 Saying, this fellow persuad- \neth men to worship God contrary \nto the law. \n\n14 And when Paul was now a- \nbout to open his mouth, Gaiho \nsaid unto ihe Jews, If it were a \nmatter of wrong, or wicked lewd- \nness, \xce\x9f ^\'e Jews, reason would that \nI should bear with you : \n\n15 But it it be a question of \nwords and names, and of your \nlaw, look ye to it ; for I will be \nno judge \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a such matters. \n\n16 And he drave them from the \njudgment seat. \n\n1\xce\x93 Then all the Greeks took \n\n\n\nApollos preacheth Christ, The \nSostheiies, the chief ruler of the \nsynagogue, and beat him before \nthe judgment seat : and Gallio \ncared for none of those things. \n\n18 5[ And Paul after this tarried \nthere yet a good while, and then \ntook Iiis leave of the brethren, \nand sailed thence into Syria, and \nwith him Priscilla, and Aquiia, \nhaving shorn AisheadinCencnrea; \nfor he had a V0\xce\x9b^^ \n\n19 And he came to Ephesus, \nand left them there : but he him- \nself entered into the synagogue, \nand reasoned with the Jews. \n\n20 When they desired hi?n to \ntarry longer time with them, he \nconsented not : \n\n21 But bade them farewell, say- \ning, I must by all means keep this \nfeast, that cometh in Jerusalem : \nbut I will return again unto you, \nif God will. And he sailed from \nEphesus. \n\n22 And when he had landed at \nCesarea, and gone up and salu- \nted the church, he went down to \nAntioch. \n\n23 And after he had spent some \ntime there, he departed, and went \nover all the country of Galatia \nand Phrygia in order, strengthen- \ning all the disciples. \n\n24 ff x4nd a certain Jew^, named \nApollos, born at Alexandria, an \neloquent man, tt?zJ mighty in the \nscriptures, came to Ephesus. \n\n25 This mian was instructed in \nthe way of the Lord ; and being \nfervent m the spirit, he spake and \ntauuht dilisfenliy the things of the \nLord, know^ing only the baptism \nof John. \n\n26 And he began to speak \nboldly in the synai^Oiiue. Whom \nwhen Aquiia and Priscilla had \nheard, they took him unto the???, \nand expounded unto bini the way \nof God more perfectly. \n\n27 And when he was disposed \nto pass into Achaia, t\\ie brethren \nwrote, exhorting the disciples to \nT\xe2\x82\xac\xe2\x82\xac\xe2\x82\xacive him : who when he was \n\ntm \n\n\n\nActs. The Hoty Ghost made knozcn, \ncome, helped them much whicb \nhad believed : through grace. \n\n28 For he mightily convinced \nthe Jews, and that publickly, \nshewing by the scriptures, that \nJesus was Christ. \n\nCHAP. XTX \nThe Holy Of lost given by Paul. \n\nAND it came to pass, that \nwhile Apollos was at Co- \nrinth, Paul having passed through \nthe upper coasts, came to E- \nphesus: and finding certain dis- \nciples, \n\n2 He said unto them, Have ye \nreceived the Holy Ghost since \nye believed .? And they said unto \nhim. We have not so much as \nheard whether there be any Holy \nGhost. \n\n3 x4nd he said unto them. Un- \nto what then were ye baptized ? \nAnd they said, Unto John\'s \nbaptism. \n\n4 Then aid Paul, John verily \nbaptized vAxh the baptism of re- \npentance, saying unto the people, \nThat they shoijld believe on him, \nwhich should come after him, tliat \nis, on Christ j\xe2\x82\xac\xc2\xa3\xc2\xabus. \n\n5 Wlien they heard this, they \nwere baptized in the name of the \nLord Jesus. \n\n6 And Avhen Pairl liad laid his \nhands upon them, the Holy Ghost \ncame on them : and they spake \nwith tongues, and prophesied. \n\n7 And all the men were about \ntwelve, \n\n8 And lie went into the syna- \ngogue, and spake boldly for the \nspace of three months, disputing \nand persuading the things con- \ncerning the kingdom of God. \n\n9 B\'ut when divers were hard- \nened, and believed not, but spake \nevil of tliat way before the mul- \ntitude, he departed from them, \nand separated the disciples, dis- \nputing daily in the school of one \nTyrannus. \n\n"lO And this continued by tke \n^ space cf two years: so ihht --^ \n\n\n\nThe Jewa^ ejrorcisis.Chap. \nthey wViich dwelt in Asia, heard \n^ the word of the Lord Jesus, both \nJews and Greeks. \n\n11 And God \\vrought special \nmiracles by the hands of Paul : \n\n12 So that from his body \nwere brought unto the sick, \nhandkerchiefs or aprons, and the \ndiseases departed from tliem, and \nthe evil spirits went out of them, \n\n13 ^ Then certain of ihe va- \ngabond Jews, exorcists, took upon \nthem to call over them which had \nevil spirits, the name of the Lord \nJesus, saying, We adjure you by \nJesus, whom Paulpreacheth. \n\n14 And there were sev^n sons \nof one Sceva a Jew, \xc2\xab\xcf\x84\xce\xb6\xce\xaf/ chief of \nthe priests, which did so. \n\n15 And the evil spirit an- \nswered and said, Jesus I know, \nand Paul I know ; but who are \n\n16 And the man in whom the \nevil spirit was, leaped on them, \nand overcame them, and prevail- \n\n-^d against them, so that they fled \ncut^ of that house naked and \nwounded. \n\n17 And this was known to all \nthe Jews and Greeks also dwell- \ning at Ephesus ; and fear fell on \nthem all, and the name of the \nLord Jesus was rnagniMed. \n\n18 And many that believed \ncame, and confessed, and shewed \ntheir deeds. \n\n19 Many of them also which \nused curious arts, brought their \nbooks together, and burned them \nbefore all men : and the\\^ counted \nthe price of them, ancT found it \nfifty thousand \'pieces of silver. \n\n20 So mightily grcvv the word \nof God and prevailed. \n\n21 ^ x\\tter these things were \nended, Paul purposed in the spi- \nrit, when he had passed through \nMacedonia and Achala, to go \nto Jerusalem, saymg. After I \nhave been there, I must also see \nRome. \n\n22 So he sent into Macedonia \n\n^ 183 \n\n\n\nXIX. Demetrius raiseth an uproar. ~ \ntwT^ f)f them that ministered unto \nthem, Timotheus and Erastus ; but \nhe himself stayed in Asia for a \nseason. \n\n23 And the same tiniissthere a- \nrose no small stir about that way. \n\n24 For a certain 7rmn named \nDemetrius, a silversmith, which \nmade silver shrines tor Diana, \nbrought no small gain unto the \ncraftsmen : \n\n"* 25 Whom he called together \nwith the workmen of like occu- \npation, and said, Sirs, ye know \nthat by this craft we have onr \n\\vealth : \n\n26 Moreover, ye see and hear, \nthat not alone at Ephesus, but \nalmost throughout all Asia, this \nPaul hath persuaded and turned \naway much people, saying, that \nthey \\e no gods which are made \nwith hands : \n\n27 So that not only this our \ncraft is in danger to be set at \nnought ; but also that the temple \nof tiie great goddess Diana should \nbe despised, and her raaiim\'icence \nshi)uld be destroyed, Avhom aU \nAsia, and the world worshipped. \n\n28 And when they heard t/ie^.e \nsai/irigs, they were full of wrath, \nand cried out, saying. Great h \nDiana of the Epheg\'ans. \n\n29 And the whole city was fill- \ned with confusion : and ha^/ing \ncaught (jaius and Aristarchus, \nmen of Macedonia, PauFs com- \npanions in trav^el, they rushed \nwith one accord into the theatre. \n\n30 And wiien Paul would have \nentered in unto the people, the \ndisciples suffered him not, \n\n31 And certain of the chief of \nAsia, which were Ids friends, sent \nunto him, desiring hi?n that he \nwould not adventure himself mto. \nthe theatre. \n\n32 Some therefore cried one \nthing, and some another : for the \nassembly was confused, and the \nmore part knew not wherefore \nthey were come together. \n\n\n\nhe town clerk- s speech. The Acts. \n\n\n\n63 \xce\x91\xcf\x8a\xce\xbd\xce\xac they drew Alexander \noat of the multitude, the Jews \nputting him forward. And A- \niexander beckoned with the hand, \nuna \xce\x9bvould have made iiis defence \nunto the peopie. \n\n34 But w^ien they knew that \nbe Vt as a Jew, all with One voice \niibout the space of two hours \ncried out, Great is Diana of the \nEpheisians. \n\n35 And when the town clerk \nhad appeased the people, he said, \nI\'t\' men of Ephesus, what man is \nthere that knoweth not how that \nthe city of the Ephesians is a \nworshipper of the great goddess \nDiana, and of the image which fell \ndown from Jupiter. \n\n36 Seeing then that these things \ncannot be spoken asainst, ye \nought to be quiet, and to do no- \nthing rashly. \n\n37 For ye have broueht hither \nthese men, which are neither rob- \nbers of cliurches, nor yet blasphe- \nmers of your goddess. \n\n38 Wherefore, if Demetrius and \nthe craftsmen which are witii him, \nhave ,a matter against any man, \nthe law is open, and there are \ndeputies; let them implead one \nanotlier. \n\n39 But if ye enquire any thing \nconcerning other matters, ii shall \nbe determined in a lawful as- \nsembly. \n\n40 tor we are in danger to be \ncalled in question for this day\'s \nuproar, there being no cause \nwhereby we may give an account \nof this concourse. \n\n41 And when he had thus spo- \nken, he dismissed the assembly. \n\nCHAP. XX. \nThe Lord\'s supper celebrated. \n\nAND after the uproar was \nceased, Paul called unto \nhim the disciples, and embraced \nthem, and departed for to go into \nMacedonia. \n\n2 And when he^ had gone over \nthose parts, and had given them \n\n\n\nEutychis rai%ed. \n\n\n\nmuch exhortation, he came into. \nGreece, \n\n3 And ^\'z\xe2\x82\xacre abode three montl is: \nand when the Jews laid wait for \nhmi, as he was aboujt to sail into \nSyria, he purposed to return \nthrough Macedonia. \n\n4 And there accompanied him \ninto Asia, Sopater of Berea; and \n0\xce\xaa the Thessalonians, Aristarchus, \nand Secundus ; and Gains of \nDerbe, and Timotheus : and of \nAsia, Tychicus, and Trophimus. \n\n5 These going before, tarried \nfor us at Troas. \n\n6 And we sailed away from _ \nPhilippi, after tlie days of un- \nleavened bread, and came unto \nthem to Troas m rive days, where \nwe abode seven days. \n\n7 And upon the rirst day of the \nweek, when the disciples came \ntoge.her to break bread, Paul \npreached unto them, ready to de- \npart on the morrow, and^continu- \ned his speecii until midnijiht. - \n\n8 \xce\x91\\\\\xce\xac there were many lights \nin the upper chamber where they \nwere gathered together. \n\n9 And tiiere sat in a wmdow a \ncertain young man, na^ned Euty- \nchus, being fallen into a deep \nsleep : and as Paul was long \npreaching^ he sunk down with \nsleep, and fell dovv-n from the \nthird loft, and was taken up dead. \n\n10 And Paul went down, and \nfell on him, and embracing him^ \nsaid. Trouble not yourselves ; for \nhis life is in him. \n\n11 When he therefore was come- \nup again, and had broken bread, . \nand eaten, and talked a long \nwhile, even till break of day, so \nhe dep\'m\'ted. \n\n12 And they brought the young \nman alive, and were not a little \nconiforted. \n\n13 ^ And we went before t@ \nship, and sailed unto Assos, there \nintending to take in Paul : for so \nhad he appomted, minding him- \nself to go afoot. \n\n\n\nFaurs speech (it Miletus, Chap. xx. Paul goeth Jo Jerusalem. \n\n\n\n14 And when he met with us \nat Assos, we took hiin m, and \ncame to Mitylene. \n\n15 And we sailed thence, and \ncame the next day over against \nChios ; and the next day we ar- \nrived at Samos, and tarried at \nTrogilium ; and the next day we \ncame to Miletus. \n\n16 For Paul had determined to \nsail by Ephesus, because be would \niiot spend the time in Asia ; for \nbe hasted, if it were possible for \nhim, to be at Jerusalem the day \nof Pentecost. \n\n17 ^ And from Miletus he ^ent \n\xe2\x80\xa20 Ephesus, and called the elders \nof the church. \n\n18 And when they were come \nto him, he said unto them, Ye \nknow, from the first day that I \ncame into Asia, after what man- \nner 1 have been vvith you at all \ntreasons, \n\n19 Serving the Lord with all \nhumility of mind, and with many \ntears, and temptations which befel \nliie by the lymg in wait of the \nJews : \n\n20 And how I kept back no- \nthing that was profitable unto you, \nbut have shewed you, and have \ntaught you publickly, and from \nhouse to house, \n\n21 Testifying botli to the Jews, \nand also to the Greeks, rejlfen- \ntance tov/ard God, and faith to- \nward our Lord Jesus Christ. \n\n22 And now, behold, I go bound \ni the spu\'it unto Jerusalem not \niiowing the things that shall befal \n\nHie there : \n\n23 Siive that the Holy Ghost wit- \nn.esseth hi every city, saying, That \nbonds and afflictions abide me. \n\n24 But none of these things \nmove me, neither count I my life \ndear unto myself, so that I might \nfinish my course with joy, and the \nministry, which I have received \nof the Lord Jesus to testify the \ngospel of the grace of God. \n\n25 And Qov^\xe2\x80\xa2 behold, I know \n\n185 \n\n\n\nthat ye all, among whom I have \ngone preaching the kingdom of \nGod, shall see my face no more. \n\n26 Wherefore I take you to \nrecord this day, that I am pure \nfrom the blood of all men. \n\n27 For I have not shunned., to \ndeclare unto you all the coiihsel \nof God. \n\n28 ^ Take heed therefore unto \nyourselves, and" to all the flock, ^ \nover the which the Holy Ghost \nhath made you overseers, to feed \nthe church of God, which he hath \npurchased with his own blood. \n\n29 For I know this, that after \nmy departing shall grievous wolves \nenter in among you, not sparing \nthe fiock. \n\nSO Also of your own selves shall \nmen arise, speaking perverse \nthings to draw away disciples af- \nter them. \n\n31 Therefore watch, and remem- \nber that by the .space of three \nyears, I ceased not to warn every \none niglit and day with tears. \n\n32 And now, brethren, I com- \nmend you to God, and to the \nword of his grace, which is able \nto build you up, and to give you \nan inheritance among all them \nwhich are sanctified. \n\nS3 I have coveted no man\'s \nsilver, or gold, or apparel. \n\n34 Yea, ye yourselves know \nthat these han-ds have ministered \nunto my necessities, and to theiw \nthat were with me. \n\n35 I have shewed you ail things, \nhow that so labouring ye ought \nto support the v\\eak ; and to re- \nmember the words of the Lord \nJesus, how he said. It is more \nblessed to give than to receive. \n\n36 f And when he had thus \nspoken, he kneeled down, and \nprayed with them all. \n\n37 And they all wept sore, and \nfell on Paul\'s neck, and kissed him, \n\n38 Sorrowing most of all for \nthe words which he spake, that \nthey^tiould see his face no more. \n\n\n\nAgabuB his pi^ophtcy. \n\n\n\nAnd they accom|)anied hini unto \nthe ship.. \n\nCHAP. XXI. \n\nTaul imprisoned at Jerusalern. \n\nAND it came to pass, that \n- after we were gotten froin \nfehem, and liftd launchedj we came \nwith a strais^ht course unto Coos, \nand the day foilowinff untojRhodes, \nand from thence mito Patara. \n\nQ And finding a ship saiUns: \nover unto Phenicia, we w^ent a- \nboard, and set forth. \n\n3 \xce\x9d\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xb3 when we had discover- \ned Cyprus, we left it on the left \nhand, and sailed into Syria, and \nlanded at Tyre : for there the \nship was to unlade her burden, \n\n4 And findinii disciples, we tar- \nried there seven days : wlio said \nto Paul through the Spirit, that \nhe should not go up to Jerusa- \nlem. \n\n5 And when he liad accom- \nplished those days, we departed, \nand went our way, and tiiey all \nbrought us on our way, with wives \n\n\n\nThe Acts. Paul cometh to Jerusalem, \n\n\n\nand children, till we were out of^ whomue should lodge. \n\nthe city: and we kneeled dow^^v \' 17 And when we were come \n\n\n\non the shore, and prayed, \n\n6 x\\nd when we had tiiken ifai: \nleave one of another, we took \nship ; and they returned home \nagain. \n\n7 And when we had finished \nour course from Tyre, we came \nto Ptolemais, and saluted the \nbrethren, and abode with them \none day. \n\n8 And the next diiy we that \nwere of Paul\'s company departed \nand came unto Cesarea ; and we \nentered into the house of Philip \nthe evangelist f which was one of \nthe seven) and abode with him. \n\n9 And the same man had four \ndaughters, virgins, which did \nprophesy. \n\n10 And as we tarried there \nHiany days, there came down from \nJudea a certain prophet, named \nAgabuSj \n\n\n\n11 And when he was come un- \nto us, he took PauFs girdle and \nbound his own hands and feet, \nand said. Thus saith the Holy \nGhost, So shall the Jews at Jeru- \nsalem bind the man that owneth \nthis girdle, and shall deliver him \ninto the hands of the Gentiles. \n\n12 And when we heard these \nthings, both we, ajid they of that \nplace, besought him not to go up \nto Jerusalem. \n\n13 Then Paul answered, What \nmean ye to weep, and to break \nmine heart ? for I am ready not \nto be bound only, but also to die \na,t Jerusalem, for the name of the \nLord Jesus. \n\n14 And when he would not be \npersuaded, we ceased, saying. The \nwill of the Lord be done. \n\n13 And after thoee days we took \nup our carriages, and went up to \nJerusalem. \n\n16 There went vvith us also \ncertain of the disciples of Cesarea, \nand brought with them < )ne Mna- \nson of Cyprus^ an old disciple, u ith \n\n\n\nto Jerusalem, the brethren receiv- \ned us dadlv. \n\n18 And the day following PaiU \nwent m with us unto James ; and \nall the elders were present. \n\n19 And vvhen he had saluted \nthem, he declared particularly \nwhat things God had wrought \namong the Gentiles by his mi- \nnistry. \n\n^0 And when they heard it, \nthey gkirified the Lord, and said \nunto him, Thou seest, brother, \nhowmiany thousands of Je\\vs there \nare which believe, and they are all \nzealous of the law : \n\n21 And they are informed of \nthee, that thou teaches t all the \nJews which are among the Gen- \ntiles, to forsake Moses, saying. \nThat they ought not to circumcise \ntheir children, neither to wajk \nafter the c-ustom*. \n\n\n\nand is apprehended there. Chap. xxi. \n\n22 What is it therefore ? the \nfifvultitude must needs come to- \ngether: for they will hear tliat \nthou art come. \n\n23 Do therefore this that we \nsay to thee : we have four men \nwliich have a vow on them : \n\n24 Them take, and purify thy- \nself with them, and he at charges \nwith them, that they may shave \ntheir heads, and all may know \nthat those things whereof they \nwere informed concerning thee, \ndre nothing, but that thou thyself \nalso walkest orderly, and keepest \nthe law. \n\n25 As touching the Gentiles \nwhich believe, we have written \nand concluded, that they observe \nno such thing, save only that they \nkeep themselves from things \noffered to idols, and from blood \nand from things strangted, and \nfrom fornication. \n\n26 Then Paul took the men, \nand the next day purifying him- \nself with them, entered into the \ntemple, to signify the acci\xc2\xbbmplish- \nment of the days of puriiication, \nuntil that an offering should be \noffered for every one of them. \n\n2\xce\x93 And when the seven days \nwere almost ended, the Jews \nwhich were of Asia, when they \nsaw him in the temple, stirred up \nall the people, and laid laands on \n*him, \n\n28 Crying out, Men of Israel, \nhelp, this is the man that teaoh- \neth ail men every where against \nthe people, and the law, and \nthis place : and farther brought \nGreeks also into the temple, \nand hath polluted this holy place. \n\n29 (For they had seen before \nwith him in the city , Trophimus \nail Ephesian ; whom they supposed \nthat Paul had brought into the \ntemple.) \n\nSO And all the city v/as moved, \nand the people ran together : \nand they took Paul^ and drew \nhim out of th. terapie ^ and \n\nler \n\n\n\nFauVs defence. \nforth%vith the doors \xce\x9bvere shut. \n\n31 Asd as they went about \nto kill him, tidings came unto \nthe chief captain of the band, \nthat all Jerusalem was in an up- \nroar. \n\n32 Who immediately took sol- \ndiers, and centurions, and ran \ndown unto them : and when tliey \nsaw the chief ca})iain, and the \nsoldiers, they left beating of \nPaul. \n\n33 Then the chief captain \ncame near, and took him, and \ncommanded him to be bound \nwith two chains ; and demanded \nwho he was, and what he had \ndone. \n\n34 And some cried one thing, \nsome another, among the mul- \ntitude : and when he could not \nknow the certainty for the tumult, \nhe commandea him to be carried \ninto the castle. \n\n35 And when he came upon \nthe stairs, so it was that he was \nborne of the soldiers, for the \nviolence of the people. \n\n36 For the multitude of the peo- \nple followed after, crying- Away \nwith him. \n\n37 And as Paul wa^s to be led \ninto the castie, he said unto the \nchief captain, May I speak unto \nthee ? Who said, canst thou ^peak \nGreek? \n\n38 Art not thou that Egyptian \nwhich before these days madest \nan uproar, and leddest out into \nthe wilderness four thousand men \nthat were murderers ? \n\n3\xc2\xa7 But Paul said, I am a man \nwhich am a Jew of Tarsus, a city \nin Cilicia^ a citizen of no mean \ncity : and I beseech thee, suffer \nme to speak unto the people. \n\n40 And when he had given \nhim licence, Paul stood on the \nstairs, and beckoned \\^lth th\'e \nhand unto the people ; and \\^ hen \nthere was made a great silence, \nhe spake unto them in the Hebrew \ntongue, sa^\'irig, \n\nCHAP. \n\n\n\nHe dedaretJihis conDcrswn : Tbe \nCHAP. XXIIv \n\nPaul declareth his conversion. \nEN. brethren, and fathers, \nhear ye my defence zvhich \nI make now unto you. \n\n2 (And when they heard that \nhe spake in the Hebrew tongue \nto them, they kept the more si- \nience: and he saith; \n\n3 \xce\x90 am verily a man which am \na JeAv, born in Tarsus, a city in \nCihcia, yet brought up in this \ncity, at the feet of GamaUei, and \ntaii^ht according to the perfect \nmanner of the law of the fathers, \nand was zealous towards God, as \nye all are this day. \n\n4 And I perseciJted this way \nunto tlie death, binding and de- \nliveruig into prisons both men \nand women. \n\n5 As also the high priest doth \nbear me witness, 2\xce\xaf^\xce\x9b alt the estate \nof the elders . from ivhom also I \nreceived letters unto the brethren, \nand went to Damascus, to bring \nthem which were there bound un- \nto Jerusalem, for to be punished. \n\n6 And it came to pass, that as \nI made my journey and was come \nnigh unto Damascus about noon, \nsuddenly there shone from heavea \na great light round-about me. \n\n7 And I fell unto the ground, \nand heard a voice saying unto me, \nSaul, Saul, why persecutest thou \nme? \n\n8 And I answered, Who art \nthou. Lord ? And he said unto me, \nI am Jesus of Nazareth, wfeom \nthou persecutest. \n\n9 And tliey that were with me \nsaw indeed the light, and were \nafraid : but they heard not the \nvoice of him that spake to me. \n\n10 And I said, What shall I \ndo. Lord ? And the Lord said unto \nme, Arise\xc2\xbb and go into Damascus, \nand there it shall be told thee of \nall thuiirs which are appointed for \nthee to do. \n\n11 x\\nd when I could not see \nfor the glory of that light, being \n\n\n\nActs. His privilege as a Roman. \nledl)y the hand of them that were \nwith me, I came into Damascus. \n\n12 And one Ananias, a devout \nman accoi\'ding to the\' law, having \na good report of all the Jews \nwhich dwelt there, \n\n13 Came unto me, and stood, \nand said unto me, Brother Saul, \nreceive thy sight. And the same \xe2\x80\xa2 \nhour I looked up upon him. ~ \n\n14 And he said, The God of \nour fathers hath chosen thee, \nthat thou shouldest know his \nwill, and see tha.t just One, and \nshouldest hear the voice of his \nmouth. \n\n15 For thou shalt be his wit- \nness unto all inen, of \xce\x9bvha t thou \nhast seen and heard. \n\n16 And now why tarriest thou? \narise, and be baptized, and wash \naway thy sins, calling on the name \nof the Lord. \n\n17 And it came to pass, that \nwhen I was come again to Jeru- \nsalem, even while I prayed in the \ntemple, I was in a trance ; \n\n18 And saw him, saying unto \nme, Make haste, and get thee \nquickly out of Jerusalem : for they \nwill not receive thy testimony \nconcerning me. \n\n19 And I said. Lord, they know \nthat I impiisoned, and beat in \nevery synagogue them that beliei^- \ned on thee. \n\n^0 x\\nd v^hen the blood of thy \nmartyr Stephen was shed, I also \nwas standing by, and consenting \nunto his death, and kept the rar^ \nraent of them that \xce\xb2\xce\xaf\xce\xb2\xce\xbb\xce\xbd him. \n\n21 And he said unto me, De- \npart : for I will send thee far hence \nunto the Gentiles. \n\n22 And they gave him audience \nunto this word, and then lifted up \ntheir voices, and said, Away with \nsuch a felhw from the earth : for \nit is not fit that iie should live. \n\n23 And as they cried out, and \ncast off their clothes, and threw \ndust into the air, \n\n24 Thechief captain comraatid- \n\n\n\nPaul before the council : Chap. \ned him to be brought into the \ncastle, and bade that he should \nbe examined by scourging^: that \nhe might know wherefore they \ncried so against him. \n\n125 And as they bound him with \nthongs, Paul said unto the centu- \nrion that stood by. Is it lawful for \niou to scourge a man that is a \nLoman, and uncondemned ? \n\n26 When the centurion heard \nikut he went and told tne chief \ncaptain, saying, Take heed what \nthou doest ; for this man is a \nE-oman . \n\n27 Then the chief captain \ncame, and said unto him, Tell \nme, art thou a Kaman ? he said, \nYea. \n\n28 And the chief captain an- \nswered, With a great sum obtain- \ned I this freedom. And Paul said, \nBut I wasyre\xe2\x82\xac-born, \n\n29 Then straightway they de- \n\ni)arted ^om him which should \nlave examined him : and the chief \ncaptain also was afraid, after he \nknew that he was a Roman, and \nbecause he had bound him. \n\n30 Ob tlie morrow, because he \nwould have known\'the certainty \nwherefore he was accused of the \nJews, he loosed" him from his \nbands, and commanded the chief \npriests and all their counsel to ap- \npear, and brought Paul down and \nset him before them. \n\nGHAP. xxiir. \n\nA conspiracy against Paid. \n\nANT3 Paul earnestly beholding \nthe council, said, Men aiid \nbrethren, I have lived in all good \nconscience before God, until this \nday. \n\n2 And the high priest Ananias \ncommanded them that stood by \nhim, to smite him on the mouth. \n\n3 Then said Paul unto him, \nGod shall smite thee, thoii whited \nwall : for sittest thou to judge \nme after the law, and command- \nest me to be smitten contrary to \nth-e law ? \n\n\n\nxxiii. Dissension ahaid him. \n\n4 And tijey that stood by, said \nRevilest thou God\'s high priest ? \n\n5 Then said Paul, I wist not, \nbrethren, that he was the high \npriest: for it is \xce\x9bvritten, Thou shalt \nnot speak evil of the ruler of thy \npeople. \n\n6 But when Paul perceived that \nthe one part were vSadducees, and \nthe other Pharisees, he cried out \nin the council, Men \xc2\xabHi;? brethren, \nI am a Pharisee, the son of a Pha- \nrisee : of the hope and resurrec- \ntion of the dead, I am called in \nquestion. \n\n7 And when he had so said, \nthere arose a dissension betvveen \nthe Pharisees and the Sadducees : \nand the multitude was divided. \n\n8 For the Sadducees say that \nthere is no resurrection, neither \nangel, nor spirit; but the Pha- \nrisees confess both. \n\n9 And there arose a great cry, \nand the scribes that were of the \nPharisees* part arose, and strove, \nsaying. We find no evil in this \nman : but if a spirit, or an angel \nhath spoken to him, let us not \nfight against God. \n\n10 And when there arose a \ngreat dissension, the chief captain \nfearing lest Paul should have been \npulled in pieces of them, com- \nmanded the soldiers to go down, \nand to take him by force from \namong them, and to bring hi?n in- \nto the castle. \n\n11 A.nd the night following, \nthe Lord stood by him, and said. \nBe of gobd cheer, Paul : for as \nthou hast testified of me in Jeru- \nsalem, so must thou bear witness \nalso at Rome. \n\n13 And when it was day, cer- \ntain of the Jews banded together \nand bound themselves under a \ncurse, saying, That they would \nneither eat nor drink till thev had \nkilled Paul. \n\n13 And they were more tliau \nforty which had made this coii- \nspiracy. \n\n\n\n\xce\x9b conspiracy against Paul : The Acts. \n\n\n\nHe is sent to Felia:\xc2\xbb \n\n\n\n14 rvnd they came to the chief \npriests, and eiders, and said. We \nhave bound ourselves under a \ngreat curse, that we v. ill eat no- \nthing until we have slain Paul. \n\n15 Now therefore ye with the \ncouncil, signify to the chief cap- \ntain, that he bring him down un- \nto you to-morrow, as though ye \nwould enquire something more \nperfectly concerning him : and we, \nor ever he come near, are ready \nto kfil him. \n\n16 And when PauFs sister\'s son \nheard of their lying in wait, he \nwent and entered into the cattle, \nand told Paul. \n\n17 Then Paul called one of the \ncenturions unto hwiy and said. \nBring this youn^ man \xc2\xabnto the \nchief captain for he hath a certain \nthinfj t tell him. \n\n18 So he t ook him, and brought \nhiw V) tlic chief captain, and said, \nPaui the prisoner called me unto \nhim, and pra} ed me to brmg this \nyoung man ui-ito thee, w]io hath \nsomething to sav unto thee. \n\n19 Then the cinef captain took \nhim by the hand, and went zoith \nhim aside privately, and asked \nhim, What is that tbou hast to \ntell me ? \n\n20 And he said, The Jews have \nagreed to desire thee, that thou \nwouldest bring down Paul to- \nmorrow into the council, as though \nthey wOuld enquu\'e somewhat of \nhim more perfectiy. \n\n21 But do not thou yield unto \nthem : ior there he in wait for \n\\\\)in of them more than forty men, \nvviiich have bound themselves \nvvuli ai; oath, that they wdll \nneiiher eat nor drink till they \nliave killed him : and now are \nt-t-2y rea^y looking for a promise \nfrom thee. \n\n\'22 So the chieS c^ptmn then let \n\nUiG young man depart, and cnarc- \n\n\' ed hini, See thou tell no man tlmt \n\ntiioLi hast shewed these tilings to \n\n190 \n\n\n\n23 And he called unto him t\\to \ncenturions, saymg, Make ready \ntwo hundred soldiers to go t& \nCesarea, and horsemen three- \nscore and ten, and spearmen \ntwo hundred, at the third hour of \nthe night. \n\n24 And provide the7n beasts, \ntil at they may set Paul on, ana \nbring hi?n safe unto Felix the \ngovernor. \n\n25 And he wrote a letter after \nthis manner. ^ \n\n26 Claudius Lysias, unto the \nmost excellent governor Felix, \nsendeth greeting. \n\n2\xce\x93 This man was taken .of the \nJews, and should have been killed \nof tliem : then came I with an ar- \nmy, and rescued him, having un- \nderstood that he was a Roman. \n\n28 And when I would have \nknown the cause wherefore they \naccused him, I brought him ibrtn \ninto their council. \n\n29 Whom 1 perceived to be \naccused of questions of tlieir law, \nbut to have nothmg laid to his \ncharge woithy of death, or of \nbonds. \n\n30 And when it was told me, \nhow that the Jews laid wait for \nthe man, I sent straightway to \nthee, and gav? commandment \nto his accusers also to say before \ntiiee what tha^ had against him. \nFarewell . \n\n31 Then the soldiers, as it was \ncommanded them, took Pau^ \nand brought him by night to \nAntipatris. \n\n32 On the morrow they left the \nJiorsemen to go with him, and re- \nturned to the castle. \n\n33 Who wiien they came to \nCesarea, and delivered the epistle \niP the governor, presented Paul \nalso before him. \n\n34 And when the governor had \nread the leiter, he asked of w^hat \nprovmce he was. And when he \nunderstood that he zvas \xc2\xa9f Cilicia \n\n35 \xce\xaf Will hear thee, said he, vrben \n\n\n\nFauVs defence before Felix : CI \n\nthine accusers are also come. \n\nAnd he commanded him to be \n\nkept in Herod\'s judgnient-hall. \n\nchap: XXIV. \n\nPaul accused by Teriullus. \n\nAND after live days, Ananias \nthe high priest descended \niviih the elders, and zcith a cer- \ntain orator named Tertullus, who \ninformed the governor against \nPaul. \n\n2 And when havvas called forth, \nTertullus began to accuse him, \nsaying, Seeing that by thee we \nenjoy great quietness, and that \nvery worthy deeds are done unto \nthis nation by thy providence, \n\n3 We accept it always, and in \nall places, mosi noble Felix, with \nall thankfulness. \n\n4 Notwithstanding, that I be \nnot further tedious unto thee, I \npray thee, that thou wouldest \n\n! hear us of thy clemency a few \nI words. \n\nI 5 For we have found this man \na pestilent ye/Zozt;, and a mover \n; of sedition among ail the Jews \nI throughout the world, and \n\nringleader of the sect of the \xce\x9d\xce\xb1- \n\xce\xb9 zarenes. \n\n\' 6 Who also hath gone about to \nprofane the temple : whom we \ni took, and would nave judged ac- \ncording to our law. \n\n7 But the chief captain Lysias \n\xe2\x96\xa0 came upon us, and with grpat \nviolence took him away out of our \nhands. \n\nI ,8 Commanding his accusers to \nI come unto thee : by examining of \nj whom thyself mayest take know- \nI ledge of *^ all these things whereof \nj we accuse him. \n\n9 And the Jews also assented, \nsaying, that these things were so. \n\n10 Then Paul, after that the \ngovernor had beckoned imto hini \nto speak, answered, Forasmuch as \n\n1 [ know that thou hast been of \n; naany years a judge unto this na- \ntion, I do the more cheerfully \ninswer for mvself : \n191 \n\n\n\nlap. xxiv, \xce\x89\xce\xb5 is shezvedfaoOur, \n\n11 Because that thou mayest \nunderstand, that there are yet \nbut twelve days since I went up \nto Jerusalem for to v/orsliip. \n\n12 And they neither found me \nin the temple disputmg with any \nman, neither raising up the peo- \nple, neitiier in ;he synagogues, \nnor in the city : \n\n13 Neither can they prove the \nthings whereof they now accuse \nme. \n\n14 But this I confess unto thee, \nthat after the v/ay which they \ncall heresy, so worship I the Goil \nof my fathers, believing all things \nwhich are written in the law and \nthe prophets. \n\n15 And have hope towards \nGod, which they themselves also \nalk)w, that there shall be a resur- \nrection of the dead, both of the \njust and unjust. \n\n16 And herein do I exercise \nmyself, to have always a con- \nscience void of offence toward \nGod, and tozvard inen. \n\n17 Now after many years, I \ncame to bring aims to my nation, \nand offerings. \n\n18 Whereupon certain Jews \nfrom Asia found me purified in \nthe temple, neither with multi- \ntude, nor with tvimult. \n\n19 Who ought to have been \nhere before thee, and object, if \nthey had ought against me.\' \n\n20 Or else let these same here \nsay, if they have found any evil \ndoing in me, while I stood before \nthe council. \n\n21 Except it be for this one \nvoice, that 1 cried standing a- \nmong them, Touching the resur- \nrection of the dead, I am called \nin question by you this day. \n\n22 And when Felix ht;ard these \nthings, having more perfect know- \nledge of that vvay, he deferred \nthem, and said, When Lysias the \nchief captain shall come down, I \nwill know the uttermost of your \nmatter. \n\n\xce\xaa \n\n\n\nFelix trtinhleth. \n\n\n\nIS And he commanded a cen- \ntmioii to keep Paul, and to let \nidm have libertv, and that lie \nshould forbid none of his ac- \nquamtance to muiister or come \nunto him. \n\n24 And after certain days, \nwhen Felix came with his wife \nDrusilla, which was a Jewess, he \nsent tor Paul, and heard him con- \ncerning the faith in Christ. \n\n25 And as he reasoned of righte- \nousness, temperance, and judg- \nment to come, Felix trembled ; \nand answered. Go thy way tor \nthis time; when I have a conve- \nnient season, I will call for thee. \n\n26 He hoped also that money \nhhould have been given him of \nPaul, that he might loose him : \nwherefore he sent for him the \noftener and communed with him. \n\n27 But after two years, Porcius \nFestus came into \'Felix\' room ; \nand Felix willing to shew the Jews \na pleasure, left Paul bound. \n\nCHAP. XXV. \nTaul apnea let h to Cesar. \n\nNOW when Fe?tus was come \ninto tlie province, after three \ndays, he ascended from Cesarea \nto Jerusalem. \n\n2 Then the high priest, and the \nchief of the Jews mforhied him \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 against Paul^ and besought hini. \n\n3 And desired favour against \nliim, that he would send for tiini \nto Jerusalem, laying wait in the \nway to kill hun. \n\n4 But Festus answered, That \nPaul should be kept at Cesarea, \nand that he^himself would depart \n^hoTUyHhitJier. \n\n5 tet them therefore, said he, \nwhich among you are able, go \ndown zvitk ?iie, and accus^ this \nman, if there be any wickedness \nin him. ^ \n\n6 And Avhen he had tamed a- \nmong them more than ten days, \nffe went down unto Cesarea, and \nthe next day sitting on the judg- \nment seat, eomnianded Paul to be \nbrought. ^92 \n\n\n\nThe Acts. Paidappeakth to Cesar, \n\n7 And when he was come, the \nJews which came down from Je- \n\nusalem, stood round3bout, and \nlaid manv and grievous com- \nplaints against Pa-ul, which they \ncould not prove ; ^ , . \n\n8 While he answered for him- \nself, \xce\x9b\' either against the law of \nthe Jews, neither against the tem- \nple, nor yet against Cesar, have I \noffended any thing at all. \n\n9 But Festus willing to do the \nJews a pleasure, answered Paul, \nand said, Wilt thou go up to Je- \nrusalem, and there be judged of \nthese things before me ? \n\n10 Then said Paul, I stand at \nCesar\'s judgment-seat, where I \nouirhtto be judged: to the Jews \nhave I done no wrong, as thou \nvery well knowest. \n\n11 For if I be an offender, or \nhave committed any thing wor- \nthy of death, I refuse not to die: \nbut if there be none of these \n\n\n\nthings whereof these accuse me, \nno man may deliver me unto \nthem. I appeal unto Cesar. \n\n12 Then Festus, when he had \nconferred with the council, an- \nswered, Hast thou api^aled unto \nCesar? unto Cesar shalt thou go. \n\n13 And after certain days, king \nAgrippa and Bernice came unto \nCesarea to salute Festus. \n\n14 And Avhen they had been \nthere many days, Festus declar- \ned Paul\'s \'cause unto the king, \nsaying, There is a certain man \nleft m bonds by Fehx : \n\n15 About whom, when I was at \nJerusalem, the chief priests anci \nthe elders of the Jews informeQ \nme, desiring to have judgment \nagainst him. , \xcf\x84^ - \n\n16 To whom I answered, It \xce\xb7 \nnot the manner <>f the Roraane \nto deliver any man to die, be \nfore that he whicli is accused \nhave the accusers face to face \nand have license to answer for \nhimself, concerning the cnme Uik \nagainst him. \n\n\n\nPaul brought to Agrippa : Chap. xxvi. \n\n17 Therefore, when they wei-e \ncome hither, without any delay \non the raSrrow I sat on the judg- \nznent-seat, and commanded the \nman to be brought forth. \n\n18 Against whom, when the ac- \ncusers stood up, they brought \nnone^ccusation of such things as \nI supposed : \n\n19 But had certain questions \nagainst him of their own super- \nstition, and of one Jesus, which \nwas dead, whom Paul affirmed to \nbe ahve. \n\n20 And because I doubted of \n$uch manner of questions, I ask- \ned him w^hether he \\\\\xce\xbf\\\\\\\xce\xac go to \nJerusalem, and there be judged \nof these malters. \n\n21 But when Paul had appeal- \n. ed to be reserved unto the hear- \ning of Augustus, I commanded \nhim to be kept till I might send \nhim to Cesar. \n\n22 Then Agrippa said unto \n\' Festus, I would also hear the man \n\nmyself. To-morrow, said he, thou \nshalt hear him. \n\n23 And on the morrow, when \nAgrippa was come, and Bef- \nnice^vith great pomp, and was \n\n, entered into the j[)lace of hear- \n\' mg, with the chief captains, and \n\nprmcipal men of the^ty, at \n. festus- commandment Paul was \n\nbrought forth. \n\n24 And Festus said, King A- \ngrippa, and all men which are \nhere present with us, ye see^this \nman, about whom all the m\'ulti- \ntude of the Jews have dealt with \nme, both at Jerusalem, and also \n\nJvere, crying that he ought not to \nlive any longer. \n\n25 But when I found that he \nhad committed nothing worthy \nof deathj^ and that he himseif \n/lath appealed to Augustus, I have \n\n1 ietdPhnned to send him. \n\n! 26 Of whom I have no cer- \n\n:ain thicg to write unto my lord. \n\nWherefore I have brought him \n\north before yon, and speciallv \n\n195 ^ :i \n\n\n\nHis speech to him, \nbefore thee^O king Agripptt, tliat \nafter exammation had, 1 might \nhave somewhat to write. ^ \n\n2\xce\x93 For it seemeth to me unrea- \nsonable to send a^prisoner, and \nnot withal to signify the crimes \nlaid again iit him. ""\' \n\nCHAP. XXVI. \n\nFaiil pleadefh before Agripjjn. \n\n\xce\x8a^\'\xce\x97\xce\x95\xce\x9b Agnppasaid untolpaul, \nThou art permitted to speak \ntor thyself. Then Paul stretclxxi \nforth the hand, and answered for \nhimself, \n\n2 1 think myself happy, king \nAgnppa, because I shall answer \nfor myself this day before thee\xc2\xbb \ntoucliin^; all the things whereof 1 \nam ticcused of the Jews : \n\n3 Especially, because I know \nthee to be expert in all customs \nand questions which are among \nthe Jews: wherefore I beseecfi \nthee to hear me patiently. \n\n4 My nlaniier of life from iny \nyouth, which was at the first a- \nmong mine own nation at Jeru- \nsalem, know all the Jews, \n\n5 Which knew me from the be- \nginnmg (if they would testify) \nthat after the most straitest sect of \nour religion, I lived a Pharisee. \n\n6 And now I stand, and am \njudged for the hope of the pro- \nmise made of God unto our fa- \nthers : \n\n7 Unto vfhich promise our twelve \ntribes instantly serving God day \nand night, hope to come: for \nwhicli hope\'s sake, king Agrippa, \nI am accused of the Jews. \n\n8 Why.,5h0uld it be thought a \nthing indr^dible with vou, that \nGod should raise the dead \xce\x93 \n\n9 I verily thought \\vith myself, \nthat I ought to do many things \ncontrary to the name of Jesus of \nj>iazaretii. \n\n10 Which thing I also did in \nJerusalem: and many of tlie \nsaints did I shut up in prison, hav- \nmg received authority from the \nchief priests; and when thev wf=re \n\n12- \xe2\x96\xa0\xe2\x96\xa0 . " \' \n\n\n\nFauVs conversion. The Acts. Agrippa ahiost a Christian. \n\n\n\nput to death, I gave my voice \nagainst them, _ . , . \n\n11 And I punished them oft m \nevery synagogue, and compelled \nthem to blaspheme; and bemg \nexceedingly mad against them I \npersecuted^ i/zew even unto strange \ncities. \n\n12 Whereupon as I went to \nDamascus, with authority and \ncommission from the chief priests, \n\n13 At mid-day, \xce\x9f king, I saw \njn the way a light from heaven, \nabove the brightness ot the sun, \nshinmg round about me, and them \nwhich journeyed with me. \n\n14 And when \xce\x9bve were all tal- \n]en to the earth, I heard a voice \nspeakins; unto me, and saying in \nthe HelDrevv tongue, Saul, Saul, \nwhy persecutcst thou me? It is \niiard tor thee to kick against the \npricks. \n\n15 And I said, Who art tb-ou, \nLord? And he^sjiid, I am Jesus \nwlvom thou per secutest. \n\n16 But rise, and stand upon thy \nfeet: for I have appeared \xcf\x87\xce\xb7\xce\x9b\xce\xbf \n\n\n\n21 For these causes the Jews \ncaught me in the temple, and \nwent about to kill me, \n\n22 Having there/ore obtained \nhelp of God, I continue unto this \nday, witnessing both to small and \ngreat, saying none other things \nthan those which the prophets and \nMoses did say should come : \n\n23 That Christ should suffer, \naiid that he should be the first that \nshould rise from the dead, and \nshould shew hght unto the people, \nand to the Gentiles. \n\n24 And as he thus spake for \nhimself, Festus said with a loud \nvoice, Paul, thou art beside thy- \nself : much learning doth make \nthee mad. \n\n25 But he said, I am not mad, \nmost noble Festus; but speak \nforth the words of truth and so- \nberness. \n\n26 For the king knmveth ot \nthese things, before whom also I \nspeak freely : for I am persuaded \ntliatnone of these things are hid- \nden from him; for this thing was \n\n\n\ngripp \ns? I \n\n\n\nr W for this i^urpose, to make i not done in a corner. \n\nihee a L\'isTerVnL .^tness both , 27 King Agrip^pa, beheves^t thou \n\nof these things which thou hast \n\nseen, and of those things m the \n\nwhich I will appear unto thee ; \n\nir Delivering thee from the \ni>eople, and from the Gentiles, \nunto whom now I send thee, \n\n18 To open their eyes, and to \nturn the?n from darkness to light, \nand fro7n the power of Satan unto \nGod, that tli\xe2\x82\xac:y may receive for- \ngiveness of sins, and inheritance \namonE them which -jxe sanctified \nbv faith that is in me. \n\n" 19 Whereupon, \xce\x9f king Agrippa, \ni \xce\x9bvas not disobedient unto the \nheavenly vision : \n\n20 But shewed first unto them \n\xc2\xa9f Damascus, and at Jerusalem, \nand throughout all the ooasts ot \nJudea, and ihen to the Gentiles, \nthat they sh^i Id repent and turn \nto God, and do works meet tor \nrepentance. \n194 \n\n\n\nthe prophets ? \xce\xa4 know that thou \nbelie vest. \n\n28 Then Agrippa said unto \nPaul, Almost thou persiiadest me \nto be a Christian. \n\n29 And Paul said, I would to \nGod, that not only thou, but also \nall that hear me this day, were \nboth almost, and altogether such \nas I am, except these bonds. \n\n30 And when he had thui \nspoken, the king rose up, and the \ngovernor, and Bernice, and the\\ \nthat sat with them. \n\n31 And when they were gont \naside, they talked betv^^en them- \nselves, saying, This man doeth \nnothing worthy of death or o: \nbonds. \n\n32 Then said Agrippa untc \nFestus, This man might have beer \nset \xc2\xbbt liberty, if lie had not ap \npealed unto C^sar. *^ \xcf\x84\xcf\x84 \xce\xbb \xcf\x84> \n\n\n\nFauVs dangerous \'uoyage : Chap \nCHAP. XXVII. \n\nPauPs dangerous voyage, \n\nAND when it was determined \nthat we should sail into Ita- \nIy,they deliveredPaul, and certahi \nother prisoners, unto one named \nJulius, a centurion of Augustus\' \nband . \n\n2 And entering into a ship of \nAdrarayttium, we launched, mean- \ning to Sfiil by the coasts of Asia, \none Aristarchus, a Macedonian \nof Thessaionica, being with us. \n\n3 And the next day we touched \nat Sidon. And Julius courteously \nintreated Paul, and gave him li- \nberty to go unto his friends to re- \nfresh himself. \n\n4 And when we had launched \nfpom thence, we sailed under Cy- \nprus, because the winds were con- \ntrary. \n\n5 And when we had sailed \nover the sea of Cilicia and Pam- \nphilia, we came to Myra, a city of \nXycia. \n\n6 And there the centurion \nfound a ship of Alexandria sailing \ninto Italy; and he put us therein. \n\n7 And when we had sailed \nslowly many days, and scarce \nwere come over against Cnidus, \nthe wind not suffermg us, we \nsailed under Crete, over against \nSalmone : \n\n8 And hardly passing it, came \nunto a place Avhich is called. The \nfair havens, nigh whereunto was \nt*he city of Lasea. \n\n9 Now when much time was \n\xc2\xa3pent, and wlien sailing was now \n(langerous, because the fast was \nnow already past, Paul admo- \naished them, \n\n10 And said unto them. Sirs, I \nperceive that tliis voyage will be \nwith hurt and much damage, not \nonly of the lading and ship, but \nalso of our lives. \n\nli Nevertheless, the centurion \nbelieved the master and the \ne\xce\x9bvner of the ship, more than \nthose things which were spoken \nbyPsiiU. 195 \n\n\n\nxxvii. He chcercth the seamen. \n\n12 And because the haven was \nnot commodious to winter in, the \nmore part advised to depart \nthence also, if by any means they \nmight attain to Phenice, a/id there \nto winter ; uhich is an haven of \nCrete, and lieth toward the south- \nwest, and north-west. \n\n13 And when the south-wmd \nblew softly, supposing that they \nhad obtained their purpose, loos- \ning thence they sailed close by \nCrete. \n\n14 But not long after there \narose against it a tempestuous \nvvind, called Euroclydon. \n\n15 And when the ship was \ncaught, and could not bear up \ninto the wind, we let her drive. \n\n16 And running under a cer- \ntain island which is called Clau- \nda, we had much work to come by \nthe boat : \n\n17 Which when they had taken \nup, they used helps, undcrgirding \nthe ship ; and fearing lest they \nshould fall into the quicksands \nstrakp sail, and so were driven. \n\n18 And we being exceedingly \ntossed with a tempest, the next \nday they lightened the ship ; \n\n19 And tlie third day we cast \nout vvith our own hands the tack- \nling of the ship. \n\n20 And when neither sun nor \nstars in many days appeared, and \nno small tempest lay on ks, all \nhope that vve should be saved was \nthen taken away. \n\n21 But after long abstinence, \nPaul stood forth in the midst of \nthem, and said. Sirs, ye should \nhave hearkened unto me, and not \nhave loosed from Crete, and to \nhave gained this harm and loss. \n\n22 And now I exhort you to be \nof good cheer ; for there shall be \nno loss of any 7nans life among \nyou, but of the ship, \n\n23 For there stood by me this \nnight the angel of God, whose I \nam, and whom 1 serve, \n\n24 Saying, Feajr not> PaOl; \n\n5^. \n\n\n\nThe s\xe2\x82\xaca?7i\xc2\xa3n m distress : \n\n\n\nThe Acts. \n\n\n\nthou must be brought before Ce- \nsar; and lo. God hath given thee \nail them that sail with thee. \n\n25 Wherefore, Sirs, be of good \ncheer : for I believe God, that it \nihali be even as it \xce\x9bvas told me. \n\n^z6 Howbeit, we must be cast \n\xce\xb9\xcf\x86\xce\xbf\xce\xb7 a certain island. \n\n27 But when the fourteenth \nnight was come, as we were dri- \nven up and down in Adria, about \niiiidni^ht the shipmen deemed \nthat they drew near to some \ncountry : \n\n28 And sounded, and found it \ntwenty fathoms: and when they \nhad gone a little further, they \nsounded again, and foimd it fif- \nteen fathoms. \n\n29 Then fearing lest thev should \niiave faVlen upon rocks, they cast \n:our anchors out of the stern, and \nv>ii5hed for the day. \n\n30 And as the shipmen w^re \nabout to flee out of the ship, \nwhen they had let down the boat \ninto the sea, under colour as \nthough they would Iiave cast an- \ncliors out of , the foresbip, \n\n31 Paul said to the centurion^ \nand to the soldiers, except these \nabide in the ship/ ye camiot be \n&aved. \n\nS2 Then the soldiers cut off the \nropes of the boat, and let her fall \noff. \n\n33 And while the day was com- \ning oil, Paul besought them all to \nrake meat, saying, This day is the \nfourteenth day that ye have tar- \nried, and continued fasting, hav- \n\\ ng taken nothing. \n\n34 Wherefore I pray you to \ntake some meat; for this is for \nyour health: for there shall not \nan hair fall from the head of any \nof you. \n\n35 And when he had thus \nspoken, he took bread, and goye \ntlianks to God in presence of them \n\n\n\nThey miffer shipwreck. \n\n\n\ncheer, and they also took so^ \nmeat. \n\n37 And we were in all m the \nship, two hundred threescore and \nsixteen souls. \n\n38 And when they had eaten \nenough, they lightened the ship, \nand cast out the wheat into the \nsea. \n\n39 And when it was day, they \nknew not the land : but they dis- \ncovered a certain creek with a \nshore, into the which they were \nminded, if it were possible, to \nthiust in the ship. \n\n40 And when they had taken, \nup the anchors, they committed \nthemselves unto the sea, and loos\xe2\x80\xa2 \ned the rudder bands, and hoisted \nup the main-sail to the wind, and \nmade toward shore. \n\n41 And falling into a place \nwhere two seas met, they ran \nthe ship aground; and the fore- \npart stuck fast, and remained un- \nmoveable, but the hinder part was \nbroken with the violence of the \nwaves. \n\n42 And the soldiers\' counsel was \nto kill the prisoners, lest any \nof th^m should swim out, and I \nescape. ^^ \n\n43 But the centurion, willing to ]] \nsave Paul, kept them from theirU \npurpose, and commanded that,^ \nthey which could swim, should | \ncast themselves first into the sea^ \nand get to land ; | \n\n44 And the rest, some on boards^y \nand some on broken pieces of the^ \nship : And so it came To pass, that^ \nthev escaped all safe to land. \n\n" CHAP. xxvm. \n\nFaul shipiorecked at Melita, \n\nAND when they were escap- \ned, then they knew, that the \nisland was called Melita. \n\n2 And the barbarous peoi)le\' \nshewed us no little kindness: fort \nthey kindled a fire, and received! \n\n\n\nall ; and when he had broken if, us every one, because of the pre-l \n\nlie began to eat. sent rain, and because of the cold. \\ \n\n36 Then were they all of good | 3 And when Paul had gathe--i \n\n19i ^ \'\\ \n\n\n\nThe viper on Paulh hand : CI \n-ed a bundle of sticks, and laid them \non the fire, there came a viper \nout of the heat, and fastened on \nhis hand. \n\n4 And when the barbarians saw \nthe venomous beast hang on his \nhand, they said among themselves, \nNp doubt this man is a murderer, \nwhom, though he hath escaped \nthe sea, yet vengeance suffereth \nnot to live. \n\n5 And he shook off the beast \ninto the fire, and felt no harm. \n\n6 Howbeit, they looked wlien \nhe should have swollen, or fallen \ndown dead suddenly : but after \nthey had looked a great while, and \nsaw no barm come to him, they \nchanged their minds, and said thai \nhe w^as a god. \n\n7 In the same quarters were \npossessions of tlie chief man of the \nisland, whose name was Publius, \n\xce\x9bvho received us, and lodged us \nthree days courteously. \n\n8 And it came to pass that the \nfatlier of Publius lay sick of a \nfever, and of a bloody flux: to \nwhom Paul entered in, and pray- \ned, and laid his hands on hirn, and \nhealed him. \n\n9 So w,hen this was done, others \nalso which had diseases in the \n\n-land, came, and vfexQ healed : \n\n10 Who also honoured us with \nuany honours, and when we de- \nparted, they laded us with such \nthings as were necessary. \n\n11 And after three months \nwe departed in a ship of Alrexan- \ndria, which had wintered in the \nisle, w^hose sign was Castor and \nPollux. \n\n12 And landing at Syracuse, we \ntarried there three days. \n\n13 And from thence we fetched a \ncompass, and came to Rhegium : \nand after one day the south-wind \nblew, and we came the next day \n10 Puteoli : \n\n14 Where we found brethren, \nand were desired to tarry with \nthem seven days: and so we went \ntoward Rome. 197 \n\n\n\nlap. xxviii. Re conieth to Rome. \n\n15 And from thence, when the \nbrethren heard of us, they came \nto meet us as far as Appii JForum, \nand the Three Taverns ; whom \nwhen Paul saw, he thanked God, \nand took courage. \n\n16 And when we came to Rome, \nthe centurion delivered the pri- \nsoners to the captain of the guard ; \nbut Paul was suffered to dwell by \nhimself, with a soldier that kept \nhim. \n\nIT And it came to pass, that \nafter three days, Paul called the \nchief of the Jews together. And \nwhen they were come together, \nhe said unto them. Men and bre- \nthren, though I have committed \nnothing against the people, or \ncustoms of our fathers, yet was I \ndeliveredprisoner from Jerusalem \ninto the hands of the Romans. \n\n18 Who, when they bad exa- \nmined me, would have let me go, \nbecause there was no cause oi* \ndeath in me. \n\n19 But when the Jews spake \nagainst it, I was constrained to ap- \npeal unto Cesar; not that I had \nought to accuse my nation of. \n\n20 For this cause therefore have \nI called for you, to see you, and \nto speak with i/ou : because that \nfor the hope of Israel I am bound \nwith this chain. \n\n21 And they said unto him,W\xc2\xa9 \nneither received letters out of \nJudea concernmg tliee, neither \nany of the brethren that came \nshewed or spake any harm of thee. \n\n22 But we desire to hear of thee \nwhat thou thinkest: for as con- \ncerning this sect, we know that \nevery where it is spoken against. \n\n23 And when tliey had appoint- \ned him a day, there came many \nto him into his lodging ; to whom \nhe expounded and testified the \nkingdom of God, persuading them \nconcerning Jesus,. both out of the \nlaw of Moses, and out of\' the \nprophets, from morning till even^^ \nmg. \n\nL.4 \n\n\n\nFaulpreacheth at Rome : Romans. Is not ashamed i- \nties of the weak, and not to \nplease ourselves. \n\n2 ^ Let every one of us please \nhis neighbour for his good to \nedification. \n\n3 For even Christ pleased not \nhimself; but as it is written. \nThe reproaches of them that (re- \nproached thee fell on me. \n\n4 For whatsoever things were \nwritten aforetime, were written \nfor our learning ; that we through \npatience and comfort of the scrip- \ntures might have hope. \n\n5 Now the God of patience and \nconsolation^ grant you to be like- \nminded one towards another, ac- \ncording to Christ Jesus : \n\n6 That ye may with one mind \nand one mouth glorify God, even \nthe Father of our Lord Jesus \nChrist. \n\n7 If Wherefore receive ye one \nanother, as Christ also received \nus to the glory of God. \n\n8 Now I say that Jesus Christ \nwas a minister of the circumci- \nsion for the truth of God, to \nconfirm the promises 7iiade unt< \nthe fathers : \n\n9 And that the Gentiles might \nglorify God for his mercy ; as it \nIS written. For this cause I will \nconfess to thee among the Gen- \ntiles, and sing unto thy name. \n\n10 And again he saith. Re- \njoice, y^e Gentiles, with his \npeople. \n\n11 Aiwi again, Praise the Lord, \nall ye Gentiles, and laud him all \nye people. \n\n32 Ap4 again, Esaias sai^. \n\n\n\nCunt rihut ion for the pcG^, Romans. \n\n\n\nPaiiVs salutations. \n\n\n\nThere shall be a root of Jesse, and \nhe that shall rise to reign over the \nGentiles , in him shall the Gen- \ntiles trust, \n\n13 Now the God of hope fiW \nvou with all joy and peace in be- \nlieving, that ye may abound m \nhope through the power of the \nHoly Ghost. \n\n14 And I myself also am per- \nsuaded of you, my brethren, that \nye also areYull of goodness, tilled \nwitli all knowledge, able also to \nadmonisk one another. \n\n15 Nevertheless, brethren^ I \nhave written the more boldly \nunto you, in some sort, as put- \nting you in mind, because of the \ne:race that is given to me of \nGod. \n\n16 That I should be the mi- \nnister of Jesus Christ to the Gen- \ntiles, ministering the gospel of \nGod, that the oife-ring up of the \nGentiles might be acceptable, \nbeing sanctified by the Holy \nGhost. \n\n17 I have therefore whereof I \nmay glory through Jesus Christ \nin those thinss which pertam to \nGod. \\ \n\n18 For I will not dare to speak \nof any of those thmgs which Christ \nhath not wrought by me, to make \nthe Gentiles obedient, by word \nand aeea. \n\n19 Through mighty signs and \nwonders, by the power of the \nSpirit of God ; so that from Je- \nrusalem, and round about unto \n11 lyricmn, I have fully preached \nthe gospel of Christ. \n\n20 Yea, so have I strived to \npreach the gospel, not \xce\x9bvhere \nChrist was named, lest I should \nbuild upon another man\'s foun- \ndation : \n\n21 But as it is written. To whom \nhe wa,s not spoken of, they shall \nsee ; and tliey that l>ave not \nheard, shall understand. \n\ni\xe2\x80\xa2 ? Y\'iT v.h\'ich cau^e also I have \n\n\n\nbeen much hindered from coming \nto you. \n\n23 But now ha\\dng no more \nplace in these parts, and having a \ngreat desire these many years to \ncome unto you : \n\n24 Whensoever I take my \njourney into Spain, I will come \nto you : for I trust to see you in \nmy journey, and to be brought \non my way thitherward by you, if \nfirst 1 be someAvhat filled with \nyour company, \n\n25 But now I go unto Jerusa,- \nlem, to minister unto the saints. \n\n26 For it hath pleased them of \nMacedonia and Achaia, to make \na certain contribution for the \npoor saints which are at Jerusa- \nlem. \n\n27 It hath pleased them verily^ \nand their debtors they are. For \nif the Gentiles have been made \npartakers of their spiritual things, \ntheir duty is also to min^5ter unto \nthem in carnal things. \n\n28 \xce\x9bYhen therefore I have per* \nformed this, and have sealed to \nthem this fruit, I will come by \nyou into Spain. \n\n29 And I am sure, that when \nI come unto you, I shall come in \nthe fulness of the blessing of the \ngospel of Christ. \n\n30 Now I beseech you, bre- \nthren, for the Lord Jesus Christ\'s \nsake, and for the love of the Spi- \nrit, that ye strive together with \n\n^de in your prayers to God for \nrae ; \n\n31 That I may be delivered \nfrom them that do not believe in \nJudea; and that my service which \nI have for Jerusalem, may be ac- \ncepted of the saints : \n\n32 That 1 may come unto you \nwith joy by the will of God, and \nmay with you be refreshed. \n\nS3 Now the God of peace he. \nwith you all. Amen. \n^ CHAP. XVI. \nFaults mlufatiom. \n\n\n\nSalutations Chap. xri. \n\nIConimend unto you Piiebc cur \nsister, which is a servant of \nthe church which is at Cenchrea: \n\n2 That ye receive her in the \nLord, as becometli saints, and \nthat ye assist her in wliatsoever \nbusiness she hath need of you : \nfor she hath been a succourer of \nmany, and of myself also. \n\n3 Greet Pris\'cilla and Aquila, \nmy helpers in^l\'hrist Jesus : \n\n4 Who have for my life laid \ndown their own necks ; unto \nwfiom not only I give thanks, \nbut also all the churches of the \nGentiles. \n\n5 Likewise greet the church that \nis in their house. Salute my well- \nbeloved Epenetus, who is the first \nfruits of Achaia unto Christ. \n\n6 Greet Mary, who bestowed \nmuch labour on\\is. \n\n7 Salute Andronicus and Junia \nmy kinsmen, and my fellow-pri- \nsoners, who are of note among \nthe apostles, who also were in \nChrist before me. \n\n8 Greet Amplias my beloved \nin the Lord. \n\n9 Salute Urbane our helper in \nChrist, and Stachys my beloved. \n\n10 Salute Apelies approved in \nChrist. Salute them which are of \nAristobulus\' homehold. \n\n11 Salute Herodian my kins- \nman. Greet them tliat be of the \nhousehold of Narcissus, w-hich are \nin the Lord. \n\n12 Salute Tryphena and Try- \nphosa, w^ho labour in the Lord, \nbalute the beloved Persis, wiiich \nlaboured much in the Lord. \n\n13 Salute Rufus chosen in the \nLord, and his mother and mine. \n\n14 Salute Asyncritus, Phlegon, \nHermas, Patrobas, Hermes a,nd \nthe brethren which are with \nthem. \n\nId Salute Philologus, and Julia, \nNereus, and his sister, antl Olym- \npus, and all the saints which are \nwith them. \' \n\n\xce\x9b 6 Salute one another with an I \n?15. \n\n\n\nand greetings, \nholy kiss. The clmrches of Christ \nsalute you. \n\n17 Now I beseech you, brethren , \nmark them which cause divisions \nand ofiences contrary to the doc- \ntrine Wiiich ye have learned ; and \navoid them. \n\n18 lor they that are sucli serve \nnot our Lord Jesus Christ, but \ntheir own belly : and by good \nwords and fair speeches deceive \nthe hearts of the simple. \n\n19 For your obedience is come \nabroad unto all men, I am glad \ntherefore on your behalf: but yet \n1 would have you wise unto that \nwhich is good, and simple con- \ncerning evil. \n\n20 And the God of peace shall \nbruise Satan under your feet \nshortly. The grace of our Lord \nJesus Christ he with you. Amen. \n\n21 Timotheus my^ \xce\xbd ork-fellow, \nand Lucius, and Jason, and Sosi- \npater, my kinsmen, salute you. \n\n22 I Terti\'US, w^ho wrote this \nepistle, sa,lute you in the Lord, \n\n23 Gains mine host, and of the \nwhole church salureth you. Eras- \ntus the chamberlain of the city sa- \nluteth you, and Quartus a brother. \n\n24 The grace of our Lord Jesus \nChrist he with ^ou all. Amen. \n\n25^Now to him that is of powder \nto stablish you according to my \ngospel, and the preaching of Jesus \nChrist ^according to the i-evelation \nof the mystery which w^as kept \nsecret since the world began, \n\n26 But now is made manifest, \nand by the scriptures of the pro- \nphets, according to the command- \nment of the everlasting God, \nmade known to all nations for the \nobedience of faith,) \n\n27 To God only wise, he glory \nthrough Jesus Christ for ever. \nAmen. \n\n\n\n^ Written to die Romans from \nCorinthus, and ^e,nt by Phebe \nservant of the church at Cen- \nchrea. \n\n\xce\x9a \n\n\n\n1; The First Epistle of PAUL, the Apostxe, \nto the CORINTHIANS. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nPaid exhort el h to Unih/, \n\nPAVLy called to be an apostle \nof Jesus Christ, through the \n\\vill of God, and Sosthenes ou? \nf)rother, \n\n2 Unto the church of God \nwliich is at Corin\'th, to them that \nare sanctified in Chjust Jesus, \ncalled to he saints, with all that \n:n e\\\'ery place call upon the name \nof Jesus Christ our Lord, both \ncheirs, and ours : \n\n3 Grace be unto you, and peace \nirom God our Father, and Jrom \nthe Lord Jesus Christ. \n\n4 I thank mj God always on \n3X\'ur l/ehalf, ior the grace of \nGod wliich is given you by Jesus \nChrist : \n\n5 That in every thing ye are \nenriched by him, in all utterance, \nand in ail knowledge : \n\n6 Even as the testimony of \nChrist was confirmed in you : \n\n7 So that ye come behmd in no \njEJft ; waiting for the coining of \nour Lord Jesus Christ ; \n\n8 Who shall also confirm you \nunto the end, that ye may be \nblameless in the day of our Lord \nJesus Christ. \n\n9 God u faithful, by whom ye \nwere called unto the fellowship \nof his Son Jesus Christ our \nLoixi. \n\n10 % \'Nr^y I beseech you, bre- \nthren, by the name of our Lord \nJesus Christ, that ye all speak \nthe same thing, and that there be \n510. divisions among you ; but that \nye be perfectly joined together in \nihe same mind, and in the same \nladgment. \n\n11 For it hath been declared \nJO me of you, my brethren^ by \nu\\em z::hich are of the house of \nChloe, that there are contentions \nam on g>- \xce\xbf It. \n\n12 \xc2\xa7 Now this I say, that every \n\n215 \n\n\n\n1 \n\none of you saith, I am of Paul, \xe2\x80\xa2 \nand I of A polios, and I of Cephas, j \nand I of Christ. \n\n13 Is Christ dinded? was Paul \ncrucified for you ? or were ye* \nbaptized in the name of Paul ? \n\n14 I thank God, that I baptiz- \ned none of you, but Crispus and \nGaias : \n\n15 Lest any should say, that \xce\x93 \nhad baptized in mine own namfe. \n\n16 And I baptized also the" \nhousehold of Stephanas : besides, \nI know not whether I baptized any \nother. \n\n17 For Christ sent me not to \nbaptize, but to preach the f.ospel , \nnot \xce\x9bvith \\visdom of words, lesC; \nthe cross of Christ should be made\' \nof none effect. \n\n18 For the preaching of the \ncross is to them that perish, fool- \nislmess : but unto us which are \nsaved, it is the power of God. \n\n19 For it is written, I will de- \nstroy the wisdom of die wise, and \nwill bring to nothmg the under- \nstanding of the prudent. \n\nSO Whei*6 is the Avise ? where \nis the scribe ? where is the dis- \nputer of this world ? hath not God \nmade foohsh the wisdom of this \n\xce\x9bvorld ? \n\n21 For after that, in the wis- \ndom of God, the Avorld by wisdom \nknew not God, it {jleaseci God by \nthe foolishness of preaching to \nsave them tlmi believe. \n\n22 For the Jews require a sign, \nand the Greeks seek aftei\\wisdom, \n\n23 But we preach Christ cru- \ncified, unto the Jews a stum- \nbling-block, and unto the Greeks \nfoolishness. \n\n24 But unto them which are \ncalled, both Jews and Greeks, \nChrist the pow er of God, and the \nwisdom of God. \n\n25 Because the foolishness of \nGod is wiser than men ; and the \n\n\n\nFauVs mnnner of Oiap. \n\njveakness of God is stronger than \nmen, _ \n\n26 t^or ye see your calling, bre- \nthren, how tliat\' not many wise \nmen after the flesh, not many \nmighty, not many noble are callea. \n\n27 But God hath choeen the \nfoolish things of the world, to \nCOi! found the wise ; and God \nhath chosen the weak things of \nthe world to Cv)nfound the things \nwhich are mighty ; \n\n28 And base things of tlie \nworld, an-d thnigs vvhich are de- \nM)ised, hath God chosen, ^,\'^\xce\xb1, and \ntilings which are not, to bring to \nnought things that are ; \n\n29 That no flesh should glory \nin his presence. \n\n30 But of hmi are ye in Christ \nJesus, who of God is made unto us \nwisdom, and righteousness, and \n-simctification, and redemption ; \n\n31 That, according as it is \nwritten, He that glorieth, let him \nglory in the Lord. \n\nCHAP. 11. \nThe success of Paul\'s preaching. \n\nAND I, brethren, wiiQw I came \nto you, came not witli ex- \ncellency of speech, or of wisdom, \ndeclaring unto you the testimony \nof God. \n\n- 2 For I determined not to know \nany thing among you, save Jesus \nChrist, and hhn crucitied. \n\n3 And I was with you in weak- \nness, and in fear, and in much \ntrembling. \n\n4 And my speech, and my \npreaching was not with enticing \nwords of man\'s wisdom, but in \ndemonstration of the Spirit, and \nof power : \n\n5 That your faith should not \nstand in the wisdom of mea, but \nin the power of God. \n\n6 Howbeit we speak wisdom^ a- \nmo\xce\x89g them that are perfect: yet \naot the wisdom of this world, no\xc2\xbbr \nof the princes of this world, that \ncr>me to nought. \n\n\xce\xa4 But we speak the wisdom of \n^T7 \n\n\n\nii. iii. preaching the gospel, \n\nGod in- a mystery even the hid- \nden wisdom which. God ordained \nbefore the world unto our glory, \n\n8 Which none of the princes of \nthis world knew: for had tuey \nknown it, they would not have \ncraciiied the Lord of dor\\ . \n\n9 But as it IS written, Eye hath \nnot seen, nor ear heard, neither \nhave entered mto the heart of \nman, the things which God hath \nprepared for tiiem that love him. \n\n10 But God hath revealed tkem \nunto us by his Spirit : for the \nSpirit searcheth all things, yea, the \ndeep things of God. \n\n11 lor what man knoweth the \nthings of a man, save the spirit \nof man which is in him ? even so \nthe things of God knoweth no \nHian, but the Spirit of God. \n\n12 Now we tave received, not \nthe spirit of the world, but the \nSpirit which is of God ; that we \nmight know the things that are \nfreely given to us of God. \n\n13 Which things also we speak, \nnot in the words which man\'s wis- \ndom teacheth ; but which the \nHoly Ghost teacheth : comparing \nspiritual things with spiritual. \n\n11 But the natural man re- \nceiveth not the things of the Spi* \nrit of God : for they are foolish- \nness unto him ; neither can he \nkno\xce\x9bV them because they are spi- \nritually discerned. \n\n16 But he that is spiritual, \n.\xce\xaf\xce\xb7\xce\xb1\xce\xaf\xce\xaf\xce\xb2\xce\xb6\xce\x90\xce\xb9 all things, yet, he him- \nself is judged of no man. \n\n16 For who hath known the \nmind of the Lord, that he may \ninstruct him ? Bat we have the \nmind of Christ. \n\nCHAP. in. \nChrist the foundation. \n\nAND I, brethren, could n^t \nspeak unto you as unto \nspiritual, but as unto carnal, even \nas unto babes in Christ. \n\n2 I have fed you with milk,, \nand not with meat : for hither- \nto vc were not able to hmr if. \n\n\n\nGod\'\'s ministers \n\n\n\nI. Corinthians. \n\n\n\nhow to he esteemed. \n\n\n\nneither yet now are ye able, \n\n3 ^ For ye are very carnal : for \nwhereas there is among yo \nband is sanctified by the wife, and \nthe unbelieving wife is sanctined \nby the husband : else were your \nchildren unclean : but now are \ntiiey holy. ^ \n\n15 But if the unbelieving ae- \npart, let him depart. A brother \nor a sister is not under bondage \nin such ca.ses : but God hath cal- \nled us to peace. \n\n16 For what knowest thou, \xce\x9f \nwife, whether thou shalt save thy \nhusband ? or how knowest thou, \n\xce\x9f man, whether thou shalt save \nthij wife ? \n\n17 But as God hath distributeq \nto every man, as the Lord hatli \ncalled every one, so let him walk : \nand so ordain I in all churches, \n\n13 Is any man called being cir- \ncunicised ? let him not become un- \ncircumcised : is any called in ua- \ncircumcision r let him not become \ncircumcised. \n\n19 Circumcision is nothing, and \nuncircumcision is nothing:, but \nthe keeping of the commandrut i^tv \nof God. \n\n20 Let every man abide in t:he \nsame caliingwherein he was called. \n\n21 Art thou called being a ser- \nvant ? care not for it : but if thou \nmavest be made free, use it ratl.er. \n\n22 For he that is called in the \nLord, bang a servant, is the \nLord\'s free man: likewise also he \ntliat is called, being free, is Christ\'s \nser\xce\x9b-ant. \n\n23 Ye are bought with a price :.. \n\xce\xb9 be \xce\xb7\xce\xb8\xce\xaf ye the servants of aieB, \n\nK4 \n\n\n\nOfcontinencj/. \n\n\'2i Brethren, let every man \nwherein he is called, therein abide \n\\^ith God. \n\n25 Now concer.ning virgins, I \nliave no -conmiandment of the \nLord : yet I give my judgm.ent as \none that hatli obtained mercy of \ntrie Lord to be faithful. \n\n26 I suppose therefore th^t this \nis good for the present distres.s, 1 \nsay, that it is good for a man so \nto be. \n\n\xce\xb4 \xce\x93 Art thou bound unto a wife? \nseek not to be loosed. Art thou \n1 oosed from a wife t seek not a \nvnt\'e. \n\n28 But and if thou marry, thou \nhast not sinned ; and if a virgin \nmarry, siie hath not sinned ; ne- \nvertheless, such shall have trouble \nin the flesh ; but I spare you. \n\n29 But this t say, brethren, the \ntime is short. It remaineth, that \nboth they that liave vvives, be as \n\n\'ough tliey had none ; \nSO And they that Vycep, as \nnigh they wept not: and they \nIt rejoice, as though they re- \niced not ; and they that buy, as \nloush they possessed not : \n31 \'Ancl tliey that use \n: rid, as not abusing it : for \nhion of this vforld passeth \n\n\n\n32 But I would have you with- \n\\: carefulness. He that is un- \ntried, careth for the things that \n^ng to the Lord, ho vv lie may \nase the Lord : \n\n3 But he that is married, car- \nfor the things that are of the \n\xe2\x96\xa0 ]d/iiow he may please his wife. \n- i Tlicre is diiTerence also be- \n:en a \xce\x9bvife and a \\argin : The \nmarried woman careth for the \n::ags oi^the Lord, that slie may \nlioly, both in body and in spi- \nr : bnt she that is. married, car- \neth for tli-e things of the world, \nhow she niav please he?\' husband. \n35 And tliis I speak for your \niwn profit, not that I may cast a \nonrUie upon you^ but for that \n\n\n\nI. Corinthians. Of giving offence. \n\nwhich is comely and that ye may \nattend upon the Lord without \ndistraction. \n\n36 But if any man think that \nhe behaveth himself uncomely to- \nv/ard his virgin, if she pass the \nflow^er of her age, and need so re- \nquire, let him do what he will, he \nsinneth not : let them marry. \n\n37 Nevertheless, he that stand- \neth stedfast in his heart, having \nno necessity, but hath powder over \nhis own will, and hath so decreed \nin his hearrt, that he will keep his \nvirgin, doeth well. \n\n38 So then, he that giveth her \nin marriage, doeth well ; but he \nthat giveth her not in marriage \ndoeth better. \n\n39 The wife is bound by the \nlaw as long as her husband liveth: \nbut if her husba^nd be dead, she \nis at liberty to be married to whom \nshe will ; only in the Lord. \n\n40 But she is happier if she so \nabide, after my judgment, and 1 \nthink also that I have the Spirit \nof God. \n\nCHAP. VHL \nOf meats offered to idols. \n\nNOW as touching things of- \nfered unto idols, we know \nthat we all have knowledge. \nKnov/ledge puffeth up, but charity \nediheth. \n\n2 And if any man think that he \nknoweth any thing, he knoweth \nnothing yet as he ought to know. \n\n3 But if any man love God, the \nsame is knou^n of hum \n\n4 As concerning therefore the \neating of those things that are of- \nfered in sacrifice unto idols, we \nkno\xce\x9bv that an idol is nothing in \nthe v/orld, and that there is none \nother God but one. \n\n5 For though there be that are \ncalled gods, whether m heaven, \nor in earth,(as there be gods many, \nand lords many,) \n\n6 But to us there is but one \nGod, the Father, of whom are \npJi things^ and we in him ; and \n\n\n\nthis \nthe \n\n\n\nPaulas Christian tihcriy, Cfiaip \none Lord Jesus Christ, by whom \nare all things, and we by hhn. \n\n7 Howbeit, there is not in every \nman that knowledge: ibr some \nwith conscience of the idol unto \nthis hour, eat it as a thing ofiOred \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 unto an idol : and their conscience \nbeing weak, is defiled. \n\n8 But meat commendeth us not \nto God : for neither if we eat, \n\n\' are we the better ; neither if we \neat not are we the worse. \n\n9 But take heed lest by any \nmeans this liberty of yours become \na stumbling-block to them that \nare weak. \n\n10 For if any man see thee \nwhich hast knowledge, sit at meat \nin the idol\'s temple, shall not the \nconscience of him which is weak, \nbe emboldened to eat those things \nwhich are offered to idols ? \n\n11 And through thy knowledge \nshall the weak brother perish, for \nwhom Christ died ? , \n\n12 But when ye sin so against \nthe brethren, and wound their \nweak conscience, ye sin against \nChrist. \n\n13 Wherefore if meat make my \nbrother to offend, I will eat no \nflesh while the world standeth, \nlest I make my brother to oflend. \n\nCHAP. IX. \nO/* ministers^ support. \n\nAM 1 not an apostle ? am I not \nfree ? have I not seen Jesus \nChrist our Lord ? are not ye my \nwork in the Lord ? \n\n2 If I be not an apostle unto \nGthcrs, yet doivbtless I am to you: \nfor the seal of mine apostleship \nare ye in the Lord. \n\n3 Mine answer tc.them that do \nexamine me, is this, \n\n4 Have we not power to eat \nand to drink ? \n\n5 Have w^e not power to lead \nabout a sister, a wife, as well as \nother apostles, and as the bre- \nthren oi\'"the Lord, and Cepha^s ? \n\n6 Or I only and Barnabas, have \nHQt we power to forbear v/orking? \n\n\' S23 \n\n\n\n. ix. The true rmnisterB. \n\n7 Who goeth a wartai-e any \ntime at hi\'s own charges ? who \nplanteth a vineyard, and eatetfe \nnot of the fruit thereof ? or who \nfeedeth a flock, and eateth not of \nthe milk of the flock ? \n\n8 Say I these things as a man ? \nor saitK not the law the same also ? \n\n9 For it is written in the law \nof Moses, Thoa shalt not muzzle \nthe mouth of the ox that treadeth \nout the corn. Doth God take \ncare for oxen ? \n\n10 Or saith he it altogether for \nour sakes ? for our sakes, no \ndoubt, i/iis is written: that he that \nploweth should plow in hope ; and \nthat he that thresheth in hope, \nshould be partaker of his hope. \n\n11 If we nave sown unto you spi- \nritual things, is it a great thing if \nwe shall reap your carnal things ? \n\n12 If others be partakers of this \npower over you, are not we rather? \nNevertheless, we have not used \nthis power ; but suffer all things, \nlest we should hmder the gospel of \nChrist. \n\n13 Do ye not know that the;y \nwhich minister about holy things, \nlive of the things of the temple ? \nand they which wait at the altar, \nare partakers with the altar ? \n\n14 Even so hath the Lord or- \ndained that they which preach the \ngospel, should live of the gospel. \n\n15 But I have used none of \nthese d:iings. Neither have I writ- \nten these things, that it should be \nso done unto me - for it zcerehetter \nfor me to die, than that any man \nshould make my glorying void. \n\n16 lor though I preach the \ngospel, I have nothing to glory of. \nfor necessity is laid upon me : yea, \nwoe is unto me, if I preach not \nthe gospel. \n\nIT For if I do this thing willing- \nly, I have a reward : but if against \nmy will, a dispensation of\' the gas- \nDelis committed unto- me. \n\n18 What is my rew ard then ? \nVerily that when I preach the \nK5 \n\n\n\ni^ur life a, rati. \n\n\n\ngospel, \xce\x90 may make the gospel of \nChrist \xce\x9bvithout charge, that I a- \nbuse not my power in the gospel. \n\n19 For though I be free from \nall men,, yet ha^\'e I made myself \nseiTant. unto all, that I might gain \nthe more. \n\n20 And unto the Jev>^s, I be- \ncame as a Jew, that I might gain \ntl]e Jews; to them that are under \nthe law, as under the Liw^ that \nI might gain them that are undet \nilxe law : \n\n21 To them that are without \nlaw, as without law, (being not \nwithout law^, to God, but under \nthe law of Cr.rist,) that I might \ngain them th\xc2\xbbat are without law. \n\n22 To the weak became I as \nweak, tliat I might ved, flee from idolatry. \n\n15 I speak as to vvise men : \njudae ve what I say. \n\n16 The cup of blessing which \nwe bless, is it not the com-munion \nof the blood of Christ ? the bread \nwi]ich we break, is it not the com- \nmunion of the body of Christ ? \n\n17 For we bepngmanyp are one \n224 \n\n\n\nOf doing good to oihen. Chap. *i. q/co2\xc2\xa3\xc2\xab/;g f-i- -<;^ \n\n\n\nbread, o/irf one body : for we are \nall partakers of that one bread. \n\n18 Behold I&rael after tne flesli: \nare not they wh.ich eat of the sa- \ncrifices, partakers of tlie altar ? \n\n19 What say I then? that the \n\n\n\n32 Give none offence, neither \nto tlie Jews, nor to the Gentiles. \nnor to the clmrch of God. \n\n33 Even as I please all men m \nall things, not seeking mine owti \nprofit, but the profit of many, that \n\n\n\n10 What say \xcf\x87 ciifen r uiai. i^nv. \xcf\x81^^\xcf\x87\xce\xb9-\xce\xbd, \xe2\x80\x94 \xe2\x80\x94 r j \nido4s.nvth4?or.ha^wluc^ \n\n\n\nis otfered in sacrifice to idols la \nany thing .** ^ , 1 \xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n20 But I M7/ that tne Jiungs \nwhich tfie Gentiles sacrifice, they \nsacrifice to devils, and not to God: \nand I would not that ye should \nhave fellow-ship with devils. \n\n21 Ye cannot drink the cup ot \nthe Lord, and the cup of devils : \nve cannot be partakers ot the \nlx)rd\'s table, and of the table of \n\n22 Do we provoke the Lord ta \njealousy ? are we stronger than he r \n\n23 All things are lawful tor me, \nbut all things are not expedient : \nall things are lawful for me, but \nall things edify nf>t, \n\n24 Let no man seek his own . \nHut every man another\'s weaitn. \n\n25 Whatsoever is sold m the \nshambles, that eat, asking no \nquestion for conscience saKe. \n\n26 For the earth zs the Lords \nand the fuhiess thereof. \n\n27 If any of them that believe \nnot, bid you to a feast, and ye be \ndisposed\'to go ; w^iatsoever is set \nbefore you, eat^ askmg no question \nfoi\' conscience\' sake. \n\n28 But if anv man say unto you, \nThis is offered in sacrifice un- \nto idols, eat not for his sake tnat \nshewed it, and for conscience\'sake. \nFor the earth U the Lord s and \ntlie fulness thereof^ \n\n29 Conscience, i say, not thine \nown, but of the others . for why \n15 my liberty judged oi another \nman\'s conscience ? \n\n30 For, if 1 by grace be^ a par- \nlaker, whv am t evil spoken ot \nfor that for whicli I give tlianks ? \n\n31 Whether therefore ye eat or \n\n\n\nCHAP. XL \n\nOffences to he avoided, \n\nBE ye followers of me, evei: \nas I also am of Christ. \n\n2 Now I praise you, brethrep , \nthat ye remember me in all \nthings, and keep the ordinances, \nas I delivered them to you. \n\n3 But I would have you know- \nthat the head of every man is \nChrist : and the head of the w(> \nman u tiie man ; and the head oi \nChrist is God. \n\n4 Everv man pravrngorprophe\xc2\xbb \nsying, having his liead covered, \ndlshonoureth his head. \n\n5 But every woman that pray- \neth, or prophesietk with her head \nuncoveredjdishonoureth her head : \nfor that is even ail one as it fciie \nwere shaven. \n\n6 For if the woman be not co- \nvered, let her also be shorn : but \nif it be a shame for a woman to i)\xe2\x82\xac \nshorn or shaven, let her be covered. \n\n\xce\xa4 For a man indeed ought not \nto cover his head, forasmucn as \nhe is the imaae and gloi\'v of God: \nbut the woman is the gl^ry c\\ the \nman. . , \n\n8 For the m.an isnot ot tne \nwoman : but tiie woman of the \nman. \n\n9 Neither was tne mrji createo \nfor the wi>rrian : bv.t the woman \nfor the man. \n\n\n\nFor this \xce\x93:\xe2\x80\xa2u^^e ought the \nwoman to have power on her \n" the \n\n\n\nhead, because of the angeih, \n\n11 Nevertheless, neitner is the \nman without the woman, neither \n\xe2\x96\xa0 he \\voman without the man, m . \n\nSI Wh-r^.er thereiore ve eat or 1 \'l2 For a^he woman is of the \ndr4\'o?"\'\'S^^erye(io,doall man,even:so .. tlic n.an dy>cy \n4^\xce\x99^7-\xce\xbf\xce\xaf God, ^ \' (tne woman^utailtbmgsoiu^d. \n\n\n\nOfjhe Lord\'s supper. 1. Corintiiiaris \n\n\n\n13 Judge ia yourselves : is it \ncomely that a woman pray unto \nGod uncovered ? \n\n14 Doih not even nature itself \nteach you, that if a man have long \nhair it is a shatlie unto bim ? \n\n15 But if a woman have long \nhair it is a glory to her ; for \nher hair is given her for a \ncovering. \n\n16 But if any man seem to be \ncontentious we have no such \ncustom, neither the churches of \nGod. \n\nIf Now in this that I declare \nnnto you, I praise you not, that \nye come together, not for the \nbetter, but for the worse. \n\n18 For Tirst of all, when ye \ncome together in the church, 1 \nliear that there be divisions a- \nmong you ; and I partly believe it. \n\n19 For there must be also here- \nsies among you, that they which \nare approved, may be made ma- \nnifest among you. \n\n20 When ye come together \ntherefore into one place, this is \niiot to eat the Lord\'s supper. \n\n21 For in eating every one \ntaketh before other his own sup- \nper : and one is hungry and ano- \nther is drunken. \n\n2^ What, have ye not houses \nto eat and to drink in? or despise \nye thu church of God, and shame \nthem that have not ? What shall \nI say to you } shall I praise you \nm this ? I praise you not. \n\n23 For I have received of the \nLord, that which also I delivered \nunto you, That the Lord Jesus, \nthe same night in \\vhich he was \nbetrayed, took bread : \n\n24 A\\^ when he had given \nthanks, he brake if, a.nd said, \nTake, eat ; this is my body which \nis broken for you : this do in re- \njTiernbrance of me. \n\n25 After the same manner also \nhe look the cup, when he had sup- \nped, sayinii, This cup is the new \n^\'^-raitient in my biood : this do \n\n\xce\xaf\xcf\x8a5 \n\n\n\nOf spiritual gifts. \n\n\n\nye, as oft as ye drink ity in re- \nmembraiice of me. \n\n26 For as often as ye eat this \nbread, and drink this cup, ye do \nshew the Lord\'s deatli till he \ncome. \n\n27 Wherefore, whosoever shall \neat this bread, and drink this cup \nof the Lord unworthily, shall be \nguilty of the body and blood of \nthe Lord. \n\n28 But let a man examine \nhimself, and so let him eat of \nthat bread, and_ drink of that \ncup. \n\n29 For he that eateth and drink- \neth unworthily, eateth and drink- \neth damnation to himself, not dis- \ncerning the Lord^s body. \n\n30 For this cause many core \nweak and sickly among you, and \nmany sleep. \n\n31 For if we would judge our- \nselves, \xce\x9b\xce\xbd6 should not be judged, \n\n32 But when we are judged, yve \nare chastened of the Lord, that \nwe should not be condemned with \nthe world. \n\n33 Wherefore, my brethren \nwhen ye come together to eat, \ntarry one for another. \n\n34 And if any man hunger, let \nhim eat at home ; that ye come \nnot together unto condemnation. \nAnd the rest will I s^et in order \nwhen I come. \n\nC HAP. XIL \nOiversities of spiritual gifts. \nnow concerning spiritual \ngifts, brethren, I would not \nhave you ignorant. \n\n2 Ye know that ye were Gen- \ntiles, _ carried away unto these \ndamb idols, even as ye were led. \n\n3 Wherefore I give you to un- \nderstand, that no man speaking \nby the Spirit of God, calleth Je- \nsus accursed : ai>d that no man \ncan say that Jesus is the Lord, \nbut bv the Holy Ghost. \n\n4 Now there are diversities of \ngifts, but the same Spirit. \n\n5 And there are iiiierenees \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a \n\n\n\n\xce\x9d" \n\n\n\nCharity praised, \nmember, where were the body \n20 But now are they many \nmembers, yet but one body. \n\n21 And the eye cannot say un- \nto the hand, I have no need of \nthee : nor again, the head to the \nfeet, I have no need of you. \n\n22 Nay, much more, those mem- \nbers of the body, which seem to \nbe more feeble, are necessary. \n\n23 And those, members of the \nbody Avhich we think to be le^s \nhonourable, upon these we be- \nstow more abundant honour, and \nour uncomely parts have more \nabundant comeliness. \n\n24 For our comel\xe2\x80\xa2 parts have no \nneed : but God hath tempered \nthe body together, having given \nmore abundant honour to that \npart which lacked : \n\n25 That there should be no \nschism in the body ; hwt that the \nmembers should have the same \ncare one for another. \n\n26 And whether one member \nsuffer, all the members sutfer \nwith it : or one member be ho- \nnoured, ail the members rejoice \nwith it. \n\n9,7 Now ye are the body of \nChrist, and members in parti- \ncular. \n\n28 And God hath set some in \nthe church, first apostles, secon- \ndarily prophets, thirdly teachers, \nafter that miracles, then gifts of \nhealings, helps, governments, di- \nversities of tongues. \n\n29 Are all apostles ? are all \nprophets ? are all teachers ? are \nall workers of miracles ? \n\n30 Ha,ve all the gifts of heal- \ning? do all speak with tongues.? \nd(> all ii^kterpret ? \n\n31 But covet earnestly the best \ngifts : And yet shew I " unto you \na more excellent wav. \n\nCHAP. XIII. \nThe praises of charity. \n\n\xce\x8a THOUGH I speak with the \n. u...,, c. .. ....... ^ - tongues of men and of an- \n\n19 And if they were all one gels, and have not chanty, 1 ai\xc2\xbb \n227 \n\n\n\nMutual decency. Chap, xiii \n\nadministrations, but the same \nLord. . . ^ \n\n6 And there are diversities of \noperations, but it is the same God \nwhich worketh all in all. \n\n7 ^ But tlie manifestation of the \nSpirit is given t\xc2\xa9 every man to \nprofit withal. \n\n8 For to one is given by the \nSpirit, the word of wisiiom ; to \nanother the word of knowledge by \nthe same Spirit ; \n\n9 To another faith by the same \nSpirit ; to another the gifts of \nhealing by the same Spirit ; \n\n10 To another the working of \nmiracles ; to another prophecy ; \nto another discerning of spirits ; \nto another divers kinds of tongues;^ \nto another the interpretation of \ntongues. , , , \n\n11 But all these worketh that \none and the self-same Spirit, di- \nviding to every man severally as \nhe will. \n\n12 For as tlie body is one, and \nhath many members, and all the \nmembers\'of that one body, being \n\n, many are one body ; \xce\xaf\xce\xbf also is \n- Christ. \n\n13 For by one Spirit are we ad \nbaptized into one body ; whether \ntoe he Jews or Gentiles, whether \nwe he bond or free : and have been \nail made to drink into one Spirit. \n\n14 For the body is not one \nmember, but many. \n\n15 If the foot shall say, Because \nI am not the hand, I am not of \nthe body ; is it therefore not of \nthe body ? \n\n16 And if the ear shall say. \nBecause I am not the eye, I am \nnot of the body ; is it therefore \nnot of the body ? \n\n17 If the whole body \'were an \neye, where were the hearing ? if \nthe whole icere heai\'ing, where \nicere the smelling ? \n\n18 Bat now hath God set the \nmembers every one of them in \nthe body, as it hath pleased him \n\n\n\nProphecy (wnmend^d, I. Connihians. Of mutual edifying. \n\n\n\nbecome as sounding brass, or a \ntinkling cymbal. \n\n2 And though I have the ^ift of \nprophecy, and understand all my s- \nteries, and ail knowledge , and \nthough I have all faith, so that \nI could remove mountains, and \nhave not charity, I am nothing. \n\n3 And though I bestow all ray \ngoods to feed the poor anci \nthough I give my ^body to be \nburned, and have not chaiity, it \nprofiteth me nothing. \n\n4 Charity sulfereth long, a7id is \nkind; charily envieth not; charity \nvauntcth not itself, is not puft\'ea \nup, \n\n5 Doth not behaA\'e itself un- \nseemly, seeketli not her own, is not \neasily provoked, thinketh no evil, \n\n6 ilejoiceth not In iniquity^ but \nrejoiceth in the truth, \n\n7 Beareth all things, believeth \nall things, hopeth all things, en- \ndureth all things. \n\n8 Charity never faileth : but \nvrhether thf?\'e he prophecies, they \nsliail fail ; whether there be tongues, \nthey shall cease ; whether there be \nfcaiow ledge it sliall vanish away. \n\n9 For we know in part, and \nwe prophesy in part. \n\n10 But when that w^hich is per- \nfect is come, then that which is \nin part shall be done away. \n\n11 VVIien I was a child,^I spake \nas a child, I understood as a \nchild, I thought as a child : but \nw hen I became a man, I put away \nci^ildish things. \n\n12 For now we see through a \nglass, darklv ; but then face to \nliice : now \xce\xaf know in parr ; but \nthen sliall I know even as also \xce\xaa \nam knowii. \n\n13 And now abidetli fa^itli. hope. \ncharity, these three ; but, the \ng-i\'eatcjtt of these ?^ charitv, \n\nCHAP. XiV.\' \nF\'^ouhecy coinmended, \n\nFOLLOXV after charity, and \ndesire epintual gifts ^ but ra- \nther that ve may propliesy. \n\n\n\n2 For he that speaketh in an \nunknozcn tongue, speaketh not \nunto men, but unto God : for no \nnian understandethAiTw; liowbeit \nin the spirit he speaketh mysteries. \n\n3 But he that prophesieth, \nspeaketh unto men to edification, \nand exhortation, and comfort. \n\n4 He that speaketh in an un^ \nknotcn tongue, edifieth himself s \nbut he that prophesieth, ediiietk \nthe church. \n\n5 I would that ye all spake with \ntongues, but rather tliQt ve pro- \nphesied : for greater is he that \nprophesieth, than he that speak- \neth with tongues, except he in- \nterpret, that the church may re- \nceive edifying. \n\n6 Now, brethren, If I come un- \nto you speaking with tongues, \nwhat shall I profit you, except I \nshall speak to you eithe4.\xe2\x80\xa2 by reve- \nlation, or by knowledge, or by \nprophesying, or by doctrine ? \n\n7 And even things without \n^life, giving sound, whether pipe \n\nor harp, except they give a dis- \ntinction in the sounds, how shall\xe2\x80\xa2 \nit be kno%vn what is piped or \nharped ? \n\n\xce\x92 For if the trumpet give an \nuncertain sound, who shall pre* \npare himself to the battle? \n\n9 So like^wise ye, except ye \nutter by the tongue words easy to \nbe understood, ho\xce\x9bv shall it be \nkno\\vn what is spoken } for ye \nshall speak into the air. \n\n10 There are, it may be, so \nmany kinds of voices in the world, \nand none of them is without sig- \nniu cation. \n\n11 Tlierefore, if I know not \nthe meaniniz of the voice, I shall \nbe unto him that speaketh, a bar- \nbarian : and he that speaketh shall \nhe a barbarian unto me. \n\n12 Even so ye forasmuch as ye \nare zealous of spiritual gifts^ seek \ntiiat ye may excel to the edifying \nof tl;echarch. \n\n13 Wherefore let bim tliel \n\n\n\nVri^iiown tongues fruit less. C\\iap. xiv. Women forbidden to teach. \n\n\n\nspeaketh in an vnkv.own tongue \npray that he may interpret. \n\n14 For if I pray in an unknown \ntongue, my spnitprayeth, but my \nunderstanding is unfruitful. \n\n15 What is it then ? I will pray \nwith the spirit, and I\' will pray \nwith the understanding also: I \nwill sing with the spirit, and I \nwill sing with the understanding \nalso. \n\n16 Else when thou shalt bless \nwith the spirit^ how shall lie that \noccupieth the room of the un- \n\n^ learned, say Amen, at thy giving \nof thanks, seeing he understand- \neth not what tliou sayest f \n\n17 For thou verily givest thanks \nwell, but the other is not edified. \n\n18 I thank my God, I speak \nwith tongues more than ye all : \n\n19 Yet in the church I had \nrather speak five words with my \nunderstanding, that hi/ my voice I \nmight teach others also, than ten \nthousand words in an unknozcn \ntongue. \n\n20 Brethren, be not children \nin understanding : howbeit, in \nmalice be ye children^ but in un- \nderstanding be men. \n\n21 In the law it is written, With \nmen o/\' other tongues, and other \n\n^ips, will I speak untoDhis people: \nand yet for all that will tfiey not \nhear me, saith the Lord. \n\n22 Wherefore, tongues are for \na sign, not to them tb.at believe, \nbut to them that l:>elieve not : but \nprophesving servcih not for them \nthat believe not, but for them \nivhicii believe. \n\n23 if theref;)re the whole church \nbe come together into one place, \nand all speak with tongues, \naad tiieie come in those that \nare unlearaed, or unbelievers^ \nWill they not say that ye are \nmad ? \n\n24 But if all prophesy, and there \ncome i\'u one that beiieveih not, \nor one unle?a*ned, be is convinced . \nof ali, he is judged of all; \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 ^29 \' \n\n\n\n25 And thus are the secrets of \nhis heart made maaifest : and so \nfalling down on his face, he wiiA \nworship God, and report that God \nis in you of a truth. \n\n26 How is it then, brethren ? \nwhen ye come together, every one \nof you hath a psalm, hath a doc- \ntrine, hath a tongue, hath a reve- \nlation, hath an interpretation. Let \nall thin^^s be done to edifying. \n\n27 If any man speak in an un- \nknown tongue, let it be by two, or \nat the most by three, and thai by \ncourse ; and let one interpret. \n\n28 But if there be no interpret-^ \ner, let him keep silence in the \nchurch ; and let him speak to him- \nself and to God. \n\n29 Let the prophets speak two \nor three, and let the other judge. \n\n30 If \xe2\x82\xac1)11/ thing be revealed to \nanother that sittethby, let the first \nhold his peace. \n\n31 For ye may ali prophesy caie \nby one, that all may learn, and all \nmay be comforted. \n\n32 And the spirits of the pro- \nphets are subject to the prophets, \n\n33 For God is not the author of \nconfusion, but of peace, as in all \nchurches of the samts. \n\n34 Let yom- women keep silence \nin the churches : for it is not per- \nmi tied unt\'O them to speak ; but \ntheij are comtnunded to be under \nobedience, as also saith the law. \n\n35 And if they v\xc2\xbbiil learn any \nthing, let them ask their hus- \nbands at home : for it is a shame \nfor v/omen to speak in the \nchurch. \n\n36 What ? came the word of \nGod out from you ? or canie it \nunto you only ? \n\n37 If any man think himself to \nbe a prophet, or spiritual, let hnn \nacknowledge that the things that \nI write unto you are the com- \nmandments of the Lord. \n\n38 But if any man be ignorant, \nlet him be ignorant. \n\n39 Wiierefor^, brethren, covet \n\n\n\nI\'he proof and manner I. Carintliiaiis. ojour resurrection. \n\n\n\nta prophesy, and forbid not to \nspeak with toni^ues. \n\n40 Let all things be done de- \ncently, and in order. \n\nCHAP. XV. \nOf Christ\'\' s resurrecUon, \n\nMOREOVER, brethren, I \ndeclare unto you the gospel \nwhich I preached unto you, which \nalso ye have received, and whei\'e- \nin ye stand ; \n\n2 By which also ye are saved, if \nye keep in memory what 1 preach- \ned unto you, unless ye have be- \nlieved in vain. \n\n3 For I delivered unto you first \nof all that which I also received, \nhow that Christ died for our sins \naccording to the scriptures : \n\n4 And that he was buried, and \nthat he arose again the third day, \naccording to the scriptures : \n\n\xce\xbf And that he was seen of Ce- \nphas, then of the twelve. \n\n6 After that, he was seen of \nabove five hundred brethren at \nonce : of whom the gi-eater part \nremain unto this present, but some \nare fallen asleep. \n\n7 After that, he was seen of \nJames ; then of all the apostles. \n\n8 And last of all he was seen of \nme also, as of one born out of due \ntime. \n\n9 For I am the least of the apo- \nstles, that am not meet to be \ncalled an apostle, because I perse- \ncuted the chuvch of God. \n\n10 But by the grace of God I \nam what I am . and his grace \nwhich was hestoiced upon me, was \nBOt in vain ; but I laboured more \nabundantly than they all : yet not \nI, but the grace of God which was \nwith me. \n\n11 TherefoiTC \xce\x9bvhether it were I \nor they, so we preach, and so ye \nbelieved. \n\n12 >n0w if Christ be preached \nthat he rose from the dead, how \nsay some among you, that there is \nno resurrection of the dead ? \n\n13 But if there be no resiir- \n\n230 \n\n\n\nrection of the dead, then is Christ \nnot risen. \n\n14 And if Christ be not risen, \nthen is our preaching vain, and \nyour faith is also vain. \n\n15 Yea, and we are found false \nwitnesses of God ; because we \nhave testified of God, that he \nraised up Christ : whom he raised \nnot up, if so be that the dead rise \nnot. \n\n16 For if the dead rise not, then \nis not Christ raised ; \n\n17 And if Christ be not raised, \nyour faith is vain ; ye are yet in \nyour sins. \n\n18 Then they also which are \nfallen asleep in Christ, are pe- \nrished. \n\n19 If in this life oniy we have \nhoped in Christ, we are of all men \nmost miserable. \n\n20 But now is Christ risen from \nthe dead, and become tiie first- \nfruits of them that slept \n\n21 For since by man came death, \nby man carrx also the resurrection \nof the dead. \n\n22 For as in Adam all die, \neven so in Christ shall all be made \nalive. \n\n23 But every man in liis own \norder : Christ the first-fruits, af- \nterward they that are Christ\'s at \nhis coming. \n\n24 Then Cometh the end, when \nhe shall have delivered up the \nkingdom to God, even the Father: \nwhen he shall have put down \nall rule, arid all authority, and \npower. \n\n25 For he must reign, till he \nhath put all enemies under his \nfeet. \n\n20 Tlie last enemy that shall be \ndestroyed, is death. \n\n27 For lie hath put all things un- \nder his ieet. But when hesaith, \nall things are put under him, it is \nmanifest that he is excepted which \ndid put all things under him. \n\n28 And when all things shall be \nsubdued unto him, then shall the \n\n\n\nOf ouur resurrection^ \n\n\n\nSon also himself be subject unto \nhim that put all thins^s under him, \nthat God may be all in all. \n\n29 Else what shall they do, \nwhich are baptized for the dead, \nif the dead rise not at all ? why \nar-e they then baptized for the \ndead \xce\x93 \n\nSO And why stand w^e in jeo- \npardy every hour ? \n\n31 I protest by your rejoicing \nwhich I have in Christ Jesus our \nLord, I die daily. \n\n32 If after the manner of men \nI have fought with beasts at Epbe- \nsus, w4iat advantageth it me, if the \ndead rise not ? let us eat and \ndrink, for to morrow we die. \n\n33 Be not deceived : Evil \ncommunications corrupt good \nmanners. \n\n34 \xce\x9b wake to righteousness, and \nsin not : for some have not the \nknowledge of God : I speak thk \nto your shame. \n\n35^ But some man will say, How \nare the dead raised up ? and v/ith \nwhat bodv do they come ? \n\n36 Thou fool, that which thou \nsowest, is not quickened, except- \nit die. \n\n37 And that which thou sow- \nest, thou sowest not that body \nthat shall be, but bare grain, it \nmay chance of wheat or of some \nother s;ram. \n\n38 But God giveth it a hotly as \nit hath pleased him, and to every \nseed his own body. \n\n39 All flesh is not the same \nflesh : but there is one ki>td of\' \nflesh of men, another flesh of \nbeasts, another of fishes, and an- \nother of birds. \n\n40 There are also celestial bo- \ndies, and bodies terrestrial : but \nthe glory of the celestial is one, \nand the glori/ of the terrestrial is \nanother. i \n\n41 There is one glory of the \nSUB, and another gloi-y of the \nmoon, and another glory of the \nstars, for one star diflereth from \nanother star in glory. \n\n\n\nChap. XV. and Ticto7y over death. \n\n\n\n42 So also IS the resurrection of \nthe dead. It is sown in corrup- \ntion, it i?s raised in incorruption : \n\n43 It is sown in dishonour, it \nis raised in glory : it is sown in \nweakness, it is raised in power : \n\n44 It is sown a natural body, it \nis raised a spiritual body. There \nis a natural body, and there is a \nspiritual body. \n\n45 And so it is written, The \nfirst man Adam was made a living \nsoul, the last Adam zcas made a \nquickening spirit. \n\n46 Howbeit, that was not first \nwhich IS spiritual, but that which \nis natural ; and afterwards that \nwhich is spiritual. \n\n47 The nrst man is of the earth, \nearthy : the second man is the \nLord from heaven. \n\n48 As is the earthy, such are \ntliey also that are earthy : and as \nL\xe2\x80\xa2 the heavenly, such are they also \nthat ai-e heavenly. \n\n49 And as we have borne the \nimage of the earthy, we shall also \nbear the image of the heavenly. \n\n50 Now this I sav, brethren, \nthat flesh and bloofl cannot in- \nherit the kingdom of God ; nei- \nther doth corruption inherit in- \ncorruption. \n\n51 Behold, I shew you a mys- \ntery : We shall not all sleep, but \nwe shall all be changed, \n\n52 In a moment, in the twdnk- \nling of an eye, at the last trump, \n(for the trumpet shall sound) and \nthe dead shall be raised incorrup- \ntible, and we sliall be changed. \n\n53 For this corruptible must \nput on incorruption, and this \nmortal must put on immoi\'tality. \n\n54 So when this corruptible \nshall have put on incorruption, \nand this mortal shall have pur on \nimmortality, then shall be brought \nto pass the saying that is writ- \nten, Death is swallowed up in \nvictory. \n\n55 \xce\x9f death, where is thy sting .^ \n\xce\x9f grave, where is thy victory ? \n231 \n\n\n\n\xce\xa8\xce\xae\xce\xb2\xce\xb7\xce\xac\xce\x99\xce\x90\xce\xb2 admonition \n\n\n\n1. Corintiiians. \n\n\n\nand salutation \n\n\n\n56 The sting ot\' death is sin ; and \nthe sren^th of sia is the law. \n\nb7 But thanks \xce\xb4\xce\xb2 to God which \ngiveth us the victory, through our \nLord Jesiis Christ. \' \n\n58 Therefore, my beloved bre- \nthren,be yestedfast, unmoveable, \nalways abounding in the work of \nthe Lord ; forasmuch as ye know \ntJiat your labour is not in vam in \nfehe Lord. \n\nCHAP. XVI. \nExlwrtation to charity y Sec. \n\nNOW, concerning the collec- \ntion for the saints, as I have \nfiven orders to the churches of \njalatia, even so do ye. \n\n2 Upon thefirstifa//of the week \nlet every one of you lay by him in \nstore, as God hath prospered him, \nthat there be no gathermgs when \nI come. \n\n3 And when I come, whomso- \never ye shall approve by j/oiir iet- \nfers, them will I send to bring \nyour liberality unto Jerusalem. \n\n4 And if it be meet that I go \nalso, tl^.ey sh?a] go with me. \n\n5 Now I wHi com 2 unto you, \nv.\'heni shall pass tln-ough Mace- \ndonia : (for I do pass through Ma- \ncedonia :) \n\n6 And it may be that I will abide, \nyea, and winter with you, that ye \nmay bring me on my journey \nwiiithersoever I go. \n\n7 For I will not see you now by \nthe way : but 1 trust to tarry a \nwhile with you, if the Lord permit, \n\n8 Bat I will tarry at Ephesus \nuntil pen tecost. \n\n9 For a great door and effectu- \nal is opened unto me, and there \nirremany adversaries. \n\n10 Now if Timotheuscome. see \nthat he may be with you without \nfear ; for he workcth the w^ork of \nfelie Lord as I also do. \n\n11 Let no man, therefore, de- \nspite hhn ; but conduct bun forth \n\n23? \n\n\n\nin peace, that he may come unto I \nme : for I look for him with the I \nbrethren. J \n\n12 As touching our brother f \nApollos, I greatly Hesired him to - \ncome unto you with the brethren : \nbut his will was not at all to come \nat this time: but he will come,- \nwhen he shall have convenient \ntime. \n\n13 Watch ye, stand fast in the, \nfaith, quit you like men, be strong. I \n\n14 Let all your things be done\xe2\x80\xa2 \nwith charity. , ( \n\n15 I beseecn you, brethren, (ye^ \nknow the house of Stephanas, that \nit is the first-fruits of Achaia, and \nthat they have addicted themselves \nto the ministry of the saints,) \n\n16 That ye submit yourselves \nunto such, and to every one that \nlielpeth with us, and lailoureth. \n\n17 1 am. glad of the coming of \nStephanas, and Fortunatus, and \nAchaicus : for that which was \nlacking on your part, they have \nsupplied. \n\n18 For they have refreshed my \nspirit and yours : therefore ac- \nknowledge ye them that are such. \n\n19 The churches of Asia salute \nyou. Aquila and Priscilla salute \nyou much in the Lord, with the \nchurch that is in their house. \n\n20 All the brethren greet you. \nGreet ye one another \xce\x9bvith^ an \nholy kiss. \n\n21 The salutation of me Paujj \nvvith mine own hand. \n\n22 If any man love not the \nLord .Tesus\' Christ, let him be \nAnathema, Maran-atha. \n\n23 The grace of our Lord JesiiS \nChrist be with you. \n\n24 My love be with you all in \nChrist Jesus. Amen. \n\n^ The first epistle to the Co- \nrinthians \xce\x9bvas written from \nPhilippi, by Stephanas, and \nFortunatus, and Achaicus, \narid Timotlieus. \n\n\n\n^ \xce\x8ehe Second Epistle of PAUL, the Apostub^ \nto the CORINTHIANS. \n\n\n\nCHAP I. \n\nMncmiragement against troubles, \n\nPAUL, an apostle of Jesus \nChrist, by the will of God, \nand Timothy our brother, unto \nthe church of God which is at \nCorinth, with all the saints which \nare in all Achaia : \n\n2 Grace be to you, and peace \nfrom God our Father, ami from \nthe Lord Jesus Christ, \n\n3 Blessed be God, even the Fa- \nther of our Lord Jesus Christ, the \nFather of mercies, and the God \nof all comfort ; \n\n4 Who comforteth ns in all \n\xc2\xa9ur tribulation, tjiat we may be \nable to comfort them which are \nin any trouble, by the comfort \nwherewith we ourselves are com- \nforted of God. \n\n5 For as the sufferings of Christ \nabound in us, so our consolation \nalso aboundeth by Christ. \n\n6 And whether we be affiicied, \nit is for your consolation and sal- \nvation, which is eifectual in the \nendurin;^ of the same sufferings, \n\xe2\x80\xa2which we also suffer . or whether \nwe be comforted, it is for your \nconsolation and sah^ation. \n\n7 And our hope of you is sted- \nfast, knowing that as ye are par- \ntakers of the sulferings^ so shall \n7/e be also of the consolation. \n\n8 For we would not, brethren, \nhave you ignorant of our trouble \nwhich came to us in Asia, that \nwe were pie&sed out of measure \nabove strength, insomuch that we \ndespaired even of life ; \n\n9 But we had the sentence of \ndeath in ourselves, that we should \nnot trust in ourselves,, but in God \nwhich raiseth the dead. \n\n10 Who delivered us from so \ngreat a death, and doth deliver : \nin whom we trust that he will yet \ndeliver its : \n\n11 Ye also helping together \n\n233 \n\n\n\nby prayer for us, that for the gift \nbestocved upon us by the means of \nmany persons, thanks may be \ngiven by many on our behalf. \n\n12 For our rejoicing is this, the \ntestimony of our conscience, that \nin simplicity and godly smcerity, \nnot with ueshly wisdom, but by \nthe grace of God, we "nave had \nour conversation in the world, \nand more abundantly to you\xe2\x80\xa2 \nwards. \n\n13 For we write none other \nthings unto you, than what ye \nread or acknowledge : and I trust \nye shpJl acknow ledge even to the \nend. \n\n14 As also ye have acknow*- \nledged us in part, that we are your \nrejoicing, even as ye also \xc2\xabre ours \nin the dav of the Lord Jesus. \n\n15 Ani in this confidence I was \nminded to come unto you, before, \nthat ye might have a second \nbenefit. \n\n16 And to pass by you into \nMacedonia, and to come again \nout of Macedonia unto you, and \nof you to be brought on my way \ntoward J udea. \n\n17 When I therefore was thu\'s \nminded,^ did I use lightness ? or \nthe things that I purpose, do I \npurpose according to the flesh, \nthat with me there should be yea, \nyea, and nay, nay ? \n\nis But as God is true, our \nword toward you was not yea and \nnay, \n\n19 Fvorthe Son of God, Jesus \nChrist, who Avas preached among \nyou by us, even by me, and Sil- \nvanus, and Timotneus, was not \nyea and nay, but in him wasvea. \n\n20 For all the promises of^God \nin him ore yea, and in him Amen, \nunto the glory of God by us. \n\n21 iNow he which established \nus v/ith you, in Christ, and irath \nariointed us i$ Gqu ; \n\n\n\nPaulh integrity:, and 11. Gorinthians. success m preaching. \n\n\n\n22 Who hatii also sealed us, and \ngiven the earnest of the Spirit in \neur hearts. \n\n23 Moreover I call God for a \nrecord upon my soul, that to \nspare you I came not as yet unto \nCorinth. \n\n24 Not for that we have do- \nminion over your faith, but are \nhelpers of your joy: for by faith \nve stand. \n\nCHAP. II. \nFauVs p\'reaching and success. \n\nBUT I determined this with \nmyself, that I would not come \nagain to you in heaviness. \n\n2 For if I make you sorry, \nwho is he then that maketh me \nglad but the sam\xe2\x82\xac which is made \nsorry by me ? \n\n3 And I wrote this same unto \nvou, lest when I came, I should \nKave sorrow from them of whom \nI ought to rejoice, havmg confi- \ndence in you all, that my joy is \nthe j 01/ of you all. \n\n4 For out of much affliction \nand anguish of heart, I wrote \nunto you with many tears ; not \nthat ye should be grieved, but \nthat ye might kno\xce\x9bv the love which \nI hiwe more abundantly unto \nyou. \n\n5 But if any have caused grief, \nhe hath not grieved me, but in \npart : that I may not overcharge \nyou all. \n\n6 Sufficient to such a man is \nthis punishment, which zccis in- \n\nfiicted of m-any. \n\n7 So that contrariwise, ye ouifht \nrather to forgive hi?n, and comiort \n\n\n\nthing, 1 J or give also : for if I for- \ngave any thing, to whom I for- \ngave ii, for your sakes /orgat;e I \nit, in the person of Christ : \n\n11 Lest Satan should get an ad- \nvantage of us : for we ace not \nignorant of his devices. \n\n12 Furthermore, when I came \nto Troas to preach Christ\'s gospel, \nand a door was opened unto me \nof the Lord, \n\n13 I had n-o rest in my spirit, \nbecause I found not Titus my \nbrother ; but takin?: my leave of \nthem, I went from thence into \nMacedonia. \n\n14 Now thanks he unto God, \nwhich always causeth us to tri- \numph in Christ, and maketh man- \nifest the savour of his knowledge \nby us in every place, \n\n15 For we are unto God a \nsweet savour of Christ, in them \nthat are saved, and in them that \nperish. \n\n16 To the one we are the sa- \nvour of death unto death ; and to \nthe other, the savour of life unto \nlife : and who is sufficient for \nthese things ? \n\n17 For we are not as many, \nwhich corrupt the word of God : \nbut as of sincerity, but as of God, ^ \nin the sight of God speak we in ; \nChrist. \n\nCHAP. IIL \\ \n\nof winiUer$ of the law and gospel \\ \n\nDO we begin again to com- ; \nmend ourselves ? or need \xce\xaf \nwe, as some others^ epistles of com- \n\n\n\nhim, lest perhaps such a one shuuld niendation to you, or lettersoi\' \xce\xbf\xce\xbf\xcf\x80\xce\x90\' \nbe swallowed up with overmuch mendation from you ? \n\n\n\nsorrow. \n\n8 Wherefore I beseech you, \nthat ye v*Oula confirm your love \ntowards him. \n\n9 For to this end also did I \nwrite, that! might know the proof \nof you, whether ye be obedient in \nall things. \n\n10 Tq whom ve forgiv^e any \n234 \n\n\n\n2 Ye are our episitle written in \' \nour hearts, known and read of \nall men : \' \n\n3 Forasmuch as ye ar^ manifest- ] \nly declared to be the epistle of ^ \nChrist, ministered by us, written \nnot with mk, but with the Spirit 5 \nof the living God ; not in tables \nof stone, but in fleshly tables ^f \nthe heart, \n\n\n\nSpirit and letter. \n4 And such trust have we \ntrough Christ to God-ward : \n\n5 Not that we are sufficient of \nourselves to think any thing as of \nourselves : but our sutiiciency is \nof God. \n\n6 Who also hath made us able \nministers of the new testament, \nnot of the letter, but of the spirit : \nfor the letter killeth^ but the spirit \ngiveth life. \n\n7 But if the ministration of \ndeath written and engraven in \nstones, was glorious, so that the \nchildren of Israel could not sted- \nfastiy behold the face of Moses, \nfor the glory of his countenance, \nwhich glory was to be done a- \nway; \n\n8 How shall not the mmistration \nof the spirit be rather glorious? \n\n9 For if the ministration of con- \ndemnation he glory, much more \ndoth the ministration of righteous- \nness exceed in glory. \n\n10 For even that which was \nmade glorious, had no glory in \nthis respect, by reason of the glory \nthat excelleth. \n\n11 For if that which is done \naway t^fls gloriou?s, much more that \nwhich remaineth is glorious. \n\n12 Seeing then that we have \nsuch, hope, w^e use great plainness \nof speech. \n\n13 And not as Moses, wfdch \nput a vail over his face, that the \nchildren of Israel could not sted- \nfastly look to the end of that \nwhich is abolished. \n\n14 But their minds were blind- \ned : for until this day remaineth \nt\'he same vail untaken away, in \nthe reading of the old testament; \nwhich vail is done away in \nChrist. \n\n15 But even unto this day, \nwhen Moses is read, the vail is \nupon their heart. \n\n16 Nevertheless, when it shall \nturn to tiie Lord, the vail shall be \ntaksp. p.Vvay. \n\ni7 Nov/ the Lord is that Spirit ; \n\n\n\nChap. iv. FauVs sincerity, \n\nand where the S\'pirit of the Lord \n25, there is liberty. \n\n18 But we all with open face, \nbeholding as in a glass the glory \nof the Lord, are changed into the \nsame image, from glory to glory, \neven as by the Spirit of the Lord. \nCHAP. IV. \nTauVs comfort in distress. \n\nTHEREFORE, seeing we have \nthis ministry, as we have re- \nceived mercy, v/e faint not : \n\n2 But have renounced the \nhidden things of dishonesty, not \nw^alkimg in craftiness, nor hand- \nling the word of God deceitfully, \nbut by manifestation of the truth, \ncommending ourselves to every \nman\'s conscience in the siffht of \nGod. ^ \n\n3 But if our gcspel be hid, it is \nhid to them that are lost ; \n\n4 In whom the god of this \nworld hath blinded the minds of \nthem which believe not, lest the \nlight of the glorious gospel of \nChrist, w^ho is the image of God, \nshould shine unto them. \n\n5 For we preach not ourselves, \nbut Christ Jesus the Lord; and \nourselves your servants for Jesus* \nsake. \n\n6 For God who commanded \nthe light to shine out of darkness, \nhath shined in our hearts, to giz\'e \nthe light of the knowledge of "the \nglory of God, in the face of Jesus \nChrist. \n\n7 But we have this treasure in \nearthen vessels, that the excel- \nlency of the power may be of \nGod, and not of us. \n\n8 We are troubled on every side \nyet not distressed : we are per- \nplexed, but not in despair ; \n\n9 Persecuted, but not forsaken : \ncast down, but not destroyed ; \n\n10 Always bearing about in \nthe body, the dying of the Lord \nJesus, tfiat the life also of Jesus \nmight be made manifest in our \nbody. \n\n11 For we w.-hich live. i>re ?.W \n\n\n\nu/vmimrtal ghry. \nway delivered unto death for \nJesus\' sake, that the hfe also of \nJesus might be made manifest in \nour mortal tlesh. \n\n12 So then death worketh in us, \nbut life in you. \n\n13 Wehaviugthe same spirit of \nfaith, accordmg as it is written, I \nbelieved, and therefore have I \nspoken : we also believe and there- \nfore speak ; \n\n14 Knowing that he whiciv \nfaised up the Lord Jesus, shall \nraise up us also by Jesus, and shall \npresent us with you. \n\n15 For all things are for your \nsakes, that the abundant grace \nmight through the tnanksgivmg oi \nmany, redound to the glory of \nGod. \n\n16 For which cause we fanit \nnot, but though our outward man \nperish, yet the inward-ma?z is re- \nnewed day by day. \n\n17 For our light affliction, which \nis but for a moment, worketh for \nus a far more exceeding and \neternal weight of gtory ; \n\n18 While we hx\'k not at the \nthings which are seen, but at the \nthings which are not seen: for the \nthings which are seen, are tem- \nporal ; but the things which are \nnot seen, are eternal. \n\nCHAP. V. \nFauVs hope of immortal glory, \n\nFOR w\xc2\xab know, that it our earth- \nly house of tins tabernacle \nvere dissolved, we have a building \njf God, an house not mad<3 witii \nlands, eternal in the heavens. \n\n2 For in this we groan earnest- \nly, desiring to be clothed upon \nwith ooi\' house which is from \nheaven : \n\n3 If so be tliat being clothed, \nwe shall not be found naked. \n\n4 For w^e that are in this taber- \nnacle do groan, being burdened : \nnot for tliat we would be un- \nclothed, but clothed upon, that \nmortality might be swaiic^^\'-ed u}^ \nef Mq, " \n\n2^ \n\n\n\nII. Corinthktm. Oodiy sorroza. \n\n5 Now he that hath wrought \nus for the self-same thing, is God, \nwho also hatli given unto us the \nearnest of the Spirit. \n\n6 Tiierefoi-e we are always con- \nfident, knowing that whilst we are \nat noiiieintke body, we are abseat \nfrom the Lord : \n\n7 (for we walk by faith, not bj \nsight;) \n\n8 We are confident, I ^\xc2\xaby, ana \nwilhng rather to be absent fiom \nthe body, and to be present witk \nthe Lord. \n\n9 Wherefore we labour, that \nwhether, present or absent we may \nbe accepted of him. \n\n10 For we must all appear be- \nfore the judgment-seat of Christ, \ntha*^ ever\\ one may receive the \nthings (lorce in his body, according \nto that he hath done, \xce\x9bvhether it \nbe good or bad. \n\n11 Knowing therefore the ter\xc2\xbb\xe2\x80\xa2 \nroi* of the Lord, we persuade \nmen ; but we are made manifest \nunto God, and I trust also, are \nmade manifest hi your con- \nsciences. \n\n12 For we commend not our- \nselves again unto you, but give \nyou occasion to glory on our be- \nhalf, that yf- may have somewhat \nto ansuer them which glory in ap- \npearance, and not in heart. \n\n13 For whether we be beside \nourselves, it is to God : or whe- \nther we be sober, it is for your \ncause. \n\n14 For the \xce\x99\xce\xb8\xce\xbb\xcf\x80^ of Christ coh- \nstraineth us, because we thus \n^udge, that if one died for all, \nthen were all dead : \n\n15 And that he died for all that \nthey which live, should not hence- \nforth live unto themselves, but \nunto him which died for them \n^ud rose again. \n\n16 Wherefore henceforth know \nwe no man after the flesh : yea, \nthough we have known CSrist \nafter tlie fiesh, yet now hence for lb \n\n\n\nFauPs faithful minisiry. Chap \n\n17 Thereibre, if any man he in \nChrist, he is a new creature : old \nthings are passed aAvay, behold all \nthings are become new. \n\n18 And all things are of God, \nwho hath reconciled us to him- \nself by Jesus Christ, and hath \ngiven to us the ministry of recon- \nciliation ; \n\n19 To wit, that God was in \nChrist reconciling the world un- \n\n, to himself, not imputing their \n\' trespasses unto them ; and hath \n\ncommitted unto us the word of \n\nreconciliation : \n\n20 ]Ni ow then we are ambassa- \ndors for Christ, as though God \ndid beseech i/ou by us : we pray \n^ou in Christ\'s stead, be ye re- \nconciled to God. \n\n21 For he hath made him \xce\xaf\xce\xbf he \nsin for us, who knew no sin ; tlmt \nwe might be made the nghteous- \nness of God in him. \n\nCHAP. VL \nFcml\'sjaithfulness in the 77iinist?y, \n\xce\x8a\xcf\x8a\xce\xa4\xce\xaf^\'\xce\x95 then as workers together \n\xcf\x84 \xce\xa4 with hiniy beseech t/ou also \nthat ye receive not the grace of \nGod m vain : \n\n2 (For he saith, I have heard \nthee in a time accepted, and in \nthe day of salvation have I suc- \ncoured thee: behold, now is the \naccepted time; behold, now is the \nday of salvation^ \n\n3 Giving no offence in any thing, \nthat the ministry be not blamed, \n\n4 But in all things approving \nourselves as the ministers of God, \nin much jjatience, in aiilictions, \nin necessities, in distresses, \n\n5 In stripes, in imprisonments, \nin tumults, in labours, in watch- \nings, in fastings, \n\n6 By pureness, by knowledge, \nby long-suffering, by kindness, \nby the Holy Ghost, by love un- \nfeigned, \n\n7 By the w ord of truth, by the \npower of God, by the armour of \nfighteousness, on the right hi^nd \n^\xce\xb7\xce\xac on the left, \n\n\'e37 \n\n\n\nvi, vii. To avuid infidels, \n\n8 By honour and dishonour, \nby evil report and good report;, \nas deceivers, Vinayet true ; \n\n9 As Unknown, and yat well \nknown ; as dying, and*^ behold, \nwe live ; as chastened, and not \nkilled ; \n\n10 As sorrov/ful, yet alway \nrejoicing; as poor, yet making \nmany rich; as having nothiHg, and \nyet possessing all things. \n\n11 \xce\x9f ye Corinthians, our mouth \nis open unco you, our heart is \nenlarged. \n\n12 Ye are not straitened in us, \nbut ye are straitened in your own \nbowels. \n\n13 Now for a recompence in \nthe same (I speak as unto my \nchildren) be ye also enlarged. \n\n14 Be ye not unequally yoked \ntogether with unbelievers : for \n\\vhat fellowship . hath righteous- \nness with unrighteousness ? and \nwhat communion hath light with \ndarkness ? \n\n15 And what concord hath \nChrist with Belial? or v/hat part \nhath he that believeth with an \ninfidel ? \n\n16 And what agreement hatli \nthe temple of God with idols ? \nfor ye are the temple of the liv- \ning \'God ; as God hath said, I \n\\viil dwell in them, and walk \nin them, and I will be their \nGod, and they shall be my \npeople. \n\n17 Wherefore come out from \namong them, and be ye sepaiate, \nsaith the Lord, and touch not \nthe unclean thing ; and I will re- \nceive you, \n\n18 And will be a Father unto \nyou, and ye shall be my sons \nand daughters, saith the Lord \nAlmighty. \n\nCHAP. VIT. \nExhortaiiGn to purity. \n\nHA VIN G therefore the se pro- \nmises, dearly beloved, let \nus cleanse ourselves irom all cl- \ntbiiifi? ef the ilcsh and spiiii. \n\n\n\nExhortation to a \n\n\n\nII. Corinthians. \n\n\n\nliberal contrihution. \n\n\n\nperfecting holiness in the fear of \nGod. \n\n2 Receive us ; \xce\x9bve have wrong- \ned no man, we have corrupted \nno man, we have defrauded no \nman. \n\n3 I speak not tkk to condemn \nyou : for I have said before, that \nve are in our hearfes to die and \nlive with i/ou, \n\n4 Great is my boldness of^ \nspeech toward you, great \'S my \nglorying of yo.u : I am filled with \ncomfort, I am exceeding joyful \nin ail our tribulation. \n\n5 For when we were come in- \nto Macedonia, our flesh had no \nrest, but we were troubled on \nevery side : without zcere fightings, \nvrithin were fears. \n\n6 Nevertheless, God that com- \nfbrteth those that are cast down, \ncomforted us by the coming of \nTitus : \n\n7 And not by his coming only, \nbut by the consolation wherewith \nhe was comforted in you, when \nhe told us your earnest desire, \nyour mourning, yoiM\' fervent mind \ntoward me : so that I rejoiced the \nmore. \n\n8 For though I made you sorry \nwith a letter, I do not repent, \nthough I did repent: for I per- \nceive that the same epistle made \nyou sorry, though it were but \xc2\xbbfor \na season. \n\n9 Now I rejoice, not that ye \nwere made sorry, but that ye sor- \nrowed to repentance ; for ye were \nmade sorry after a godly manner, \nthat ye might receive damage by \nus in nothing. \n\n10 For godly sorrow v^^orketh \nrepentance to salvation not to be \nrepented of : but the sorrow of \nthe world worketh death, \n\n11 For, behold, this self-same \nthing that ye sorrowed after a \ngodly sort, \\vhctt carefulness it \n^Tought in you, yea, zchat clearing \nof yourselves, yea, zohat indigna- \ntion, yea. ?cAat tear, yea, zikai \n\n\xce\xaf\xce\xaf38 \n\n\n\nvehement desire, yea, zchat zeal, \nyea, 7j:hat revenge ; in all things \nye have approved yourselves to be \nclear in this matter. \n\n12 Wherefore though I wrote \nunto you, I did it not for hia \ncause that had done the w^rong, \nnor for his cause that suffered \nwrong, but that our care for you \nin the sight of God might appear \nunto you. \n\n13 Therefore we were comfort- \ned in your comfort : yea, and ex- \nceedingly the more joyed we for \nthe joy of Titus, because his spirit \nwas refreshed by you all. \n\n14 For if I have boasted any \nthing to him of you, I am not \nashamed ; but as we spake all \nthings to you in truth, even so \nour boasting which I made before \nTitus, is found a truth. \n\n15 And his -inward affection is \nmore abundant toward you, whilst \nhe remembereth the obedience \nof you all, how with fear and \ntremblinii you received him. \n\n16 1 rejoice therefore that I have \nconfidence in you in all things. \n\nCHAP. vm. \n\nTaul exhortdh to liberality. \nIk \xcf\x84 OREOVER, brethren, we \n\xce\xa4\xcf\x84_\xce\x99- do you to wit of the grace \nof God bestowed on the churches \nof Macedonia : \n\n2 How that in a great trial of \naffliction, tiie abundance of their \njoy, and their deep poverty, a- \nbounded unto the riches of their \nliberality. \n\n3 For to their power (I bear \nrecord,) yea, and beyond their \npower, they were willing of them- \nselves , \n\n4 Pra\\ing us with much in trea- \nty, that he would receive the gift, \nand take upon us the fellowship oi\' \nthe ministering to the saints. \n\n5 And this they did, not as we \nhoped, but first gave their own- \nselves to the Lord, and unto us \nby the will of God. \n\n6 Insomuch that we desired \n\n\n\nFaul cQmmendeth \n\n\n\nCiiap. ix. \n\n\n\nTitus and others . \n\n\n\nTitus, that as he had begun, so \nhe would also finish in you the \nsame giace also. \n\n7 Therefore as ye abound in \neyery thing, in faith, and utter- \nance, and knowledge, and in all \ndiligence, and in your love to us ; \n^ee that ye abound in this gi-ace \nalso. \n\n8 I speak not by command- \nment, but by occasion of the for- \nwardness ot others, and to prove \nthe sincerity of your love. \n\n9 For ye know the grace of our \nLord Jesus Christ, that though he \nwas rich, yet for your sakes he \nbecame poor, that ye through his \npoverty might be rich. \n\n10 And herein I give \xcf\x84\xce\xb7\xcf\x84/ ad- \nvice ; for this is expedient foi \nyou, who have begun before, not \nonly to do, but also to be forward \na year ago. \n\n11 Now, therefore, perform the \ndoing of\' it ; that as th\xe2\x82\xac7\'e was a \nreadiness to will, so there may he \na performance also out of that \nwhich ye nave. \n\n12 For if there be first a willing \nmind, it is accepted according to \nthat a man hath, and not accord- \ning to that he hath not. \n\n13 For I mean not that other \nmen be eased, and ye burdened: \n\n14 But by an equality, that noAv \nat this time your abundance may \nbe a supply for their want, \nthat their abundance also may be \na supply for your want, and that \nthere may be equality : \n\n15 As ft is written, He that had \ngathered much, had nothing over : \nand he that had gathered little, \nhad no lack. \n\n16 But thanks he to God, which \n\nEut the same earnest care into the \neart of Titus for you. \nIT For indeed he accepted the \nexhortation, but being more for- \nward, of his own accord he went \nunto you. \n\n18 And we have sent with \nhim the brother, whose praise is \n269 \n\n\n\nin the gospel, throughout all the \nchurches : \n\n19 And not that only, but who \nwas also chosen of the churches \nto travel with us, with this grate \nwhich is administered by us to \nthe glory of the same Lord, and \ndeclaration o/\'your ready mind,) \n\n20 Avoidmg this, that no man \nshould blame us \xce\xaa\xce\x89 this abundance \nwhich is administered by us : \n\n21 Providing for honest things, \nnot only in the sight of the Lord\xc2\xbb \nbut also in the sight of men. \n\n22 And we have sent with thcu> \nour brother, whom Ave have often \ntiines proved diligent in many \nthings, but now much more di- \nligent, upon the great confidence \nwhich I have m you : \n\n23 Whether any dO enquire of \nTitus, he is my partner, and fellow- \nhelper concerning you : or our \nbrethren be enquired oj, they are \nthe messengers of the churches, \nand the glory of Christ. \n\n24 Wherefore shew ye to them, \nand before the cliurches, the proof \nof your love, and of our boasting \non vour behalf. \n\nCHAP. IX. \nBouiitifulness recommen ded. \n\nFOR as touching the minister- \ning to the saints, it is super- \nfluous for me to write to you. \n\n2 For I know the forwardness \nof your mind, for which I boast \nof you to them of Macedonia, \nthat Achaia was ready a year ago, \nand your zeal hath provoked very \nmany. \n\n3 Yet have I sent the brethren \nlest our boasting of you should be \nin vain in this behalf; that, as I \nsaid, ye may be ready : \n\n4 Lest haply if they of Mace- \ndonia come with me, and find you \nunprepared, we, (that we sa}\' not \nye) should be ashamed in this \nsame confident boasting. \n\n5 Therefore I thought it neces- \nsary to exhort the brethren, that \nthey would go before unto you. \n\n\n\n\'^auV^ spiritual might II. Corinthians, \n\n\n\nud make up beforehand your \nbounty, whereof ye had notice \nbefore that the same might be \nready, as a matter of bounty and \nnot as o/\'covetousness. \n\n6 But this I wy^ He which \nsoweth sparingly, shall reap also \nsparingly: and he wliich soweth \nbountifully, shall reap also boun- \ntifully. \n\n7 Every man accordmg as he \npurposeth in his heart, so let him \ngive ; not grudgingly, or of neces- \nsity : for God loveth a cheerful \ngiver. \n\n8 And God is able to make all \ngrace abound towards you; that \nye always having all sufHciency in \nall things, may abound- to ever}^ \ngood work : \n\n_ 9 (As it is written, He hath dis- \npersed abroad ; he hath given to \nthe poor : his righteousness re- \nmaineth for ever. \n\n10 Now he that ministereth \nseed to the sower, both minister \nhread for \xce\x8a /our food, and multiply \nyour seed sown ; and increase the \niruits of your righteousness.) \n\n11 Being enriched in every \nthing to all bountifulness, which \ncauseth through us thanksgiving \nto God. \n\n12 For tlie administration of \nthis service not only supplieth the \nwant of the saints, but is abundant \nalso by many tbanksgivings unto \nGod ; \n\n13 (Whiles by the experiment \nof this ministration they glorify \nGod for your professed subjection \nunto the gospel of Christ, and for \n2/our liberal distribution unto them \nand unto all ?72\xe2\x82\xacn.) \n\n14 And by their prayer for you, \nwhich long after you for the ex- \nceeding grace of \xcf\x8d\xce\xbf\xce\xac in you. \n\n15 Thanks be unto God for his \n:."5neakable gift. \n\nCHAP. X. \nO/ PauFs spiritual might, \n\nNOW I Paul myself oeseech \nyeu by the meekness a^d \n240 \n\n\n\nnnd autkority. \n\n\n\ngentleness of Christ, who in pre- \nsence am base among yi)u, but be- \ning absent am bold toward you ; \n\n2 But I beseech you, that I \nmay not be bold when I am \npresent, witli that confidence \nwherewith I think to be bold a- \ngainst smue which think of us, \nas if we walked according to the \nflesh. \n\n3 For though we walk in the \nflesh, we do not war after the flesh : \n\n4 (For the weapons of our war- \nfare are not carnal, but mighty \nthrough God, to the pulling down \nof strong holds;) \n\n5 Casting down imaginations, \nand every hi^h thing that exalt- \neth itself against the knowledge \nof God, and bringing into cap- \ntivity every thought to the obe- \ndience of Christ : \n\n6 And having in a readiness to \nrevenge all disobedienjce, when \nyour obedience is fulfilled. \n\n7 Do ye look on things after \nthe outward appearance ? if any \nman trust to himself, that he is \nChrist^s let hiiw of himself think \nthis again, that as he is Christ\'s \neven so are we Christ\'s. \n\n8 For though I should boast \nsomewhat more of our authority \n(which the Lord hath given us \nfor edification, and not for yonr \ndestruction,) I should not be a- \nshamed : \n\n9 That I may not seem as if I \nwould terrify you by letters. \n\n10 For his letters (say they) are \nweighty and powerful, but his \nbodily presence is weak, and his \nspeech contemptible. \n\n11 Let such an one think this, \nthat such as we are in word by \nletters, when we are absent, such \nwill we he also in deed^ when we \nare present. \n\n12 For we dare not make our\xc2\xbb \nselves of the number, or compare \nourselves with some that com- \nmeu;^ themselves : but they mea- \nsuring themselves by ihemselvc?, \n\n\n\nPaul\'s CGmnendafion \n\n\n\nand comparing themselves a\xe2\x80\xa2 \ncaoag themselves, are not wise. \n\n13 But we will not boast of \nthings without our measure, but \naccording to the measure of the \nrule which God hath distributed \nto us, a measure to reach even \nunto you. \n\n14 For we stretch not ourselves \nbeyond our meamre, as though we \nreached not unto you ; for we are \ncome as far as to you also, in \npreaching the gospel of Christ : \n\n15 Not boasting of things with- \nout our measure, that is, of other \nmen\'s labours ; but having hope, \nwhen your faith is increased, that \nwe shall be enlarged by you, ac- \ncording to our rule abunaantly, \n\n16 To preach the gospel in the \nregions beyond you, and not to \nboast in another man\'s line of \nthings made ready to our hand. \n\n17 But he that glorieth, let him \nglory in the Lord. \n\n18 For not h-e that commend- \neth himself is approved, but whom. \nthe Lord commendeth. \n\nCHAP. XL \nPaul\'s forced self-commenda tion . \n\nWOULD to Godj/e could \nbear with me a little in ?;?y \nfolly ; and indeed bear witii me. \n\n2 For I am jealous over you \nwith godly jealousy : for I have \nespoused you to one husbaftd, that \nI may present \xce\xaf /ou as a chaste \nvirgin to Christ. \n\n3 But I fear lest by any means, \nas the serpent beguiled Eve \nthrough his subtilty, so your \nminds should be corrupted from \nthe simplicity that is in Christ. \n\n4 For if he that cometh, preach- \neth another Jesus whom we have \nnot preached, or if ye receive a- \nnother spirit which ye have not \nreceived, or another gospel which \nye have not accepted, ye might \nwell bear with him. \n\n5 For I suppose I was not a \\vhit \nbehind the very chiefest apostles. \n\n6 But though I be rude in speech, \n\n241 \n\n\n\nG-hap. xi \n\n\n\nof himself. \n\n\n\nyet not in knowledge ; but we \nhave been thoroughly made mani- \nfest among you in all things. \n\n7 Have I committed an offence \nin abasing myself, that you might \nbe exalted, because I ha?e preach- \ned to you the gospel of God \nfreely ? \n\n8 I robbed other churches, \ntaking wages of them, to do you \nservice. \n\n9 And when I was present with \nyou, and wanted, I was charge- \nable to no man : for that which \n\\vas lacking to me, the brethren \nwhich came from Macedonia sup- \nplied : and in all things I have \nkept myself from being burden- \nsome unto you, and so will I keep \nmyself. \n\nlO\' As the truth of Christ is \nin me, no man shall stop me of \nthis boasting in the regions of \nAchaia. \n\n11 Wherefore ? because I love \nyou not ? God knoweth. \n\n12 But \xce\x9bvhat I do, that I will \ndo, that I may cut off occasion, \nfrom them which desire occasion, \nthat wherein they glory, they may \nbe found even as we. \n\n13 For such are false apostles, \ndeceitful workers, transfoi-ming \nthemselves into the apostles of \nChrist. \n\n14 And no marvel ; for Satan \nhimself is transformed into an \nangel of light. \n\n15 Therefore it is no great \nthing, if his ministers also be trans- \nformed as the ministers of righte- \nousness : v/hose end shall be ac- \ncording to their works. \n\n16 I sav again, let no man \nthink me a fool ; if otherwise, yet \nas a fool receive me, that I may \nboast myself a little. \n\n17 That v/hich I speak, I speak \nit not after the Lord, but as it \nwere foolishly in this confidence \nof boasting. \n\n18 Seeing that many glory after \nthe liesh. I will glory also, \n\n\' T. 2 - \n\n\n\nFaul conwiendeih \n\n19 For ye suiFer fools gladly \nseeing ye yourselves are wise. \n\n20 For ye suffer if a man brin\xc2\xbb \nyou into bondage, if a man de- \nvour ?/oi^, if a man take of you, if \na man exalt himself, if a man \nsmite \\ou on the face. \n\n21 t speak as concerning re- \nproach, as though we had been \nweak : hosvbeit, whereinsoever \nany is bold (I speak foolishly) I \nam bold also. \n\n22 Are they Hebrews? so am \nI : are they Israelites ? so am I : \nare they the seed of Abraham? \nso am I : \n\n23 Are they ministers of Christ r \n\xce\xb6\xce\xaf speak as a fool) I am more : in \nlabours more abundant, in stripes \nabove measure, in prisons more \nfrequent, in deaths oft. \n\n24 Of the Je\\vs five times re- \nceived I forty stripes save one. \n\n25 Thrice was I beaten with \nrods, once was I stoned, thrice I \nsu tiered shipwreck ; a night and \na day I have been in the deep : \n\n26^ In jonrneyings often, in pe- \nrils of waters, in perils of robbers, \nin perils by mine own countrymen, \nm perils by the heathen, in perils \nin the city, in perils in the wilder- \nness, in perils in the sea, in perils \namong false brethren ; \n\n27 In weariness and painfulness, \nin watchings often, in hunger and \nthirst, in fastings often, m cold \nand nakedness. \n\n28 Besides those things that \nare without, that which cometh \nupon me daily, the care of all the \nchurches. \n\n29 Who is weak, and I am not \nweak ? Avho is offended, and I \nbum not ? \n\n30 If I mast needs glory, I \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8b\xce\x90 \nglory of the tilings which concern \nmine infirmities. \n\n51 nie (xod and Father of our \nLord Jesus Christ, which is bles\xe2\x80\xa2 \nsed for evermore, knoweth that I \n\xe2\x96\xa0;e not. \n\n5^ In Damascus the governor \n\n\n\nII. Corinthians. his apostkskip, \n\nunder Aretas the king, kept the \ncity of the Damascenes with a ga- \nrison, desirous to apprehend me : \n33 And through a window in a \nbasket was I let down by the wall, \nand escaped his hands. \nCHAP. XII. \nPauVs wonderful revelations. \n\nJT is not expedient for me \n- doubtless to glory : I will \ncome to visions and revelations of \nthe Lord : \n\n2 I knew a man in Christ above \nfourteen years ago, (wliether in \nthe body, I cannot tell ; or whe- \nther out of the body, I cannot \ntell : God knoweth,) such an one \ncaught up to the thix\'d heaven. \n\n3 And I knew such a man \n(whether in the body, or out of \nthe body, I cannot tell ; God \nknoweth,) \n\n4 How that he was caught up \ninto paradise, and heard unspeak- \njable words, which it is not lawful \n\nfor a man to utter. \n\n5 Of such an one will I glory : \nyet of myself I will not glory, but \nin mine infirmities. \n\n6 For though I would desire to \nglory, I shall not be a fool ; for I \nwill say the truth : but now I for- \nbear, lest any man should think of \nme above that which he seeth me \nto he, or that he heareth of me. \n\n7 And lest I should be exalted \nabove measure, through the a- \nbundance of the revelations, there \nwas gixen to me a thorn in tiie \nflesh, the messaiger of Satan to \nbuffet me, lest I should be exalted \nabove measure. \n\n8 For this thing I besought the \nLord thrice, that it might depart \nfrom me. \n\n9 And he said unto me, My \ngrace is sufficient for thee : for \nmy stren^h is made perfect in \nweakness. Most gladly therefore \nwill I rather glory in my infirmities, \nthat the power of Christ may rest \nupon me. \n\n" 10 Therefore I take pleasure in \n\n\n\nBaul threateneth Chap, \n\ninfirmities, in reproaches, in ne- \ncessities, in persecutions, in dis- \ntresses for Christ\'s sake^ for when \nI am weak, then am I strong. \n\n11 I am become a fool in glory- \ning; \\e have compelled me : fori \nought to have been commended \nof you : for in nothing am I be- \nhind the very chiefest apostles, \nthough I be nothing. \n\n12 Truly the signs of an apostle \nw,ere wrought among you in all \npatience in signs and wonders, \nand mighty deeds. \n\n13 For what is it v\xc2\xbb^herein ye \nwere inferior to other churches, \nexcept ii be that I myself was not \nburdensome to you ? forgive me \nthis wrong. \n\n14 BehoM, the third time I am \nready to come to you ; and I will \nnot be burdensome to you: for \nI seek not yours, but you ; for the \nchildren ought not to lay up for \n\n. the parents, but the parents for \nthe children. \n\n15 And I will very gladly spend \nand be spent for you, though the \nmore abundantly I iove you, the \nless I be loved. \n\n16 But be it so, I ditl not bur- \nden you : nevertheless being craf- \nty^ I caught you with guile. \n\n\' 17 Did I make a gain of you \nby any of them whom \xce\xaf sent unto \nyou .? \n\n18 I desired Titus, and with \nhim I sent a brother : did Titus \nmake a gain of you ? walked we \nnot in the same spirit ? walked we \nnot in the same steps ? \n\n\xce\x9b9 Again, think ye that wc \nexcuse ourseh es unto you ? we \nspeak before God in Christ : but \nwe do all things, dearly beloved, \nfor your edifying, \n\n20 For I fear, lest when I come \n1 shall not find you such as I \nwould, iind that I shall be found \niintoyou such as ye would not : \niest ihei^e he debates, envyings, \nwraths, strifes, backbitings, whis- \nperings, swellings, tumults \xce\xbe \n243 \n\n\n\nxiii. obstinate sinnera. \n\n21 And lest when I come again, \nmy God will humble me among \nyou, and that I shall bewail manj \nwhich have sinned already, and \nhave not repented of the unclean- \nness, and fornication, and las- \nciviousness which they have cojn> \nmitted. \n\nCHAP. xiir. \n\nObstinate sinners threatened, \n\n?\xce\xa4<\xce\x97\xce\x938 is the third time I am \n\nI coming to you : In the moutk \n\nof two or three witnesses shaU \n\nevery word be established. \n\n2 1 told you before, and foretei \nyou as if I were present the second \ntime : and being absent, no\\v I \nwrite to them which heretofore \nhave sinned, and to all other, \nthat if I come again, I witl not \nspare ; \n\n3 Smce ye seek a proof of Christ \nspeaking in me, which tf yon- \nward is not weak, but is mighty \nin you. \n\n4 For though he was crucified \nthrough weakness, yet he liveth \nby the poAYcr of God : for we also \nare weak in him, but we shall \nlive with him by the po\\ver of God \ntoward you. \n\n5 Examine yoiifsehes whether \nye be in the faith : prove your \nownselves ; know ye not your \nownselves, how that Jesus Christ is \nin you, except ye be reprobates ? \n\n6 But I trust that ye shall know \nthat we are not reprobates. \n\n7 \xce\x9d\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd I pray to God that ye \ndo no evil ; not that we should \nappear approved, but that ye \nshould do that which is honest, \nthough we be as reprobates. \n\n8 ior we can do nothing againsi \nthe truth, but for the truth. \n\n9 For we are glad when we are \nweak, and ye are strong : and this \nalso we wish even your perfection, \n\n10 Therefore 1 write these \nthings being absent, lest being \npresent I should use sharpness, \naccerding to the power which th a \n\n\n\nFaul zcondereth thtij Gaiaiians, \n\nLord hath givei\xc2\xbb me to edification, \nund not to destruction. \n\n11 Finally, bretliren, farewell : \nSe perfect, be of good comfort, \nbe af oae m^ind, live in peace ; and \nxhe God of love and peace, shall \nbe with you. \n\n12 Greet one another with an \nholy kiss. \n\n\n\nshould leave him-, \n\n13 All the saints salute you\xc2\xbb \n\n14 The grace of the Lord Jesus \nChrist, and the love of God, and \nthe communion of the Holy Ghost> \nhe with you all. Amen. \n\n^ The second Epistle to the Cq* \nrinthians, was written from - \nPhilippi, a city of Macedo- \nnia, bv Titus and Lucas. \n\n\n\n\xe2\x80\xa2i The Epistle of Paul, the \n\nCHAP. I. \n\nOf their leaving the Gospel. \n\nPAUL, aa apostle, (not of men, \nneither by man, but by \nJesus Christ, and God the Fa- \nther, Avho raised him from ihe \ndead ;) \n\n2 And all the brethren which- \nare with me, unto the churches of \nGalatia : \n\n3 Grace be to you, and peace \nrom God the Father, and /ro?;2 \n\noLir Lord Jesus Christ, \n\n4 Vv\'ho gave himself for our \nsins, that he might deliver us from \n\'his present evil world, accord- \n\njg to the v^\'ill of God and our \nFather \xe2\x80\xa2. \n\n5 To whom he glory for ever \nndever. Amen. \n\n6 1 marvel that ye are so soon \nemoved from him that called you \n\xce\xb7 to the giace of Christ, unto an- \nHher gospel : \n\n7 \xce\x9bVhich is not another ; but \nhere be som\xc2\xbbe that trouble you, \nand wOuld pervert the gospel of \n\n3hri5t. \n\n3 But though vve, or an angel \n>om heaven, preach any other \n^ospel unto you, than that which \nve have preached unto you, let \n.rm be accursed. \n\n9 ^ As we said before, so say I \nnow again, If any man preach \nany other gospel unto you, than \n\xe2\x80\xa2hat ye have received, let him be \naccursed. \n\n,10 Foi\xe2\x80\xa2 do I now persuade \nmen, or God ? or do I seek to \nplease men ? for if I yet pleased \n$44 \n\n\n\niipostle, to the Galatians. \n\nmen, I should not be the servant \nof Christ. \n\n11 But I certify you, brethren, \nthat the gospel which was preach- \ned of me, is not after man. \n\n12 For I neither received it of \nman, neither was I taught it, but \nby the revelation of Jesus Christ. \n\n13 For ye have heard of my \nconversation in time past, in the \nJevvs^ religion, how that beyond \nmeasure \xce\xaf persecuted the church \nof God, and wasted it : \n\n14 And profited in the Jews\' \nreligion, above many my equals \nin mine own nation, being more \nexceedingly zealous of the tradi- \ntions of my fathers. \n\n15 But when it pleased God, \nwho separated me from my mo- \nther\'s womb, and crJied me by his \ngrace, \n\n16 To reveal his Son in nie, \nthat I might preach him among \nthe heathen : immediately I con- \nferred not with fiesh and blood : \n\n17 Neither went I \xcf\x85\xcf\x81 to Jeru- \nsalem, to them which \xce\x9bvere apo- \nstles before me : but I went into \nArabia, and returned again unto \nDamascus. \n\n18 Then after three years I \nwent up to Jerusalem to see Pe- \nter, and abode with him fifteen \ndays, \n\n19 But other of the apostles \nsaw I none, save James the Lord\'s \nbrother. \n\n20 Now the things which I \nwrite unto you, behold, before \nGod. I lie not. \n\n\n\nOf justification by faith. Chap, ii. \n\n\n\n21 Afterwards I came into the \nregions of Syria and Cilicia ; \n\n22 And was unknown by face \nunto the churches of Judea, which \nwere in Clnist : \n\n23 But they had heard only, \nThat he which persecuted us in \ntimes past, now preacheth the \nfaith wnich once he destroyed. \n\n24 And they glorified God in \nme. \n\nCHAP. II. \nOf justification hy faith, \n\nTHEN fourteen years after, I \nw^ent up again to Jerusalem, \nwith Barnabas, and took Titus \nwith me also. \n\n2 And I went up by revelation, \nand communicated unto them \nthat gospel which I preach among \nthe Gentiles, but privately to them \nwhich were of reputation, lest by \nany means I should run, or had \nrun in vain. \n\n3 But neither Titus who was \nwith me being a Greek, was com- \npelled to be circumcised : \n\n4 And that because of false \nbrethren unawares brought in, \nwho came in privily to spy out our \nliberty which we have in Christ \nJesus, that they might bring us \ninto bondage : \n\n5 To whom we gave place by \nsubjcctioifi, no, not for an hour : \nthat the truth of the gospel might \ncontinue with you. \n\n6 But of those, \\vho seemed to \nbe somewhat (whatsoever they \nwere, it maketh no matter to me : \nGod accepteth no man\'s person :) \nfor they who seemed to he scmie- \nzvkat, in conference added noth- \niuir to me. \n\n7 But contrarywise, when they \nsaw that the gospel of the uncir- \ncu mcision was committed unto \nme, as the gospel of the circumci- \nsion zvas unto Peter ; \n\n8 (For he that wrought effec- \ntually in Peter to the apostleship \nof the circumcision, the same \nwas mighty in me towards the \nGentiles.) \n\n\n\nBelievers are justified. \n\n\n\n9 And when James, Cephas, \nand Jolm^. who seemed to be \npillars, perceived the grace that \nwas given unto me, they gave to \nme and Barnabas the right hands \nof fellowship ; that we should go \nunto the heathen, and they unto \nthe circumcision. \n\n10 Only they zcould that we \nshould remember the poor ; the \nsame which I also v/as forward to \ndo. \n\n11 But when Peter was come to \nAntioch, I withstood him to the \nface, because he was to be blamed. \n\n12 For before that certain came \nfrom James, he did eat with the \nGentiles : but when they were \ncome, he withdrew, and separated \nhimself, fearing them which were \nof the circumcision. \n\n13 And the other Jews issem~ \nbled likewise with hhn ; insomuch \nthat Barnabas also was carried \naway with their dissimulation. \n\n14 But when I saw that they \nwalked not uprightly, according \nto the truth of the gospel, I said \nunto Peter before them ail. If \nthou, being a Jew, livest after the \nmanner of Gentiles, and not as \ndo the Jews, why compellest thou \nthe Gentiles to live as do the \nJews ? \n\n15 We who are Jews by nature, \nand not sinners of tlie Gentiles, \n\n16 Knowing that a man is not \njustified by the works of the law, \nbut by the faith of Jesus Christ, \neven we have believed in Jesus \nChrist ; that we might be justified \nby the faith of Christ, and not \nby the works of the law : for by \nthe works of the law shall no flesii \nbe justified. \n\n17 But if while we seek to be \njustified by Christ, we ourselves \nalso are found sinner\xc2\xbb, is therefore \nChrist the minister of shi ? God \nforbid. \n\n18 For if I build again the \nthings which 1 destroyed, I make \nmyself a transgressor. \n245. % 4^ \n\n\n\nJustification by faith. Galatians, \n\n19 For I through the law am \ndead to tlie law, that I might \niive unto God. \n\n20 I am crucified with Christ : \nNevertheless I live ; yet not I, \nbut Christ liveth in me ; and the \nlife which I now live in the flesh, \nI live by the faith of the Son of \nGod, who loved ibq and gave \nhimself for rae. \n\n21 I do not frustrate the grace \nof God : for if righteousness come \nby the lav>-, then Christ is dead in \nvain. \n\nCHAP. III. \nBelievers are justified. \n\n\xce\x9f Foolish Galatians,\' w]^ \xce\xbf kath \nbewitched you, tliat ye \nshould not obey die truth, before \nwhose eyes Jesus Christ hath been \nevidently set forth, crucified a- \nmong you ? \n\n2 This only would I learn oi \n^ ou. Received ye the Spirit by the \nvvorks of the law, or by the hear- \ning of faith ? \n\n3 Are ye so foolish ? having \n\nbegun in t"he Spirit, are ye nov^ \n\nmade perfect by the fiesh \'? \n\n^ 4 Ha-ve ye suifered so many \n\nrhings in vain ? if it be yet in vain. \n\n5 He therefore tliat minister- \nijth to you the Spirit, and workcth \nTftiracles a)"aong you, doefh he it \nby the works of the law, or by the \nhearing of faith r \n\n6 Even as Abraham believed \n}^o^., and it was accounted to him \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2r righteousness. \n\n7 .Know ye therefore, that they \nvhicli are of faith, the same are \n\nc Pi\xc2\xa9 children of Abraham. \n\xce\xb2 And the scripture foreseeing \nlat God w^ould justify tlie hea- \nBiQ \nfrom Rome, \n\n\n\n1. \xce\xb2 \n\n\n\nf Tfie Epistle of Fa ul, tie l^stle, to the EPHESIANS. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nOf ejection and adoption. \n\nPAUL, an aoostle of Jesus \nChrist, by the will of God, \nto the saints which ?u e at Ephesus, \nand to the faithfui in Christ \nJesus : \n\n2 Grace he to you, and peace \nfrom God our Father, and frojn \nthe Lord Jesits Christ. \n\n3 Blessed he the God and Father \nof our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath \nblessed us with all spiritual bless- \nings in heavenly places in Christ : \n\n4 According as he b^th chosen \ntis in him, before ti>e foundation \nof the world, that we should be \nholy, and without blame before \nhim in love \xe2\x80\xa2. \n\n5 Having predestinated us unto \nthe adoption of children by Jesus \nChrist to himself, according to \nthe good pleasure of his will. \n\n6 To the praise of the glory of \nhis grace, wherein he hath made \nlis accepted in the beloved : \n\n- 7 In vrhom we have redemp- \ntion through his blood, the for- \ngiveness of sins according to the \n- \xe2\x96\xa0 ohes of his grace : \n\n\xce\xaa\xce\x99 Wherein he hath abounded \noward us in all wisdom and \nprudence, \n\n9 Hav\'iug made known unto us \nShe mystery of his will, according \nto his good pleasure, \xce\x9bvhioh he \n; :2th purposed in himself : \n\n10 That in the dispensation of \n:e fulness of times, he might \n\ngather together in one all things \nin Chri\xc2\xabt,"^bo-th which are in hea- \nven, and which are on earth, even \nIn biim : \n\n11 In whom also we have ob- \ntained an inheritance, being pre- \ndestinated according to the pur- \npose of him who v/orketh all \ntilings after the counsel of his own. \nwill : \n\n12 Tliat we should be to the" \n\xc2\xa9raise of his glory who nrst tr\'.ut^ \n^d m Chr??t, \n\nMS \n\n\n\n13 In whom ye also trusted af- \nter that ye heard, the word d \ntrutli, the gospel of your salva- \ntion : in v/hom also after that ye - \nbelieved^ ye v/ere sealed with that \nHoly Spn-it of promise, \n\n14 Which is the earnest of our \ninheritance, until the redemption \nof the purchased possession, unto \nthe praise of his glory. \n\n15 \xce\x9b\\ herefore I also, after I \nheard of your faith in the Lord \nJesus, and love unto all the saints, \n\n16 Cease not to give thanks for \nyou making mention of you in my \nprayers ; \n\n17 That the God of our Lord \nJesus Christ, the Father of glory, \nmay give unto you the Spirit \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a \nwisdom and revelation, m the \nknowledge of him : \n\n1 8 The eyes of your understand- \ning being enlightened ; that ye \nmay know w^hat is the hope of his \ncalling, and \xce\x9bvhai the riches of \nthe glory of his inheritance in the \nsaints, \n\n19 And what is the exceeding \ngreatness of his powder to us-ward \n\\Wio believe, according to the \nworking of his mighty power, \n\n\xc2\xa30 Which he w^rought in Christ, \nwhen he raised him from the dead, \nand set him at his own right hand \nin the heavenly j^ /aces, \n\n21 Far above all principality, \nand power, and might, and do- \nminion, and every name that is \nnamed, not only in this world, but \nalso in that v/hich is to come : \n\n22 And hath put all things under \nhis feet, and gave him to be the \nhead over all things to the church, \n\n23 Which is his body, the ful- \nness of him that filietk all in all. \n\nCHAP. IL \nAll (ire created foi^ good wor^ks. \n\nAND you hath he quickened^ \nwho were dead in trespasses \nand sins. \n2 WlierBki in tim\xc2\xa7 past ye \n\n\n\nAiiare created\' \n\n\n\nwalked according to th\xe2\x82\xac course \nof this world, according to the \nprince of the power of the air, the \nspirit that now worketh in the \nchildren of disobedience ; \n\n3 Among whom also we all \nhad our conversation in times \n\ni>ast, in the lusts of our flesh, fuliil- \ning the desires of the flesh, and of \nthe mind : and \xce\x9bvere b}? nature \ntiie children of wrath, even as \nothers : \n\n4 But God, who is rich in mercy, \nfor his great love wherewith he \nloved us, \n\n5 Even when we were dead in \nsins, hath quickened us together \nwith Christ (by grace ye are saved) \n\n6 And hath raised us up toge- \nther, and made us sit together in \nheavenly places in Christ Jesus. \n\n7 That in the ages to come, \nhe might shew the exceeding \nriches of his grace in his kind- \nness toward us through Christ \nJesus. \n\n8 For by grace are ye saved, \n-through faith ; and that not of \nyourselves : it is the gift of God : \n\n< 9 Not of works, lest any man \nshould boast : \n\n10 For we are his workman- \nship, created in Christ Jesus unto \ng-ood works, \\vhich God hath be- \nfore ordained that we^houldwalk \nin them. \n\n11 Wherefore remember that \nye being in time past Gentiles in \nthe flesh, Avho are called uncircum- \ncision, by that whi<:h ie called tiie \ncircumcision in the flesh made by \nhands ; \n\n12 That at that time ye were , \nwithout Clu\'ist, being aliens frojn \nthe commonwealth of Israel, and \nstrangers from the covenants of \npromise, having no hope, and w^ith- \nout God in the world : \n\n13 But now in Christ Jesus, ye \nwho sometimes were far off, are \nmade nigh by the blood of \nChrist. \n\n14 For he is our peace, who \n\n251 \n\n\n\nChap. iij. \n\n\n\nfhr good works. \n\n\n\nhath made both one, and hath \nbroken down the middle wall ot \npartition between us: \n\n15 Having abolished in his \nflesh the enmity, even the law of \ncommandments, contained in or- \ndinances, for to make in himself, \nof twain, one new man, so makmg \npeace : \n\n16 And that he might reconcile \nboth unto God in one body by the \ncross, having slain the enmity \nthereby : \n\n17 And came and preached \npeace to yon which were afar off, \nand to them that were nigh. \n\n18 For thjOugh him we both \nhave an access by one spirit unto \nthe Father. \n\n19 Now therefore ye are no \nmore strangers and foreigners, \nbut fellow-citizens with the \nsaints, and of the household of \nGod; \n\n20 And are built upon the foun- \ndatii)n of the apostles and pro- \nphets, Jesus Christ himself being \nthe chief corner stone, \n\n21 In whom all the building \nfitly framed together, grow^eth \nunto an holy temple in the \nLord : \n\n22 In \\vhom ye also are build- \ned together for an habitation of \nGod through the Spirit. \n\nCH^P. \xce\xa0\xce\x99. \nSalvation for the Gentiles. \n\nFOR this cause, I Paul, the \nprisoner of Jesus Christ for \nyou Gentiles ; \n\n2 If ye have heard of the dis- \npensation of the grace of God, \nwhich is given me to you-ward : \n\n3 How that by levelation he \nmade knov/n unto me the my- \nstery, (as I wrote afore m few \nwords ; \n\n4 Whereby when ye read ye \nmay understand my knowledge in \nthe mystery of Christ ;) \n\n5 Which in other ages was not \nmade known unto the sons of \nfmen, as it is now reyeakd ^to \n\n\n\nThe hidden mystery. \n\n\n\nliis holy apostles and prophets by \nthe Spirit ; \n\n6 That the Gentiles should be \nfellow-heirs, and of tlie same \nbody, and partakers of his promise \nin Christ, by the gospel : \n\n7 AVhereof I was made a mi- \nnister, according to the gift of \nthe grace of God given unto me, \nby the effectuai working of his \npower. \n\n8 Unto me who am less than \ntlie least of all saints, is this grace \ngiven, that I should preach among \nthe Gentiles the unsearchable \nriches of Christ : \n\n9 And to make all ynen see, \nwhat is the fello^\\^ship of the my- \nstery, which from the beginning \n0\xce\xaa the world hath been hid in God, \nwho created all things by Jesus \nChrist. \n\n10 To the intent that now tmto \nthe principalities and powers in \nheavenly places, might be knov/n \nby the church the manifold wis- \ndom of God, \n\n11 According to the eternal \npurpose which he purposed in \nChrist Jesus our Lord : \n\n12 In whom we have boldness \nand access, with confidence by the \nfaith of him. \n\n13 Wherefore I desire that ye \nfaint not at my tribulations for \nyou, which is your glory. \n\n14 For this cause I bow my \nknees unto the Father of our \nLord Jesus Christ, \n\n15 Of whom the whole family \nin heaven and earth is named, \n\n16 That he would grant you, \naccording to the riches of his \nglory, to be strengthened with \nmight, by his Spirit in the inner \nman ; \n\n17 That Christ may dwell in \nycnir hearts by faith ; that ye be- \ning rooted and grounded in love, \n\n18 May be able to comprehend \nwith all saints, what is the \nbreadth, and length, and depth, \nand height, \n\n^ \' 259. \n\n\n\nEphesians. Exhortation to unity. \n\n\n\n19 And to krww the love of \nChrist, which passeth knowledge, \nthat ye might be filled with all \nthe fulness of God. \n\n20 Now unto him that is able \nto do exceeding abundantly a- \nbove all that we ask or think, ac- \ncording to the power that worketh \nin us, \n\n21 Unto him be glory in the \nchurch by Christ Jesus through- \nout all ages, world without end. \nAmen. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nExhortation to unity, \n\nI There fore, the prisoner of the \nLord, beseech you that ye \nwalk worthy of the vocation \nwherev/ith ye are called, \n\n2 With all lowliness and meek- \nness, with long suffering, forbear- \ning one another in love ; \n\n3 Endeavouring, to keep the \nunity of the Spirit in the bond of \npeace. \n\n4 There is one body and one \nSpirit, even as ye are called in \none hope of your calhng ; \n\n5 One L\xc2\xa9rd, one faith, one \nbaptism, \n\n6 One God and Father of ail, \nwho is above all, and through all, \nand in you all. \n\n7 But unto every one of us is \ngiven grace according to the \nmeasure of the gift of Christ. \n\n& W^herefore he saith, When \nhe ascended up on high, he led \ncaptivity captive, and gave gifts \nunto men. \n\n9 (Nov7 that he ascended,what \nis it but that he also descended \nfirst into the lower parts of^ the \nearth ? \n\n10 He that descended, is the \nsame also that ascended up far \nabove all heavens, that he might \nfill all things.) \n\n11 And he gave some, apostles : \nand some, prophets : and some, \nevangelists : and some, pastors, \nand teachers : \n\n12 For the perfecting of the \n\n\n\nand to cast off lying, SfC \n\n\n\nsaints, for the work of the mi- \nnistrvj for the edifying of the body \nof Christ : \n\n13 Till we all come in the uni- \nty of the faith, and of the know- \nledge of the Son of God, unto a \nperfect man, unto the measure \nof tlie stature of the fulness of \nChrist : \n\n14 That we henceforth be no \nmore children tossed to and fro, \nand carried _ about with every \nwind of doctrine, by the sleight \nof men, and cunning craftiness, \nwhereby they lie in wait to de- \nceive ; \n\n15 But speaking the truth in \nlove, may grow up into him in all \nthings, which Is the head, even \nChrist : \n\n16 From whom the whole body \nfitly joined together, and com- \npacted by that which every joint \nsupplieth, according to the ef- \nfectual working in the measure of \nevery part, maketh increase of \nthe body, unto the edifying of it- \nself in love. \n\nIT This I say therefore and \ntestify in the Lord, that ye hence- \nforth walk not as other Gen- \ntiles walk in the vanity of their \nmind ; \n\n18 Having the understanding \ndarkened, being alienated from \nthe life of God, through the \nignorance that is in them, be- \ncause of the blindness of their \nheart : \n\n19 Who being past feehng, \nhave |iven themselves over unto \nlasciviousness to workv-ali unclean- \nness with greediness. \n\n20 But ye have not so learned \nChrist : \n\n21 If so be that ye have heard \nhim, and have been taught by \nhim, as the truth is in Jesus : \n\n22 That ye put oif concerni-ng \nthe former conversation, the old \nman, which is corrupt according \nto the deceitful lusts; \n\n23 And be renewed in the spirit \nof your nnnd ; 253 \n\n\n\nChap. V. \n\n\n\nFlee fornication. \n\n\n\n24 And that ye put on the new \nman, which after God is created \nin righteousness, and true holi- \nness. \n\n25 \\Vherefore putting away ly- \ning, speak every man truth with \nhis neighbour : for we are mem- \nbers one- of another. \n\n26 Be ye angry and sin not : \nlet not the sun go down upon your \nwrath : \n\n27 Neither grve place to the \ndevil. \n\n28 Let him that stole, steal no \nmore ; but rather let him labour \nworking with his hands the thing \nwhich is good, that he may have \nto give to him that needeth. \n\n29 Let no corrupt communi- \ncation proceed out of your \nmouth, but that which is good \nto the use of edifying, that it \nmay minister grace unto the \nhearers. \n\n30 And grieve not the Holy Spi- \nrit of God, whereby ye are sealed \nunto the da,y of rea^mption. \n\n31 Let all bitterness and wrath, \nand anger, and clamour, and evil- \nspeaking be put away from you, \nwith all malice. \n\n32 And be ye kind one to ano- \nther, tender hearted, forgiving one \nanother, even as God for Christ\'s \nsake hath forgiven you. \n\nCHAP. V. \nEi\'hortation to charity. \n\nBE ye therefore followers \nGod, as dear children ; \n\n2 And walk in love, as Christ \nalso hath loved us, and hath given \nhimself for us, an offering, and a \nsacrifice to God for a sweet-smell- \ning savour, \n\n3 But fornication, and all un- \ncleanness, or covetousness, let it \nnot be once named amongst you \na\xc2\xbbs become th saints ; \n\n4 Neither filthiness, nor foolish \ntalking, nor jesting, which are not \nconvenient : but rather giving of \nthanks. _ \n\n5 For this ye kiiow^ that no \n\n\n\nof \n\n\n\nRedeem the tiim. \n\n\n\nwhoremonger, nor unclean per- \nson, nor covetous man who is an \nidolater, hath any inheritapce in \nthe kingdom ofCnrist and of God. \n\n6 Let no man deceive you with \nvain words ; tor because of these \nthings cometh the wrath of God \nupon the children of disobedi- \nence. \n\n7 Be not ye therefore partakers \nwith them. \n\n8 For ye were sometime dark- \nness, but now are ye hght in \nthe Lord : walk as children of \nlight : \n\n9 (For the fruit of the Spirit i.v \nin all goodness, and righteousness, \nand truth ;) \n\n10 Proving v> hat is acceptable \nunto the Lord. \n\n11 x\\nd have no fellowship with \nthe unfruitful works of darkness^ \nbut rather reprove thetn. \n\n12 For it is a shame even to \nSpeak of those things which are \ndone of them in secret. \n\n13 But all things that are re- \nproved, are made manifest by the \nlight : for wiiatsoever doth make \nmanifest, is light. \n\n14 Wherefore he saith, Awake \nthou that sleepest, and arise from \ntke dead, and Christ snail give \nthee light. \n\n15 See then that ye walk cir- \ncumspectly, not as fools, but as \nwise, \n\n16 Redeeming the time, be- \ncause the days are evil. \n\n17 Wherefore be ye not unwise, \nbut understanding >vhat the will \nof the Lord is. \n\n18 And be not drunk with wine, \nwherein is excess ; but be filled \nwith the Spirit ; \n\n19 Speaking to yourselve\'S in \npsalms, and hymns, and spiritual \nsongs, singing and making melody \nin your h^art to the Lord. \n\n20 Givhig thanks always for all \nthings urUo God and the Father, \nin the name of our I^opd Jesus \nChrist ; \n\n\n\nEphesians. The duties of children. I \n\n\n\n21 Submitting vourselves one \nto another in the fear of God. \n\n22 Wives, submit yourselves \nunto your own husbands, as unto \nthe Lord. \n\n23 For the husband is the head \nof the wife, even as Christ is the \nhead of the church : and he is the \nSaviour of the body. \n\n24 Therefcwe as the chlirch is \nsubject unto Christ, so let the \nwives he to their own husbands in \nevery thing. \n\n25 Husbands, love your wives, \neven as Christ also loved the \nchurch, and gave himself for it ; \n\n26 That he might sanctify and \ncleanse it with the washing of \nwater by the word, \n\n27 That he might present it to \nhimself a glorious church, not \nhaving spot or \\vrinkle, or any \nsuch thing : but that it should be \nholy, and without blemish. \n\n28 So ought men to love their \nwives a,s their own bodies : he \nthat ioveth his wife, loveth him- \nself. \n\n29 For no man ever yet hated \nhis own flesh ; but nourisheth and \ncherishetli it, even as the Lord the \nchurch : \n\nSO For we are members of \nhis body, of his flesh, and of his \nbones. \n\n31 For this cause shall a man \nleave his father and mother, and \nshall be joined unto his wife, and \nthey two shall be one flesh. \n\n32 This is a great mystery : but \nI speak concerning Christ and the \nchurch. \n\n33 Nevertheless, let every one \nof you in partic^ilar, so love his \nwife even as himself; and the \nwife see that she revere-nce her \nhusband. \n\nCHAP. VL \nSeveral duties recommended, \n\nCHILDREN, obey your Oa> \nrents in the Lord ; for this \nis right. \n2 \xce\x97\xce\xbf\xce\xb7\xcf\x8b\xce\x97\xce\x93 thy father and mo- \n\n\n\nSeveral duties Chap. vi. recommended. \n\nther, (which is the first eGmmand- evil day, and having done all, to \nment with promise ;) j stand. \n\n3 That it may be \\veil with thee, \' 14 Stand therefore, having your \nand thou mayest live long on the loins girt about with truth, and \n\n\n\nearth, \n\n4 And ye fathers, provoke not \nyour children to wrath : but bring \nthem up in the nuTture and ad- \nmonition of the Lord. \n\n5 Servants be obedient to them \nthat are 2/ou7\' masters according to \nthe flesh, with fear and trembling, \nin singleness of your heart, as un- \nto Christ : \n\n6 Not with eye-service, as- men \npleasers, but as the servants of \nChrist, doing the will of God from \nthe heart ; \n\n7 With good will do\'mg ser- \nvice, as to the Lord/ and not to \nmen : \n\n8 Knowing that whatsoever \ngood thing any man doeth, the \nSame shall he receive of the Lord, \nwhether he he bond or free. \n\n9 And ye, masters, do the same \nthings unto them, forbe^iring \nthreatening : knowing that your \nmaster also is in heaven, neither \nis there respect of persons with \nhim. \n\n10 Finally, my brethren, be \nstrong in the Lord, and in the \npower of his might. \n\n11 Put on the whole arraour \nof God, tliat ye may be able to \nStand against the wiles of the \ndevil. \n\n12 For we wrestle not against \nflesh and blood, but against prin- \ncipalities, against powers, against \nthe rulers of ihe aarkness cw this \nworld, against spiritual wicked- \nness in high places. \n\n13 Wherefore take unto you \nthe whole armour of God, that \nye may be able to withstand in the \n\n255 \n\n\n\nhaving on the breast-plate of \nrighteousness ; \n\n15 And your feet shod with the \npreparation of the gospel of peace; \n\n16 Above ail, taking the shield \nof faith, wherewith ye shall be \nable to quench all the fiery dartii \n\xce\xbf\xcf\x8a the wicked. \n\n17 And take the helmet of sal- \nvation, and the sword of the Spirit, \nwhich is the word of God : \n\n18 Praying always Avith all \n\nErayer and supplication in the \npirit, and watching thereunto \nwith all perseverance, and sup- \nplication for all saints ; \n\n19 And for me, that utterance \nmay be given unto me, that I \nmay open my mouth boldly to \nmake known the mystery of the \ngospel : \n\n20 For which I am an ambaSf \nsador in bonds : that therein j \nmay speak boldly, as I ought to \nspeak. \n\n21 But that ye also may know \nmy affairs, andhim I do, Tychi- \ncus a beloved brother, and faith- \nful mmister in the Lord shall \nmake known to you all things : \n\n22 Whom I have sent unto you \nfor the same purpose, that ye \nmight knoAv our affairs, and tKat \nhe might comfort your hearts. \n\n23 Peace he to the brethren \nand love with faith from God \nthe Father, and the Lord Jesus \nChrist. \n\n24 Grace he with all them that \nlove our Lord Jesus Christ in \nsincerity. Amen. \n\nfl Written from Rome unto the \ni Ephesians, by TychicnSo \n\n\n\n\xc2\xab] The Epistle of PAUL, the Apostle, to the \nPHILIPPIANS. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nPaul\'s praj/er to God for them. \n\nPAUL aud Timotheus, the ser- \nvants of Jesus Christ, to all \nthe saints in Christ Jesus, which \nare at Phiiippi, with the bishops \nand deacons : \n\n2 Grace bt unto you, and peace \nfrom God our Father, and from \nthe Lord Jesu? Christ. \n\n3 I thank my God upon every \nremembrance of you. \n\n4 (Always in "every prayer of \nmine for you all mating request \nwith ]oy,y \n\n5 For your fellowship in the \ngospel from the first day until \nnow ; \n\n6 Being confident of this very \nthing, that he \xce\x9bvhich hath be- \ngun a good work in you, will \nperform it until the day of Jesus \nChrist : \n\n7 Even as it is meet for me to \nthink this of you ail, because I \nhave you in my heart, inasmuch \nas both in my bonds, and in the \ndefence and confirmation of the \ngospel, ye a\'il are partakers of my \ngrace. \n\n\xce\xb4 For God is my record, how \ngreatly I long after you ail, in the \nbov^els of Jesus Christ. \n\n9 And this I pray that your \nlove may abound yet more and \niiiore \'in knowledge, and in \nall judgment, \n\n10 That ye may approve things \nthat are excellent ; that ye may \nbe sincere, and v/ithout offence \ntill the day of Christ. \n\n11 Being filled with the fruits \nof righteousness, which are by \nJesus Christ unto the glory anil \npi-aise of God. \n\n12 But I would ye should un- \nderstand, brethren, that the things \nwhich happened unto me, have fal- \nlen out rather unto the furtherance \nof the gospel : \n\n256 \n\n\n\n13 So that my bonds m Christ \nare manifest in all the palace, and \nin all other ptaci s ; \n\n14 And many of the brethren \nin the Lord waxing confident by \nray bonds, are much more bold to \nspeak the word without fear. \n\n15 Some indeed preach Christ \neven of envy and strife : and some \nalso of good will. \n\n16 The one preach Christ of \ncontention, not sincerely, sup- \nposing to add affliction to my \nbonds ; \n\n17 But the other of love, know- \ning that I am set for the defence \nof the gospel. \n\n18 What tlien ? notwithstand \ning every way, whether in pre- \ntence, or in truth, Christ is preach- \ned : and I therein do rejoice, yea, \nand will rejoice. \n\n19 For I know that this shall \nturn to my salvation through your \nprayer, and the supply of the \nSpirit of Jesus Christ, \n\n20 According to my earnest : \nexpectation, and wj/ hope, that .^ \nin nothing I shall be ashamed, but r^; \nthat \xce\x9bvith all boldness, as always, *; \nso now also Christ shall be raagni- I \nfied in my body, whether it he by^ \nlife or by death. \n\n21 For to me to live iii Christ, \nand to die is gain. \n\n22 But if I live in the flesh, \nthis is the fruit of i^^y labour : yet \nwhat I shall choose, I wot not. \n\n23 For I am in a strait betwixt \ntwo, having a desire to depart, - \nand to be with Christ ; wliich is \nfar better : \n\n24 Nevertheless, to abide in the \nflesh, is more needful for you. \n\n25 And having this confidence, \nI know that 1 shall abide and con- \ntinue with you all, for your fur- \ntherance and joy of faitK : \n\n26 That your rejoicing may be \xe2\x96\xa0 \nmore abundant in Jesus Cnrisr - \n\nJ \n\n\n\nFaul exhoHeih Chap. ii. \n\nfor me, by my coming to you \nagain. \n\n27 Only let your conversation \nbe as it becometh the gospel of \nChrist : that whether I come and \nsee you, or else be absent, I may \nhear of your affairs, that ye stand \nfast, in one spirit, \\vith one mind, \nstriving together for the faith of \nthe gospel : \n\n^8 And in nothing terrified bv \nyour adversaries: which is to them \nan evident token of perdition, but \nto you of salvation, and that of \nGo3. \n\n29 For unto you it is given in \nthe behalf of Christ, not only to \nbelieve on him, but also to sutfer \nfor his sake ; \n\n30 Having the same conflict \nwhich ye saw jn me, and now hear \nto he in me. \n\nCHAP. II. \nExhOrtation to humility, \n\nIF there be therefore any con- \nsolation in Christ, if any \ncomfort of love, if any fellowship \nof the Spirit, if any bowels and \nmercies, \n\n2 Fulfil ye my joy, that ye be \niike-minded, having the same love, \nbeing iyi one accord, of one mind. \n\n3 Let nothing he done through \nstrife, or vain glory, but in lowli- \nness of mind let each esteem other \nbetter than themselves. \n\n4 Look not every man on his \nown things, but every mai> also on \ndie things of others. \n\n5 Let this mind be in you, which \nwas also in Christ Jesus : \n\n6 Who being in the form of \nGod, thought it not robbery to be \nequal \xce\x9bvith God : \n\n7 But made himself of no re- \nputation, and took upon him the \nform of a servant^ and was made \nin the likeness of men : \n\n8 And being found in fashion \nas a man, he humbled himself, and \nbecame obedient unto death, even \ntiie death of the cross. \n\n9 Wherefore God also hath \n\n. 257 \n\n\n\nto kvmiliiy. \nhighly exalted him, and given \nhim a name which is above every \nname . \n\n10 That at the name of JesiXs \nevery knee should bow, of things \nin heaven, and things in earth, and \nthings under the earth ; \n\n11 And that every tongue \nshould confess, that Jesus Christ \nis Lord, to the glory of God the \nFather. \n\n12 Wherefore, my beloved, as \nye have always obeyed, not as in \nmy presence only, but now much \nmore in my absence ; work out \nyour own salvation with fear and \ntrembling : \n\n13 For it is God which worketh \nin you, both to will and to do of \nhis good pleasure. \n\n14 Do all things without mur- \nmurings, and disputings : \n\n15 That ye may be blameless, \nand harmless, the sons of God, \nwithout rebuke, in the midst of \na crooked and perverse nation, \naiuioiig whom ye shine as lights in \nthe world : \n\n16 Holdii!^ forth the word of \nlife ; that I may rejoice in the day \nof Christ, that I have not run in \nvain neither laboured in vain. \n\n17 Yea^ and if I be offered upon \nthe sacrifice and service of your \nfaith, I joy and rejoice with you \nall. \n\n18 For the same cause also do \nye joy, and rejoice with m^. \n\n19 But I trust in the Lord \nJesus, to send Timotheus shortly \nunto you, that I also may be of \ngood comfort, when I know your \nstate. \n\n20 For I have no man like- \nminded, who will naturally care \nfor your state. \n\n21 For all seek their own, \nnot the things which are Jesus \nChrist\'s. \n\n22 But ye know the proof of \nhim, that as a son with the father, \nhe hath served with m^ in the \ngospel. \n\n\n\nJtaul exkorteth to Pkilippians, \n\n23 Him therefore I hope to send Hebrews \npresently, so soon as I shall see \nhovf it will go with me. \n\n24 But I trust in the Lord, tliat \n\xce\xaf also myself shall come shortly. \n\n25 Yet \xce\xaf supposed it necessary \nto send to you Epaphroditus, my \nbrother and companion in labour, \nand fellovv-soldier, but your mes- \nsenger, and he that ministered to \nmy wants. \n\n26 For he longed after you alJ, \nand was full of heaviness, fcecause \ntliat ye had heard that he had \nbeen sick. \n\n27 For indeed he was sick nigh \nuntij death ; but God had mercy \n\xc2\xaen him ; and not on him only, but \non me also lest I should have sor- \nrow upon sorrow. \n\n28 I sent him therefore toe \nmore carefully, that \\vhen ye see \nhim again, ye may rejoice, and \nthat I may be the less sorrowful. \n\n29 Receive him therefore in the \nLord with all gladness, and hold \nsuch in reputation : \n\n30 Because for the work of \nChrist he was nigh unto death, \nnot regarding his life to supply \nvour lack of service toward me. \n\nCHAP. in. \nTo avoid false teachers. \n\nFINALLY,\' my brethren, re- \njoice m the Lord. To write \nthe same things to you, to me in- \ndeed is not grievous, but for you \nit is safe. \n\n2 Beware of dogs, beware of \nevil workers, beware of the con- \ncision. \n\n3 For we are the circumcision, \nwhich worship God in the spirit, \nand rejoice in Christ Jesus, and \nhave no confidence in the flesh : \n\n4 Though I might also have \nconfidence in the flesh. If any- \nother man thinketh that he hath \nwhereof he might trust in the fiesbj \nI more : \n\n5 Circum.cised the eighth day, \nof the stock of Israel of\' the tribe \n\xc2\xa9f Benjamin, an Hebrew of the \n\n258 \n\n\n\navoid false teachers. \nas touching the law, a \nPharisee ; \n\n6 Concerning zeal, persecuting \nthe church : touching the righte- \nousness which is in the law, blame- \nless. \n\n7 But what things were gain to \nme, those I counted loss for Christ. \n\n8 Yea doubtless, and I count \nall thiuirs but loss, for the excel- \nlency of the knOAvledge of Clirist \nJesu my Lord : for whom I have \nsuffered the loss of all tilings, and \ndo count them but dung that I \nmay win Christ, \n\n9 And be found in him, not \nhaving mine own riiihteousness, \nwhicli is of the law, but that which \nis through the faith of Christ, the \nrighteousness wliich is of God by \nfaith : \n\n10 That I may know him, and \nthe power of his resurrection, and \nthe fellowship of his sufferings, \nbeing made confonnable unto his \ndeath. \n\n11 If by any means 1 might at- \ntain unto the resurrection of the \ndead ; \n\n12 Not as though I had already \nattained, either were already \nperfect : but I follow after, \xe2\x80\xa2 if \nthat I may apprehend that for \nwhich also I am apprehended of \nChrist Jesus. \n\n13 Brethren, I count not my- \nself to have appreiiended : but \nthis one thing I do, forgetting \nthose things which are behind, \nand reaching forth unto those \nthings which are before, \n\n14 I press to\xce\x9bvard tiie mark for \nthe prize of the high calling of \nGod in Christ Jesas. \n\n15 Let us therefore, as many as \nbe perfect, be thus minded : and if \nin any thing ye be otherwise mind- \ned,God shall reveal even this unto \nyou. \n\n16 Nevertheless, whereto we \nhave already attained, let us walk \nby the same rule, let us iBind tt^ \nsame things. \n\n\n\ngeneral exhortations. Chap. iv. Faults carriage ut all estates \n\n17 Bretliren, be followers to- things \xc2\xabre true, whatsoever things \n\n\n\ngether of me, and mark them \nwhich walk so, as ye have us for \nan ensample. \n\n18 (For many walk, of Avhom I \nhave told you often, and now tell \nyou even weeping, t/iot they are \nthe enemies of the cross of Christ : \n\n19 Whose end is destruction, \nwhose God is their belly ; and \nwhose glory is in their shame, who \nmind earthly things.) \n\n20 For our conversation is in \nheaven, from whence also we look \nfor the Saviour, the Lord Jesus \nChrist : \n\n21 Who shall chojige our vile \nbody, that it may he fashioned like \nunto his glorious body, according \nto the working whereby he is able \neven to subdue all thkigs unto \nhimself. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nGeneral eshor tat ions. \n\nTHEREFORE, my brethren, \ndearly beloved and longed for, \nmy joy and crown, so stand ftist in \nthe Lord, my dearly beloved. \n\n2 I beseech Euodias, and be- \nseech Syntyche, that they be of \nthe same mind in the Lord, \n\n3 And I intreat thee also, true \nyoke-fellow, help those women \n\nWhich laboured with me in the \ngospel, with Clement also, and \nwith other my fellow-labourers, \nwhose names are in the book of \nlife. \n\n4 Rejoice in the Lord alway \nand again \xce\xaf say, Rejoice. \n\n5 Let your moderation be known \nunto all men. The Lord is at \nhand. \n\n6 Be careful for nothing, but \nin every thins: by prayer and \nsupplication with thanksgiving, let \nyour requests be made know \xce\xb7 un- \nto God. \n\n7 And the peace of God which \npasseth ail understanding, shall \nteep your hearts and rmiids \nthrough Christ Je&us. \n\n8 Fi natty, brethren, whatsoever \n\n259 \n\n\n\nare honest, whatsoever things are \njust, whatsoever things are pure, \nwhatsoever things are lovely, \nwhatsoever things ai^e of good re- \nport ; if there be any virtue, and \nif there be any praise, think on \nthese things. \n\n9 Those tilings which ye have \nboth learned and received, arid \nlieard, and seen in me, do : and \nthe God of peace shall be witli \nyou. \n\n10 But I rejoiced m the Lord \ngreatly, that now at the last your \ncare of me hath flourished a^ain, \nwherein ye were also careful, but \nye lacked opportunity. \n\n11 iS3 ot that I speak in respect \n\'of want: for I have learned in \n\nwhatsoever state I am therewith to \nbe content. \n\n12 I know both how to be a- \nbased, and I know^ how to a- \nbound : every where, and in all \nthings I am instructed, both to be \nfull arwl to be hungry, both to a- \nbound and to suifer need. \n\n13 I can do all things througli \nChrist which sCrengtheneth me. \n\n14 Notwithstanding ye have well \ndone, that ye did communicate \nwith my affliction. \n\n15 Now, ye Philippians, know \nalso, that in the beginning of the \ngospel, when I departed fjOm \nMacedonia, no church commu- \nnicated with n-e. as concerning \ngiving and receiving, but ye \nonly. \n\n16 For even m Thessalonica, \nye sent once and again unto my \nnecessity. \n\n17 Not because I desire a gift ; \nbut \xce\x93 desire fruit that may abound \nto your account- \n\n18 But I have all, and abound: \nI am full, having received of \nEpt\'phroditus the things which \nwere sent from you, an odour of \na sweet smell, a sacrifice accept- \nable, weli-pieasing to God. \n\n19 But my God shall supply ait \n\n\n\nPaul descriheth \n\n\n\nColossians. \n\n\n\nthe true ChnU. \n\n\n\n^our need, according to his riches \nin glory, by Christ Jesus. \n\n20 Now unto God and our Fa- \nther, he glory for ever and ever. \nAmen. \n\n21 Salute every saint in Christ \nJesus. The brethren which are \nwith me greet you. \n\n\n\n22 Ail the saints salute you, \nchiefly they that are of Caesar\'s \nhousehold. \n\n23 The grace of our Lord Jesus \nChrist he \xce\x9bvith you all. Amen. \n\n^ It was written to the Philip- \npians from Rome, by Epa- \nphroditus. \n\n\n\n\xce\xaf The Epistle of Paul, the \nCHAP. r. \n\nTaul descriheth the true Christ. \n\nPAUL, an apostle of Jesus \nChrist by the will of God, \nand Timotheus our brother, \n\n2 To the saints and faithful \nbrethren in Christ, which are at \nColosse : Grace he unto you, and \npeace from God our Father, and \nthe Lord Jesus Christ. \n\n3 We give thanks to God, and \nthe Father of our Lord Jesus \nChrist, pritying alway for you : \n\n4 Since we heard of vour faith \nin Christ Jesus, and of the 1\xce\xbf\\\xce\xad \nichichye have to all the saints : \n\n5 For the hope which is laid up \nfor you in heaven, whereof ye \nhearil before in the word of tne \ntruth of the gospel : \n\n6 Which is come unto you, as \nit is in all the world, and bringeth \nforth fruit, as it doth also in you, \nsince the day ye heard ej it^ \nand knew the grace of God in \ntruth. \n\n7 As ye also learned of Epa- \nphras our dear fellow -servant, \nwho is for you a faithful minister \nof Christ :\' \n\n8 Who also declared unto us \nyour love in the Spirit. \n\n9 For this cause we also, smce \nt\'he day we heard it, do not cease \nto pray for you, and to desire that \nye might be hlled with the know- \nledge of his will, in all wisdom \nand spiritual understanding : \n\n10 That ye might walk worthy \nof the Lord unto all pleasing, be- \nAng fruitful in every good work, \n^\xce\x9b\\\xce\xac increasing in the knowledge \n\xcf\x8b\xce\xaf God ; \xe2\x96\xa0 \n\n\xce\xbb1 Strenethened with all might \n2Ce \n\n\n\nApostle, to the Colossians. \n\naccording to his glorious power, \nunto all patience and loug-suff*er- \ning with joyfulness ; \n\n12 Giving thanks unto the Fa- \nther, which hath made us meet to \nbe partakers of the inheritance of \nthe saints in light : \n\n13 Who hath delivered us from \nthe power of darkness, and hath \ntranslated m into the kingdom of \nhis dear Son: \n\n14 In whom we have redemp- \ntion through his blood, eren the \nforgiveness of sins, \n\n15 Who is the image of the \ninvisible Gorl, the first born of \nevery creature : \n\n16 For by him were all things \ncreated that are in heaven, and \nthat are in earth, visible and in- \nvisible, whether they be thrones, \nor dominions, or prmcipalities, or \npowers : all things were created \nby him, and for him. \n\n17 And he is before all things, \nand by him all things consist, \n\n18 And he is the head of the \nbody, the church : w^ho is the be- \nginning, the first-born from the \ndead ; that in all things he might \nhave the pre-eminence. \n\n19 For it pleased the Father that \nin him should all fulness dwell; \n\n20 And (having made peace \nthrough the blood of his cross) by \nhim to reconcile all things unto \nhimself, by him, J say, whether \nthey he things in earth, or things \nin heaven. \n\n21 And you that were some- \ntime akieaated, and enemies in \nyour mind by wicked works, yet \nnow hath he reconciled, \n\n22 In the bodv of his flesh \n\n\n\nj The hidden my St er}j. Chap. ii. Exhortation to COmtancy, \n\nthrough death, to present you holy j 3 In whom are hid all the trea\xc2\xbb \nand unblanieable, and unreprove- \n\n\n\nable, in his sight : \nsj 23 If ye continue in the faith \nI grounded and settled, and tte \n.Lnot moved away from the hope \n.j.of the gospel, which ye have \nj heard, and which \xce\x9bvas preached \n\' to every creature which is under \nI heaven ; whereof I Paul am made \na minister. \n\n24 Who now rejoice in my suf- \nferings for you, and fill up that \nT^hich is behmdof the afflictions of \nI Christ in my flesh, for his body^s \nj sake, which is the church ; \n\xe2\x96\xa0 25 Whereof I am made a mi- \ninister, according to the dispen- \ni sation of God, which is given to \nI me for you, to fulfil the word of \nI God : \n\ni 26 Even the mystery which hath \nbeen hid from ages, and from ge- \nnerations, but now is made mani- \nfest to his saints ; \n\n2T To whom God would make \nknown what is the riches of the \nglory of this mystery among the \nGentiles : which is Christ in you, \nthe hope of glory : \n\n28 Whom we preach, warning \nevery man, and teaching every \nman in all wisdom : that we may \npresent every man perfect in \nChrist Jesus : \n\n29 Whereunto I also labour, \nstriving according to his work- \ning which worketh in me mightily^ \n\nCHAP. II. \n\nExhortation to constancy, \n\nFOR I would that ye knew \nwhat great conflict I \\\\2i\\efor \nyou, and ybr them at Laodicea, \nand /or as many as have not seen \nmy face in the flesh : \n\n2 That their hearts might be \ncomforted, being knit together in \nlove, and unto ail riches of the full \nissuranceof understanding, to the \nacknowledgment of the mystery \nof God, and of the Father, and of \n\n\n\nsures of wisdom and knowledge. \n\n4 And this I say, lest any man \nshould beguile you with enticing \nwords. \n\n5 I or tliough I be absent in the \nflesh, yet am I with you m the \nspirit, joying and beholding your \norder, and thestedfastness of your \nfaith in Christ. \n\n6 As ye have therefore received \nChrist Jesus the Lord, so walk ye \nin him : \n\n7 Rooted and built up in him, \nand stablished in the faith, as ye \nhave been taught, abounding there- \nin with thanksgiving. \n\n8 Beware lest any man spoil yo\xc2\xab \nthrough philosophy and vain de- \nceit, after the tradition of men, \nafter the rudiments of the world, \nand not after Christ : \n\n9 For in him dwelleth all the \nfulness of the Godhead bodily. \n\n10 And ye are complete in him, \nwhich is the head of all principality \nand power ; \n\n11 In whom also ye are circum- \ncised with the circumcision made \nwithout hands, in putting oft" the \nbody of the sins of the flesh, by \nthe circumcision of Christ : \n\n12 Buried with him in baptism, \nwherein also ve are risen with \nhim, through tiie faith of the ope- \nration of God who hath raised him \nfrom the dead. \n\n13 And you being dead in your \nsins, and the uncircumcision of \nyour flesh, hath he quickened to- \ngether with him, having forgiven \nyou all trespasses. \n\n14 Blotting out the hand-writing \nof ordinances, that was against us \nwhich was contrary to us, and took \nit out of the way, nailing it to Ins \ncross : \n\n15 ^726? having spoiled princi\xc2\xbb \npaiities, and powers, he made a \nshew of them openly, triumphing \nover them in it. \n\n16 Let no man, therefore,judge \n\xce\xbd\xce\xbf\xcf\x85 in n^cat or iri dr\'rok, or- lii \n\n\n\nExhoy^tatiom to Colossians \n\nrespect of an holy-day, or of the wrath of God \nnew moon, or of tfie sabbath- \ndays ; \n\n17 Which are a shadow of \nthings to come; but the bodj is of \nChrist. \n\n18 Let no man beguile you oi \nyour reward, in a voluntary hu- \nmihty, and worshipping of angels, \nintruding into those things which \nhe hath not seen, vainly puffed up \nby his fleshly mind ; \n\n19 And not holding the head, \nfrom which all the body by joints \nand bands having nourishment mi- \nnistered, and knit together, in- \ncreaseth with the increase of God. \n\n20 Wherefore if ye be dead \nwith Christ from the rudiments of \nthe world ; why as though living \nin the world, are ye subject to or- \ndinances, \n\n21 (Touch not, taste not, handle \nnot ; \n\n22 Which all are to perish with \nthe using ;) after the command- \nments and doctrines oi" men ? \n\n23 Which things have indeed a \nshew^ of wisdow in will worship \nand humility, and neglectii>2: of \nthe body, not in any honour to the \nsatisfying of the flesh. \n\nCHAP. III. \n\nExhortation to sund?y duties. \n\n\xce\xaa\xce\x88 ye then be risen with Christ \nseek those things which are \nabove, where Christ sittetlion the \nright hand of God. \n\n2 Set your affection on things \nabove, not on things on the earth. \n\n3 For ye are dead, and your life \nis lud with \xce\xb9 hrist in God \n\n4 ^V hen Christ who is our life \nshall appear, then shall ye also \nappear with him in glory. \n\n5 IMortify therefore your mem- \nbers whicli are upon the earth ; \nfornication, uncleanness, in^rdi- \nhate affection, evil concupiscence \nand covetousness, which is idol- \natry : \n\n\n\n^yjfidry duties. \ncometh on the \nchildren of disobedience. \n\n7 In the which ye also walked \nsontetime, when ye lived in \nthem. \n\n8 But now you also put off* ali \nthese ; anger, wrath, malice, blas- \nphemy, filthy communication out \nof your mouth. \n\n9 lAe not one to another, see- \ning that ye have put off the old \nman with his deeds ; \n\n10 And have put on the new \nmun which is renew^ed in know\xe2\x80\xa2 \nledge after the image of him that \ncreated him .- \n\n11 Where there is neither \nGreek nor Jew, circumcision nor \nuncircumcision, barbarian, Scy- \nthian, bond nor free ; but Christ- \nis allj and in all. \n\n12 Put on therefore as the elec^ \nof God, holy and beloved, bowels \nof mercies, kindness, humble- \nness of mind, meekness, long- \nsuffering ; \n\n13 Forbearing one another, and \nforgiving one anather, if any man \nhave a quarrel against any : even \nas Christ forgave you, so also do \n\nye\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n14 And above all these things, \n\xcf\x81 1 071 ciiarity, which is the bond \nof perfectness. \n\n15 And let the peace of God \nrule in your hearts, to the which \nalso ye are called in one body; and \nbe ye thankful. \n\n16 Let the word of Christ dweM \nin you richly in all wisdom ; teach- \ning and admonishing one another \nin psalms, and hymns a,nd spirilud \nsonirs, siniring vvith grace in your \nhearts to the Lord. \n\n17 And whatsoever ye do m \nword or deed, do all in the namei \nof the Lord Jesu-s, giving thanks \nto God and the Father by him. \n\n18 Wives, submit yourselves \nunto your own husbands, as it is \nfit in the Lord. \n\n19 Husbands, love i/our wives, \n\n\n\n6 For which things sake the! and be not bitter against thera. \n262 \n\n\n\nFmdrecemmendetk Chap \n\n20 (Children, obey j/our parents \nin all things : for this is well-pleas- \nitig Hnto the Lord. \n\n2i Fathers, provoke not your \nchildren to anger, lest they be dis- \ncouraged. \n\n22 Servants, obey in all things \nyo?^r masters according to the flesh : \nnot with eye service, as men \npleasers, but in singleness of heart, \nfearing God . \n\n23 And v^^hatsoever ye do, do it \nheartily, as to the Lord, aad not \nunto men ; \n\n24 Knowing, that of the Lord \nye shall receive the reward of the \nInheritance : for ye serve the Lord \nChrist. \n\n25 But he that doeth wTong, \ni^all receive for the wrong which \nhe hath done : and there is no re- \nspect of persons. \n\nCHAP. IV. \n\nFervent prayer recommended. \n\n\n\n\xce\x9c \n\n\n\nASTERS give unto your \nservants that which is just \nand equal, knowing that ye also \nhave a Master in heaven. \n\n2 Continue in prayer, and \nwatch in the same with thanks- \ngiving : \n\n3 Withal praying also for us, \ntil at God would open unto us a \ndoor of utterance to speak the \nmystery of Christ, for which 1 am \nalso in bonds : \n\n4 That 1 may make it manifest, \nas I ought to speak. \n\n5 Walk in wisdom toward them \nthat are without, redeeming the \ntime. \n\n6 T,et your speech he ahvay \nwith grace, seasoned with salt, \nf^hat ye may know how ye ought \n10 answ\'er every man. \n\n7 All my state shall Tychicus \n.ieckre unto you, who is a be- \noved brother, and a faithful mi \n\xe2\x80\xa2lister, and fellow servant in the \nLord. \n\n8 Whom I have sent unto you \n\n968 \n\n\n\n/et^ent prayer^ \nfor the same purpose, that he \nmight know your estate, and com- \nfort your hearts : \n\n9 With Onesimus a faithful \nand beloved brother, who is one \nofy\xc2\xaeu. They shall make known \nunto you all things which a?\'e done \nhere. \n\n10 Aristarchus, my felbw-pri- \ni^fmer saiuteth you, and Marcus, \nsister\'s son to Barnabas, (touching \nwhom ye received command- \nments : if he come unto you, re- \nceive him ;) \n\n11 And Jesus, which is called \nJustus, who are of the circumci- \nsion. These only are my fellow- \nworkers unto the kingdom of God, \nwhich have been a cnmfort unto \nme. \n\n12 Epaphras, who is one ot 3^ou, \na servant of Christ, saiuteth you, \nalways labouring fei-vently \' for \nyou in prayers, that ye may stand \nperfect, and complete in all the \nwill of God. \n\n13 For I bear hhn record, that \nhe hath a great zeal for you, and \nthem that are in Laodicea, and \nthem in Hierapoiis. \n\n14 Luke, the beloved Physician, \nand Demas, greet you. \n\n15 Salute the brethren which \na*\'e in Laodicea, and Nvmphas, \nand the church which is in his \nhouse. \n\n16 And when this epistle is read \namong you, cause that it be read \nalso in the church of the Laodi- \ncerins ; and that ye likewise read \nthe epistle from Laodicea. \n\n17 And say to Archippus, Take \nheed to the ministi-y wnich thou \nhast received in the Lord, that \nthou fulfil it. \n\n18 The salutation by the hsnd \nof me Paul. Remember my bond?. \nGrace be with you. Amen. \n\n\n\n^ Written from \nColossians Vjy \nOnesimus. \n\n\n\nRorre to the \nTvcliicns sntf. \n\n\n\n^ Tiie First Epistle of Paul, tbe Apostle, to tLe \nTHESSALONIANS, \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nHist07y of their conversion. \n\nPAUL, and Silvanus, and Ti- \nmotheus, unto the church of \nthe Thessalonians, which is in God \nthe Father, and in the Lord Jesus \nChrist : Grace be unto you, and \npeace from God our Father, and \nthe Lord Jesus Christ. \n\n2 We give thanks to God al- \nways for you all, making mention \nof you in our prayers, \n\n3 Remembering without ceas- \ning your work of faith, and la- \nbour of love, and patience of \nhope in our Lord Jesus Christ, \nin the sight of God and our \nFatlier : \n\n4 Knowing, brethren beloved, \nyoar election of God. \n\n5 For our gospel came not un- \nto you in word only, but also iM \npower, and in the Holy Ghost, and \nan much assurance ; as ye know \nwhat manner of men we were a- \nmong you for your sake. \n\n6 And ye became followers of \nus, and ot the Lord, having re- \nceived the word in much affliction, \nwith joy of the Holy Ghost : \n\n7 So that ye were ensamples to \nall that believe in Macedonia and \nAchaia. \n\n8 For from you sounded out the \nword of the Lord, not only in \nMacedonia and Achaia, but also \nm everyplace your faith to God- \nw^ard, is spread abroad, so that \nwe need not to speak any \nthing. \n\n9 For they themselves shew of \n}is, what manner of entering in we \nhad unto you, and how ye turned \nto God from idols, to serve the \nliving aftd true God. \n\n10 And to wait for his son from \nheaven, whom he raised ft\'om the \ndead, eveti Jesus which delivered \nus from the wrath to come. \n\n\'264 \n\n\n\nCHAP. \xce\xa0. \n\nHow they received the gospel. \n\nFOR y ourselves,brethren, know \nour entrance in unto you, \nthat it was not in vain. \n\n2 But even after that we had \nsuffered before, and were shame- \nfully entreated, as ye know, at\' \nPhilippi, we were bold in our \nGod, to speak unto you the \ngospel of God, with much conten- \ntion. \n\n3 For our exhortation uas not \nof deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor \nin guile : \n\n4 But as we were allowed of \nGod to be put in trust with the \ngospel, even so we speak ; not as \npleasing men, but God, which \ntrieth our hearts. \n\n5 For neither at any time used \nwe flattering words, as ye know, \nnor a cloke of covetousness; God \nis witness, \n\n6 Nor of men sought we glo- \nry, neither of you, nor yet of \notners, when we might have been \nburdensome, as the apostles of \nChrist. \n\n7 But we were gentle among \nyou, even as a nurse cherishetn \nher children : \n\n8 So, being affectionately desir- \nous of you, we were willing to have \nimparted unto you, not the gospel \nof God only, but also our own \nsoals, because ye were dear unto \nus. \n\n9 For ye remember, brethren, \nour labour and travail : for la- \nbouring night and day, because w\xe2\x82\xac \nwould not be chargeable unto any \nof you, we preached unto you the \ngospel of God. \n\n10 Ye are witnesses, and God \nalso^ how holily, and justly, and \nunblameably 5ve behaved oursfilves \namong you that believe. \n\n11 As ye know, how we ex- \nhorted, and comforted. and charg- \n\n\n\nFaid exhorteth \n\n\n\ned every one of you, (as a father \ndoth his children^) \n\n12 That ye would walk worthy \nof God, who hath called you unto \nhis kingdom and glory. \n\n13 For this cause also thank we \nGod without ceasing, because \nwhen ye received the word of God \nwhick ye heard of us, ye received \nit not as the word of men, but (as \nit is in truth) the word of God, \nwhich efFcctually w^rketh also in \nyou that believe. \n\n14 For ye, brethren, became \nfollowers of the churches of God, \nwhich in Judea are in Cl;irist \nJesus : for ye also have suftered \nlike things of your own country- \nmen, even as they have of tlie \nJews : \n\n15 Who both killed the Lord \nJesus, and their ownprophet\xc2\xa7i,and \nhave persecuted us ; and they \nplease not God, and are contrary \nto all men ; \n\n16 Forbidding us to speak to \nthe Gentiles, that they might be \nsaved, to fill up their sins alway : \nfor the wrath is come upon them \nto the uttermost.^ \n\n17 But w^e, brethren, being \ntaken from you for a short time, \nin presence, not in heart, en- \ndeavo^ured the more abundant- \nly to see your face with great \ndesire. \n\n18 Wherefore \\ve would have \ncOHie unto you (even I Paul) once \nand again : but Satan hindered \nus. \n\n19 For what is our hope, or \njoy, or crown of rejoicing ? are \nnot even ye in the presence of \nour Lord Jesus Christ at his com- \ning? \n\n20 For ye are our giory and \n\njoy\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\nCHAR IIL \n\nHis love in sendins; them Timothy, \n\nWHEREFORE when we \ncotfld no longer forbear, \nwe thought it good to be left at \nA thtnrs alone, \n\n265 \n\n\n\nChap. iii. \n\n\n\nto godliness. \n\n\n\n2 And sent Timotheus our bry- \nther and minister of God, and our \nfellovz-labourer in the gospel of \nChrist, to estabhsh you, and to \ncomfort you concerning your \nfaith ; \n\n3 Tliat no man should be moved \nby these afflictions: for yourselves \nknow that we are appointed there- \nunto. \n\n4 For verily w hen we were with \n3^0 u, we told you before, that we \nshould suffer tribulation ; even as \nit came to pass, and ye know. \n\n5 For this caus-p, Avhen I cowld \nno longer forbear, I sent to know \nyour faith, lest by some means \nthe tempter have tempted you, \nand our labour be in vain. \n\n6 But now when Timotheus \ncame from you unto us, and \nbrought us good tidings of your \nfaith and charity, and that ye have \ngood remembrance of us always, \ndesiring greatly to see us, as we \nalso to see you : \n\n7 Therefore, brethren, we were \ncomforted over you in all our \naffliction and distress, by vour \nfaith: \n\n8 For now we live, if ye stand \nfast in the Lord : \n\n9 For what thanks can we ren- \nder to God again for you, for all \nthe joy wherewith we joy for your \nsakes before our God ; \n\n10 Night and day praying ex- \nceedijigly that we might see \nyour face, and might perfect \nthat which is lacking in your \nfaith ? \n\n11 Now God himself and our \nFather, and our Lord Jesus Christ, \ndirect our way unto you. \n\n12 And the Lord make you to \nincrease and abound in love one \ntoward another, and toward all \nmen, even as we do tow^ard you : \n\n13 To the end he may stablish \nyour hearts unblameable in holi- \nness before God, even our Father, \nat the coming of our Lord Jesu*^^ \nChrist with ail his sainf-: \n\n\n\nPaul exhorteth \n\nCHAP. IV. \n\nHe exlwrteth to s,o on in godliness. \n\nFURTHERMORE then, we \nbeseech you, bi\'ethren, and \nexhort you by the Lord Jesus, that \nas ye have received of us, how ye \nought to walk, and to please God, \nso ye would abound more and \nmore. \n\n2 For ye kno\\v what command- \nments we gave you by the Lord \nJesus, \n\nS For tfiis is the will of God eveji \nyour sanctification, that ye should \nabstain from fornication ; \n\n4 That every one of you should \nknow how to possess his vessel in \nsanctification and honour ; \n\n5 Not in the lust of concupis- \ncence, even as the Gentiieswhich \nknow not God : \n\n6 That HO man go beyond \nand defraud his brother in any \nmatter : because that the Lord \nin the avenger \xce\xbf\xcf\x8a all such, as we \nalso have forewarned you, and \ntestified. \n\n7 For God hath not called us un- \nto uncleanness, but unto holiness. \n\n8 He thereibre that de^piseth, \ndespiseth not man but God ; w^ho \nhatli also given unto us his Holy \nSpirit. \n\n9 ^ut as touching brotherly \nlove, ye need not that I \xce\x9b\\\xcf\x84\xcf\x8a\xce\xaf6 unto \nyou : for ye yourselves are taught \nof God to love one another. \n\n10 Aiid indeed ye do it toward \nall the brethren, which are in all \nMacedonia : but we beseech you, \nbrethren, that ve increase more \nand more ; \n\n11 And that ye study to be quiet, \n\xce\xba\xcf\x84\xce\xb9\xce\xac to do your own business, and \nK> work with your own hands, as \nwe commanded you ; \n\n12 That ye may walk honestly \ntoward them that are \\vithout, \nand tJiqt ye may have lack of no- \nthing. \n\n13 But I would not have you \nio.be ignorant, brethren, concern \n\n\n\nThessalonians. to godliness. \n\nsorroAv not, even as others which \nhave no hope. \n\n14 For it we believe that JesuS \ndied, and rose again, even so therf \nalso which sleep in Jesus, wii \nGod bring with him. \n\n15 For uhis we say unto you by \nthe word of the Lord, that vve \nwhich are alive and remain unto \nthe coming of the Lord, shall* not \nprevent them which are asleep. \n\n16 For the Lord himself shall \ndescend from heaven with a shout, \nwith the voice of the archangel, \nand with the trump of G\xc2\xa9d : \nand the dead in Christ shall rise \nfirst : \n\n17 Then we which are alive, \n(md remain, shall be caught up to- \ngether with them in the clouds, to \nmeet the Lord in the air : and so \nshall we ever be with the Lord. \n\n18 Wherefore comfort one an- \nother with these words. \n\nCHAP. V. \nDescription of Christ\'s comings \n\nBUT of the times and the sea- \nsons, brethren, ye have no \nneed that I write unto yon. \n\n2 For yourselves know perfect- \nly, that the day of the Lord so \ncometh as a thief in the night. \n\n3 For when they shall say. Peace \nand safety : then sudden destruc- \ntion cometh upon them, as travail \nupon a woman with child ; and \nthey shall not escape. \n\n4 But ye brethren, are nor in \ndarkness, that that day should \novertake you as a thief. \n\n5 Ye are all the children of \nlight, and the children of the day : \nwe are not of the night, nor of \ndarkness. \n\n6 Therefore let us not sleep a\xc2\xa7 \ndo others; but let us watch and be \nsober. \n\n7 For they that sleep, sleep in \nthe night; and they that be drunk- \nen, are drunken in the night. k \n\n8 But let us who are of the day, | \nbe sober, putting on the breast- I \n\n\n\ning theui which are asleep, that ye / plate of faith and love, \xce\xaf\\\xce\xbb\\\xce\xac for an \n\n266 \n\n\n\nFaiW^s comfort Chap \n\nhelmet, the hope of sah^ation. \n\n9 For God hath not appointed \nus to wrath ; but to obtain saiva- \ntion by our Lord Jesus Christ, \n\n10 Who died for us ; that whe- \nther we wake or sleep, we should \nlive together with him. \n\n11 Wherefore comfort your- \nselves together, and edify one a- \nnother, eveji as also ye do. \n\n12 And we beseech you, bre- \nthren, tojinow them which la- \nbour among you, and are over \nyou in the Lord, and admonish \nyou ; \n\n13 And to esteem them very \nhighly in love for their works* \niiake. And be at peace among \nyourselves. \n\n14 Now we exhort you, bre- \nthren, \xce\x9bvarn them that are unruly, \ncomfort the feeble minded, sup- \nport the weak, be patient toward \nall men. \n\n15 See that none render evil for \nevil unto any man : but ever fol- \nlow that which is good, both a- \nmong yourselves, and to all men, \n\n16 Rejoice evermore. \n\n\n\ni . against persecuti on , \n\n17 Pray without ceasing. \n\n18 in every thing give thajiks . \nfor this is the will of God ia Chris \xce\xb9 \nJesus concerning you. \n\n19 Quench not the spirit. \n\n20 Despise not prophesyings. \n\n21 Prove all tbmgs ; hold fast \nthat which is good. \n\n22 Abstain from all appearance \nof evil. \n\n23 And the very God of peace \nsanctify you wholly : and / pray \nGoc?your v/hole spn^it, and soul, \nand body be preserved blameless \nunto the coming of our Lord Jesus \nChrist. \n\n24 Faithful is he that callctii \nyou, who also will do it, \n\n25 Brethren, pray for us. \n\n26 Greet all the brethren with \nan holy kiss. \n\n27 I charge you by the Lord \nthat this epistle be read unto ail \nthe holy brethren. \n\n28 The grace of our Lord Jesus \nChrist be with you. Amen. \n\n\xc2\xab[[ The first Epistle unto tlie \nThessalonians was written \nfrom Athens. \n\n\n\n51 The Second Epistle of Paul, the Apostle, to the \nTHESSALONIANS. \n\n\n\nCHAP. L \n\nPauPs comfort against persecution, \n\nPAUL,\' and Siivanus, and Ti- \nmotheus, unto the church \ndf tVie Thessaloni^ans, in God Our \nFather and the Lord Jesws Christ. \n\n2 Grace unto you, and peace \nfrom God our Father, and the \nLord Jesus Christ. \n\n3 W e are bound to thank God \nalways for you, brethren, as it is \nmeet, because that your faith \ngroweth exceedingly, and the \ncharity of every one of you all to- \nward each other aboundeth : \n\n4 So that we ourselves glory in \nyou in the churches of God, for \nyour patience and faith in all \nyour persecutions and tribulations \nthat ye endure. \n\n\n\n\' 5 Which is a manifest token of \nthe righteous jud/^ment of God, \nthat ye may be counted worthy oi \nthe kingdom of God, for \xce\xbb\\ inch ye \nalso suffer : \n\n6 Seeing it is a righteous thing \nwith God to recompense tribula- \ntion to tliem that trouble you ; \n\n7 And to you who are troubled, \nrest with us, when the Lord Jesus \nshall be revealed from heaven \nwith his m*ighty angels, \n\n8 In flaming fire, taking ven- \ngeance on them that know no:. \nGod, and that obey not the gospe* \nof our Lord Jesus Christ ; \n\n9 Who shall be punished Avitb \neverlasting destruction from the \npresence of the Lord, and from \nthe glory of his power ; \n\n\xce\x9c 3 \n\n\n\ni}f stedfastness ~ \n\n\n\nil. Thessalonians. \n\n\n\n10 When he shall come to be \ngioriiied in his saints, and to be \nadmired in all them that believe \n^because our testimony amongyou \nnas believed) in that day. \n\n11 Wherefore also we pray al- \nways for YOU;, that our God would \ni:OLint yoii worthy of this calling, \nand fulfil all the good pleasure of \nflis gcodnesSy and the work of faith \n.with power ; \n\n12 Tha^^thc name of our Lord \nviesus Christ may be glorified in \nyou, and je irn him^ according to \n:he grace of mir God, and of the \nFiord Jesus Christ. \n\nCHAP. II. \nOf stedjantness in the truih. \n\nN^OW we beseech you, bre- \nthren, by the coming of our \nLord Jesus Christ, and hy ourga- \nlicring together unto him, \n\n\'2 That ye be not soon shaken \n\xce\x93- mind, or be troubled, neither \noy spirit, nor by word, nor by let- \n\xce\x98\xce\x93, as from us, as that the day of \n- ^Iirist is at hand. \n\n3 Let no man deceive you by \nany means : fox that day shall not \n/v;/;?e, except there come a falling \naway first, and that man of sin be \nrevealed, the son oi perdition : \n\n4 Who opposeth and exalteth \nain?.self above all that is called \nGod, or that is worshipped ; so \nthat he as God gittetn in tiie \ntemple of God, shewing himself \nihat he is God. \n\n5 Remember ye not, that when \nI was yet with you, I told you \nthese things 1 \n\n6 Ana now ye know what with- \nholdeth, that iie might be reveal- \ned in his time. \n\n7 For the mystery of iniquity \ndoth already work : only he Avho \nnow letteth\', will lety until he be \ntaken out of the v.ay, \n\n8 And then shalf that wicked \nbe revealed, whom the Lord shall \nconsume with the spirit of his \nmouth, and shall destroy with the \nbrightness of his coming ; \n\n2m \n\n\n\nin the tndA. \n\n\n\n9 Even him whose coming Is \nafter the working of Satan, with \nall power, and signs, and lying \nwo-nders, \n\n10 And with all deceivableness \nof unrighteousness, in them that \nperish ; because they received not \nthe love of the truth, that tiiey \nmight be saved. \n\n11 And for this cause, God \nshall send them strong delusion \nthat they should befieve a lie : \n\n12 That they all might be dam- \nned, who believed riot the truths \nbut had pleasure in unrighteous*- \nness. \n\n13 But we are bound to give \nthanks ahvay to God for you, bre- \nthren, beloved of the Lord, be- \ncause God hath from the begin- \nning chosen you to salvation, \nthrough sanctihcation of the Spi- \nrit, and belief of the truth : \n\n14 Where unto he called you by \nour gospel, to the obtaining of the \nglory ot our Lord Jesus Christ. \n\n15 Therefore, brethren, stand \nfast, and hold the traditions which \nye have been taught, whether by \nword, or our epistle. \n\n16 Now our Lord Jesus Christ \nhimself, and God even our Fa- \nther, which hath loved us, and \nhath gi\\ en us everlasting conso- \nlation and good hope through \ngrace, \n\n17 Comfort your hearts, and \nstablish you in every good word \nand work. \n\nCHAP. IIL \nFaul ^iveth them divers precepts, \n\nFYS ALLY, brethren, pray for \nus, that the word of the Lord \nmay have/ree course, and be glo- \nrified even as it is with you ; \n\n2 And that we may Be deliver- \ned from imreasonable and wicked \nmen : for all men have not \nfaith. \n\n3 But the Lord is faithful, w^ho \nshall stabhsh you and keep you \nfrom eviL \n\n4 And we have confidence in \n\n\n\nAgainst disorderly walking. Chap. i. \n\n\n\nthe Lord touching you, tliat ye \nbotn do ar,d will do -the things \nwhich we commarid you. \n\n5 And the Lord direct your \nhearts into the love of God, and \ninto the patient Avaiting for \nChrist, \n\n6 Now we conamand you, bre- \nthren, in the name of our Lord \nJesus Christ, that ye withdraw \nyourselves from every brother that \nWalketh disorderly, and not after \nthe tradition which he received of \nus. \n\n7 For yourselves know^ how ye \nought to follow us : for we be- \nhaved not ourselves disorderly \namong you : \n\n8 Neither did \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb5 eat any man\'s \nbread for nought ; but wrought \n%vith labour and travail night and \nday, that we might not be charge- \nable to any of you : \n\n9 Not because we have not \npower, but to make ourselves afl \nensaniple unto you to follow us. \n\n10 For even when we were w ith \nvou, this we commanded you, that \n\xce\x9b any \\vouid not work, neither \nshoulcl he eat. \n\n\n\nmid ill company\xc2\xbb \n\n\n\n11 For we hear that there ar\xe2\x82\xac \nsome which w alk among you, dis- \norderly, workino^ not at all, but \nare busy bodies. \n\n12 \xce\x9d ow them that are such we \ncommand, and exhort by our Lord \nJesus Christ, that with quietness \nthey work, and eat their own \nbread. \n\n13 But ye, brethren, be not \nweary in well-doing. \n\n14 And if any man obey not our \nword by this epistle, note th at man, \nand have no company with him, \nthat he may be ashamed : \n\n15 Yet count hivi not as an \nenemy, but admonish him as a \noj\'other. \n\n16 \xce\x9d\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd the Lord of peace him- \nself give you peace ahvavs, by all \nmeans. The Lord he with you all. \n\n17 The salutation of Paul with \nmine own hand, which is the token \nin every epistle : so I write. \n\n13 The grace of our Lord Jesus \nChrist he with you all. Amen. \n\nif The second epistle to the \nThessalonians, w^as written \nfrom Athens. \n\n\n\n% The First Epistle of Paul, \n\nCHAP. L \n\nTimothy put in mind of his charge. \n\nPAUL, an apostle of Jesus \nChrist, by the command- \nment of God our Saviour, and \nLord Jesus Christ, which is our \nhope ; \n\n2 Unto Timothy, \'???// own son in \nthe faith : Grace,mercy, and peace \nfrom God our father, and Jesus \nChrist our Lord. \n\nS A s I besought thee to abide \nstill at Ephesus, when I went into \nMacedonia, that thou mightest \ncharge some that they teach no \nother doctrine, \n\n4 Neither give heed to fables, \nand endless genealogies ; which \nminister questions, rather than \ngodly edifying, which is in faith; \nso do\xc2\xbb \n\n\n\nthe Apostie,to TIMOTHY. \n\n5 Now the end of the com- \nmandmentis charity,out of apure \nheart, and of a good conscience \nand o/ faith unfeigned : \n\n6 From which some having \nswerved, hare turned aside unto \nvain jangling ; \n\n7 Desiring to be teachers of the \nlaw, understanding neither what \nthey say, nor whereof they affirm\xc2\xbb \n\n8 But we know that the laAv is \ngood, if a man use it lawfully ; \n\n9 Knowing this, that the law \nis not made for a righteous man, \nbut for the lawless and disobe\xc2\xab \ndient, for the ungodly and for \nsinners, for unholy and pro- \nfane, for murderers of fathers, \nand murderers of mothers, foi \nman-slayers, \n\nM4 \n\n\n\nFrayer to be I. Timothy. \n\n10 For whoremongers, for them ~ \nthat defile themselves with man- \nkind, for men stealers, for liars, \nfor perjured persons, and if there \nbe any other thing that is ccntrary \nto sound doctrine ; \n\n11 According to the glorious \ngospel of the blessed God, which \nwas comiiiitted to my trust. \n\n12 And I thank Christ Jesus O\'lr \nLoj\'d, vv^ho hath enabled me for \ni4iat he counted me faithful, put- \nting me into the ministry ; \n\n13 VViio was before a blas- \n\nphem^er, and a persecwtor, and \n\ninjurious \xce\xb9 But I obtained mercy \n\nbecause 1 did it ignorantlv, in un- \n\ncJief. \n\n14 And the grace of our Lord \nwas exceedmg abundant, with \nfaith, and love wiiich is in Chriic \nJesus. \n\n15 This is \xce\xb7 fal\xe2\x80\xa2tb\xce\xaf"ul saying, \nand w^orthy of all acceptation, that \nChrist Jes-us came into the world \nto save sinners ; of whom I ain \n\nhief. \n\n16 Howbeit, for this cause I \nviotained mercy, that in me hrst \nJesus Christ might shew forth \nall iong-suiFering, for a piittern \nfo them which should here- \nafter believe on him to life ever- \nlasting. \n\n17 Now unto the king eternal, \nmmortal, invisible, the only wise \n\xce\xaf od, be honour and glory, for ever \n:id ever. Amen. \n\n18 This charge I coP-imit unto \njee, son Timothy, according to \n\n;he prophecies which vv^ent before \non thee,thatthouby them mightest \nvvar a good warfare ; \n\n19 Holding faith and a good \nonscieuce, which some having \n\nput awav, concerning i\'aith have \nmade shipwreck t \n\nSO Of whom is Hymeneus and \nAlexander : whom I have deli- \nvered unto Satan, that they may \nlearn vnot to blaspheme. \nCHAP. IT. \nPrayers to be made for all m\xe2\x82\xacn, \n270 \n\n\n\nmade for all rjien, \nI Exhort, therefore, that first of \nl all, supplications, prayers, in- \ntercessions, and giving of thanks, \nbe made for all men : \n\n2 For kings and for all that are \nin authority ; that we may lead a \nquiet and peaceable life in all god- \nhness and honesty. \n\n3 For this is good and accept- \nable in the sight of God our \nSaviour: \n\n4 Who will have all, men to be \nsaved, and to come unto the know- \nledjie of the truth. \n\n5 For there is one God, and one \nmediator between God and men, \nthe man Christ Jesus : \n\n6 Who gave himself a ransom \nfor all to be testified in due \ntime. \n\n7 W^hereunto I am ordained a \npreacher, and an apostle, (i speak \nihe truth in Christ, a7id lie not,) \na teacher of the Gentiles in faith \nand verity. \n\nS I v/ill therefore that men \npray every where lifting up holy \nhands witliout wrath and doubt- \ning. \n\n9 In like manner also, that w^o- \nmen adorn themselves in modest \napparel, with shame-facedness and \nsobriety : not with broidered hair, \nor gold, or pearls, or costly \narray : - \n\n10 But (which becometh women \nprofessing godliness) with good \nworks. \n\n11 Let the woman learn in \nsile;ice with all subjection. \n\n12 But I suffer not a woman \nto teach, nor to usurp authority \nover the man, but to be in si- \nlence. \n\n13 For Adam was first formed, \nthen Eve. \n\n14 And Adam was not deceived\xc2\xbb \nbut the woman being deceived \nwas in the transgression. \n\n15 Notwithstanding she shall \nbe saved in child-bearing, \xcf\x8a\xce\xaf they \ncontinue in faith and charity, anii \nholiness with sobriety. \n\n\n\n\xce\xbf/ Bishops, Ctikip. hi \n\nCHAP. ill. \n\nTh^ qualifications of Bishops. \n\nTHIS is a true saying, If a man \ndesire the oiiice of a bishop, \nhe desireth a good work. \n\n2 A bishop then must be blame- \nless_, the husband of one wife, \nvigilant, sober, of good behavi- \nour, given to hospitahty, apt to \nteach ; \n\n3 Not given to wine, no striker, \nnot greedy of filthy lucre ; but \npatient, not a brawler, not co- \nvetous : \n\n4 One that ruleth w^ll tiis own \n^ouse, halving his children in sub- \njection with all gravity ; \n\n5 (For if a man know not how \nte rule his own house, how shall \nhe take care ot the church of \nGod?) \n\n6 Not a novice, lest being lifted \n^up with pride, he fail into the \n\nCOndemnation of the devil. \n\n7 Moreover he must have a \ngood report of them which are \nwithout ; lest he fail into re- \npreach, and the snare of the \ndevil. \n\n. 8 Likewise mmt the deacons he \ngrave, not double tongued, not \ngiven to much \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\x90\xce\xb7\xce\xb2, not greedy \n@f filthy lucre. ^ . \n\n9 Hoidmg the mystery of the \nfaith in a pure conscience. \n\n10 And let the?e also first be \nproved: then let them use the \noffice of a deacon, being found \nblameless. \n\n11 Even so ?7mst their wdves be \ngrave, not slanderers, sober, faith- \nful in all things. \n\n12 Let the deacons be the \nliUsbands of one wife, ruling their \nchildren, and their own houses \nwell. \n\n13 For they that have used the \nofuce of a deacon well, purchase \nto tliemselves a good decree, and \ngreat boldness in the faith, which \nis in Christ Jesus. \n\n14 These things write I unto \ntbee^ hoping to come unte th^e \nshortly : \n\n\n\niyi7. Apostacyforetoki. \n\n15 But if I tarry long, that thou \nmay est know how thou oughtest \nto behave thyself in the house of \nGod, which is the church of the \nliviiig God, the pillar and ground \nof the truth. \n\n16 And wifthout controversy, \ngreat is the mystery of godliness : \nGod was manifest in the flesh, \njustified in the spirit, seen of \nangels, preached unto the Gentiles, \nbelieved on in the world, received \nup into glory. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nApostacy foretold, \n\nNOW the Spirit speaketh ex- \npressly, that m the latter \ntimes some shall depart from the \nfaith, giving heed to seducing \nspirits, and doctrines of devils : \n\n2 Speaking lies in hypocrisy, \nhaving their conscience seared \nwith a hot iran ; \n\n3 Forbidding to marry and \ncoinmt ndiiig to abstain from meats, \nwhich God hath created to be \nreceived with thanksgiving of \nthem which believe and know the \ntruth. \n\n4 For every creature of God is \ngood, and nothing to be refused, \nif it be received with thanks- \ngiving : ^ \n\n5 For it IS sanctified by tlie \nword of God, and prayer. \n\n6 If thou put the brethren in \nremembrance of these things, \nthou shait be a good minister \nof Jesus Christ, nourished up in \nthe words of faitk, and of good \ndoctrine, whereanto thou hast \nattained. \n\n7 But refuse profane and old \nwives\' fables, vind exercise thyself \nrather imto godliness. \n\n8 For bodily exercise profiteth \nlittle : but go^iness is profitable \nunto all things, having promise of \nthe life thai now is, and of that \nwhich is to come. \n\n9 This is 2L faithful saying and \nv/orthy of all acceptation. \n\n10 For therefore we both la- \nmX \xce\x9c 5 \n\n\n\nRuks to he \n\n\n\nbour, and suffer reproach, because \n\\ye trust in the hving God, who is \nthe Saviour of all men, specially \nof those that believe. \n\n11 These things command and \nteach. \n\n12 Let no man despise thy \nyouth, but be thou an example of \nthe believers, in word, in conver- \nsation, in charity,in spirit, in faith, \nin purity. \n\n13 Till I come, give attendance \nto reading, to exiiortation, to doc- \ntrine. \n\n14 Neglect not the gift that is \nii\\thee, which was given thee by \n])rophecy, with the laying on of \nthe nands of the presbytery. \n\n15 Meditate upon these things; \n\xce\xaf\xce\xb6,\xce\x90\xce\xbd\xc2\xa9 thyself wholly to them, that \nrhy profiting may appear to all. \n\n16 Take heed unto thyself, and \nilhto thy doctrine : continue in \nthem : for in doing this thou shalt \nboth save thyself, and them that \nhear thee. \n\nCHAP. V. \n\nOf widows and elders. \n\nTy EBUKE not an elder, but in- \n\nJlV treat liim as a father, and the \n\nyounger men as brethren : \n\n2 Trie elder women as mothers ; \n\xce\xaf he younger as sisters, with all \npurity. \n\n3 Honour v/idows that are \nvvidows indeed. \n\n4 But if any widow have chil- \niiren or nephews, let them learn \nlirst to shew piety at hon>e, and \n10 requite their parents : for that \nis good and acceptable before \nGod.^ \n\n.5 Now she that is a widow in- \ndeed, and desolate, trusteth in \nGod, and continueth in suppli- \ncatiOUS and prayers night and \nday. \n\n6 But she that liveth in plea- \nsure, is dead while she liveth. \n\n7 And these things give in \nrarge, that they may be blame- \n\n;65s, \n6 Bat if any provide not for \n\n57^ \n\n\n\n1. timothy. ohs^rTed in reprottng. \n\n\n\nKjs own, and specially lor ciioie of \nhis own house, he hath denied \nthe faith, and is worse than an \ninfidel. \n\n9 Let not a widow be taken in- \nto the number, imder three-score \nyears old, having been the wife of \none man. \n\n10 Well reported of for good \nworks ; if she have brought up \nchildren, if she have lodged \nstrangers, if she have washed tlie \nsaints\' feet, if she have relieved \nthe afflicted, if she have diligently \nfollowed every gooa work. \n\n11 But the younger wdd-ows re- \nfuse ; for when they have begun \nto wax wanton against Christ, \nthey will marry ; \n\n12 Having diamnation, because \nthey have cast \xce\xbf\xce\xaf\xce\xa4 their first \nfaith, \n\n13 And withal they learn to he \nidle, wandering about from house \nto house : and not only idle, but \ntattlers also, and busy bodies, \nspeaking things which they ought \nnot. \n\n14 I will therefore that the \nyounger women marry, bear child- \nren, guide the house, give none \noccasion to the adversary to speak \nreproachfully. \n\n15 For some are already turned \naside after Satan. ^ \n\n16 If any man or woman that \nbeheveth have widows, let them \nrelieve them, and let not the \nchurch be charged ; that it may \nrelieve them that are wido\xce\x9bvs \nindeed. \n\n17 Let the elders that rale well, \nbe counted worthy of double \nhonour, especially they who la- \nbour in the w^ord and doctrine. \n\n18 For the scripture saith. \nThou slialt not muzzle the ox \nthat treadeth out the corn : and, \nThe labourer is worthy of his \nreward. \n\n19 Against an elder receive not \nan accusation, but before two or \nthree witnesses. \n\n\n\nThe gam of godliness. Chap. vi. FauFs charge to "tumihy. \n\n\n\n20 Them that sin rebuke before \nall, that others also may fear. \n\n21 I charge thee before God, \nand the Lord Jesus Christ, and \nthe elect angels, that thou obsei*ve \nthese things, witheut preferring \none before another, doing nothing \nby partiality. \n\n22 Lay nands suddenly on no \nman, neither be partaker of \nother men^s sins : keep thyself \npure. \n\n23 Drink no longer water, but \nuse a little wine for thy stomach\'s \nsake, and thine often mfirmities. \n\n24 Some men\'s sins are open \nbefore-hand, going before to judg- \nment ; and some men they iollow \nafter. \n\n25 Likewise also the good works \nof some are manifest beforehand ; \narid they that are othei\'wise can- \nnot be Hid. \n\nCHAP. VL \nThe great gains of godliness, \n\nLET as many servants as are \nunder the yoke count their \nown masters worthy of all honour: \nthat the name of God, and his \ndoctrine be not blasphemed. \n\n2 And they tiiat have believing \nmasters, let tnem not despise tkem \nbecause they are brethren : but \nrather do them service, because \nthey are faithful and beloved, par- \ntakers of the benefit. These \nthings teach and exhort, \n\n3 If any man teach other^vise, \nand consent not to wholesome \nwords, erven the words of oar \nLord Jesns Christ, and to the \ndoctrine v/hich ia according to \ngodliness ; \n\n4 He is proud, knowing hg^ \nthing, but doting about questions \nand strifes of words^ whereof \ncometli envy, strife, railings, evil \nsurmisings. \n\n\xce\xb4 Perverse dlsputings of men \nof corrupt minds^ and destitute \nof the truth, supposing that gain \nis i^odliness: iVom such ivit-tdraw \nrhyself. \n\n2\xce\x933 \n\n\n\n6 But godliness with content- \nment is great gain. \n\n7 For we brought nothing into \nthis world, and it is certain we \ncan cany nothing out. \n\n8 And having food and raiment, \nlet us be therewith content. \n\n9 But they that will be rich, \nfall into temptation and a snare, \nand i/iiomany foolish and hurtful \nlusts, which drown men in des- \ntruction and perditiofi . \n\n10 For the love of money is \nthe root of all evil : which while \nsome coveted after, they have \nerred from the faith, and pierced \nthemselves through wdth many \nsorrows. \n\n11 But thou, \xce\x9f man of God, \nflee these things : and follow after \nrighteousness, godliness, faith, \nlove, patience, meekness ; \n\n12 Fight the good fight of faith, \nlay hold on eternal life, where- \nunto thou art also called, and hasir \nprofessed a good profession be- \nfore many \xce\x9bvitnesses. \n\n13 I give thee charge in the \nsi^ht of God, ^\\\\\\o quickeneth all \nthings, and before Chris-t Jesus, \nwho before Pontius Pilate \\vLtnes- \nsed a good confession ; \n\n14 That thou keep this com- \nmandment without spot, unre- \nbukeabie, until the appearing of \nour Lord Jesus Christ : \n\n15 Whicli in his times he shall \nshew zona is the blessed and only- \nPotentate, the King of kings anii \nLord of lords ; \n\n16 Who only hath immortality, \ndwellmg in the light which no man \ncan approach unto, w^hom no man \nhaih seen, nor can see : to whoni \nle iionour and power everlasting. \nAmen, \n\n17 Charge them that are rich \nin tliis world, that they be not \nhigh-minded, nor trust in uncer- \ntain richrs, but in the living God, \n%vho give ih ;; 3 richly all things to \nI en joy : \n\n\xce\x97 Tr?:t they do ifsod", t^i5> \n\n\n\nPauVs !oz;e io Timothy. II. Timothy \nthey be rich in good works, ready \nto distributCj wiiliiig to CGniiiiii=> \noicate ; \n\n19 La3^ing op in store for them- \nselves a good foundation agaiiist \nthe time to come, that they may \nlay hold^on eternal life. \n\n20 \xce\x9f Timothy, keep that wliich \nis committed to\'^thy trust, avoiding \nprofane \xce\xb1\xce\xb7\xce\xac\xce\xb3\xcf\x8e.\xcf\x8a\xce\xbb babblings, and \n\n\n\nOf Phygellus and lLermogeni% . \noppositions of science falsely so \ncailed : \n\n21 Which some professing have \nerred concerning the faiths Grace \noewithtiiee. Amen, \n\nfl" The first to Timothy was \nwritten from Laodicea which \nis the chiefest city of Phry- \ngia Pacatiana. \n\n\n\n\xc2\xabf The Second Epistle of Paul, the Apostle, to TIMOTHY, \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nFauVs love to Timothy. \n\nPAUL, an Apostle of Jesus \nChrist, by the will of God, \naccording to the promise of life \nwhich is in Christ Jesus ; \n\n2 To Timothy my dearly be- \nloved son : Grace,\' mercy, aiid \npeace from God the Father, and \nChrist Jesus our Lord. \n\n3 1 thank God, whom I sen^e \nfrom my forefathers with pure \nconscience, that \\vithout ceasing \n\xce\xaf have remembrance of thee in my \nprayers ni^ht and day ; \n\n4 Greatly desiring to see thee, \nbeing mindful of thy tears, that \n1 may be filled with joy : \n\n5 When I call to remembrance \nthe unfeigned faith that is in thee, \nwhich dwelt first in thy grand- \nmother Lois, and thy mother \nEunice ; and I am persuaded that \nta thee also. \n\n6 Wherefore I put thee in re- \nraembrance, that thou stir up the \ngift of Gta^ which is in th^e, by \nthe putting on of my hands. \n\n7 For God hath not giv^en us \nthe spirit of fear ; but of power, \nand of love, and of a sound mind. \n\n8 Be not thou therefore asham- \ned of the testimony of our Lord, \n\xc2\xabor of me his prisoner, but be \nthou. partaker of the affiictions of \nthe gospel, according to the power \nufGod;\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n9 Who hath saved us, and cal- \nled v,s with an holy calling not \nsccordirg to cur works, but ac- \n\n?\xce\xa44 \n\n\n\ncording to his own purpose \nand grace, which was given us in \nChrist Jesus, before th\xc2\xab world \nbegan ; \n\n10 But is now made manifest \nby the appearing of our Saviour \nJesus Christ, who hath abolished \ndeath, and hath brought life and \nimmortality to light, through the \ngospel : \n\n11 Whereunto I am appointed \na preacher, and an apostle, and a \nteacher of the Gentiles. \n\n12 For the which cause I also \nsuiFer these things ; nevertheless \nI am not ashamed : for I know \nwhom L have believed, and am \npersuaded that he is able to keep \nthat which I have committed unto \nhini against that day. \n\n13 Hold fast the form \xce\xbf\xce\xb9 sound \nwords, which thou hast heard of \nme, in faith and love which is in \nChrist Jesus. \n\n14 That good thing which was \ncommiH:ted unto thee, keep by the \nHoly Ghost Avhich, dwelleth in \nus. \n\n15 This thou kncwest, that all \nthey which are in Asia be turned \naway from me : of whom are Phy- \ngellus and liermogenes. \n\n16 The Lord give mercy unto \nthe house of Onesiphorus ; for he \noft refreshed me, and was not a- \nshamed of my cboan. \n\n17 But when he was in Rome \nhe sought me out very diligently \nand found me. \n\n18 The Lerd grant unto him \n\n\n\nUJ\'sufferi7}g for Christ. Chap \nthat he may find mercy of the \nLord in that day : and in how \nmany things he ministered unto \nme at Ephesus, thou knowest very \nweli. \n\nCHAi^. IL \n\nTi?hothy exhort ea to constancy, \n\n\xce\x8a\'-\xce\x97\xce\x9f\xcf\x85 therefore, my son, be \nstrong in the grace that is in \nChrist Jesus. - \n\n2 And the things that thou hast \nheard of me among many witnes- \nses, the same commit thou to faith- \nful men, who sliall be able to teach \nothers also. \n\n3 Thou, therefore, endure hard- \nness, as\' a good soldier of Jesus \nChrist. \n\n4 No man that warreth en- \ntangleth himsdf with the affairs \nof this life ; that he may please \nhim \xce\x9bvho hath chosen him to be a \nsoldier. \n\n5 And if a man also strive for \nmasteries, ?/ei is he not crowned \nexcept he strive lawfully. \n\n6 The husbandman that labour- \neth must be first partaker of the \nfruits. \n\n7 Consider what I say ; and the \nLord give thee understanding in \nall things. \n\n8 Remember that Jesus Christ, \nof the seed of David, \xce\x9bvas raised \nfrom the dead, according to my \ngospel : \n\n9 Wherein I suffer trouble as an \nevil doer, even unto bonds; but \nthe word of God is not bound. \n\n10 Therefore I endure all things \nfor the elect\'s sakes that they may \nalso obtain the salvation \\vhich \nis in Christ Jesus with eternal \nglory. \n\n11 It k a faithful saymg : For \nifwebedead ivith him, we shall \nalso live v.ith hifn : \n\n12 If we suft-ith the house of \nJiidah : \n\n9 Not according to the coA\'e- \nnant that I made with their fa- \nthers, in the day when I took them \nby the hand to lead them out of \nrSe land of Egypt ; because they \ncontinued not in my covenant, and \n\xce\xa3 regarded them*^ not, saith the \nIjord. \n\n10 For this is the covenant \nthat I will make with the house \nof Israel, After those days, saith \nthe Lord, I will put my laws into \ntheir mind, and write them in \ntheir hearts : and I will be to them \na God, and they shall be to me \na people. \n\n11 xlnd they shall not teach \nevery man his neighbour, and \nevery man liis brother, saying, \nKnow the Lord : for all shall \nknow me, from the least to the \ngreatest. \n\n12 For I will be merciful to \n^leh\' unrighteousness, and their \nsins, and their iniquities will I re- \nmember no more. \n\n13 In that he saith, A new \ntovenanty he hath made the first \n^]\xce\xac. Novt- that which decayeth \n286 \n\n\n\nHebrews. The sacrifice of the law. \n\n\n\nand waxetii old, u ready to vanisii \naway. \n\nCHAP. IX. \n\nBlood of Christ above all sacrifice, \n\n\xce\x8a\'\xce\xaf\xce\x97\xce\x95\'\xce\x9d verily the first covenant \nhad also ordinances of divine \nservice, and a worldly sanctuary. \n\n2 For there was a tabernacl^ \nmade, the first wherein was the \ncandlestick, and the table, and the \nshew\'-breptd ; which is called the \nsanctuary. \n\n3 And after the second vail \nche tabernacle which is called th^ \nhohestofali; \n\n4 Which had the golden ccn\xc2\xab \nser and the ark of the covenant, \noverlaid rouud about with gold, \nwherein was the golden pot that \nhad manna, and Aaron\'s rod that \nbudded, and the tables of the \ncovenant ; \n\n5 And over it the cberubims of \nglory shadowing the mercy-seat ; \nof which we cannot now speak \nparticularly. \n\n6 Now when these things were \nthus ordained, the priests went \nalways into the first tabernacle, \nacconiplishing the service of God : \n\n7 But into the second zcent the \nhigh priest alone once every year, \nnot without blood, \xce\x9b\xcf\x84hich he of- \nfered for himself, andybr the er- \nrors of the people. \n\n8 The Holy \'Ghost this signify- \ning, that the way mto the holiest \nof all, was not yet made manifest, \nwhile as tlie first tabernacle was \nyet standing ; \n\n9 Which wan a figure for the \ntime then present, in which were \noffered both gifts and sacrifices, \nthat could not make him that did \nthe sei*vice perfect, as pertaining \nto the conscience ; \n\n10 Which stood only in meats, \nand drinks, and divers washings, \nand carnal ordinances imposed \non them until the time of refor- \nmation. \n\n11 But Christ being come aa \nhigh priest of good tilings: \n\n\n\n\xce\x9d\xce\xb8 reniimo7i wit/tGiji \n\n\n\nChap. \n\n\n\ncome, by a greater "^^\xcf\x8a^ more per- \nfect taberiiacle, not made with \nliands, that is to say, not of this \nbuilding: \n\n12 Neither by tlie blood of \ngoats and calves, but by his own \nblood he entered in once mto the \nholy place, ha\\\'ing obtanied eternal \nredemption /or ns. \n\n13 For iV the blood of bulls, \nand of goats, and the ashes of an \nheifer sprinkling the unclean, sanc- \ntiiieth to the purifying of the \nfiesh ; \n\n14 How much more shall the \nblood of Christ, who through the \neternal Spirit, ofiered himseif \nwithout spot to God, purge your \nconscience from dead works to \nserve the living God ? \n\n15 And for this cause he is the \nMediator of the new testament, \n.that by means of death, for the \nredemption of the transgressions \nthat zvere under the first testament, \nthey whicli are called might re- \nceive the promise of eternal in- \nheritance. \n\n16 For wliere a testament is, \nthere must also of necessity be the \ndeath of the testator. \n\n17 For a testament is of force \nafter men are dead : otherv^dse it \nis of no strength at all while the \ntesiatorliveth. \n\n18 Whereupon, neither the first \ntestament was dedicated without \nblood. \n\n19 For wlien Moses had spoken \nevery precept to all the peonie ac- \n\n/ cordmg to the law, he took the \nblood of calves and of goats, with \nwater, and scarlet wool, and hys- \nsop, and sprinkied both the book, \nand all the people, \n\n20 Saying, This is the Wood of \nthe testament w^hich God hath en- \njoined unto you. \n\n21 Moreover, he sprinkled like- \nwise with blood both the uaber- \nnacle and all the vessels of the \nministry. \n\n2^ And almost all things are \n\xe2\x80\xa2287 \n\n\n\nthe skeddivg tfbloou. \n\n\n\n)y the law purged with blood ; and \nwithout shedding of blood is \xcf\x80\xcf\x85 \nremission. \n\n23 It was therefore necessary \nthat the paterns of things in the \nheavens should be purified with \nthese ; but the heavenly thing*^ \nthemselves with better sacrifices \nthan these. \n\n24 For Christ is not entered \ninto the holy phices made will, \nhands; which are the tiirures of \nthe true; but into heaven itself, \nnow to appear in the presence of \nGod for us : \n\n25 Nor yet that he should offer \nhimself often, as the high priest \nentereth into the holy place, every \nyear with blood of otliers ; \n\n26 For then must he often have \nsuffered since the foundation of \nthe world ; but now once in the \nend of the world, iiath he appear- \ned to put away sin by tlie sacrifice \nof himself. \n\n27 And as it is appointed unto \nmen once to die, but after this \nthe judgment : \n\n28 So Christ was once offered \nto bear the sins of manv ; and un\xc2\xbb \nto them that look for him shall he \nappear the second time, without \nsin, unto salvation. \n\nCHAP. X. \nChrist a perfect sacrifice. \nT/OR the law having a shadow \n\xe2\x96\xa0 of good things to come, and \nnot the very image of the things, \ncan never with those sacrifices \nwhich they offered year by year \ncontinually, make \' the comers \nthereunto perfect. \n\n2 For then would they not have \nceased to be offered.? because that \nthe worshippers once pureed \nshould have had no more con- \nscience of sins. \n\n3 But in those sacrifices there is \na remembrance again made oi sins \nevery year. \n\n4 For // is not possible that the \nblood of bulls and of jgoats sbouia \ntake away sins. \n\n\xce\x9d \n\n\n\nWeakness of law-sacnjice, Hebrews. Holdfast the faith, ^ \n\n5 Wherefore, when he cqmeth boldness Center into the Holies\xc2\xbb \n\nby the blood of Jesus, f. \n\n\n\ninto the world, he saith. Sacri- \nfice and offering thou wouldest \nnot, but a body hast thou prepar- \ned me : \n\n6 In burnt-offerings and sa- \norifices for sin thou hast had no \npleasure : \n\n7 Then said I, Lo, I come, (in \nthe volume of the book it is \nwritten of me,) to do thy will, \xce\x9f \nGod. \n\n8 Above, when he said. Sacrifice, \nai]kd offering, and burnt-offering, \nand offerings for sin thou\xce\x9bvouldest \nnot, neither hadst pleasure there- \nin ; ^vhich are offered by the law ;) \n\n9 Then said he, Lo, I come to \ndo thy will, \xce\x9f God. He taketh \navjray the first, that he may esta- \nblish the second. \n\n10 By the which will we are \nsanctified through the offering of \nihe body of Jesus Christ once for \nall \n\n11 And every priest standeth \ndaily ministering and offering of- \ntentimes the same sacrifices, which \ncan never take away sins : \n\n12 But this man after he had \noffered one sacrifice for sins, for \never sat down on the riirht hand \nof God; \n\n13 From henceforth expecting \ntill his enemies be made his foot= \nstool. \n\n14 For by one offering he hath \nperfected for ever them that are \nsanctified. \n\n15 Whereof U\\Qllo\\y Ghost also \nIs a witness to us : for after that \nhe had said before, \n\n16 This is the covenant that I \nwill make with them after those \ndays, saith the Lord ; I will put \nmy laws into their hearts, and in \ntheir minds will I write them ; \n\n17 And their sins and iniquities \nwill 1 remember no more. \n\n18 Now, where remission of \nthese is, the?\'e is no more offering \nfor sin. \n\n19 Having therefore, brethren, \n\n288 \n\n\n\n20 By a new and living way, \nwhich he hath consecrated for us, i \nthrough the vail, that is to say, I \nhis flesh ; j \n\n2i And having an high priest i \nover the house ot God : ; \n\n22 Let us dran near with a \ntrue heart, in full assurance of \nfaitn, having our hearts sprink- \nled from an evil conscience, and \nour bodies washed with pure \n\xce\x9bvater. \n\n23 Let us hold fast the profes- \nsion of our faith without waver- \ning ; (for he is faithful thatpro- \nmised ;) \n\n24 And let us consider one a- \nnother to provoke unto love, and \nto good works : \n\n25 Not forsaking the assem- \nbhng of ourselves together, as the \nmanner of some i^ ; but exhort- \ning one another : and so much the \nmore, as ye see the day approach- \ning- \n\n26 For if we sin wilfully, after \nthat we have received the know- \nledge of the truth, there remain- \neth no more sacrifice for sins, \n\n27 But a certain fearful looking \nfor of judgment, and fiery indigna- \ntion, which shall devour the ad- \nversaries. \n\n28 He that despised Moses\'law, \ndied without mercy, under two or \nthree witnesses : \n\n29 Of how much sorer punish- \nment, suppose ye, shall he be \nthought worthy, who hath^ trod- \nden under foot the Son of God, \nand hath counted the blood of the \ncovenaiit wherewith he w^as sanc- \ntified, an unholy thing, and hath \ndone despite unto the Spirit of \ngrace ? \n\n30 For\xce\x9bve know him that hath \nsaid. Vengeance belongeth unto \nme, I will recompense, saith the \nLord. And again. The Lord shali || \n\nudge his people. \n\'\'^\' It ifi a fearful thin \xce\xb6 to fallli \n\n\n\nOf faith and \n\n\n\nChap. \n\n\n\ninto the hands of the living God. \n\n32 But call to remembrance the \nformer dajrjs, in which after ye \nwere illuminated, je endured a \ngreat fight of afflictions ; \n\n33 Partly whilst ye were made \na gazing-stock, both by reproaches \nand afflictions ; and partly whilst \nye become companions of them \nthat were so used. \n\n34 For ye had compassion of \nme in my bonds, and took joyfully \nthe spoiling of your goods, know- \ning in yourselves that ye have in \nheaven a better and an enduring \nsubstance. \n\n35 Cast not away therefore your \nconfidence which\' hath great re- \ncompence of reward. \n\n^Q For ye have need of patience ; \nthat after ye have done the will \nof God, ye might receive the \npromise. \n\n37 For yet a little while, and he \nthat shall come will come, and \nwill not tarry. \n\nI 38 Now the just shall live by \nfaith : but if any man draw back, \n, my soul shall have no pleasure in \nhim. \n\n39 But we are not of them who \n; draw back unto perdition : but of \n. them that believe to the saving of \nthe soul. \n\nCHAP. XI. \n\nOf faith and its fruits. \n\nTWT \xcf\x8b\xce\xbd\xce\xbd faith is the substance of \n\n. A^ things hoped for, the evi- \n\ncdence of tilings not seen. \n\n2 For by it the elders obtained \na good report. \n\n3 Through faith we understand \nthat the worlds were framed by \nthe word of God ; so that things \nwhich are seen were not made of \nthings which do appear. \n\n4 By faith Abel offered unto \njGod a more excellent sacrifice \ntjthan Cain, by which he obtain- \ned witness, that he was righte- \nous, God testifying of his gifts : \nand by it he being dead, yet \nspeaketh. \n\n\n\nitsfruUs, \n\n\n\n5 By faith Enoch was trans- \nlated that he should not see \ndeath; and was not found, be- \ncause God had translated him : \nfor before his translation he had \nthis testimony, that he pleased \n\n6 But without faith it is impos* \nsible to please him * for he that \ncometh to God, must believe \nthat he is, and that he is a re- \nwarder of them that diligently \nseek him. \n\n7 By faith Noah being warned \nof God of things not seen as yet^ \nmoved \xce\x9bvith fear, prepared an ark \nto the saving of his house ; by the \nwhi\xc2\xabch he condemned the world, \nand became heir of the righteous- \nness, which is by faith. \n\n8 By faith Abraham, when he \nwas called to go out into a place \nwhich he should after receive for \nan inheritance, obeyed ; and he \nwent out, not knowing whither he \nwent. \n\n9 By faith ke sojourned in the \nland of promise, as in a strange \ncountry, dwelling in tabernacles \nwith Isaac and Jacob, the heirs \nwith him of the same promise. \n\n10 For he looked for a city \nwhich hath foundations, whose \nbuilder and maker is God \n\n11 Through faith also Sara her- \nself received strength to cone eive \nseed, and was delivered of a child \nwhen she was past age, because \nshe judged him faithful who had \npromised. \n\n12 Therefore sprang there e- \nven of one, and him as good as \ndead, so many as the stars of the \nsky in multitude, and as the s ^nd \nwhich is by the sea-shore in* \nnumerable. \' \n\n13 These all died in faith, not \nha%ing received the promises) but: \nhaving seen thera afar off, and \nwere jpersuaded of thejUy and em- \nbraced thein^ and confessed that \nthey were strangers and pilgrinis \non the earth. \n\n\n\nOf faith and Hebrews. \n\n14 For they that s^y such \nthings, declare plainly that they \nseek a country. \n\n15 And truly, if they had been \nmindful of that country^ from \nwhence they came out, they might \nhave had opportunity to have \nleturned. \n\n16 But now they desire a bet- \ntier country, that is an heaven- \nly : wherefore God is not asham- \ned to be called their God : for \n]\\e hath prepared for them a \ncity. \n\n17 By faith Abraham, when he \nwas tried, otfered up Isaac : imd \nhe that had received the promises, \noffered up his only begotten \nson. \n\n18 Of whom it was said, \nlliat in Isaac shall thy seed be \ncalled \xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n19 Accounting that God was \nable to raise him up, even \nfrom> the dead : from w^hence \nalso he received htm in a \nfigure. \n\n20 By faith Isaac blessed Jacob \nand Esau concerning thmgs to \ncome. \n\n21 By faith Jacob when he was \na dying, blessed both the sons of \nJoseph; and w^orshipped leaning \nwpon the top of his statf. \n\n2i By faith Joseph when he \ndied, made mention of the depart- \ning of the children of Israel : and \ngave oonnnandment concerning \nhis bones. \n\n23 By faith Moses when he \nwas born, was hid three months \nof his parents, because th\';y saw \nhe was a proper child : and tliey \nwere not afraid of the king\'s com- \nmandment. \n\n2-i By faith Moses when he \nwas oome to years, refused to \nbe called the "son of Pharaoh\'s \ndaughter ; \n\n2o Choosing rather to suffer \naffliction witli the people of God, \nthan to enjoy the pleasures of shi \nfor a season ; \n\n290 \n\n\n\nits fruits, \n\n26 Esteeming the reproach of \nChrist gi\'eater riches than the \ntreasures in Egypt : for he had re- \nspect unto the recompence of the \nreward. \n\n27 By faith he forsook Egypt, \nnot fearing the wrath of the king : \nfor he endured as seeing him w- ho \nis invisible. \n\n28 Through faith he kept the \npassover, and the sprinkling of \nblood, lest he that destroyed the \niirst-born should touch them. \n\n29 By faith they passed through \nt[ie Red sea as by avy-land : which \nthe Egyptians assaying to do, \nwere drowned. \n\n30 By faith the w^alls of Jericho \nfell down, after they w^ere com- \npassed about seven days. \n\n31 By faith the harlot Rahab \nperished not with them that be- \nlieved not, when she had received \nthe spies with peace. \n\n32 And what shall I more say? \nfor the time would fail me to tell \nof Gideon, and of Barak, and of \nSamson, and of Jephthae ; f)/* Da- \nvid also, and Samuel, and of the \nprophets. \n\n33 Who through faith subdued \nkingdoms, wrought righteousness, \nobtamed promises, stopped Uie \nmouths of lions, \n\n34 Quenched the violence of fire, \nescaped the edge of the sword, out \nof weakness were made strong, \n^vaxed valiant in fight, turned to \nfxight the armies of the aliens. \n\n35 Women received their dead \nraised to life again ; and others \nwere tortured, not accepting de- \nliverance, that they might obtain \nabetter resurrection : \n\n36 And others had trial of cruel \nmockings and scourginffs, yea, \nmoreover, of bonds and imprison- \nment : \n\n37 T\\wy were stoned, they w^re \nsawn asunder, were tempted, were \nslain with the sword ; they v^an- \ndered about in sheep-skins, and \n\n\n\n\xce\x9b\xce\xb7 exhertation to \n\n\n\nChap. \n\n\n\ngoat-skins, being destitute, afflic \nted, tormented; \n\n38 (Of whom the world was not \nworthy,) they wandered in deserts \nand in mountanis, and in dens and \ncaves of the earth. \n\n39 And these all having obtain- \ned a good report through faith, \nreceived not the premise ; \n\n40 God having provided some \nbetter th;ng for us, chat they with- \nout us should not be made pCiPfect. \n\nCHAP. XIT. \nExhortation to constancj/. \n\nX;i7^HEREF0RE, seeing we \n\xe2\x96\xbc \xcf\x84 also are compassed about \nwith so great a cloud of Avitnesses, \nlet us lay aside every weight, and \nthe sin w\'hich doth so easily beset \nus, and let us run with patience \nthe race that is set before us, \n\n2 Looking unto Jesus, the author \nand finisher of our faith ; who for \nthe joy that was set before him, \nendured the cross, despising the \nshame, and is set down at the right \nhand of the throne of God. \n\n3 For consider him that endur- \' \ned such contradiction of sinners \nagainst himself, lest ye be wearied \nand faint in your minds. \n\n4 Ye have not yet resisted unto \nblood, striving against sin. \n\n5 And ye have forgotten the \nexhortation which speaketh, unto \nyou as unto children, My son, des- \npise iiot thou the chastening of \nthe Lord, nor faint when thou art \nrebuked of liim : \n\n6 For whom the Lord loveth \nhe chasteneth,aiid scourgeth ev&ry \nson whom he receiveth. \n\n7 If ye endure chastening, God \ndealeth with you a.s with sons : for \nwhat son is he v/hom the father \nchasteneth not? \n\n8 But if ye be without chastise- \nment, whereof all are partakers, \nthen are ye bastards and not sons. \n\n9 Furthermore, we have had \nfathers of our flesh, which cor- \nrected us, and we ^siyethemxe- \n\n291. \n\n\n\nfaith, patience, 4\'c. \n\n\n\nverence : shall we not much rather \nbe in subjection unto the Father \nof spirits, and live ? \n\n10 For they verily for a few days \nchastened us after their own plea- \nsure ;. but he for our profit* that we \nmight be partakers of his liohness. \n\n11 INovv no chastening for the \npresent seemeth to be joyous, but \ngriev^ous: nevertheless afterward \nit yieldeth tiie peaceable fruit of \nrighteousness, unto them which \nare exercised thereby. \n\n12 Wherefore lift up the hands \nwhich hang down, and the feeble \nknees ; \n\n13 And make straight paths for \nyour feet, lest that which is lame \nbe turned out of the way, but let \nit rather be iiealed. \n\n14 Follow peace with all men, \nand holiness, without which no \nman shall see the Lord ; \n\n15 Looking diligently, lest any \nman fail of the grace of God ; lest \nany root of bitterness springing \nupj trouble ?/oz^, and thereby n>any \nbe defiled ; \n\n16 Lest there he any fornicatofj \nor profane person, as Esau, who \nfor one morsel of meat sold his \nbirth-right. \n\n17 For ye know how that after- \nwards, when he would have in- \nherited the blessing, he was re- \njected : for he found no place of \nrepentance, though he sought it \ncarefully with tears. \n\n18 For ye are not come unto \nthe mount tliat might be touched, \nand that burned with fire, nor un- \nto blackness, and darkness, and \ntempest, \n\n19 And the sound of a trumpet, \nand the voice of words ; which \nvoice they that heard mtreated \nthat the v^ord should not be spo- \nken tO them any more : \n\n20 (For they could not endure \nthat which was comnianded. And \nif so much as a beast tOKch the \nmountain, it sliall be stoned or \nthrust through With a dart \xce\xb9 \n\n\n\nThe new testament commended. Hebrews. Divers godly admoniiiora. \n\n\n\n21 And so terrible was the sight, \nthat Moses said, I exceedingly \nfear and quake :) \n\n22 But ye are come unto mount \nSion, and unto the city of the liv- \ning God, the heavenly Jerusalem, \nand to an innumerable company \nof angels, \n\n23 To the general assembly and \nchurch of the hrst-bcrn^ which are \nwritten in heaven, and to God the \njudge of all, and to the spirits of \njust men made perfect, \n\n14 And to Jesus the mediator \nof the new covenant, and to the \nblood of sprinkling, iLat ipcak- \neth better things than that of \nAbel. ^ \n\n25 See that ye refuse not him \nthat speaketh : for if tiiey escaped \nnot who refused him that spake \non earth, much more shall not we \nescape, if we turn a\xce\x9bvay from him \nthat speaketh from heaven : \n\n26 Whose \\^oice then shook the \nearth : but now^ he hath promised, \nsaying. Yet once more I shake \nnot the earth only, but also \nheaven. \n\n27 A nd this tt-orcf, Yet once more, \nsignifieth the removing of those \nthings that are shaken, as of things \nthat are made, that those things \nwhich cannot be shakeia may re- \nmain. \n\n28 Wherefore, we receiving a \nkingdom which cannot be moved, \nlet us have grace, whereby we \nmay serve God acceptably, with \nreverence and godly fear. \n\n29 For our God is a consuming \nfire. \n\nCHAP. \xce\xa7\xce\xa0\xce\x99. \n\nDivers godly admonitions. \n\nLET brotherly love continue. \n2 Be not forgetful to en- \ntertain strangers : for thereby \n?ume have entertained angels un- \nawares. \n\n3 P^emember them that are in \nbonds, as bound witii them; and \nthem which suffer adversity, as \n\n\n\nbeing yourselves also in the body. \n\n4 Marriage is honourable in all, \nand the bed undeiiled : but whore- \nmongers and adulterers God will \njudge. \n\n5 Let your conversation be \nwithout covetousness ; aiid be \ncontent with such things as ye \nhave : for he hath said, I will \nnever leave thee, nor forsake \nthee. \n\n6 So that we may boldly say. \nThe Lord is my helper, and I will \nnot fear what man shall do unto \nme. \n\n7 Remember them which hasve \nthe rule over you, who have \nspoken unto you the word of \nGod : \\vhose faith follow, con- \nsidering the end of iZteir conversa- \ntion : \n\n8 Jesus Cl:irist the same yester- \nday, and to-day, and for ever. \n\n9 Be not carried about with \ndivers and strange doctrines ; for \nit is a good thing that the heart \nbe established with grace, not \nwith meats, which have not pro- \nfited them that have been occupied \ntherem. \n\n10 We have an altar whereof \nthey have no right to eat, which \nserve the tabernacle. \n\n11 For the bodies of those \nbeasts, \\vhose blood is brought in- \nto, the sanctuary- by the high priest \nfor sin, are burnt wdthout the \ncamp. \n\n12 Wherefore Jesus also, that \nhe might sanctify the people with \nhis own blood, suffered without \nthe gate. \n\n13 Let us go forth therefore un- \nto him without the camp, bearing \nhis reproach. \n\n14 For here have we no con- \ntinuing city, but we seek one to \ncome. \n\n15 By him therefore let us of- \nfer the sacrifice of praise to God \ncontinually, that is, the fruit of \nour Hps, giving thanks to his \nname. \n\n\n\nWe areio hearken Chap. i. \n\n16 But to do good, and to \ncommunicate, forget not : for \n\'with such sacrifices God is well \npleased. \n\n17 Obey them that have the \nrule over you, and submit your- \nselves : for they watch for your \nsouls, as they that must give ac- \ncount : that they may do it with \njoy, and not v/ith grief : for that \nis unprofitable for you. \n\n18 Pray for us : for we trust \nwe have a good conscience, m \nall things willing to live ho- \nnestly. \n\n19 But I beseech 3/02i the rather \nto do this, tliat I may be restored \nto you the sooner. \n\n20 Now the God of peace, that \nbrought again from the dead our \nLord JesuR, that great Shepherd \nof the Sheep, through the blood \n\n\n\nio the word. \nof the everlasting covenant, \n\n21 Make you perfect in evcvy \ngood work to do his \\vilJ, working \nill you that which is well-pleasing \nin his sight, through Jesus Christ ; \nto whom he glory for ever and \never. Amen. \n\n22 And I beseech you, brethren^- \nsuffer the \\vord of exhortation : \nfor I have written a letter unto \nyou in few words. \n\n23 Know ye, that our brother \nTimothy is set at liberty; with \nwhom. If he come shortly, I will \nsee you. \n\n24 Salute all them that have \ntherule overyou,and all the saints. \nThey of Italy salute you. \n\n25 Grace \xce\xad\xe2\x82\xac with you all. Amen. \n\n^ Written to the Hebrews from \nItaly, by Timothy. \n\n\n\nThe general Epistle of JAMES. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nWisdom to he sought of God. \n\nJAMES, a servant\' of God, \nand of the Lord Jesus \nChrist, to the twelve tribes \nwhich are scattered abroad ; greet- \ning. \n\n2 My brethren, count it all \njoy when ye fall into divers \ntemptations ; \n\n3 Knowing this, that the trying \noi your faith \xce\xbb^ orketh patience. \n\n4 But let patience have her per- \nfect work, that ye may be perfect \nand entire, wanting nothing. \n\n5 If any of you lack vv^isdom, \nlet him ask of God, that giveth \nto all men liberally, and upbraid- \neth not ; and it shall be given \n]iim. \n\n6 But let him ask in faith, \nnothing wavering : for he that \nwavereth is like a wave of the \nsea, di-iven with the wind, and \ntossed. \n\n7 For let not that man think \nthat he shall receive any thing of \nthe Lord. \n\n293. \n\n\n\n8 A double minded man i^ un- \nstable in all his ways. \n\n9 Let the brother of low degree \nrejoice in that he is exalted : \n\n10 But the rich, in that he is \nmade low : because as the flower \nof the grass he shall pass 3 way. \n\n11 For the sun is no sooner \nris\xe2\x82\xacn with a burning heat, but it \nwithereth the grass, and the flower \nthereof tivlleth, and the grace of \nthe fashion of it pei isheth : so also \nshall the rich man fade away in \nhis ways. \n\n12 Blessed is the man that en- \ndureth temptation : for when he \nis tried, he shall receive the crown \nof hfe, which the Lord hath pro- \nmised to them that love him. \n\n13 Let no man say when he i^ \ntempted, I am tempted of God ; \nfor God cannot be tempted with \nevil, neither tempteth he any \nman, \n\n14 But every man is tempted, \nwhen he is drawn a\\vay or hi:^. \nown lust, and enticed. \n\n\n\nWhat true religion ts. \n\n\n\n15 Thei)j when iust hath con- \ncieved, it bringeth forth sin : and \nsin when it is finished, bringetn \nforth death. \n\n16 Do iiOt err, my beloved \ni>rethren. \n\n17 Every s\xc2\xaeod gift, and every \nperfect gift is from above, and \ncometh down from the Father \nof lights, with whom is no \nvariableness, neither shadow of \nturning. \n\n18 Of his own will be\'gat he us \nwith the w^ord of truth, that we \nshould be a kind of hrst fruits of \nhis creatures. \n\n19 Wherefore, my beloved bre- \nthren, let every man be swift to \nhear, slow to speak, slow to \nw^ratii. \n\n20 For the wrath of man work- \neth not the righteousness of \nGod. \n\n21 Vvherefore lay apart all fil- \nrhiness, and supertiuity of naugh- \nriness, and receive with meekness \n\n\n\nJames. Weviaynot de:>pise thepa>r. \n\n\n\nwidows m thei/ affliction, and to \nkeep himself unspotted from th(^ \nworld. \n\nCHAP. 11. \nOf faith and works. \n\nMY Brethren, have not tlie \nfaitii of our Djrd Jesuo \nChrist, the Lord of glory, with re- \nspect of persons. \n\n2 For if there covac unto your \nassembly a man with a gold rljig. \nin goodly apparel, and there ^ \ncome in also a poor man, in vile \nraiment ; \n\n3 And ye have respect to hirn \nthat weareth the gay cloihing, and \nsay unto lym. Sit thou here in a \ngood place ; and say to the poor, \nStand thou there, or sit here un- \nder my footstool: \n\n4 Are ye not then partial in \nyourselves, and are become judges \nof evh thoughts ? \n\n5 Hearken, my beloved brc\xc2\xab \nthren, Hath not God chosen the \npoor of this world,, rich in faith ^ \n\n\n\nthe engrafted word, which is able I and heirs of the kingdom, which \n\n\n\n^o save your souls. \n\n22 But be ye doers of the word, \nand not hearers only, deceiving \nyour \xce\x9f\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb7 selves. \n\n23 For if any be a hearer of the \nword, and not a doer, he is like \n;into a man beholding his natural \nface in a glass ; \n\n24 For he beholdeth himself, \nand goeth his way, and straight- \nway forgetteth what manner of \nman he was. \n\n25 But whoso looketh into the \nperfect law of liberty, and con- \ntinueth therein^ he being not a \nforgetful hearer, but a doer of the \nwork, this man shall be blessed in \nhis a^ea, \n\n26 li any man among you seem \nto "be leiigious, and bridletli not \nhis tongue, but deceiveth his own \nheart, this man\'s religion is \nvain. \n\n27 Pure religion, and undefil- \ned before God and the Father, \nis thiSj To visit the fatherless and \n\ng94 \n\n\n\nhe hath promised to them that \nlove him ? \n\n6 But ye have despised the poor. \nDo not rich men oppress you, and \ndraw you before the judgment- \nseats \xce\xaf \n\n7 Do not they blaspheme that \nworthy name, by the which ye are \ncalled ? \n\n8 if ye fulfil the royal law, ac- \ncording to the scripture, Thou \nshalt love thy neighbour as thyself, \nye do v/ell : \n\n9 But if ye have respect to per- \nsons, ye conmiit sin, and are con- \nvinced of the law as transgressors. \n\n10 For whosoever shall keep the \nwhole law, and yet offend in one\' \npoint, he is guilty of all. \n\n11 For he that said. Do not \ncommit adultery ; said also, Do \nnot kill. Now if thou commit \nno adultery, yet if thou kill, thou \nart become a transgressor of the \nlaw. \n\n12 So speak ye, and so do, as \n\n\n\nOf faith witfroutworJcL C5fiap, \nthey that shail be judged by the \nlaw of liberty. \n\n13 For he shall have judgment \nwitliout mercy, that hath shewed \nno mercy ; and mercy rejoice th \n\n" against judgment. \n\n14 What doth it profit, my bre- \nthren, though a man say he hath \nfaith, and Save not works .\'\' can \nfaith save him ? \n\n15 If a brother or sister fee nak-, \ned, and destitute of daily food; \n\n16 And one of you say unto \nehem. Depart in peace, be yc \nwarmed, and filled : notwit\'j- \n\n\' standing ye give them not those \nthings which are needful to the \nbody; what \xce\xaf/\xce\xbf\xce\xaf\xce\x9b \xcf\x8a\xce\xaa profit ? \n\n17 Even so faith, if it hath not \nworks, is dead, being alone. \n\n18 Yea, a man may say, Thou \nhast faith, and I have works : \nshew me thy faith without thy \nworks, and I will shew thee my \nfaith by my works. \n\n19 Thou believest that there is \none God, thou doest well ; the \ndevils also believe, and tremble. \n\n20 But wilt thou know, \xce\x9f vain \nman, that faith, without works is \ndead ? \n\n21 Was not Abraham our fa- \nther justified by works, when he \nhad offered Isaac his son upon the \naltar .? \n\n22 Seest thou how faith wrought \nwith his works, and by woriks was \nfaith made perfect? \n\n23 And the scripture was ful- \nfilled, which saith, Abraham be- \nlieved God, and it was imput- \ned unto him for righteousness : \nand ke was called the friend of \nGod. \n\n24 Ye see then how that by \nworks a man is justified, and not \nby faith only. \n\n25 Likewise al-so was not Ra- \n.hab the harlot justified by works, \nwhen u\\e had received the mes- \nsengers, and had sent th&m out \nanother way ? \n\n26 For as the body v.-ithout the \n\n295 \n\n\n\nlii. \xc2\xa9f prudence in reproving, \nspirit is dead, so faith without \nworks is dead also. \n\nCHAP. III. \nOf prudence m reproving. \n\nM\' \xce\xa5 brethren, be not many \nmasters, knowing that we \nshall receive the greater condem- \nnation. \n\n2 For in many tilings we offend \nall. If any man offend not in \nword, the same is a perfect man \nand able also to bridle the v/hole \nbody, \n\n3 Behold, we put bits in the \nhorses\' mouths, that they may \nobey us ; and we turn about \ntheir whole body. \n\n4 Behold ?iso\' the ships, which \nthough theT/ be so great, and are \ndriven of fierce winds, yet are \nthey turned^ about with a very \nsmall helm, %vhithersoever the go- \nvernor listeth. \n\n5 Even so the tongue is a little \nmember, and boastethgreat things. \nBehold, how great a matter a little \nfire kiiidleth : \n\n6 And the tongue is a fire, a \nworld of iniquity : so is the tongue \namong our members, that it de- \nfileth the whole body,\' and setteth \non fire the course of nature .: and\' \nit is set on fire of hc/ll. \n\n7 For every kind of beaists, and \nof birds, and of serpent -, and of \nthings in the sea, is tamed,, and^\' \nhath been tamed of mankind : \n\n8 But the tongue can no man \ntame ; it is an unruly evil, full of \ndeadly poison. \n\n9 Therewith bless we God even \nthe father ; and therewith curse \nwe men, \xce\x9bvhich are made after tl>e \nsimilitude of God. \n\n10 Out of the same mouth, pro- \nceedeth blessing and cursing. My \nbrethren, these things ought no tS9\xc2\xbb \nto be. \n\n11 Doth a fountain send forth \nat the same place sweet water and \nbitter ? \n\n12 Can the fig-tree, my bre^ \nthren,-^bear oii ve- berries f eith^ \n\n\n\na vine, tigs ? so can no fountain \nboth 3/ield salt water and fresh. \n\n13 W ho is a wise man and en- \ndued with knowledge among \nyou ? let him shew out of a good \nconversation his works v.\'ith meek- \nness of wisdom. \n\n14 But if ve have bitter envy- \ning, and strife in your hearts, glo- \nry not, and lie not against the \ntruth. \n\n15 This wisdom descendeth not \nfrom above, but is earthly, sensu- \nal, devilish. \n\n16 For where envying and strife \nis^ there is confusion and every \nevil work. \n\n17 But t.he wisdom that is from \nabove, is first pure, then peace- \nable, gentle, and easy to be in- \ntreated, full of mercy and good \nfruits, without partiality, and with- \nout hypocrisy. \n\n18 And the fruit of righteous- \nness is sown in peace of them that \nmake peace. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nAgainst covetousness. \n\nFROM whence cojne wars and \nfightings among you.? come \nthey not hence, even of your lusts, \nthat war in your members ? \n\n2 Ye lust, and have not": ye \nkill, and desire to have, and can- \nnot obtain ; ye fight and war, \nyet ye have not, because ye ask \nnot.*^ \n\n3 Ye ask, and receive not, be- \ncause ye ask amiss, that ye may \nconsume it upon your lusts. \n\n4 Ye adulterers, and adulteres- \nses, know ye not that the friend- \nship of the world is enmity with \nGod ? whosoever therefore will \nbe a friend of the world, is the \nenemy of God. \n\n5 Do ye think that the scripture \nsaith in vain, The spirit thatdweil- \neth in us lusteth to envy ? \n\n6 But he giveth more grace : \nwherefore he saith, God resisteth \nthe proud, but giveth grace unto \ndie bumble. \n\n59S \n\n\n\nJatoes. The canity of riches, \n\n7 Submit yourselves therefore \nto God ; resist the devil, and he \nwill iiee from you : \n\n8 Draw nigh to God, and he \nwill draw nigh to you : cleanse \nyour hands, ye sinners, and pu- \nrify your hearts, ye double- \nmindeci. \n\n9 Be afflicted, and mourn, and \nweep : let your laughter be turn- \ned to mourning, and y&ur joy to \nheaviness. \n\n10 Humble yourselves in the \nsight of the Lord, and he shall lift \nyou up. \n\n11 Speak not evil one of ano- \nther, brethren. He that speak- \neth evil of his brother, and \njudge th his brother, speaketh e- \nvil of the law, and judgeth the \nlaw : but if thou judge the law, \nthou art not a doer of the law, \nbut a judge. \n\n12 There is one law-giver, \nwho is able to save, and to de- \nstroy : who art thou that judgest \nanother. \n\n13 Go to now, ye that say, \nTo-day or to-morrow we will go \ninto such a city, and continue \nthere a year, and buy, and sell, \nand get gain ; \n\n14 Whereas ye know not what \nshali he on the morrow : For what \nis your life ? It is even a vapour \ntiiat appeareth for a little time, and \nthen vanisheth away. \n\n15 For that ye ought to say. If \nthe Lord will, we shall live, and \ndo this, or that. \n\n\xce\xaf\xce\xb4 But now ye rejoice in your \nboastings : all such rejoicing is \nevil. \n\n17 Therefore to him that know- \neth to do good, and doeth it not^ \nto him it is sin. \n\nCHAP. V, \n\nOf wicked rich meuy ^c. \n\nf ^ \xce\x9f to \xce\xb7\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd, ?/6 rich men, weep \n\nvJi and howl for your miseries \n\nthat shall come upon yau. \n\n2 Your riches are corrupted^ and \n\n\n\nOf wicked Chap, \n\nyour garments are moth-eaten. \n* 3 Your gold and silver is can- \nkered ; and the rust of them shall \nbe a witness against you, and shall \neat your flesh as it were iire : ye \nhave heaped treasure together for \nthe bst days. \n\n4 Behold the hire of the labour- \ners, who have reaped down your \nfields, which is of you kept back \nby fraud, crieth : ajid the cries \nof them which have reaped, are \nentered into the ears of the Lord \nof sabaoth, \n\n5 Ye have lived in pleasure on \nthe earth, and been wanton : ye \nhave nourished your hearts, as m \na day of slaughter. \n\n6 Ye have condemned and kill- \ned the just ; and he d^th not resist \nyou. \n\n7 Be patient therefore, bre- \nthren, unto the coming of the \nL-ord. Behold, the husbandman \nwaiteth for the precious fruit of \nthe earth, and hath long patience \nfor it, until he receive the early \nand latter rain. \n\n8 Be ye also patient ; stablish \n\nEiir hearts : for the coming of the \nrd draweth nigh. \n\n9 Grudge not one against a- \nnother, brethren, lest ye be con- \ndemned ; behold, the judge stand- \neth before the door. \n\n10 Take, my brethren, the \nprophets, who have spokea in \nthe name of the Lord, for an ex- \nample of suffering affliction, and \nof patience. \n\n11 Behold, we count them happy \nwhich endure. Ye have heard of \nthe patience of Job, and have seen \nthe end of the Lord : that the \n\n\n\n. 2; ncUirtSTi: \n\nLord is v&cy pitiful, and of tender \nmercy. \n\n12 But above all things, ray \nbrethren, swear not, neither by \nheaven, neither by the earth, \nneither by any other oath : but \nlet your yea, be yea; and your \nnay, nay ; lest ye fall into con\xc2\xbb \ndemnation. \n\n13 Is any among you afHicted ? \nlet him pray. Is any merry r let \nhim sing psalms. \n\n14 Is any sick among you ? let \nhim call for the elders of the \nchurch ? and let them pray over \nhim, anointing him with oil in the \nname of the Lord : \n\n15 And the prayi-r of faith \nshall save the sick, and the Lord \nshall raise him up ; and if he have \ncommitted sins, they shall be for- \ngiven him. \n\n16 Confess your faults one to \nanother, and pray one for another, \nthat ye may be healed: The ef- \nfectual fervent pra-ver of a righte- \nous man availeth much, \n\n17 Elias was a man subject to \nlike passions as we are, and he \nprayed earnestly that it might not \nrain ; and it rained not on the \nearth by the space of three years \nand six months. \n\n18 And he prayed again, and \nthe heaven gave rain, and the \nearth brought forth her fruit. \n\n19 Brethren, if any of you dc \nerr from the truth, and one con- \nvert him, \n\n20 Let him know that he \\vhich \nconverteth the sinner from the \nerror of his way, shall saA^e asou\'^ \nfiOm death, and shall hide a mul- \ntitude of sins. \n\n\n\n^ The First Epistle general of PETER. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nOf God^s manifold spiritual grace. \n\nPETER, an apostle of Jesus \nChrist, to the strangers scat- \ntered throughout Pontus, Ga- \n\n\n\n2 Elect according to the fore*\xc2\xbb \nknowledge of God the Father, \nthrough sanctification of the Spi= \nrit unto obedience, and sprink- \nling of the blood of Jesus Christ : \n\n\n\natia, Cappadocia, Asi a, and Bi- 1 Grace unto you, and peace h^ \ntbynia, Imultiphed. \n\n^9\xce\xa4 * \xce\x9d \xce\xb2- \n\n\n\nAn \xe2\x82\xacxnoriatu>n \n\n3 Blessed be the Uod and Fa- \nther of our Lord Jesus Christ, \nwhich accurdiui^ to his abundant \nBiercvj hath begotten us again \nunto a liveiv hope, by the re- \nsurrection ot Jesus Christ from \nthe dead. \n\n4 To an inh.eritance incorrup- \ntible, and uadefiled, and that fa- \ndeth not away, reserved in heaven \nfor you. \n\n\xce\xbf Who are kept by the power \nof God\', through f-^ilb unto salva- \ntion, ready to be revealed in the \nlast time. \n\n6 Wherein ye greatly rejoice, \nthough now for a season (if need \nbe) ye are in heaviness through \nmanifold temptations : \n\n7 That the trial of your faith, \nbeing much more precious than \nof gold that perisheth, though it \nbe tried vvjth iire^ might be found \nunto praise, and honour, and \nglgry, at the appearing of Jesus \n(Jhnst : \n\n8 Whom having no4: seen, ye \nlove; in whom, though now ye \nsee him not, yet believing, ye re- \njoice with joy unspeakable, and \nfull of glory : \n\n9 Receiving the end of your \nfaith, even the salvation of ^your \nsouls. \n\n10 Of which salvation the pro- \nphetshave enquired, and searched \ndiligently who prophesied of the \ngrace that should come unto you: \n\n11 Searching what, or what man- \nFier of time, the Spirit of Christ \nwhich was in th*em did signify, \nwhen it testified before-hand the \nsufferings of Christ, and the glory \nthat should \xce\xaf\xce\xbf\xce\x99\xce\x99\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd. \n\n12 Unto whom it was reveal-ed, \nthat not unto themselves, but un- \nto us thev did minister the things \nwhich are now reported unto you, \nby them that have preached the \njrosnel unto you, vvith the Holv \nGhost sent down from heaven : \nwhich things the angels desire to \nlook into. \n\n298 \n\n\n\nJ. \xe2\x96\xa0 \nJt\'eicf \n\n\n\nto godfiness. \n\n13 Wheretore gird up the loins \nof your mind, be sober, and hope" \nto the end, \'for the grace that iB . \nto be brought unto you, at the re- \nvelation of Jesus Christ ; \n\n14 As obedient children, sot \nfashioning yourselves according \nto the former lusts, in your ig- \nnorance : \n\n15 But p.s he which hath called \nyou is holy, so be ye holy in all \nmanner of conversation ; \n\n16 Because it is written, Be ye \nholy ; for I am holy. \n\n17 And if ye call on the Fa- \nther^ who without respect of per- \nsons judge th according to every \nman\'s work, pass the time of your \nsojourning here in fear : \n\n18 Forasmuch as ye know that \nye were not redeemed with cor- \nruptible things, as silver and gold, \nfrom your vain conversation re- \nceived by tradition from your \nfathers : \n\n19 But with the precious blood \nof Christ, as of a lamb without \nblemish, and without spot : \n\n20 Who verily was tore-ordain- \ned before the foundation of the \nworld, but was manifest in these \nlast times for you : \n\n21 Who by him do believe in \nGod that raised him up from the \ndead, and gave him glory, that \nvour faith and hope mif\'ht be in \nGod. \n\n22 Seeing ye have purified your \nsouls, in obeying the truth through \nthe Spirit, unto unfeigned love\'of \nthe brethren ; see that ye love \none another with a pure heart \nfervently. \n\n23 Being born again, net of cor- \nruptible seed, bur of incorruptible \nby the word of God \xce\x9bvhich liveth \nand abideth for ever. \n\n24 For ail flesh is as grass, and \nall the glory of man as the iiower \nof grass. The grass withereth, \nand the iiower thereof falieth a- \nwav \n\n26 Bu-t the word of ^^Lord \n\n\n\nA godlt/ conversation. Chap. : \nendureth tor ever. And this is \nthe word which by the gospel is \npreached unto yo4i. \n\nCHAP. II. \n\nTo avoid uncharitab/eness. \n\nT^rHEREFORE, laying aside \n\n\xe2\x96\xbc \xcf\x84 all malice, and all guile, \nand hypocrisies, and envies, and \nall evil-speakings, \n\n2 As new-born babes desire the \nsincere milk of tiie word, that ye \nliiay grow thereby : \n\n3 If so be ye have tasted that \nsthe I/ird is gracious : \n\n4 To whom coming, as unto a \nliving stone, disallowed indeed \nof men, but chosen of God, and \nprecious, \n\n5 Ye also as lively stones, are \nbuilt up a spiritual house, an holy \npriesthood, to offer up smritual \nsacrifices, acceptable to God by \nJesus Christ. \n\n6 Wherefore also it is contain- \ned in the scripture, Behold, I \nlay in Sion a chief corner stone, \nelect, precious : and he that be- \nlieve th on him shall not be con\xc2\xab \nfounded. \n\n7 Unto you therefore which \nbelieve, he is precious : but unto \nthem which be disobedient, the \nstone which the builders disallow- \ned, the same is made the head of \n^le corner ; . \n\n8 And a stone of stumbhng, \nand a rock of offence, even toihein \nwhich stumble at the word, being \ndisobedient ; vvhereunto also they \nwere appointed. \n\n9 But ye are a chosen genera- \ntion, a royal priesthood, an holy \nnation, a peculiar people ; that \nye should shew forth the praises \nof him, who hath called you out \nof darkness into his marvellous \nligb.t ; \n\n10 Which in time past zcere not \na people, but are now the people \nof^God : which had not obtained \nmercy, but now have obtained \nmercy. \n\n11 Dearly beloved, I beseech \n\n299 \n\n\n\n\xce\xaf . Of obedience to magistrates ^ \nyou as strangers and pilgrims, ab- \nstain from fleshly lusts, which war \nagainst the soul ; \n\n12 Having your conversation \nhonest among the Gentiles : that \nwhereas they speak against you \nas evil-doers, they may by your \ngood works, which they shaff be- \nhold, glorify God in the day of \nvisitation. \n\n13 Submit yourselves to every \nordinance of man for the Lord\'s \nsake : whether it be to the king, \nas supreme : \n\n14 Or unto governors, as un- \nto them that are sent by him for \nthe punishment of evil-doers, and \nfor the praise of them that do \nwell. \n\n15 For so is the wnll of God, \nthat with well-doing, ye may put \nto silence the ignorance of foolish \nmen : \n\n16 As free, and not using 3/02*\'?- \nliberty for a cloak of malicious- \nness, but as the servants of God. \n\n17 Honour all men. Love the \nbrotherhood. Fear God. Honour \nthe king. \n\n18 Servants, be subject to your \nmasters with all fear, not only to \nthe good and gentle, but also to \nthe froward. \n\n19 For this is thank-worthy \nif a man for conscience toward \nGod, endure grief,suiFering wrong- \nfully : \n\n26 For what ejlory is it, if when \nye be buffeted ior your faults ye \nshall take it patiently ; but if, \nwhen ye do well, and suffer /b?* it, \nye take it patiently this is ac- \nceptable with God. \n\n21 For even hereunto were ye \ncalled ; because Christ also) suf- \nfered for us, leaving us an ex- \nample, that ye shsuld foils w his \nsteps : \n\n22 Who did no sin, neitlier was \ngjiile found in his mouth : \n\n23 Who, when he was reviled, \nreviled not again ; when he suf- \nfered, he threat&ned net ; but \n\n\n\nThe duty of I. Peter \n\ncommitted himself to him that \njudgeth righteously. \n\n24 Who his ownself bare our \nsins in his own body on the tree, \nthat we being dead to sin, should \nlive unto righteousness : bj whose \nstripes ye were healed. \n\n. 25 For ye were as sheep going \nastray ; but are now returned un- \nto the Shepherd and Bishop of \nyour s\xc2\xa9uls. \n\nCHAP. III. \nOuty ofzvives and husbands. \n\nLIKEWISE, ye wives, hem \ns-ubjection to your own hws- \nbands : that if any obey not the \nword, they also may without the \nword, be won by the conversation \nof the wives, \n\n2 While they behold your chaste \nconversation, coupled \\\\\'nh fear, \n\n3 Whose adorning, let it not \nbe that outward adorning, of \nplaiting the hair, and of wearing \nof gold, or of puttmg on of ap- \nparel ; \n\n4 But lei it be the hidden man \nof the heart, in that \xce\x9bvhich is not \ncorruptible, even the ornament \nof a meek and quiet spirit, which \nis in the sight of God of great \nprice. \n\n5 For after this manner, in the \nold time, the holy women also, \nwho trusted in God, adorned \nthemselves, being in subjection \nunto their own husbands ; \n\n6 \xce\x95\xce\xbb en as Sara obeyed Abra- \nham, calling him lord : whose \ndaughters ye are, as long as ye do \nwell, and are not afraid witf* any \namazement. \n\n7 Likewise, ye husbands, dwell \nwith them according to know- \nledge, giving honour unto the wife \nas unto the vveaker vessel, and as \nbeing heirs together of the grace \nof life ; that yeur prayers be not \nhindered. \n\n8 Finally, be ye all of one mind, \nhaving compassion one of another; \nlove as brethren, be pitiful, be \ncourteous : \n\n3\xce\xa60 \n\n\n\nzcites and husbands. \n\n9 Not rendering evil for evil^ \nor railing for railing ; but contra* \nriAvise, blessing ; knowing that ye \nare thereuntocalled, that ye should \ninherit a blessing. \n\n10 For he that will love life\', \nand see good days, let him re- \nfrain his tongue from evil, \nand his lips that they speak no \nguile. \n\n11 Let liim eschew evil, and do \ngood ; Jet him seek peace, and \nensue it. \n\n12 For the eyes of the Lord are \nover the righteous, and his ears \nore o])en unto their prayers : but \nthe iace of the Lord is against \nthem that do evil. \n\n13 And who is he that will harm \nyou, if ye be followers of that \nwhich is good ? \n\n14 But and if ye suffer for righ- \nteousness\' sake, happy are ye : t^d \nbe not afraid of their terror, \nneither be troubled ; \n\n15 But sanctify the Lord God \nin your hearts ; an\xe2\x82\xaci be ready al- \nways to give an answer to every \nman that aske-th you a reason of \nthe hope that is in you, with meek- \nness and fear. \n\n16 Having a good conscience ; \nthat whereas they speak evil of \nyou, as of evil doers, they may be \nashamed that falsly accuse your \ngood conversation in Christ. \n\n17 For it is better, if the will ot \nGod be so, that ye suffer for well \ndoing, than for evil-doing. \n\n18 For Christ also hath once \nsuffered for sins, the just for the \nunjust (that he might bring us t\xc2\xa9 \nGod) being put to death in \nthe flesh, but quickened by the \nSpirit : \n\n19 By which also he went \nand preached unto the spirits in \nprison : \n\n20 Which sometime were dis- \nobedient, wOien once the long- \nsuffering of God waited in the \ndays of Noah, while tiie ark was \na preparing, wherein few, that \n\n\n\nAn exhortation Chap, \n\nis, eight souls, were saved by \nwater. \n\n^ 21 The like figure whereunto \neven baptism, doth also now save \nus, (not the putting away of the \nfilth of the flesh, but the answer \nof a good conscience toward \nGod) by the resurrection of Jesus \nChrist : \n\n22 Who is gone into heaven, \n-and is on the right hand of God ; \nangels, and authorities, and \npowers, being made subject unto \nbim. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nOf ceasing from sm. \n\nFORASMUCH then as Christ \nhath suffered for us in the \nflesh, arm yourselves likewise with \nthe same mind : for he that hath \nsuffered in the flesh, hath ceased \nfrom sin ; \n\n2 That he no longer should live \nthe rest of his time in the flesh, to \nthe lusts of men, but to the will \nof God. \n\n3 For the time past of our life \nmay suffice us to have \\vrought \nthe will of the Gentiles, wlien \nwe walked in lasciviousness, \nlusts, excess of wine, reveilings, \nbanquetings, and abominable \nidolatries : \n\n4 Wherein they think it strange \nthat ye run not with them to the \nsame excess of riot, speaking evil \n\n5 Who shall give account to \nfeim that is ready to judge the \nquick and the deacl. \n\n6 For, for this cause was the \ngospel preached also to them that \nare dead, that they might be \njudged according to men in the \nflesh, but live according to God in \nthe spirit. \n\n7 But the end of all things is at \nhand : be ye therefore sober, \nand v/atch unto prayer. \n\n8 And above ail things have \nfervent charity among yourselves : \nfor cliarity shall cover the \nrtxuititude of\'sms. \n\n301 \n\n\n\niv. to holiness, \n\n9 Use hospitality one to another \nwithout grudging. \n\n10 As every man hath received \nthe gift, even so minister the \nsame one to another, as good \nstewards of the manifold grace of \nGod. \n\n11 If any man speak, let him \nspeak J as the oracles of God ; if \nany aian minister, let him do it, as \nof the abihty which God giveth : \nthat God in all things may be \nglorified, through Jesus Christ; \nto whom be praise and dominion \nfor ever and ever. Amen. \n\n12 Beloved , think it not strange \ncorcerning tlie fiery trial, which \nis to try you, as though some \nstrange thing happened unto \nyou: \n\n13 But rejoice, inasmuch as ye \nare partakers of Christ\'s suffer- \nings ; that when his glory shall be \nrevealed, ye may be glad aiso with \nexceeding joy. \n\n14 If ye be reproached for the \nname of Christ, happy are ye ; \nfor the spirit of glory, and of God \nresteth upon you : on their part \nhe is evil spoken of, but on your \npart he is glorified. \n\n15 But let none of you suffer a^ \na murderer, or as a thief, or as an \nevil-doer, or as a busy-body in \nother men\'s matters. \n\n16 Yet if any man suffer as a \nChristia-i, let him not be ashamed ; \nbut let him glorify God on this \nbehalf. \n\n17 For the time is come that \njudgment must be^in at the house \nof God : and if tt first begin at \nus, what shall the end oe of \nthem that obey not the gospel of \nGod ? \n\n18 And if the righteous scarce- \nly be saved, where shall the un- \ngodly and the sinner appear ? \n\n19 Wherefore, let tliem that \nsuffer according to the will of \nGod, commit the keeping of their \nsouls to him in well-doing as unt^; \na faithful Creator, \n\n\n\nExkortatioTis to II. Peter. several duties, \n\nCHAP. V. I 8 Be sober, be vigilant, be- \n\nThe duty gfeldt^rs, 4c. ] cause your adversary tke devil, \n\nTHE elders which are among as a roaring iion, Walketh a- \nyou I exhort, who am also \' bout, seeking whom he iTiray de- \nan elder, and a witness of the suf- i vour. \n\n\n\nferings of Christ, and also a par- \ntaker of the glory that shall be re- \nvealed : \n\n2 Feed the flock of God, which \nis among you, taking the over-sight \nthereof, not by coni^traint, but wil- \nlingly ; not for hithy lucre, but of \na ready mind ; \n\n3 Neither as being lords over \nG^^oi^\'.s heritage, but being ensam- \nples to the flock. \n\n4 And when the chief shepherd \nshall appear, ye shall receive a \ncrown of glory that fadeth not a- \nway. \n\n5 Likewise, ye younger, sub- \nmit yourselves unto the elder : \nyea, all o/ j/ow be subject one to \nanother, and be clothed with \nhumility : for God resisteth the \nproud, and giveth grace to the \nhumble. \n\n6 Humble yourselves therefore \nunder the mighty hand of God, \nthat he may exalt you in due \ntime : \n\n7 Casting all yoiar ca^re upoii \nhim, for he careth for you. \n\n\n\n9 Whom resist stedfast in the \nfaith, knowing that the same \nafflictions are accomplished in \nyour brethren that are in the \nworld. \n\n10 But the God of all grace \nwho hath called us unto his eter- \nnal glory by Christ Jesus, after \nthat ye have suffered a while, make \nyou perfect, stablish, strengthen, \nsettle you. \n\n11 To him be glory and \ndominion for ever and ev&r. \nAmen. \n\n12 By Silvanus, a faithful \nbrother unto you Cas I suppose) \n\xce\xaa have written briefly, exhortmg, \nand testifying, that this is the \ntrue grace of God wlierein ye \nstand. \n\n13 The church thai is at Baby- \non, elected togethei^ with yoUf \n\nsaluteth you ; and so doth Mar- \ncus, my son. \n\n14 Greet ye one another with \na kiss of charity. Peace be with \n-)u all that are in Christ Jesus. \nAmen. \n\n\n\n^ The Second Epistle general of PETER. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nExhortation to several duties. \n\nSIMON Peter, a servant and \nan apostle of Jesus Christ, \nto them that have obtained \nlike precious faith with us, \nthrough the righteousness of \nGod, and our Savioisir Jesus \nChrist : \n\n2 Grace and peace be multi- \n\ni>lied unto you throueh the know- \nedge of God, and of Jesus our \nLord ; \n\n3 According as his divine power \nhath gwen unto us all thii^gs \nth&t pertain u-nto Ike and godli- \n\n302 \n\n\n\nness through the knO\xce\x9bvledge of \nhini that hath called us to glory \nand virtue : \n\n4 Whereby are given unto us \nexceeding great and precious \npromises ; that by these ye might \nbe partakers of the divine nature \nhaving escaped the corruption \nthat is in the world through \nlust. \n\n5 And besides this, giving all \ndiligence, add to your faith, virtue; \nand to virtue, knowledge ; \n\n6 And to knowledge, temper- \nance ; and to temperance, pati- \nib\'uce ; and to patience, godliness ; \n\n\n\nChrist the true San of\' God. Chap. ii. \n\n- 7 And to godliness, brotherly \nkmdness ; and to brotherly kind- \nness, charity. \n\n8 For if tliese things be in you, \nand abound, they make^ow that \nye shall nei trier he barren, nor un- \niiuitful m the knowledge of our \nLord Jesiis Christ. \n\n. 9 But he that lacketh these \nthings, is bUnd, and cannot see \ni^fai- oif, and hath forgotten that \nhe .was purged from his old \nbins. \n\n10 Whererore the rather, bre- \nthren, s:ive diii-i^ence to rnake \nyour calling and election sure; \nfor if ye do these things, ya. shaii \nnewer fall : \n\n11 For so an entrance shall be \nministered uiUo you abundant- \nly, into the everlasting kingdom \n\xc2\xa9f our Lord and Saviour Jesus \nChrist. \n\n12 Wherefore I will not be \nnegligent to put you always in re- \nmembrance of these things though \nye know thern. and be established \nm the present truth. \n\n13 Yea, I think it meet, as long \nas\xe2\x80\xa2 I am in this tabernacle, to stir \nyou \xcf\x85\xcf\x81, by putting you in remem- \nbrance ; \n\n14 Knowing that shortly I must \nput oiF thk my tabernacle, even \nas our Lord Jesus Christ hath \nshewed me. \n\n15 Moreover, I will endeavour \nthat ye may be able, after my de- \ncease, to have these things al%vays \nin remembrance. \n\n16 For we have not followed \ncunningly deviied fables, when we \nmade known unto you the power \nand coming of our Lord Jegus \nChrist, but were eye-witnesses of \nhis majesty. \n\n17 For \'he received from God \nthe Father, honour and glory, \nwhen there came such a voice to \nhim from the excelvent glory, This \nis my beloved son, in whom I am \nwell pleased. \n\n18 And this voice which came \n\nSOS \n\n\n\nFalse teachers foretold. \nfrom heaven we heard, whee \nwe were with him in the holy \nmount. \n\n19 We have also a more sure \nword of prophecy ; whereunto \nye dp well that ye take heed, \nas unto a light that shineth in \na dark place, until the day dawn, \nand the day-star arise in your \nhearts : \n\n20 Knowing this first, that no \nprophecy of the scripture is o-f any \nprivate interpretation. \n\n21 For the prophecy cajne not \nin old time by the will of man : \nbut holy men of God spake (la \nthey zcere m\xc2\xa9ved by the Holy \nGhost. \n\nCHAP. II. \n\n\n\nBUT there were fiilse prophets \nalso amoiig the people even \nas there sha.ii be false teachers \namong you, who privily shall bring \nin damnable heresies, even d-eny- \ning the Lord that bought them, \nand briFi^ upon themselves \nswift destruc-tion. \n\n2 And many shall follow their \npernicious ways, by reason of \nwhom the way of truth shall be \nevil spoken of. \n\n3 And through covetousness \nshall they with feigned words, \nmake merchandize of yoi: : whose \njudgn*ieiit now of a long time \nlingereth not, and their damna- \ntion slumbereth not. \n\n4 For if God spared not the \nangels that sinned ; but cast them \ndown to hell, and delivered them \ninto chains of darkness, to be re- \nserved unte judginent : \n\n5 And spared not the old world, \nbut saved Noah the eighth person^ \na preacher of righteousness, brmii- \ning in the fi()od upon the world of \nthe ungodly ; \n\n6 And turning the cities of So- \ndom and Gomqrrha into ashes \ncondemned them with an over \nthrow, making them an ensanvple \n\n\n\nOf falling from grace. 11. Peter \nunto those that after should live \nangodly ; \n\n7 And delivered just Lot, vex- \ned yv\'iXh the iilthy conversation of \nihe wicked : \n\n8 (For that righteous man dwel- \nling among them, in seeing and \nhearing, vexed hh righteous soul \nfrom day to day, with their un- \nlawful deeds ;) \n\n9 The Lord knoweth how to \ndeliver the godly out of tempta- \ntions, and to reserv^e the unjust \nunto the day of judgment to be \npunished : \n\n10 But chiefly them that walk \nafterthe flesh, m the lust of un- \ncleanness, and despise govern- \nment : Presumptuous are they, \nself-willed ; they are not afraid to \nspeak evil of dignities, \n\n11 Whereas angels, which are. \ngreater in power and might, brmg \nnot railing accusation against them \nbefore the Lord. \n\n12 But these, as natural brute \nbeasts, made to be taken and de- \nstroyed, speak evil of the things \nihat they understand not, and \nshall utterly perish in their own \ncorruption ; \n\n13 And shall receive the reward \nof unrighteousness, as they that \ncount it pleasure to riot in the \nday-time : spots they are, and \nblemishes, sporting themselves \nwith their own deceivings, while \nthey feast with you ; \n\n14 Having eyes full of adul- \nlefy, and that cannot cease from \nsin ; beguiling unstable souls ; \nan heart they have exercised \nwith covetous practices ; cursed \nchildren. \n\n15 Which have forsaken the \nright way, and are gone astray, \nfollowing the way of Balaam, the \nso)i of Bosor, who loved the wages \nof unrighteousness ; \n\nlo But was rebuked for his in- \niquity : the dumb ass speakin:^ \nwith man\'s voice, forbad the mad- \nness of the prophet. \n\nS04 \n\n\n\nCertainty of the last day. \nIT These are \\vells without \nwater, clouds that are carried with \na tempest, to whom the mist of \ndarkness is reserved for ever. \n\n18 For when they speak great \nswelling words of vanity, they al- \nlure through the lusts of the flesh, \nthrough much wantonness, those \ntliat were clean escaped from them \nwho hve in error \n\n19 While they promise them \nliberty, they themselves are the \nservants of corruption : for of \nv/hom a mantis overcome, of the \nsame is he brought in bondage. \n\n20 For if after they have escap- \ned the pollutions of the world \nthrough the knowledge of the \nLord and Saviour Jesus Christ, \nthey are agam entangled there- \nin, and overcome ; the latter end \nis worse witii them than the be- \nginning. \n\n21 For it had been better for \nthem not to have known the way \nof righteousness, than, after they \nhave knov/n //, to turn from the \nholy commandment delivered un- \nto them. \n\n22 But it is happened unto them \naccording to the true proverb, \nThe. dog is turned to his own \nvomit again, and, The sow that \nwas washed, to her wallowing in \nthe mire. \n\nCHAP. 111. \nCe?\'tainty of the last day. \n\n\xce\x8a^\xce\x97\xce\xa48 second epistle, beloved, \n_ I HOW write unto you ; in both \nwinch I slir up your pure minds, \nby way of remembrance ; \n\n2 That ye may be mindful of \nthe wO\' ds, which were spoken be- \nfore by the holy prophets, and of \nthe\' commandment of us the apos- \ntles of the Lord and Saviour : \n\n3 Knowing this first, that there \nshall come in the last days scoffers \nwalking after their owo lusts, \n\n4 And saying, Where is the \npromise of his coming ? for since \nthe fathers fell asleep, all things \n\n\n\nm \n\n\n\nTfie day of the Chap. \xcf\x8a. Lord described. \n\ncontinue as i/iey zt^cre from the be- be in all holy conversation and \nginning of the creation. \n\n5 For this they willingly are \nignorant of, that by the word of \nGod the heavens \\Nere of old, and \nthe earthstandingout of the water, \nand in the wjiter. \n\n6 Whereby the world that then \nwas, being overfiov/ed with water, \nperished. \n\n7 But the heavens and the \nearth which are now, by the same \nword are kept in store, reserved \nunto fire, against the day of judg- \nment, and perdition of ungodly \nmen. \n\n8 But, beloved, be not igno- \nrant of this one thing, that one \nday L\xe2\x80\xa2 with the Lord as a thousand \nyears, and a thousand years, as \none day. \n\n9 The Lord is not slack con- \ncerning his promise (as some \nmen count slackness) but is \nlong suirering to us-ward, not \nwilling that any should perish, \nbut that all should come to re- \npentance. \n\n10 But the day of the Lord \nwill come as a thief in the night ; \nin the which the heavens shall pass \naway with a great noise, and the \nelements shall melt with fervent \nheat, the earth also, and the \nworks that are therein shall be \nburnt up. \n\n11 Seeing then thai all these \nthings shall be dissolved, what \nmanner of persons ouglrt ye to \n\n\n\ngodliness , \n\n12 Looking for, and hasting \nunto the coming of the day \xc2\xa9f \nGod, wherein the heavens being \non fire shall be dissolved, and the \nelements shall melt with fervent \nheat ? \n\n13 Nevertheless we, according \nto his promise, look for ne \xce\xbd hea- \nvens and a new earth, \xce\x9bvherein \ndwelleth righteousness. \n\n14 Wherefore, beloved, seeing \nthat ye look for such things, be \ndiligent that ye may be found of \nhim in peace, without spot, and \nblameless : \n\n15 And account that the long- \nsuiFering of our Lord is salvation ; \neven as our beloved brother Paul \nalso, according to the wisdom \ngiven unto him, hath written unto \nyou ; \n\n16 As also in all his epistles, \nspeaking in them of these things : \nin which are some things hard to \nbe understood, which they that are \nunlearned and unstable wrest, as \nthej/ do also the other scriptures, \nunto their own destruction. \n\n17 Ye therefore, beloved, see- \ning ye know these things before, \nbeware lest ye also being led away \nw^ith the error of the wicked, fall \nfrom your own stedfastness. \n\n13 But gro\xce\x9bV, in grace, and in the \nknowledge of our Lord and Savi- \nour Jesus Christ. To him be glory \nboth now and for ever. Amen. \n\n\n\nThe First Epistle of JOHN. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\nPerson of Christ described. \n\nTHAT which was from \nthe beginning, which we \nhave heard, wdiich we have \nseen with our eyes, which we \nhave looked upon, and our hands \nhave handled of the word of \nlife; \n\n2 (For the life was manifested, \nand we liave seen it, and bear \nS05 \n\n\n\nvvdtness, and shew unto you that \neternal life which was with the \nFather, and was manifested unto \nus;) \n\n3 That which we have seen \nand heard, declare we unto you, \nthat ye also may have fellowship \nwith us; and truly our fellowship \n/swith the Father, and with his \nSon Jesus Christ. \n\n4 And ti:iese things write we \n\n\n\nChrist our advocate. \n\n\n\n1. John. \n\n\n\nGod\'s love to us. \n\n\n\nUnto you, that your joy may be \nfull. \n\n5 Tl:fls then is the message \nwhich we have heard of him, and \ndeclare unto you, that God is \nlight, and in him is no darkness at \nail. \n\n6 If we say that we have fel- \nFowship with him, and walk in \ndarkness, w^e lie^ and do not the \ntruth : \n\n7 But if we v.-alk in the light, \nas he is in the light, we have fel- \nlowship one with another, a,nd \nthe blood of Jesus Christ his Son \nclean -eth us from all sin. \n\n8 If we say that we have no \nsin, we deceive ourselves, and the \ntruth is not in us. \n\n9 lit we confess our sins, he is \nfaithful and just to forgive us our \nsins, and to cleanse us from all \nunrighteousness, \n\n10 If we say that we have not \nsinned, we make him a liar, and \nhis word is not in us. \n\nCHAP. II. \nChrist our advocate, \n\nMY little children, these \nthings write i unto you, \nthat ye sin not. And if any man \nsin, we have an advocate with \nthe Father, Jesus Christ the righ- \nteous : \n\n2 And he is the propitiation for \nour sins : and not for ours only \nbut also for the sins of the whole \nworld. \n\n3 And hereby we do know \nhat we know him, if we keep his \ncommandments. \n\n4 He that saith, I kno\\v him, \nand keepeth not his conuiiand- \nments is a liar, and the truth is \nnot in him. \n\n5 But whoso keepeth his word, \nin him verily is the love of God \nperfected : hereby know we that \nwe are in him. \n\n6 He that saith he abideth in \nhim, ought himself also to walk, \neven as he walked. \n\n7 Brethren, I write no new \n\n306 \n\n\n\ncommandment unto you, but an \nold commandment vvhich ye had \nfrom the beginning : the old com- \nmandment is the word which ye \nhave heard from the beginning. \n\n8 Agajii, a new commandment \nI write unto you, which tiling is \ntrue in him and in you : because \nthe darkness is past, and the true \nlight now slnneth, \n\n9 He that saith he is in the light, \nand hateth his brother, is in dark- \nness even -until now. \n\n10 He tiiac loveth his brother, \nabideth in tlie light, and there is \nnone occasion of stumbling in \niiim. \n\n11 But he that hateth his bro- \nther, is in darkness, and walketh \nin darkness, and knoweth not \nwhither he goeth, because that \ndarkness hath blinded his eyes. \n\n12 1 write unto you/ httle \nchildren, because your sins are \nforgiven you for his name\'s sake. \n\n13 I write unto you, fathers, \nbecause ye have known him that \nis from liie beghining. I write \nunto you, y^ung men, because \nye liave overcome the wicked \none. I write unto you, little \ncliildren, because ye have known \nthe I ather. \n\n14 I have written unto you, \nfathers, because ye hme known \nhim that is from the beginning. \nI have written unto you, young \nmen, because ye are strong, and \nthe word e)f God abideth in you, \nand ye have overcome the wicked \none. \n\n15 Love not the world, neither \nthe things that are in the v/orld. \nIf any man love the world, \nthe love of the Father is not in \nhim. \n\n16 For all that is in the world, \nthe lust of the flesh, and the lust \nof the eves, and the pride of life, \nis not of the Father, but is of the \nworld. \n\n17 And the world passeth a- \nway, and the lust thereof: bat \n\n\n\nOf antichrist. Chap. iii. God\'s singular lott to u$. \n\n\xce\x9e that doeth the will of God appear, we may have coiifidence, \n\n\n\nabideth for ever. \n\n18 Little cbildreri, it is the \nlast time ; and as ye have heard \nthat antichrist shall come, even \nnovv are there many aaticiirists ; \nwhereby we know that it is tiic \nlast time. \n\n19 They went out \nbut they were not o^ \n\nthey had been of LIS, tr.ev > ijuia \n710 doubt have continued with us : \nbut they zcent out \xce\xbb\xce\xa7\xcf\x85\xce\xb4\xce\xb9 liiey miirht \nbe made manifest, that they v/erc \nnot all of us. \n\n20 But ye iiave an unction from \nthe Holy One, ^ald ye know all \nthini^s. \n\n21 1 iiave not written unto you ; \nbecause ye knovv^ not the truth ^ : \nbut because ye know it, and that \nno lie is of the truth. \n\n22 Who is a liar, but he thai \ndenieth that Jesus is the Christ ? \nHe is antichrist tnat denieth the \nFatner and ; he S\xc2\xbb>n. \n\n23 Wh.osoever denieth the Son, \nthe same hath not the Father : \n{but) he that Gckmnoledgeth the \nSoYiy hath the Father also. \n\n24 Let that therefore abide in \nyou, which ye have heard from \nthe beofinnlns:. If that v;hich ye \nhave hearu from the beninniHs:, \nsiiall remain in you, ye also shall \ncontinue in the Son, and in the \nFather. \n\n25 And tills is the promise that \nhe hath promised us, even eternaJ \nlife. \n\n26 These things have I written \nunto you, concerning them that \nseduce you. \n\n27 But the anointin\xc2\xbb: which ye \nhave received of him, abideth in \nyou, and ye need not that any man \nteach you : but as the same a- \nnointing teachv^th you of all thinirs, \nand is truth, and is no lie ; and \neven as it iiath taught you, ye \nshall abide m him. \n\n28 Acu now, little children^ \nabiilc in iiim : that when he shall \n\ns&r \n\n\n\nand not be ashamed before him \nat his coming. \n\n29 If ye know that he is righ- \nteous, ye know that every one \nthat doeth righteousness, is born \nof him. \n\nCHAP. IIL \nGodh singular love to us. \n|_^ EtiOLD, what manner of \nt^\' Ir.ve the Father hathl)e^tow- \ned ur .:\xc2\xbbn, us that we should be cal- \nled t!)c sous of God : therefore the \nn-oviJ knowefh us not, because it \nknew him not. \n\n\'2 Bcioved, now are we the sons \nof God, and it doth not yet ap- \npear \xce\x9bvhat w^e shall be : but we \nknow that v.i]en he sliall appear, \n\xe2\x80\xa2ve siiali be like him ; for we shall \nsee kim as he is. \n\n3 /\\nd every man that ]i>aih this \nhope in him, puriheth liimself, \neven as he is pure. \n\n4 Whosoever committeth sin,* \ntrunsgresseth also the law : for sin \nis die transgression o" :! t law. \n\n5 And ye know that he was \nmanifested to take away our sins ; \nand in him is no sin. \n\n6 Whosoever abideth in him, \n\xc2\xabinneth not . \xce\x9bvhosoever sinneth, \nliath not seen him, neither known \nhim. \n\n7 Little children, let \xce\xb7\xce\x98 man de- \nceive \\ou : He that doeth righte- \nousness, is righteous, even as he \nis rijSfhteous ,\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n8 He that committeth sin, is of \nthe devil : for the devil sinneth \nfrom the bejrinning. For this pur- \n|)ose the Son of God was mani- \nfested, that he might destroy the \nworks of the devil. \n\n9 W^hosoever is born of God \ndoth not commit sin ; for his seed \nremaineth in him : and he cannot \nsin, because he is born of God. \n\n10 In this the children of God \nare manifest, and the children \nof the ck\'vi^ : Whosoever doerb \nnot righteausness, is not of God, \n\n\n\nOjhretherly lote, I. John, \n\nneither he that loveth not hi* \nbrother. \n\n11 For this is the message that \nye heard from the beginning \nthat we should love one an- \nother : \n\n12 Not as Cain, who was of \nthat wicked one, and slew his \nbrother : and whei\'efore slew he \nhim ? Because his \xce\x9f\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb7 works \nwere evil, and his brother\'s righte- \nous. \n\n13 Marvel not, xn^ brethren, if \nthe world h?cte you. \n\n14 We know tliat we have pas- \nsed from death unto life, because \nwe h)ve the brethren : he that \nlovetli not his brother abideth in \ndeath. \n\n15 Whosoever hateth his bro- \nther, is a murderer : and ye kno\xce\x9bv \nthat no murderer hath eternal life \nabiding in him. \n\n^ 16 Hereby perceive we the \n\n"love of God, because he laid \n\ndown his life for us : and we \n\nought to lay down our lives for the \n\nbrethren. \n\n17 But whoso hath this world\'s \ngood, and seeth liss brother have \nneed, and shutteth up his bowels \nof compasuon from him, how dweii- \neth the love of God in him ? \n\n18 My little children, let us not \nlov( in word, neither in tongue, \nbut in deed, and in truth. \n\n19 And hereby we know that \nwe are of the truth, and shall as- \nsure our hearts before him. \n\n^ For if our heart condemn us, \nGod is greater than our heart, \nand knoweth all things. \n\n21 Beloved, if our heart con- \ndemn us not, i/^e?i have w^ confi- \ndence toward God. \n\n22 And whatsoever we ask, w^e \nreceive of him, because we keep \nhis commandments, and do those \nthings that are pleasing in his \nsight. \n\n23 And this is his command- \nment, that we should believe on \nthe name of his Son J esus Christ, \n\n308 \n\n\n\nSalvation htj Christ. \nand love one another, as he gave \nus commandment. \n\n24 And he that keepeth his \ncommandments dwelleth in him, \nand he in him : and hereby we \nkno\xce\x9bv that he abideth in us, by the \nSpirit which he hath given us. \nCHAP. IV. \n\nAgainst believing all teachers. \n\nB\'ELOVED, believe not every \nspirit, but try the spirits \nwhether they are of God : because \nmany false prophets are gone out \ninto the world. \n\n2 Hereby know ye the Spirit of \nGod : Every spn-jt that confesseth \nthat Jesus Christ is come in the \nilesh, is of God. \n\n3 And every spirit that confes- \nseth not that Jesus Christ is come \nin the flesh, is not of God. And \nthis is that spirit of antichrist, \nwhereof ye have heard that it \nshould come, and even now al- \nready is it in the world. \n\n4 Ye are of God, httle children, \nand have overcome them : because \ngreater is he that is in you, than \nhe that is in the world. \n\n5 They are of the world : there- \nfore speak they of the world, and \nthe w^orld heareth them. \n\n6 We are of God : he that \nknoweth God, heareth us; he that \nis not of God, heareth not us. \nHereby know we the Spirit of \ntruth, and the spirit of error. \n\n7 Beloved, let us love one ano- \nther : for love is of God : and\' \nevery one that loveth, is born of \nGod, and knoweth God. \n\n8 He that loveth not, knoweth \nnot God : for God is love. \n\n9 In this was mctnifested the \nlove of God toward us, because \nthat God nsent his only-begotten \nSon into the world, that w^e might \nlive through him. \n\n10 Herein is love, not that we \nloved God, but that he lOved us, \nand sent his son to he the propiti- \nation for our suis. \n\n11 Beloved, if God so loved \n\n\n\nNo fear in l&ve. \n\n\n\nus, we ought also to love one a- \nnother. \n\n12 No man hath seen God at \nany time. If we love one another, \nGod dweiieth in us, and his love \nis perfected in us. \n\n13 Hereby know we that we \ndwell in him, and he in us, be- \ncause he hath given us of his \nSpirit. \n\n14 And we have seen, and do \ntestify that the Father sent the \nSon to he the Saviour of the \nworld. \n\n15 Whosoever shall confess \nthat Jesus is the son of God, God \ndweiieth in him, and he in \nGod. \n\n16 And we have known and \nbelieved the love that God hath \nto us. God is love ; and he that \ndweiieth in love, dweiieth m God, \nand God in him. \n\n17 Herein is our love made \nperfect, that we may have bold- \nness in the day of judgment : be- \ncause as he is, so are we in this \nworld. \n\n18 There is no fear in love ; \nbut perfect love casteth out fear , \nbecause fear hath torment : he \nthat feareth, is not made perfect \nin love. \n\n19 We love him, because he first \nloved us. \n\n20 If a man say, I love God \nandhateth his brother, he is aliar; \nfor he that loveth not his brother \nwhom he hath seen, how can he \nlove God whom he liath not \nseen ? \n\n21 And this commandment hav^e \nwe from him, That he who \nloveth God, love his brother \nalso. \n\nCHAP. V. \nThe three witneMe>:. \n\n\xce\x9b\xce\xa47 HOSOEVERbelieveth that \n\xe2\x96\xbc Jesus is the Christ, is bom \nof God : and every one that \niovetli him that begat, loveth \nhim also that is begotten of \nhirr.: \n\n30O \n\n\n\nChap. \n\n\n\nThree witnesses. \n\n\n\n2 By this we know that we love \nthe children of God, when we \nlove G^d, and keep his command- \nments : \n\n3 For this is the love of God^ \nthat we keep his commandments; \nand his commandments are not \ngrievous. \n\n4 For whatsoever is born of \nGod, overcometh tl\\e \xce\x9bvorld : and \nthis is the victory that over- \ncometh the \xce\x9bYor\xce\xafd, even our \nfaith. \n\n5 Who is he that overcom- \neth the world, but he that be- \nlieveth that Jesus is the Sen of \nGod? \n\n6 This is he that came by water \nand blood, ex^eii Jesus Christ ; not \nbv water only, but by water and \nblood ; aiid it is the Spirit that \nbeareth witness, because the Spirit \nis truth. \n\n7 For there are three that bear \nrecord in heaven, the Father, the \nWord, and the Holy Ghost : and \nthese three are one. \n\n8 And there are three that bear \nwitness in earth, the spirit, and \nthe water, and the blood; and \nthese three aii;ree in one. \n\n9 If we receive the witness of \nmen, the \\vitness of God is j;i\xc2\xabeat- \ner : for this is the witness er God, \nwhich lie hath testified of his \nSon. \n\n10 He that belie\xce\x9b\':eth on the \nSon of God, hath the witness in \nhimself: he that belie veth not \nGod, hath made him a liar, be- \ncause he believeth not the recora \nthat God gave of his Son. \n\n11 An"d this is the record, \nthat God hath given to us \neternal life : and tins life is in his \nSon. \n\n12 He that hath the Son, hath \nlife ; and he that hath not the Son \nof God, hath not life. \n\n13 These things have I written \nunto you that believe on the name \nof the Son of God ; that ye ma\\ \nknow tiiat vf: have etorniu \n\n\n\nIke elect lady, S^c. II. John. \n\nlife, and that ye mny believe \non the name of the Son oi \nGod. \n\n14 And this is the confidence \nthat we have in liim, that if we \nask any think according to his will, \nhe heareth lis. \n\nlo And if we know that he \nhear us, whats.jever we ask, we \nknow that we have the petitions \nthat \\^ e desired of hiin. \n\n16 If any man see his brother \nsin a sin xhich is not unto deatii, \nhe shall ask, and he shall give \nhim life fortnem that sm not on- \nto death. There is a sm unto \ndeath : I do not say that he siiall \npray for it. \n\n17 All unrighteousness is sin : \n\n\n\nExhortation to faith. \nand there is a sin not unto \ndeath. \n\n18 We know that whosoe\xce\x9b\'e\xce\x93 is \nborn of God, smneth not ; but he \nthat is begotten of God keepeth \nhimself, and tliat wicked one \ntouclieth him ROt. \n\n19 And we know that we are \nof God, and the whole world lieth \nin V. ickedness. \n\n20 And we know that the Son \nof God IS come, and hath \xc2\xa3:iven \nu>an understmiding tiiat we may \nknovy him that is true : and we \nore in him that i> true, even in \nhis Son Jesus Christ. This is the \ntrueGod, and eternal life. \n\n21 Little children, keep your^ \nselves from idols. Amen. \n\n\n\n^ The Second \xce\x95 \n\nThe elect I\'adi/, dc. exhorted. \n\nTHE elder unto the elect \nlady, and her children whom \nI love in the truth ; and not I onlv, \nbut also all t.iey thai imve known \nthe truth ; \n\n2 Tor the truth\'s sake which \ndwelleth in us, and shall be \xce\x9bvith \nus for ever. \n\n3 (jrace be with you, mercy, \nand peace, from (rod the Father, \nand from the Lord Jesus Christ, \nthe Son of the Father in truth \nand love. \n\n4 I rejoiced greatly, that I \nfound of thy children \\valkino: in \ntruth, as we have received a \ncomm-andment from the Fa- \nther. \n\n5 And now 1 beseech thee, \nlady ; not as though I wrote a \nnew comniandinent unto thee, \nbut that whix:h we had from the \nbeginning, that we love one a- \nnother. \n\n6 And this is love, that we \nwalk after his commandments. \nThis IS the commandment, \nThstt as ve have heard from \nthe beginning, ye should walk m \nit. \n\n3iO \n\n\n\npistle of JOHN. \n\n7 For many deceivers are en- \n\xce\xaf ered into the world, who confess \nnot that Jesus Christ is come in \ntlie flesh. This is a deceiver and \nan antichrist. \n\n8 Look to yourselves, that we \nlose not those things which we \nhave wrought, but that we receive \na full reward.. \n\n9 Whosoever transgresseth, a4id \nabideth not in the doctrine of \nChrist, hath not God : he that \nabideth in the doctrine of Christ, \nhe hath both tlie Father and the \nSon, \n\n10 If there come any unto \nyou, and bring not this doc- \ntrine, receive him not into i/our \nhouse, neither bid him God \nspeed. \n\n11 For he that biddeth him \nGod speed, is partaker of hi^ evil \ndeeds. \n\n12 Having many things to write \nunto you, I would not zorite \nWith paper and ink; but I trust \nto come unto you, and speak \nface to face, that our joy may be \nfull. \n\n13 The children of thy elect \nsister greet thee. Amen. \n\n\n\n^ The Third Epistle of JO \xce\x97 K. \n\n\n\nGains\' piety commended. \nrjpHE elder unto the well-be- \nJL loved Gaius, whom I love in \nthe truth. \n2 Beloved, I wish above all \nI things that thou mayest prosper \nj and be in health, even as thy soul \nI prospereth. \n\nI 3 For I rejoiced greatly, when \nthe brethren came and testified \nof the truth that is in thee, even \nas thou walkest in the truth. \n\n4 I have no greater joy, than to \nLear that my children walk in \ntruth, \n\n5 Beloved, thou doest faithful- \nly whatsoever thou doest to the \nbrethren, and to strangers ; \n\n6 Which have borne witness \nof thy charity before the church, \nwhom, if thou bring forward on \ntheir journey after a godly sort, \nthou shalt do well : \n\n7 Because that for his name\'s \nsake they went forth, taking no- \nthing of the Gentiles. \n\n8 We therefore ought to re- \nceive such, that we might be fel- \nlow-helpers to the truth. \n\n9 I wrote unto the church ; but \n\n\n\nDiotrephes, who loveth to uavii \nthe pre-eminence among tliem^ \nreceiveth us not. \n\n10 W^herefore. if I come, \xce\xaf \nwill remember his deeds which \nhe doeth, prating against us with \nmalicious words : and not con- \ntent therewith, neither doth he \nhimself receive the brethren, \nand forbiddeth them that would, \nand casteth them out of the \nchurch. \n\nIl\xe2\x80\xa2 Beloved, follow not that \nwhich is evil, but that which is \ngood. He that doeth good, is of \nGod : but he that doetn evil, haCh \nnot seen God. \n\n12 Demetrius hath good report \nof all men, and of tlie truth itself: \nyea, and we also bear record : and \nye know that our record is \ntrue. \n\n13 I -had many things to write, \nbut I v/ill not with ink and pen \nwrite unto thee : \n\n14 But I trust I shall shortly \nsee thee, and we shall speak face \nto face. Peace he to thee. Our \nfriends salute thee. Greet the \nfriends by name. \n\n\n\nThe general Epistle of JUDE. \n\n\n\nW constancy in the faith. \n\nJL\'DE, the servant of Je- \nsus Christ, and brother of \nJames, to them that are sanc- \ntified by God the Father, and \npresei*ved in Jesus Christ, and \ncalled : \n\n2 Mercy unto you, and peace, \nand love, be multiplied. \n\n3 Beloved, when I gave all di- \n, ligence to write unto you of the \nj com.mon salvation, it was need- \nj i\'ul for me to write unto you, \nI and exhort you, that ye should \nI earnestly contend for* the faith \nI which was once delivered unto \n\nI the saints, \n\n.^11 \n\n\n\n4 For there are certain men \ncrept in unawares, who were be- \nfore of old ordained to this con- \ndeE^nation, ungodly men, turning \nthe grace of our God into las- \nciviousness, and denying the only \nLord God, and our Lord Jesus \nChrist. \n\n5 I will therefore put you in \nremembrance, though ye once \nknew this, how that the Lord \nhaving saved the people out of \nthe land of Egypt, alter wai*d \ndestroyed them"\' that behoved \nnot. \n\n6 And the angels which kept \nnot their lirpt c^tat^. hut l^R \n\n\n\nOjfahe teachers. Judt \n\n\'\xcf\x8d\xcf\x8e\xcf\x8a own hariiiaticHi, he hath re- \nerved in everlasting chains under \nlarknesSj vinto the judgment of \ni\'i\xe2\x82\xac great aay. \n\n\xce\xa4 Even as Sodom and Gomor- \n\'\xe2\x96\xa0 c\\h, and the cities about them, in \n\xe2\x80\xa2ke n^anner, giving themselves \n.:yer to fornication, and going \n.iter strange flesh, are set forth \nor an example, suffering the \nsiigeance of eternal fire. \n\n\xce\xbf Likewise also these fiUky \nrermiers, defile the flesh, despise \nx\'ijiinion, and speak evil of \n.\'ig/iitics. \n\n9 Yet Michael the archangel, \ni. hcn^ contending w^ith the devil, \n\n-6 disputed about the body of \nmioses, durst not bring against \nim a ridling accusation, but said, \n: he Lord rebuke thee. \n\n10 But these speak evil of those \nliiings which they know not : but \nwhat they know naturally, as brute \nleasts; m those things\' they cor- \n\njpt themselves. \n\n11 Woe unto them ; for they \n.2ve gone in the way of Cain, \n,\xce\xb7\xce\xac ran greedily after the er- \ni or of Balaam for reward, and \nperished in the gainsaying of \nCore. \n\n12 These are spots in your \neasts of charity, when they \n\nfeast with you, feedrng them- \n\xe2\x80\xa2 selves without fear : clouds they \n\'ire without water, carried a- \nbout of winds ; trees whose \n^ruit withereth, witliout fruit, \nvice dead, plucked up by the \nroots; \n\nid Raging waves of tli-e\' sea, \n-uaramg out of their own slianie ; \nwandering stars, to whom is re- \n\xe2\x96\xa0erved the blackness of darkness \n\n:;-l And Enoch also, the se\xc2\xab \n\xce\x93\xe2\x80\xa2 :ii rVom Adam, prophesied of \n\' -SO: ?nying, Beliold the Lord \n\n\n\nThe godly are saved, \ncomefch with ten thousand of his \nsaints, \n\n15 To execute judgment up- \non all, and to convince all that \nare ungodly among them, of all \ntheir ungodly deeds which they \nhave ungodly committed, and \nof all their hard speeches, which \nungodlv sinners have spoken a- \ngainst him. \n\n16 These are murmurers, com- \nplamers, walking after their own \nlusts ; and their mouth speaketh \ngreat swelling words^ having men\'s \npersons in admiration because of \nadvantage. \n\n17 But^ beloved, remember ye \nthe wor^s which were spoken be- \nfore of the apostles of our Lord \nJesus Christ; \n\n18 How that they told you there \nshould be mockers in the last time, \nwho should walk after their own \nungodly lusts. \n\n19 These be tliey who separate \nthemselves, sensual, having not \nthe spirit. \n\n20 But ye, beloved, building up \nyourselves on your most holy faith, \nprayintr m the lioly Ghost. \n\n21 Keep yourselves in the love \nof God, looking for the mercy of \nour Lord Jesus Christ, unto eter- \nnal life. \n\n22 And of some have compas- \nsion, making a difference : \n\nQ3 And others save with fear, \npulling theffi out of the fire - hating \neven the garment spotted bv the \nflesh. . \\ " \n\n24 Now unto him that is able \nto keep you from failing and to \npresent you faultless before the \npresence of his glory, with exceed- \ning joy, \n\n25 To the only v/ise God our \nSaviour, he glory and majesty* \ndominion and power, both noM , \nand ever. Amen. \n\n\n\nfi The REVELATION of Saint JOHN the Divine. \n\n\n\nCHAP. I. \n\ni Of the coming of Christ. \n\nTHE revelation ot\' Jesus Christ, \nwliicii God gave unto him, \nI to shew unto his servants things \nwhich must shortly come to \ni pass ; and he sent *^and signified \nI it\' by his angel unto his servant \ni John ; \n\nj 2 Who bare record of the word \nI of God, and of the testmiony of \nj Jesus Christ, and of all things that \nI he saw. \n\nI a Blessed is he that readeth, \nI and they that ear the words of \nI this prophecy, and keep those \nI things which are written tlierein : \n; for tlie time is at hand. \n! 4 I OHN to the seven churches \nI t> vv\'hich are in Asia : Grace \nI he uDto you, and peace, from \nI him which is, and which was, and \nI which is to come ; and from the \ni seven spirits which are before his \n\nthrore : \n\nj 5 And from Jesus Christ, zr/?-? \n\nI 2S tlie taithful witness, and the \n\nfirst-begotten of the dead, and the \n\ni , pruice of the kings of the earth : \n\n! Unto him that loved us, and \n\nwashed us from our sins in his \n\nown blood, \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0 6 And hath made us kings and \npriests unto God and his Father ; \nto him be glory and dominion for \never and ever. Amen. \n\n7 Behold, he cometh with \nI clouds, and every eye shall see \nI him, and thev cdso which pierced \nj hira : and all kindreds of the earth \nj shall wail because of him : even \n\xce\x93 so. Amen. \n\nI 8 I am Alpha and Omesa, thfe \n\xce\xaf begmnmg and the endine^ saith \nthe Lord., which is, and wKich was \nand w.Hch is to come, the Al- \nmighty. \n\n9 1 John, who also am your \nbrother, and companion in tribu- \nlation, and in the kingdom and \npatience o( Jesus Christ,was in the \n313 \' \n\n\n\nisle that is called Patmos, for tlie \nword of God, and for the testi- \nmony of Jesus Christ. \n\n10 I was in the spirit on the \nLord\'s day ; and heard behind me \na great voice, as of a trumpet, \n\n11 Saying, I am Alpha and O- \nmega, the hrst and the last ; and. \nWhat thou seest, v/rite in a book, \nand send it unto the seven \nchurches which are in Asia ; un- \nto Ephesus, an.d unto Smyrna ; \nand unto Pergamos, and unto \nrhyatna, and unto Sardis, and \nunto Philadelphia, and unto Lao- \ndicea. \n\n12 And I turned to see the \nvoice that spake with me. And \nbeing turned, I saw seven golden \ncandlesticks ; \xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n13 And in the midst of the \nseven candlesticks, one like unto \nthe Son of man, clothed wkh a \ngarment \xcf\x80\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb7 to the fc^3t, and \ngirt about the paps with a eolden \ngirdle. \n\n14 His head and /?/.? hairs zcere \nwhite like wool, as white as snow \xe2\x80\xa2 \nand his eyes were as a flame of \ntire; \n\n15 And his feet like unto fi^e \nbrass, as if they burned in a fur- \nnace ; and his voice as the sound \nOi many waters. \n\n16 And he had in his lio-ht \nhand seven stars : and out ofliis \nmouth went a sharp two-edt^ed \nsword : and his countenance \n\'^as ?.s tiie sun shineth in his \nstrength. \n\nif And when I saw him, I fell \nat his ieet as dead : and he laid \nills right hand upon me, sayini^^ \nunto me, Fear not; I am the\'rirbi \nand the last. \n\n18 / am he that liveth, and wa.5 \ndead ; and behold, I am alive fij- \nevermore. Amen ; and have the \nKeys of hell and of dead \xce\xb9 . \n\n19 Write the things uhicli thoii \nhast seen, and the things which \n\n\xce\x9f 2 \n\n\n\nThe churches of \n\n\n\nRevelation \n\n\n\nare, and the things wliich shall be \nhereafter. \n\n20 The mystery of the seven \nstars which "thou sawest in my \nright hand, and the seven golden \ncandlesticks. The seven stars are \nthe angels of the seven churches : \nand the seven c?Jidlesticks which \nthou sawest, are the seven \nchurches. \n\nCHAP. II. \n\nTo the church of Ephesus, S,\'C. \n\nUNTO the angel of the church \nof Ephesus, write ; These \nthings saith he that holdeth the \nseven stars in his right hand, who \nwalketh in the midst of the seven \ngolden candlesticks ; \n\n2 I know thy works, and thy \nlabour, and thy patience, and \n)iow thou canst not bear them \nwhich are evil : and thou hast \ntried them which say they are \napostles, and are not ; and hast \nfound them bars : \n\n3 And hast borne, and hast pa- \ntience, and for my name\'s sake \nhast laboured, and hast not \nfainted. \n\n4 Nevertheless, 1 have so?jic- \nwhat against thee, because thou \nhast left thy hrst love. \n\n5 Remember therefore from \nwhence thou art fallen, and re- \npent, and do the first works ; or \nelse \xce\xaf will come unto thee quick- \n" and will remove thy candle- \n\n\n\nEphesus,Smi/rna, \n\n\n\nly^ \n\nStick out of his place, except thou \nrepent. \n\n6 But this thou hast, that thou \nhatest the deeds of the Nicolai- \nlanjs, which I also hate. \n\n7 He that hath an ear^ let him \nhear what the Spirit saith unto \nrlie churches ; To him that over- \ncometh will I give to eat of the \ntree of life, which is in the midst \nof the paradise of God. \n\n8 And unto the angel of the \nchurch in Smyrna, write ; These \nthings saith the first and the last, \nwhich was dead and is alive ; \n\nQ I know thy works, and tn- \n\n\n\nbulation, and povert \xe2\x80\xa2 , (but thou \nart rich,) and I knozo the blas- \nphemy of them which say they are \nJews, and are not, but are the sy- \nnagogue of Satan. \n\n1.0 Fear none of those things \nwhich thou shalt suffer : behold, \nthe devil shall cast some of you \ninto prison, that ye n>ay be tried : \nand ye shall have tribulation ten \ndays ; be thou faithful unto death, \nand I will give thee a crewn of \nlife. \n\n11 He that hath an ear, let \nhim hear what the Spirit saith un- \nto the churches ; He that over- \ncometh, shall not be hurt of the \nsecond death, \n\n12 And to the angel of the \nchurch in Pergamos, write : These \nthings saith he which hath the \nsharp sword with two edges ; \n\n13 I know thy works, and \nwhere thou dwellest, even where \nSatan\'s seat is : and thou boldest \nfast my name, and hast not de- \nnied my faith, even in those \ndays wherein Antipas was niy \nfaithful martyr, who was slain \namong you, where Satan dwel- \nleth. \n\n14 But I have a few things \nagainst thee, because thou hast \nthere them that hold the doctrine \nof Balaam, who taught Balak to \ncast a stumbling-block before the \nchildren of Israel, to eat things \nsacrificed unto idols, and to com- \nmit fornication. \n\n15 So hast thou also them t]>at \nhold the doctrine of the Nocolai- \ntans, \\vhich thing I hate. \n\n16 Repent ; or^\'else \xce\xa4 will come \nunto thee quicklv, and will fight \nagainst them with the sw^ord \xce\xbf \xce\xb1 \nmv mouth. \n\nir He that hath an ear, let \nhim hear what the Spirit saith \nunto the churches ; To him that \novercometh will I give to eat \xce\xbf i \nthe hidden manna, and will give \nhim a white stone, and m the \nstone a new name written, whacr \n\n\n\nPergamoSy Thyatira^ \n\n\n\nno man knowetb, saving he that \nreceiveth it. \n\n18 And unto the angel of the \nchurch in Thyatira, write ; These \nthings saith the Son of God, who \nhath his e.yes like unto a flame \nof fire, and his feet are hke fine \nbrass ; \n\nIQ I kno\\v thy works, and \ncharity, and sei^\'ice, and faith, \nand thy patience, aad thy works ; \nand the last to he more than the \nfirst. \n\n20 Notwithstanding, I have a \nfew things against thee, because \nthou sufferest that woman Je- \nzebel, which calieth herself a \nprophetess, to teach and to seduce \nmy servants to commit fornica- \ntion, and to eat things sacrinced \nunto idols. \n\n21 And I gave her space to re- \np@nt of her fornication, and she \nrepented not. \n\n22 Behold, I will cast her into \na bed, and them that commit a- \ndultery with her into great tribu- \nlation, except they repent of their \ndeeds. \n\n23 And I will kill her children \nwith death ; and all the churches \nshall know that I am he which \nsearcheth the reins and hearts ; \nand I will give unto every \n\xc2\xa9ne of you according to your \nworks. \n\n24 But unto you, I say, and \nunto the rest in Thyatira, As \nmany as have not this doctrine, \nand which have not known the \ndepths of Satan, as they speak ; \nI will put upon you none other \nburden : \n\n25 But that which 3^e have al- \nready, hold fast till I come, \n\n26 And he that overcometh and \nkeepeth my works unto the end, \nto him will I give power over th\xe2\x82\xac \nnations : \n\n27 (And he shall rule them with \na rod of iron : as the vessels of a \npotter shall they be broken to \n\n315 \n\n\n\nChap. iii. \n\n\n\nSardis, Philadelphia, \n\n\n\nshivers,) even as I received of my \nFather. \n\n28 And I will give him the \nmorning star. \n\n29 He that hath an ear, let him \nhear what the Spirit saith unto \nthe churches. \n\nCHAP. III. \nTo the church ofSai^dis, SfC. \n\nAND unto the angel of the \nchurch in Sardis, write ; \nThese things saith he that hath \nthe seven Spirits of God, and the \nseven stars ; I know thy works, \nthat thou hast a name that thou \nlivest- and art dead. \n\n2 Be watchful, and strength \nen the things which remain, that \nare ready to die : for I have not \nfound thy works perfect before \nGod. \n\n3 Remember therefore how \nthou hast received and heard, and \nhold fast, and repent. If there- \nfore thou shalt not watch, I \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8b\xce\x99 \ncome on thee as a thief, and thou \nshalt not kno\\v what hour I will \ncome upon thee. \n\n4 Thou hast a few names even \nin Sardis, which have not defiled \ntheir garments ; and they shall \nwalk with me in white : for they \nare worthy, \n\n5 He that overcometh, the \nsame shall be clothed in white \nraiment ; and I will not blot out \nhis name out of the book of life, \nbut I will confese his name be- \nfore my Father, and before his \nangels. \n\n6 He that hath an ear, let him \nhear what the Spirit saith unto \nthe churches. \n\n7 And to the angd of the \nchurch in Philadelphia, write: \nThese things saith he that is ho- \nly ; he that is true ; he that hath \nthe key of David ; he that open- \neth, and no man shutteth ; and \nshutteth, and no man openeth : \n\n8 I know thy v/orks : behold, \nI have set before thee an open \n. \xe2\x96\xa0 "" \xe2\x96\xa0 0.3 \xe2\x96\xa0 \xe2\x96\xa0 \' \xe2\x96\xa0 \n\n\n\nThe angel of the church Reveiation. qfLaodicea reproved. \n\n\n\ndoar, and no man can shut it ; \nfor thou hast a little strength, and \nhast kept my word, and hast not \ndenied mv name. \n\n9 Behold, I will make them of \nthe synagogue of Satan (whieh say \nthey are Jews, and are not, but \ndo he ;) behold, I will make them \nto come and worship before thy \nfeet, and to know that 1 have \njoved thee. \n\n10 Because thou hast kept the \nword of my patience, I also \xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xcf\x8b\xce\x90 \nkeep thee from the hour of temp- \n^.ation, which shaii come upon all \nihe world, to try them thai dwell \ni:pon the earth. \n\n. 11 Behold, I come quickly : hold \n?hat fast which tliou hast, that no \nfr.an take thy crovvn. \n\n12 Him that overcometh, will \nI make a pillar in the temple of \nrn.y 0&\xce\xac. and he shall go no more \nout : and I will write upon him \n:.i new Jerusalem, \xce\x9bvhich cometh \ntiown out of heaven from my \nOod : and 1 wUl write upon him \nnjy new name. \n\n13 He that hatli an ear, let liim \nhear what the Spirit saith unto \nthe churches. \n\n14 \xce\x91\xce\xb7\xce\x9b unto the angel of the \ncliurch ot the Laodiceans, ^vrite ; \nThese things saith the Amen, \nthe faithful and true witness, the \nhegnming of ^the CL-eation of \n\nGod : ""\'^1 \n\n15 \xce\xaf know^ thy. works, that thou \nart neither cold nor hot : I would \nthou wert cold or hot. \n\n16 So tlien because tliou art \nluke-Avarm, and neither cold nor \nhot, \xce\xaf will spue thee out of my \nnioutii : \n\n17 Because thou say est, I am \nr-ich, and hicreased with goods, \n\xe2\x80\xa2and have need of nothing ; and \nknowest not that thou art wretch- \ned, and miserable, and poor, and \nbliiid, and naked. \n\n18 \xce\xaf counsel thee to buy of me \n\nm \n\n\n\ngold tried in the fire, that thou \nmayest be rich ; and white raiment \nthat thou mayest be clothed, and \nthat the shame of thy nakedness \ndo not appear ; and anoint thme \neyes with eye-salve, that thou \nmayest see. \n\n19 As many as I love, I rebuke, \nand chasten : be zealous therQ- \nfore, and repent. \n\n20 Behold, I stand at the door, \nand knock : If any man hear my \nvoice, and open the door, I will \ncome in to hmi, and will sup with \nhim, and he with me. \n\n21 To him that e\\\'crcometb, \nwill I grant to sit with me in my \nthrone, even as I also overcame, \nand am set down with my Fathe? \nin his throne. \n\n22 He that hath an ear, let him \nhear what the Spirit saith unto \nthe churches. \n\nCHAP. IV. \nThe viuon of a throne. \n\nAFTER this \xce\xaa looked, and be- \nhold, a door uas opened iu \nheaven : and the hrst voice which \nI heard, wa^ as it were, of a \ntrumpet talkiuii with me ; which \nsaid, Come up hither, and I will \nshew thee things wliich must be \nhereafter. \n\n2 And immediately \xce\xa4 was in \nthe spirit, and behold, a throne \nwas set in lieaven, and one sat on \nthe throne. \n\n3 And he that sat, .was to look \nupon like a jasper, aiid a sardine \nstone, and there was. a rainbow \nround about the throne, in sight \nlike unto an emerald, . \n\n4 And round abouf the throne \nwere four and t\\Venty seats : and \nupon the seats I saw four and \ntwenty eldi;rs sitting, clothed in \n\'vhite raiment ; and they had on \ntheir heads crowns of s^old. \n\n5 And out of the throne pro- \nceeded lightnings, and uhunder- \nings, and voices : And there were \nseven lamps of fire burning be \n\n\n\nA vision of a throne. Chap \n\nfore the thrane, which are the \nseven Spirits of God. \n\n6 And before the throne there \nuas a sea of glass like unto cry- \nstal : and in" the midst of tlie \nthrone, and round about the \nthrone, zcere four beast full of \neyes before and behind. \n\n7 And the first beast zcas like \na lion, and the second beast like \na calf, and the third beast had a \nface as a man, and the fourth \nbeast was like a flying eagle. \n\n8 And the four beasts had \neach of (hem six wings about \nhim; and they were full of eyes \nwithin ; and they rest not day \nand night, saying. Holy, holy, \nholy. Lord God Almighty, \nwhich was, and is, and is to \ncome, \n\n9 And when those beasts give \nglor^^ and honour, and thanks \nto him that sat on the throne, who \nliveth for ever and ever, \n\n10 The four and twenty elders \nfall down before him that sat on \nthe throne, and w^orship him tliat \nliveth for ever and ever, and cast \ntheir crowns before the tlifone, \ns:\\ving, \n\n11 Thou art worthy, \xce\x9f Lord, \nto receive glory, and honour, and \npower: far thou hast created ail \nthings, and for thy pleasure thev \nine, and v*ere crc atcd. \n\nCHAP. V. \nThe b(}pk iiith seven seah. \n\xe2\x96\xa04 ND 1 saw in the nvht hand \n\xce\xbb7\\ of irim that sat on the \nthrone, a book writ Leo within, \nand OS the back side sealed Vv ith \nseven seals, \n\ni2 And I saw a strong angel \nproclaiming with ti^ louii voice, \nvVho is worthy to open the \nbook, a:id to loose the seals \ndiercofl* \n\n3 And no man in heaven, nor \nin earth, neither under tlie earth, \nwas able to open the book, neither \nto look thereon. \n\n\' 4 And \xce\xaf vvept much because no \n- 317 \n\n\n\nV, llic sealed booh opened. \n\nman was found worthy to open, \nand to read the book, neither to \nlook thereon. \' \n\n5 And one of the e\\dcrssnit]i \nunto line, Weep not: behold, tiui \nLion of the tribe of Juda, the \nroot of David, iiath prevailed t" \nopen the book and to loose tl\xc2\xbb.: \nseven seals thereof. \n\n6 And I beheld, and lo, in ilic \nmidst of the throne, and of the \nfour beasts, and in the midst o\\ \nthe elders stood a Lamb, as- u \nhad been slain, having seven \nhorns, and seven eyes, Avhich art; \nthe seven Spirits of God sent foi ih \ninto all the earth. \n\n7 And he came and took the \nbook out of the right hand of him \nthat sat upon the throne. \n\n8 And wlien he had taken the \nbook, the four beasts, and four \nand twenty elders fell down before \nthe Lamb, having every one of \nthem liarps, and golden vials full \nof odours, which are the prayers \nof saints. \n\n9 And they sung a new song, \nsaying. Thou art worthy to take . \nthe book, and to open the seals \nthereof : for thou wast slain, and \nhast redeemed us to God by thv \nblood, out of every kindred, \nand tongue, and people, and \nnation : \n\n10 And hf\'st nuide us unto our \nGod kings and priests : \xce\xbd\xce\x9b\\\xce\xac ue \nshall reign oi^U^eiU\'th. \n\n^ 11 Ana l^Kmay and \xce\xaf heard \nthe voice of many angels round \nabout tlie throne, and the beasts \nand the elders : aiid the number \nof them was ten thousand times \nten thousand, and thousands \xce\xbf\xce\xaf \nlhou5jands ; \n\n12 Saying with a loud voice, \nWorthy is the Lamb that wae \nslain, to receive po%ver, and \nrichee, and wisdom, and strength, \nand honour, , and- glory, and \nblessing. \n\n13 And every creature which \nis in heaven and on the \n\n0.4 \n\n\n\n\xe2\x80\xa2f i\' \'\'^-, \n\n\n\n1 \'he opening of the seals, Revelation . \n\n\n\nt\\tui under the earth, and such as \nare in the sea, and all that are in \niheni, heard I, saying, Blessing, \nand honour, and glory, and power \nre unto him that sitteth upon the \nthrone, and unto the Lamb for \n\nver and ever. \n14 And the four beasts said, \nAmen. And the four \xc2\xabnc? twen- \nelders fell dov/n and Avorship- \n\nd him th^it liv^eth for ever and \n\nCHAP. VI. \n\nThe seven sd^s c-pened, \nA KD I sa-,v, when the Lamb \n.C\\- opened one of the seals, and \nI heard, as it were the noise of \nrliunder, one of the four beasts, \nsaying, Come, and see. \n\n\xce\xb4 And I saw, and behold, a \nwhite horse ; and he that sat on \nhim had a bow ; and a crown \nwas given unto him, and he \nwent forth conquering, and to \n\xe2\x96\xa0onqticr. \n\n3 And when he had opened the \nsecond seal, I heard the second \nbeasi say, Come, and see. \n\n4 \'\xce\x86\xce\xb7\xce\xac there v/ent out another \nhorse that zvas red : and poiler \nwas gn\xe2\x80\xa2 en to him that sat thereon, \n10 take peace from the earth, and \ni hat they siiould kill one another : \njnd tliere Avas given unto him a \n-;reat sword. ,; \n\n5 And when he had opened the \niird seal, I heard the thir\xc2\xabd beast \nay, Come, and j^. And I be- \nheld, and lo, ai^tck horse ; and \nliQ that sat on him had a pair of \nbalances in his hand. \n\n6 And I heard a voice in the \nmidst of the four beasts say, A \nmeasure of wheat for a penny, and \nthree measures of barley for a \npenny ; and see thou hurt not the \noil and the wine. \n\n7 And when he had opened the \nfourth seal, \xce\xa4 \\eard the voice of \nthe fourth beast say, Come, and \nsee, \n\n8 And I looked and behold, \na pale horse; and his name that \n\n31B \' \'\xe2\x96\xa0"\' \n\n\n\nand what folluewed. \n\n\n\nsat on him was Death, and hell \nfolioTved with him ; and power \nwas given unto them, over the \nfourth part of the earth to kill, \nwith sword, and wath hunger, and \nwith death, and with the beasts \nof the earth. \n\n9 And when he had opened the \nfifth seal, I saw under the altar \nthe souls of them that were slain \nfor the w^ord of God, and for the \ntestimony which they held. \n\n10 And they cried with a loud \nvoice, saying. How long, \xce\x9f Lord, \nholy and true, dost thovi not judge \nand avenge our blood on them \nthat dAvell on the earth .? \n\n1 1 And white robes were give-n \nunto every one of them ; and it \nwas said unto them, that they \nshould rest yet for a little season, \nuntil their fellow-serv^ants also, \nand their brethren that should be \nkilled as they were, should be ful- \nfilled. \n\n12 And I beheld when he had \nopened the sixth seal, and lo, there \nwas a great earthquake ; and the \nsun became black as sackcloth of \nhair, and the moon became as \nblood. \n\n13 And the stars of heaven \nfell unto the earth, even as a fig- \ntree casteth her untimely figs, \nwhen she is shaken of a mighty \nwind. \n\n14 And the heaven departed \nas a scroll when it is rolled to- \ngether ; and every mountain and \nisland were moved out of their \nplaces : \n\n15 And the kings of the earth, \nand the great men, and the ricli \nmen, and the chief captams, and \nthe mighty rfien, and every bond- \nman, and every free-man, hiii \nthemselves in the dens, and in the \nrocks of the mountains ; \n\n16 And said to the mountains, \nand rocks. Fall on us, and hide \nus from the face of him that sit- \nteth on the throne, and from thr \nwr^th of the Lamb ^ \n\n\n\nThe nuinher CMf, "^i, \n\nJL7 For the great day of his could \nwi;ath is come ; and who shall be \nable to stand ? \n\nCHAP. VII. \nThe number of the sealed. \n\nAND after these things, I saw \nfour angels standing on the \nfour corners of the earth, holding \nthe four winds of the earthy, that \nthe wind should not blow on the \nearth, nor on the sea, nor on any \ntree. \n\n2 And I saw another angel as- \ncending from the east, having the \nseal ot the living God: and he \ncried with a loud voice to the four \nangels, to \\vhom it was given to \nhurt the earth and the sea, \n\n3 Saying, Hurt not the earth, \nneither the sea, nor the trees, till \nwe have sealed the servants of our \nGod in their foreheads, \n\n4 Aad 1 heard the number of \nthem which were sealed : and \nthere were sealed an hundred and \nforty and four thousand, of all \nthe tribes of the children of \nIsrael. \n\n5 Of the tribe of Juda were \nsealed twelve thousand. Of the \ntribe of Reuben were sealed \ntwelve thousand. Oi the tribe \n\xc2\xabf Gad were sealed twelve thou- \nsand. \n\n6 Of the tribe of Aser wej^e \n:ealed twelve thousand. Of the \ntribe of Nephthalim zvere sealed \ntwelve thousand. Of the tribe \n\xc2\xa9f Manasses were sealed twelve \nthousand. \n\n7 Of the tribe of Simeon were \nsealed twelve thousand. Of the \ntrib^ of I>evi were sealed twelve \nthousand. Of the tribe of Issachar \nzoere sealed twelve thousand. \n\n8 Of the tribe of Zabulon \nwere scaled twelve thousand. Of \nthe tribe of Joseph were sealed \ntwelve thousand. Of the tribe \nof Benjamin rcere sealed twelve \nthousand. \n\n9 After this I beheld, and lo, \na -^reat multifjcie, which no man \n\n5 f 9 \n\n\n\nof the sealed. \nnumber, of all nations \nand kindreds, and people, and \ntongues, stood before the throne, \nand before the Lamb, clothed witli \nwhite robes, and palms in thei. \nhands ; \n\n10 And cried with a loud voice \nsaying. Salvation to our God \nwhich sitteth upon the throne, \nand unto the Lamb. \n\n11 And all the angels stood \nround about the throne, and \nabout the elders, and the four \nbeasts, and fell before the throne \non their faces, and worshipped \nGod, \n\n12 Saying, Amen : Blessing, and \nglory, and wisdom, and thanks- \ngiving, and honour, and power, \nand might be unto our God for \never and ever. Amen. \n\n13 And one of the elders an- \nswered, saying unto me, What \nare these which are arrayed in \nwhite robes ? and whence came \nthey ? \n\n14 And I said unto him, Sir, \nthou knowest. And he said unto \nme. These are they which came \nout of great tribulation, and have \nwashed their robes, and made \nthem white in the blood of the \nLamb. \n\n15 Therefore are they before \nthe throne of God, and serve him \nday and night in his temple : and \nhe that sitteth on the throne shall \ndwell among ;^ejn. \n\n16 They sli||l hunger no more, \nneither thirst any more, neither \nshall the sun light on them, nor \nany heat. \n\n17 For the Lamb which is in the \nmidst of the throne, shall feed \nthem, and shall lead them unto \nliving fountains of waters : and \nGod shall wipe away all tears from \ntheir eyes. \n\nCHAP. VIIL \nSeven angels with trumpets. \nAl ND when he had opened \nXA- the sersnth seal, there \\v:9s \n0-3 \n\n\n\nSeven angeh icith trumpets. Revelation. \nsilence m heaven about the space \nof half an hour, \n\n/^^ And I saw the seven angels \nWiiich stijod before God : and \nCO them v/ere given seven trum- \npets. \n\n3 And another angel came \nand stood at the altar, having \na golden censer : and there was \ngiven unto him much incense^ \nthat lie should offer it with the \nprayers of all saints upon the \ngolden altar, which \'.vas before the \ntin-one. \n\n4 And the smoke of the incense \nwhich came w\'lXh the prayer^ of the \nsaints, ascending up before God, \nout of the angeFs hand. \n\n5 And the angel took the cen- \nser, and filled it with the fire of \nthe altar, and cast it into the \nearth : and there were voices, and \nthunderings, and lightnings, and \nan eartlupjake. \n\n6 And the seven angels whicli \nhad the seven trumpets, prepased \nthemselves to sound. \n\n7 The first angel sounded, and \nthere followed hail and fire ming- \nled with blood, and they were cast \nu-pon the earth, and the third part \nC\'l trees was burnt up, and all \ngreen grass was burnt up. \n\n8 And the second angel sonnd- \n^ ed, and as it were a great moun- \ntain burning with fire was cast in- \nto the sea ; and the third part of \nthe sea became blood : \n\n9 And the third part of the \ncreatures which were in the \nsea, and had life, died : and the \nthird part of the ships were de- \nstroyed. \n\n10 And the third angel sound- \ned, and there fell a great star \nfrom heaven, burning as it were \n2v lamp, and it fell upon the third \npart of the rivers, and\' upon the \nfountains of waters : \n\n11 And the name of the star \nis called Wormwood : and the \nthird part of the waters became \nwormwood ; and many men died \n\n\n\nLocusts like scorpions. \nof the waters, because they were \nmade bitter. \n\n12 And the fourth angel sound- \ned, and the third part of the sun \nwas smitten, and the third part \nof the moon, and the third part \nof the stars ; so as a tiiird \nof them was darkened, and the \nday shone not for a third part of \nit, and the night likewise. \n\n13 And I beheld, and heard an \nangel flying through the midst \nof heaven, saying with a loud \nvoice, Woe, woe, woe to the in- \nhabiters of the earth, by reason of \nthe other voices of the trumpet \nof the three aaigels which are yet \nto sound, \n\nCHAP. IX. \nA star falfeth from heaven. \n\nAND the fiftK angel sounded, \nand I saw a star fall from \nheaven unto the earth : and to \nhim was given the key of the bot- \ntomiess pit. \n\n2 And he opened the bottomless \npit, and there arose a smoke out \nof the pit, as the smoke of a great \nfurnace : and the sun and the air \nwere darkened, by reason of the \nsmoke of the pit. \n\n3 And there came out of the \nsmoke locusts upon the earth ; and \nunto them was giv^n power, as \nthe scorpions of the earth have \npower. \n\n4 And it was commanded \nthem that they should not hurt \nthe grass of the earth, neither \nany green thing, neither any \ntree : but only those men which \nhave not the seal of God in their \nforeheads. \n\n5 And to them it was given that \nthey should not kill them, bii \nthey should be tormented fiv \nmonths : and their torment zvas as \nthe torment of a scorpion when \nhe striketh a man. \n\n6 And in those days shall men \nseek death, and shall n^t find it ; \nand shall desire to die, and death \nshall fiee from them. \n\n\n\niour angels loosed. \n\n\n\nChap. : \n\n\n\n7 And the shapes of the locusts \nwere like unto horses prepared un- \nto battle ; and on their heads were \nas it were crowns like gold, and \ntheir faces zcere as the faces of \nmen. \n\n8 And tliey had hair as the hair \nof womenj and their teeth were \nas the teeth of lions. \n\n9 And they had breast-plates, \nas it were breast-plates of iron : \nand the sound of tneir wings was \nas the sound of chariots of many \nhorses running to battle. \n\n10 And they had tails like unto \nscorpions, and there were stings \nin tneir tails : and their power \nz&as to hurt men five months. \n\n11 And they had a king over \nthem, dhich is the angel of the \nbottomless pit, whose name in \nthe Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, \nbut in the Greek tongue hath \nhis name Apoliyon. \n\n12 One woe is past ; and be- \nhold, there come two woes more \nhereafter. \n\n13 And the sixth angel sound- \ned, and I heard a voice from the \nfour horns of the golden altar \nwliich is before God, \n\ni4i Saying to the sixth aiigel \nwhich had the trumpet. Loose \nthe four angels which are bound \nin the great river Euphrates. \n\n15 And the four angels were \nloosed, which were prepared for \nan hour, and a day, and a month, \nand a year, for to slay the third \npart of men. \n\n16 And the numbe-r of the army \nof the horsemen were two hundred \nthousand thousand : and I heard \nthe number of them. \n\n17 And thus I saw the horses \nin the vision, and them that sat \non them, having breast-plates of \niire,and of jacinth, and brimstone: \nand the heads of the horses were \nas the heads of lions ; and out of \ntheir mouths issued fire, and \nsmoke, and brimstone. \n\n13 By these three was the third \n3^1 \n\n\n\n\xce\xa4\xce\xb7\xce\xad angeiwttii a dcGf^. \n\n\n\npart of men killed, by the L\xe2\x80\xa2 \nand by the smoke, and by thc- \nbrimstone, which issued out o\' \ntheir mouths. \n\n19 For their power is \'r\'l t\' - :\xe2\x96\xa0 \nmouth, and in their \n\ntheir tails were lik;\xe2\x82\xac i:r^ \n\nand liad heads. . : \n\nthey do hurc. \n\n20 And the ir ,^. r: . ^.r:. \nwhich were not kiliea ty iie^r \nplagues yet repented i;ot \xcf\x85 \xce\x93 th^;\xe2\x80\xa2 \nworks of their hands, tij^t th \nshould not v/orship denl \xce\xb7 \nidols of gold, and silver, and bra- \nand stone, and of wood : vvli c \nneither can see, nor he?.r. rr \nwalk : \n\n21 Neither repented \xe2\x96\xa0\xe2\x96\xa0 ry r^ \ntheir murders, nor of \n\nceries, nor of tlieir : \nnor of their thefts. \n\nCHAP. X. \nAn angel with a hoou, \n/4 ND \xce\xaa saw another m^r\xe2\x80\xa2::; \nXjL angel come down fr;)r. \nheaven clothed with a cloiid : ana \na rainbow zcas upon his head \nand his f\'^^ice was as it were th- \nsun, and his feet as pillars or \nfire : \n\n2 And he had in his hand a \nlittle book open: and he set hi> \nright foot upon the sea,, and hir \nImJ\'oot on tiie e?rfth, \n\n3 And cried with a loud voice, \nas when a lion roa-reth : and wher/ \nhe had cried, seven thunders ut- \ntered their voices. \n\n4 And vvhen the seven tjmr- \nders had uttered their voices, I \nwas about to write : and 1 heard \na voice from heaven, sayir.g unto \nme. Seal up those things whic; \nthe seven thundei^ utterpd aiic \nwrite them not. \n\n5 And the angel v^hich I saw- \nstand upon the sea and upon \nthe earth, lifted up his hand to \nheaven, \n\n6 And sware by him thatliv= \neth for ever and ever, who creat- \ned heaven and the things ^.at \n\n0& \n\n\n\nJ-jhn eateth tit loolt, \ntherein arfe, and tlie \nthe tlimgs that therein are, and \nthe sea and the things v/hich are \ntherein, that there should be time \nno innger \xe2\x80\xa2. \n\n7 But in the days of the voice \nof the seventh ani^el, when he \nshall begin to sound, the mystery \nof God should he hnished,"^ as he \nhath declared to his servants the \nprophets. \n\n8 And the voice wlwch I heard \n. from heaven spake unto me a- \n\nsain, and said, Go, and take the \nHttle book wliich is open in the \nhand \xc2\xa9f the angel which stand- \neth upon the sea, and upon the \nearth. \n\n9 And I went unto the angel, \nand srdd unto him, Give me the \nuttle book. And he said unto me. \nTake it^ and eat it up ; and it \n-hall make thy belly bitter, but it \n-hall be in tny mouth sweet as \nhoney, j \n\n10 And I took the little book \nout of the angeFs hand, and \nile it up ; and it was in my \nmouth sweet as honey, and as \nsoon as I had eaten it, my belly \n^^as bitter. \n\n11 And he said unto me, Thou \nmust prophesy again before many \nvieople^s, and nations, and tongues, \n\xce\xbb\xce\xb9\xce\xbb\xce\x9b kings. \n\nCHAP. XI. \nThe two witnesses. \n\xce\x9b ND there v.\xe2\x80\xa2 as given me a \n.l\\. reed lik\'e unto a rod : and \nibe angel stood, sayiag, Ris^ and \nmeasure the temple oT God, and \nthe altar, and them that worship \ntherein. \n\n2 But the court wkich is with- \nout the temple, leave out, and \nmeasure it not; for it is given un- \nto the Gentiles : and the holy city \nshall they tread under foot -orty \nand two months. \n\n3 And I will give pozcer unto \nmy two witnesses, ana they umil \nprophesy a thousaiid two hundred \n\n322 \n\n\n\nfteii-feliitioTi. The two wiin^ssts. \n\nearth and and tlu-eescore days clothed in \nsackcloth. \n\n4 These are the two olive- \ntrees, and the two candlesticks \nstanding before the God of the \nearth. \n\n5 And if any man will hurt \nthem, fire proceedeth out of their \nmouth, and devoureth their e- \nnemies : and if any man will hurt \nthem, he must in this manner be \nkilled. \n\n6 These have power to shut \nheaven, that it rain not in the \ndays of their prophecy : and have \n\xcf\x81\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xaf\xce\xaf\xce\x93 over v^ aters to turn them \nto blood, and to smite the earth \nwith all plagues, as often as they \nwill. \n\n7 And when they shall have \nfinished their testimony, the beast \nthat ascendeth out of the bottom- \nless pit, shall make war against \nthem, and shall overcome them, \nand kill them. \n\n8 And their dead bodies shall \nlie in the street of the great city, \nwhich spiritually is called Sudom \nand Egypt, where also our Lord \nwas crucified. \n\n9 And th^ey of the people, and \nkindreds, and tongues, and na- \ntions, shall see their dead bodies \nthree days and an half, and shall \nnot suffer their dead bodies to be \nput in graves. \n\n10 And they that dwell up- \non the earth, shall rejoice over \nthem, and make merry, and \nshall send gifts one to another ; \nbecause these two prophets tor- \nmented them that dv/eit on the \narth. \n11 And after three days and \nan half, the spirit of life from \nGod entered into them ; and they \nstood upon their feet, and great \nfear fell upon them which saw \nthem. \n\n12 And they heard a great \n\nvoice from heaven, saying unto \n\nthem, Come up hither. And \n\nthey ascended up to heaven in \n\na cloud : \n\n\n\n\xcf\x84 fie seventh trumpet sounded. Chap. xii. Tlie dragon ofvercome. \n\n\n\na cloud; and their enemies beheld \n\nghem. \n\n13 And the same hour was \nthere a great earthquake, and \nthe tenth part of the city fell, \nand in the earthquake were slain \nof men seven thousand : and \nthe remnant were aifrighted, \nand gave glory to the God of \nheaven, \n\n14 The second woe is past ; \nand behold the third woe coineth \nquickly. \n\n15 And the seventh angel sound- \ned; and there were great voices \nin heaven, saying, The kingdoms \nof this world are become the \nkingdoms 0\xce\xaa onv laovay and of his \nChrist ; and ke shall reign for ever \nand ever. \n\n16 And the four and twenty \nelders which sat before God on \ntheir seats, fell upon their faces, \nand worshipped God, \n\n17 Saying^, We give thee thanks, \n\xce\x9f Lord God Almighty, which \nart, and wast, and art to come ; \nbecause thou hast taken to thee \nthy great power, and hast \nreigned. \n\n18 And the nations were \nangry, and thy wrath is. come, \nand the time of the dead, that \n^hey should be judged, and that \nthou shouldest give reward unto \nthy servants the prophets, and to \nthe saints, and them that fear thy \nname, small and great : and \nshouldest destroy them which de- \nstroy the earth. \n\n19 And the temple of God \nwas opened in heaven, and there \nwas seen in his temple the ark \nof his testament : and there were \nlightnings, and voices, and thun- \nderings, and an earthquake, and \ngreat hail . \n\nCHAP. XII. \nThe great red dragon. \n\nAND there appeared a great \nAvonder in heaven ; a wo- \nman clothed with the sun, and \nthe moon \\iuak:v her feet, and \n2^S \n\n\n\nupon her head a crown of twelve \n\nstars : \n\n2 And she being with child, \ncried, travailing in birth, and \npained to be delivered. \n\n3 And there appeared another \nwonder in heaven, and behold, a \ngreat red dragon, having seven \nheads, and ten horns, and seven \ncrowns upon his heads. \n\n4 And his tail drew the third \npart of the stars of heaven, and \ndid cast them to the earth ; and \nthe dragon stood before the wo- \nman which \xce\x9bvas ready to be de- \nlivered, for to devour her child as \nsoon as it was born. \n\n5 And she brought forth a man- \nchild, who was to rule all nations \nwith a rod of iron : and her child \nwas caught up unto God, and to \nhis throne. \n\n6 And the \\voman fled into \nthe wilderness, where she hath a \nplace prepared of God, thai they \nshould feed her there a thou- \nsand two hundred and threescore \ndays. \n\n7 And there was war in hea- \nven ; Michael and his angels \nfought against the dragon, and \nthe dragon fought and his an- \ngels, \n\n8 And prevailed not, neither \n\xce\x9bvas their place fo^ind any more in \nheaven. \n\n9 And the great dragon was \ncast out, that old serpent call- \ned the devil and Satan, which \ndeceiveth the whole world : he \nwas cast out into the earth, and \nhis angels were cast out with \nliim. \n\n10 And I heard a loud voice, \nsaying in heaven, Now is come \nsalvation, and strength, and the \nkingdom of our God, and the \npower of kis Christ : for the ac- \ncuser of our brethren is cast down, \nAvhich accused themi before our \nGod day and riight. \n\n11 And they overcame him by \nthe blood of the Lamb, and by \n\n\n\nTJie beast with Eev \n\nthe word of their testimony ; .and \nthey loved not their lives unto the \ndeath. \n\n12 Therefore rejoice i/e hea- \nvens, and ye that dwell in them. \nWoe to the inhabiters of the earth, \nand of the sea : for the devil \nis come down unto you, having \ngreat wrath, because he know- \neth that he hath but a short \ntime, \n\n13 And when the dragon saw \nthat he was cast unto the earth, \nhe persecuted the w omaix which \nbrought forth the man child. \n\n14 And to the woman were \ngiA^en two wings of a great \neagle, that she might fly into \nthe wilderness, into her place : \nwhere she is nourished for a \ntime, and times, and half a \ntime, from the face of the ser- \npent. \n\n15 And the serpent cast out of \nhis mouth water as a flood, after \nthe Avoman ; that he might caivse \nher to be carried away of the \nflood. \n\n16 And the earth helped the \nwoman, and the earth opened her \nmouth, and swallowed up the flood \nvvliichtlie dragon cast out of his \nmouth- \n\n17 And the dragon was wroth \nwith the woman, and went to \nmake war with the remnant of \nher seed, which keep the com- \nmandments of God, and have the \ntestimonv of Jesus Christ. \n\nCHAP, XIII. \nThe beast with seven heads. \n\nAND I stood upon the sand \nof the sea, an.d saw^ a beast \nrise up out of the sea, having se- \nven heads, and ten horns, and \nupon his horns ten crowns, and \nupon liis heads the name of blas- \nphemy. \n\n2 And the beast which I saw \nwas hke unto a leopard, and his \nfeet were as the feet of a bear, \nand his mouth as the mouth of \na lion : and the dragon gave hmi \n324 \n\n\n\nelation. seven headSj Sc. \n\nhis power, and his seat, and great \nauthority. \n\n^3 And I saw one of his heads, \nas it were wounded to death ; and \nhis deadly Avound was healed : and \nall the world wondered after the \nbeast. \n\n4 "And they worshipped the.\xe2\x80\xa2 \ndragon which gave power unto^ \nthe beast : and they Avorshipped \nthe beast, saying, \xce\xbb\xce\xa5 ho is like unto \nthe beast? who is able to make \nwar with him ? \n\n5 And there was given unto him \na mouth speaking great things, and \nblasphemies : and power \\vas \ngiven unto him to continue forty \nand two months. \n\n6 And he opened his mouth \nin blasphemy against God, to \nblaspheme his name, and his ta- \nbernacle, and them that dwell in \nheaven. \n\n7 And it was given, unto him \nto make war with the saints, and \nto overcome them : and power \nwas given him over a,ll kindreds, \nand tongues, and nations. \n\n8 And all that dwell upon \nthe earth shall worship him, \nwhose names are not written in \nthe book of life of the Lamb \nslain from the foundation of the \nworld. \n\n9 Ifany man have an ear; let \nhim hear. \n\n10 He that leadeth into cap- \ntivity, shall go into captivity : He \nthat killeth with the SAvord, must \nbe killed with the sword. Here \nis the patience and the faith of \nthe saints. \n\n11 And I beheld another beast \ncoming up oat of the earth, and \nhe had two horns like a lamb, and \nhe spake as a dragon. \n\n12 And he exercise th all the \npower of the first beast before him \nand causeth tbe earth, and them \nwhich dwell therein, to worship \nthe first beast, whose deadly \nwound was healed. \n\n13 \xce\x91\xce\xb7\xe2\x80\xa24 he doeth great wondert \n\n\n\nAn image made. Chap, \n\nso that he maketh fire come \xce\xac\xce\xbf\xce\x9b\xce\xbd\xce\xb7 \nfrom heaven on the earth \\n the \nsight of men, \n\n14 And deceiveth them that \ndwell on the earth, bjr the means \nof tiiose miracles which he had \npower to do in the sight of the \nbeast, saying to them that dweil \non the earth, that they should \nmake an image to the beast Avhich \nhad the wound by a sword, and \ndid live. \n\n15 And he had power to give \nlife unto the image of the beast \nthat the image of the beast should \nboth speak, and caus^ that as \nmany as v/ould not worship the \nimaie of the beast, should be \nkiUe^d. \n\n16 And he caused all, both \nsmall and great, rich and poor, \nfree and bond, to receive a mark \nin their righthand, or in their fare- \nheads : \n\n17 And that no man might buy \nor sell, save he that had the mark, \nor the name of the beast, or the \nnumber of his name. \n\n18 Here is wisdom. Let him \ntha\' hath understanding count the \nnumber of the beast : for it is the \nnumber of a man ; and his number \nis six hundred threescore and \n\nCHAP. XIV. \n\nThe Lamb and his company. \n\nAND I looked, and lo, a Lamb \n. stood on the mount Sion, \nand with him an forty and \nfour thousand, having his \nFather**s name written in then- \nforeheads. \n\n2 And I heard a voice from \nheaven, as the voice of many \nwaters, and as the voice of a \ngreat thunder : and I heard the \nvoice of harpers harping with fheir \nharps. \n\n3 And they sung as it were a \nnew song before the throne, and \nbefore Uie four beasts, and the \nelders : and no man conld learn \nthat song, but the hundred and \n\n\n\ndv. 27ie Lamb and his company, \nforty and four thousand which \nwere redeemed from the earth. \n\n4 These are they \xce\x9bvhich were \nnot defiled with women ; for they \nare virgins : these are they \\vhich \nfollow the Lamb whithersoever \nhe ^oeth : these were redeem- \ned from among men, beirg the \nfirst-fruits unto God, and to the \nLamb. \n\n5 And in their month was \nfound no guile : for they are with- \nout fault before the throne of \nGod. \n\n6 And I saw another angel \n% in the midst of heaven, hav- \ning the everlasting gospel to \npreach unto them that dwell on \nthe earth, and to every nation, \nand kindred, and tongue, and \npeople. \n\n7 Saying with a loud voice, \nFear God, and give glory to \nhim ; for the hour of his judg- \nment is come : and worship him \nthat made heaven and earth, \nand the sea, and the fountains of \nwaters. \n\n8 And there f\xce\xb8llo\xce\x9bved another \nangel, saying, Babylon is fallen, \nis fallen, that great city, be- \ncause she made all nations drink \nof the wnne of the wrath of her \nfornication. \n\n9 And the third angel followed \nthem, saying, with a loud voice, \nIf any man worship the beast, \nand his image, and receive his \nmark in his forehead, or in his \nhand, \n\n10 The same shall drink of the \nwine of the wiath of God, which \nis poured out without mixture, in\xe2\x80\xa2 \nto the cup of his indignation ; and \nhe shall be tormented with fire \nand brimstone in the presence of \nthe holy angels, and in \'the pre- \nsence of the Lamb : \n\n11 And the smoke of their \ntorment ascendeth up for ever \nand ever : and they have no rest \nday nor night, who \\vorshii. the \nbeast and nis image, and whoso- \n\n\n\n\'\xc2\xa3he wine-press oj God. Iteveiatien. \never receiveth the mark of his \nRame. , \n\n12 Here is the patience of the \nsaints ; here \xc2\xabre they that keep \nthe commandments of God^ and \nthe faith of Jesus. \n\n13 And I heard a voice from \nheaven, saying unto me ; Write, \nBlessed are the dead v^^hich die in \nthe Lord, from henceforth : Yea, \nsaith the Spirit, that they may rest \nfrom their labours : and their \nworks do follow them. \n\n14 And I looked, and behold, \na white cloud, and upon the cloud \none sat, like unto the Son of man, \nhaving on his head a golden \nerown, and in his hand a sharp \nsickle. \n\n15 And another angel came out \nof the temple, crying with a loud \nvoice to him that sat on the cloud, \nThrust in thy sickle, and reap : \nfor the time is come for thee to \nreap : for the harvest of the earth \nis ripe. \n\n16 And he that sat on the cloud, \nthrust in his sickle on the earth ; \nand tiie earth was reaped. \n\n17 And another angel came \nout of the temple which is in \nheaven, he also having a sharp \nsickle. \n\n18 And another angel came \neut from the altar, which had \npower over fire ; and cried with \na loud cry to him that had the \nsharp sickle, saying, Thi\'ust in \n\n\n\nt^hy sharp sickle,^ and gather the \nclusters of the vine of the \nearth; for her grapes are fully \nripe, \n\n19 And the angel thrust in his \nsickle into the earth and gathered \nthe vine of the earth, and cast it \ninto the i^reat wine-press of the \nwrath of God. \n\n20 And tlie vv^ine-press v/as trod- \nden \xce\x9bvithout the city, and blood \ncame out of the v/iiie-press, even \nunto the horse-bridles, by the \nspace of a thousand and sis hun- \ndred furlongs. \n\n\n\nThe song of the Lamh. \nCHAP. XV. \n\nThe seven last phgues. \n\nAND I saw another sign m \nheaven,great and marvellous, \nseven angels having the seven last \nplagues, for in them is filled up \nthe wrath of God. \n\n2 And I saw as it were a sea of \nglass, mingled with fire ; and them \nthat had gotten the victory over \nthe beast, and over his ima^e, \nand over hrs mark, and over the \nnumber of his name, stand on the \nsea of glass having tlie harps of \nGod, \n\n3 And they sing the song of \nMoses the servant of God, and \nthe song of the Lamb, saying, \nGreat and marvellous are thy \n\xce\x9bvorks, Lord God Almighty ; just \nand true are thy ways^ thou King \nof saints. \n\n4 Who shall not fear thee, \xce\x9f \nLord, and glorify thy name ? for \nthOu only art holy ; for all nations \nshall come and worship before \nthee ; for thy judgments are made \nmanifest. \n\n5 And after that I looked, and \nbehold, the temple of the taber- \nnacle of the testimony in heaven \nwas opened : \n\n6 And the seven angels came \nout of the temple, having the \nseven plagues, clothed in pure \nand white linen, and having \ntheir breasts girded v>\'ith golden \ngirdles. \n\n7 And one of the four beasts \ngave unto tlie seven angels, seven \ngolden vials full of the wrath of \nGod, who liveth for ever and \never. \n\n8 And the temple was filled with \nsmoke from the glory of God, and \nfrom his power ; and no man was \nable to enter into the temple, till \nthe seven plagues of the seven \nangeis were fulfilled. \n\nCHAP. XVL \nOf the x\'lalsJuU of wrath. \nA ND I heard a great voice \n\n\n\noiit of the temple. \n\n\n\naviTig \n\n\n\nOf tke\'viab \n\n\n\nto the seven angels, Go your \nways^ and pour out the vials of \nthe Wrath of God upon the \nearth. \n\n2 And the first went, arwi \npoured out his vial upon the \nearth : and there fell a noisome \nand grievous sore upon the men \nwhich had the mark of the beast, \nand upon them which worshipped \nhis image. \n\n3 And the second angel poured \nout his vial upon the sea ; and it \nbecame as tlie blood of a dead \nman : and every living soul died \nin the sea. \n\n4 And the third angel poured \nout his vial upon the rivers and \ntbuntains of waters ; and they be- \ncame blood. \n\n5 And I heard the angel of the \nwaters say, Thou art righteous, \n<) Lord, which art, and w ast, and \nshalt be, because thou ha^st judged \nthus: \n\n6 For they have shed the blood \nof saints and prophets, and thou \nhast given them hk)od to drink ; \nfjor they are worthy. \n\n7 And I heard another out of \nthe altar say. Even so, Lord God \nAlmighty, true and righteous are \nthy judgments. \n\n8 And the fourth angel poured \nout his vial upon the sun ; and \npower was given unto him; to \nscorch men v>\'ith fire. \n\n9 And men were scorched \nwith great heat, and blasphemed \nthe name of God, \\vhich hath \npower over these plagues ; and \nthey repented not to gi\\ e him \nglory. \n\n\' 10 And the fifth angel poured \nout his vial upon the seat of the \nbeast ; and his kingdom was full \nof darkness,and they gnawed their \ntongues for pain, \n\n11 And blasphemed the God of \nheaven, because of their pains and \nHieir sores, and repented not of \ntheir deeds. \n\n12 And the sixth angel poured \n\n32\xce\x93 \n\n\n\nChap. xvi. \n\n\n\nJiill of wraths \n\n\n\nout his vial upon the great Mvcr \nEuphrates ; and the water there- \nof was dried up, that the way of \nthe kings of the east might be \nprepared. \n\n13 And I saw three unclean \nspirits like frogs come out of the \nmouth of the dragon, and out \nof the mouth of the beast, and \nout of the mouth of the false \nprophet : \n\n14 For they are the spirits of \ndevils, working miracles, zvhick \ngo forth unto the kings of the \nearth, and of the \\vhole world, \nto gather them to the battle of \nthat great day oi" God Al- \nmighty. \n\n15 Behold, I come as a thief. \nBlessed is he that watcheth, and \nkeepeth his garments, lest he \nwalk naked, and they see his \nshame. \n\n16 And he gathered them \ntogether into a place, called \nin the Hebrew tongue, Arma- \ngeddon. \n\n17 And the seventh angel \npoured out his vial into the air ; \nand there came a great voice \nout of the temple of heaven, \nfrom the throne, saiying, It is \ndone. \n\n18 And there were voices, and \nthunders, and lightnings ; and \nthere was a great earthquake, such \nas was not smce men were upon \nthe earth, so mighty an earth- \nquake and so great. \n\n19 And the great city was di- \nvided into three parts, and the \ncities of the nations fell : and \ngroat Babjlon came in remem=\xc2\xbb \nbrance before God, to give unto \nher the cup of the wine of the \nfierceness of his wrath. \n\n20 And every island fled away, \nand the mountains were not \nfound. \n\n21 And there fell upon men \na great hail out of heaven, \neDcri/ stone about the weight of \na talent ; and men blasphemed \n\n\n\nThe mystery \n\n\n\nRevelation. \n\n\n\nGod because of the plague of \nrhe iiail ; for the plague thereof \n^vas exceeding;; sreat. \n\nCHAP. XVIT. \n\nThe scarlet iclwre^ \nA ND there came one of the \nJl%. seven angels which had the \nseven vials, and talked with me, \nFaying unto me, Come hither, I \nwill shew unto thee the judgment \nof the great svhore, that sitteth \nupon many waters : \n\n2 With whom the kings oi the \nearth have committed fornication, \nand the inhabitants of the earth \nliave been made drunk with the \nvvine of her fornication. \n\n3 So he carried me away in the \nspirit into the wilderness ; and I \nsaw a v*\'Oman sit upon a scarlet \ncoloured beast, full of names of \nb\'lasphemy, having seven heads, \nand ten horns. \n\n4 And the woman was arrayed \nin purple, and scarlet-colour, and \ndecked with gold, and precious \nstones, and pearls, having a golden \ncup ui her hand, full of abomi-iia- \ntions, and hlthiness of her for- \niiication. \n\n6 And upon her foreliead eras \na name written, MYSTERY, \nBABYLON \xce\xa4 \xce\x97 F GREAT, \nTHE MOTHER OF HARLOTS \nAND ABOMINATIONS OF \nTHE EARTH. \n\n6 And i saw the woman drunk- \nen with tlie blood of the saints, \nand with the blood of the mai-- \nxyrs of Jesus: and Avhen I \nIier, I wondered with great ad- \nmiration. \n\n7 And the \xce\xb1 ;\xce\xb9 eel said unto me. \nWherefore ciiclrt thou marvel : I \nwill tell tliee liie mystery of the \nw-oman, and of the >>east tiyat \ncarrieth her, which hath the seven \nheads and ten horns. \n\n8 The beast that thou sawest, \nv.ers, and is not ; and shall ascend \nouL of t:ie bottomless pit, and go \n\xce\x90\xce\xaf)\xce\x90\xce\xb0 perdition: and they that \n\n3^28 \n\n\n\nof Babylon. \n\n\n\ndwell on the earth shall wonder \n(whose names were not written in \nthe book of life from the founda- \ntion of the workh when they be- \nhold the bea^t tnat was, anil is \nnot, and yet is. \n\n9 And here is the mind which \nhath wisdom. The seven heads \nare seven mountains, on which \nthe woman sitteth. \n\n10 And there are seven kings; \niWQ are fallen, and one is, and \nthe other is not yet come ; and \nwhen he cometh, he must continue \na short space. \n\n11 And the beast that was, and \nis not, even he is the eighth, and \nis of the seven, and goeth into \nperdition. \n\n12 And the ten horns which \nthou sawest, are ten kings, which \nhave received no kingdom as yet ; \nbut receive power as kings one \nhour with the beast. \n\n13 These have one mind, and \nshall give their power and strength \nunto the beast. \n\n14 These shall make war \xce\x9bvith \nthe Lamb, and the Lamb shall \novercome them ; for he is Lord of \nlords, and King of kings ; and \nthey that are with him, are called, \nand chosen, and faithful. \n\n15 And he saith unto me, Tlie \nwaters which thou sawest, where \nthe whore sitteth, are peoples, \nand multitudes, and nations, and \ntongues. \n\n16 And the ten horns wkich \nthou sawc-st upon the beast , these \nsh-all hate the vvhore, ond shall \nmake her desolate, and naked, and \nsliall eat her flesh, and burn her \nwith fire. \n\n17 For God hath put in their \nhearts to fulhl his will, and to \nagree, and give their kingdom un- \nto the beast, until the words of \nGod sliall be fulfilled. \n\n18 And th.e woman Avhich thou \nsawest is tii-it great city, vvhich \nreigr-eth over tlie kings of the \n\n^ earth. \n\n\n\nBabj/lon^s dedruction, Chap \n\nCHAP. XVIII. \n\nSahyloris destruction, \n\nAND after these things I saw \nanother angel come down \nfrom heaven, havmg great power; \nand the.earth was lightened with \nhis glory. \n\n2 And he cried miglitily with a \nstrong voice, savin 2f, Babylon the \ngreat is fallen, is fallen ; and is \nbecome the habitation of devils \nand the hold of every foul spirit, \nand a cage of every unclean \nand hateful bird. \n\n3 For all nations have rhnmk \nof the wine of the w rath of her \nfornication, and the kings of the \nearth have committed fornica- \n\n^^ion with her, and the merchants \nof the earth are v/axed rich \nthrough the abundance of her de- \nlicacies. \n^ 4 And 1 heard another voice \n\n, from heaven, saying, Come out of \nher, my people, that ye be not \npartakers of her sins, and that ye \nreceive not of her plagues ; \n\n5 For her sins have reached un-. \nto heaven, and God hath remem- \nbered her iniquities. \n\n6 Reward her even as she re- \nwarded you, and double unto her \ndouble, according to her works : \nin the cup which she hath filled, \nnil to her double. \n\n7 How much she hath gloriiied \nherself, and lived deliciously, so \nmuch torment and sorrow give \nher ; for she saith in her heart, I \nsit a queen, and am \xce\xb2\xce\xbf widow, \nand shall see no sorrow. \n\n8 Therefore sh.all her plagues \ncome in one day, death, and irourn- \ning, and famine ; and she shall be \nutterly burned with tire ; for \nstrong is the Lord God whojudg- \neth her. \n\n9 And the khigs of the earth, \nwho have committed fornication, \nipid lived deliciously with her \n.shall bewail her, awd lament for \nher, when iluiv\' shall sec the smoke \n\n\xe2\x96\xa0\'"her burnii)^. \n\n329 \n\n\n\nxviii. and judgment foretold, \n\n10 Standing afar off for the fear \nof her torment, saying, Alas, alas, \nthat great city Babylon, that migh- \nty city ; For in one hour is thy \njudgment come. \n\n11 And the merchants of the \nearth shall weep and mourn over \nher ; for no man buyeth their mer- \nchandise any more : \n\n12 The merchandise of gold, \nand silver, and precious stones, \nand of pearls, and iine hnen, \nand purple, and silk, and scarier, \nand all thyine \\vood, and all man- \nner of vessels of ivory and all man \nner of vessels of most precious \nwood, and of brass, and iron, and \nmarble, \n\n13 And cinnamon, and odours, \nand ointments, and frankincense, \nand v/ine, and oil, and fine flour, \nand vrhc^t, and be-asts, and sheep, \nand horses, and chariots, and \nslaves, and souls of men. \n\n14 And the fruits that thy soul \nlusted after, are departed from \nthee, and all things which were \ndainty and goodly, are departed \nfrom thee, and thou shalt find \nthem KO more at all. \n\n15 The merchants of these \nthirigs which were made rich by \nher, shall stand afa^\xe2\x80\xa2 oil" tor tlie \nfear of her torment, weeping and \nAvailing, \n\n16 And saying, Alas, alas, that \ngreat city, that vTas clothed in tine \nlinen, and purple\xc2\xbb and scarlet, and \ndecked with gold, and precious \nstones, and pearls ; \n\n17 For in one hour so great \nriches is come to nought. And \nevery ship-master, and all the \ncompany m ships, and sailors, and \nas many as trade by sea, stood \nafar off, \n\n18 And cried when they saw \nthe smoke of her burning, saying, \nVv^hat citj/ is like unto this greai \ncity ? \n\n19 And they cast dust on their \nhead:, and cried, we ping ami \nwailing, saying, Alas, alas, that \n\n\n\nBabylon destroyed. \n\n\n\ngreat city, wlierein were made rich \nall that had ships in the sea, by \nreason of her costlmess, ; for in \none hour is she made desolate. \n\n20 Rejoice over her, thou hea- \nven, and i/e holy apostles and pro- \nphets : for God hath avenged you \non her. \n\n21 And a mighty angel took \nup a stone like a great millstone \nand cast it into the sea, saying. \nThus with violence shall that great \ncity Babylon be thrown down, \nand shall be found no more at \nall. \n\n22 And the voice of harpers, \nand musicians, and of pipers, and \ntrumpeters, shall be heard no more \nat ail in thee : and no craftsman, \nof whatsoever craft he he, shall be \nfound any more in thee ; and the \nsound of a millstone shall be heard \nBO more at all in thee ; \n\n23 x^nd the light of a candle \nshall shine no more at all in \nthee : and the voice of the bride- \ngroom and of the bride shall be \nHeard no more at all in thee ; \nfor thy merchants were the \ngreat men of the earth ; for by \nthy sorceries were all nations \ndeceived. \n\n24 And in her was found the \nblood of prophets, and of saints, \nand of ail tnat were slain upon \nthe earth. \n\nCHAP. XIX. \nThe marriage of the Lamb. \n\nAND after these things I heard \na great voice of much peo- \nple in heaven, saying. Alleluia ; \nSalvation, and glory, and honour, \nand power, unto the Lord our \nGod : \n\n2 For true and righteous are \nfeis judgments : for he hath \njudged the great whore, which \ndid corrupt the earth with her \nfornication, and hath avenged \n^e blood of his servants at her \nhand. \n\n3 And again they said, Alleluia. \n\n580 \n\n\n\nRevelation. \xce\x8a\xce\xa4\xce\xb9\xce\xb2 marriage of the Lanib. \n\n\n\nAnd her smoke rose up for ever \nand ever. \n\n4 And the four and twenty \nelders, and the four beasts fell \ndown and worshipped God that \nsat on the throne saying, Amen : \nAlleluia. \n\n5 And a voice came out of \nthe throne, saying. Praise our \nGod, all ye his servants, and ye \nthat fear him both small and \ngreat. \n\n6 And I heard as it were the \nvoice of a great multitude, and \nas the voice of many waters, and \nas the voice of mighty thunderings. \nsaying, Alleluia : for the Lord \nGod omnipotCHt reigneth. \n\n7 Let us be glad and rejoice, \nand give honour to him: for the \nmarriage of the Lamb s come, \nand his wife hath made herself \nready. \n\n8 And to her \\vas granted, that \nshe should be arrayed in fine linen, \nclean and white : for the fine \nlinen is the righteousness of \nsaints. \n\n9 And he saith unto me, Write, \nBlessed are they which are called \nunto the marriage-supper of the \nlamb. And he saith unto me, \nTliese are the true sayings of \nGod. \n\n10 And I fell at his feet to \nworship him: And he said unto \nme. See thou do it not : I am thy \nfellow-servant, and of thy bre- \nthren that have the testimony of \nJPesus : worship God : for the \ntestimony of Jesus is the spirit of \nprophecy. \n\n11 Aiid I saw heaven opened, \nand behold, a white horse : and \nhe tliat sat upon him was called, \nFaithful and True, and in righte- \nousness he doth judge and make \nwar. \n\n12 His eyes were as a flame of \nfire, and on his head were many \ncrowms : and he had a name writ- \nten that n\xc2\xa9 man knew, but he \nhimself \xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n\n\nJl \n\n\n\nThe/owls called. Chap \n\n13 And he was clothed with \na vesture dipped in blood ; and \nliis name is called the Word of \nGod. \n\n14 And the armies which were \nin heaven followed him upon white \nhorses, clothed in fine linen, white \nand clean. \n\n15 And out of his mouth ^oeth \na sharp sword, that with it he \nshould smite the nations ; and he \nshall rule them with a rod of iron ; \nand he treadeth the wine-press of \nthe fierceness and wrath of Al- \nmighty God. \n\n16 And he hath on his vesture \nand on his thigh a name written, \nKING OF KINGS, AND \nLORD OF I.ORDS. \n\n17 And I siiw an angel stand- \ning in the sun, and he <:ried with \na loud voice, saying to all the \nfo\\vls that fly rn the midst of heav- \nen, Come, and gather yourselves \ntogether unto the supper of the \ngreat God ; \n\n18 That ye may eat the flesh of \nkings, and the flesh of captains, \nand the flesh of mighty men, and \nthe flesh of horses, and of them \ntliat sit on them, and the flesh of \nall men, both free and bond, both \nsmall and great. \n\n19 And i sfivv the beast and the \nkings of the earth, and their armies \ngathered together to make %var \nagainst him that sat on the horse, \nand against his army. \n\n20 And the beast was taken, \nand with him the false prophet \nthat w rought miracles before him, \nwith whicii he deceived them that \nhad received the mark of the beast, \nand them that worshipped his \nimage. These both were cast a- \niive into a lake of ike burning \n7:\'ith brim-Stone. \n\n21 And the remnant were slain \nwith the sword of him that sat \nupon the horse, which szcord nro- \n-^ ceded out of his mouth ; and all \nthe fowls were filled with their \nflesh. \n\n331 \n\n\n\n. XX. Saian bound. \n\nCHAP. XX. \n\nThe first and last resurrection, \n\nAND I saw an angel come \ndown from heaven, having \ntlie key of the bottomless pit, and \na great chain in his hand, \n\n2 And he laid hold on the \nDragon, that old serpent, which \nis the devil and Satan, and bound \nhim a thousand years, \n\n3 And cast him into the bot- \ntomless pit, and shut him up, and \nset a seal upon him, that he should \ndeceive the nations no more, till \nthe thousand years should be ful- \nfilled ; and after that, he must be \nloosed a little season. \n\n4 And I saw thrones, and they \nsat upon them, and judgment was \ngiven unto them ; and 1 saw the \nsouls of them that were beheaded \nfor the witness of Jesus, and for \nthe word of God, and \\vhich had \nnot worshipped the beast, neither \nhis image, neither had recei\\ed hi^ \nmark upon their foreheads, or in \ntheir hands ; and they lived and \nreigned with Christ a thousand \ny^ars. \n\n5 But the rest o^ the dead lived \nnot aga.in until the thousand years \nwere finished. This is the first \nresurrection. \n\n6 Blessed and holy is he that \nhath part in the first resurrection : \non such the second death hath \nno power, but they shall be \npriests of God, and of Christ, \nand shall reign with hira a thou- \nsand years. \n\n7 And when the thousand years \nare expired, Satan shall be loosed \nout of his prison, \n\n8 And snail go out to deceive \nthe nations, which are in the four \nquarters of the earth, Gog and \nMagog, to gather them toi^ether \nto battle ; tJie number of whom is \nas the sand of the sea. \n\n9 And they wertt \xcf\x85\xcf\x81 on the \nbreadth of the earth, and com- \npassed the canap of the saints \nabout aad the beloved city ; \n\n\n\nit&C \n\n\n\nA new heaven ana \naiid fire came down from God \nout of heaven, and devoured \nthem. \n\n10 And the devil that deceived \nthem, was cast into the lake of \niire and hrimstone,where the beast \nand the false prophet ere, and shall \nbe tormented day and night for \never a^d ever. \n\n11 And \xce\xaf sa\xce\x9bv a gjeat white \nthrone, and him that sat on it, \nfrom whose face the earth and the \nlieaven lied away, afid there was \nfound no place for them. \n\n12 And I saw the dead, small \nand great, stand before God ; \nand the books were opened ; \nand anether book was opened, \nwhich is the book of life ; and the \ndead were judi^ed out of those \nthings \xce\x9bvhich were written in \nthe books according to their \nworks. \n\n13 And the sea gave up the \ndead which were in it ; and death \nand hell delivered up the dead \nwhich were in them ; and they \nwerejudg:ed every man accord- \ning to their works. \n\n14 And death and hell were \ncast into tlie lake of fire ; This is \nthe second death. \n\n15 And whosoever was not found \nwritten in the book of life, was \ncast into the lake of fire. \n\nCHAP. XXL \nKeiv Jerusalem described. \n\nA^D I sav/ a new heaven and \na new earth ; for the first \nheaven and the first earth were \npassed awa\\^ and there was no \nmore sea. \n\n\xce\xb4 And I John saw the holy \nci^y, new lerusalem, comins^ down \nfrom God out of heaven, pre- \npared as a bride adorned for her \niiusbanii. \n\n3 And I heard a great voice \nO\'.\'t of Leaven, sayinir, Behold, the \ntaberiiacie of God is wirh men, \nai;d he will dwell with thoin, and \nvhet ?-ha!l ];p hh people, and God \n332 \n\n\n\nRevelation. a nczc earth, \n\nhimself shall be with them, and \nhe their God. \n\n4 And God shall wipe away \nall tears from their eyes ; and \nthere shall be no more death, \nneither sorrow, nor crying, nei- \nther shall there be any more pain; \nfof the former things are passed \naway. \n\n5 And he that sat upon the \nthrone, said, Behold, I make all \nthings new. And he said unto \nme, Write ; f\'jr these words are \ntrue and faithful. \n\n6 And he said unto me, It is \ndone. I am Alpha and Omega, \nthe beginning and the end ; I \nwill give unto him that is aihii;st, \nof die fountain of the water of \nlife freely. \n\n7 He that overcometh shall in- \nherit all things ; and f will he his \nGod, and lie shall be mv son. \n\n8 But the fearful and unbeliev- \ning, and the abominable, and \nmurderers, and whore-mongers, \nand sorcerers, and irOlaters, and \nall liars, shall have their part in \nthe lake \xce\x9bvhich burneth with fire \nand brimstone ; which is the \nsecond death. \n\n9 And there came unto me one \nof the seven angels, which had \nthe seven ^vials fall of the seven \nlast plagues, and talked with me, \nsaying, Come hither, \xce\xa4 will shew \nthee the bride, the Lamb\'s wife. \n\n10 And he carried me away in \nthe spirit to a great and fiigh \nmountain, and shewed me that \ngreat city, the holy Jerusalem, \ndescending out of heaven froni \nGod, \n\n11 Having the glory of God ; \nand her li2:ht was like unto a stone \nmost precious, even like a jasper- \nstone, clear as crystal ; \n\n12 And had a wall gi\'eat and \nhi^h, ttiid had twelve gates, and at \nthe gates twelve angels, and names \nwritten thereon, which are the \nnames of the twt^U\'e tribes of the \nchildren of israe\xe2\x80\xa2: \n\n\n\ny.j^ \n\n\n\nThe new Jerusalem. Chap. \n\n13 On the east, three gates ; an \nihe- north, three gates ; on the \nsouth, three gates; and on the \nwest, three gates. \n\n14 And the wall of the city had \ntwelve foundations, and in them \nthe names of the twelve apostles \nof the Lamb. \n\n15 And he that talked with me, \nhad a golden reed to measure the \ncity, and the gates thereof, and \nthe wall thereof. \n\n16 And the city lieth four- \nsquare, and the length is as large \nas the breadth ; and he measured \nthe city with the reed, twelve \nthousand furlongs ; the length, \nand the breadth, and the height of \nit are equal. \n\n17 And he measured the wall \nthereof, an hundred and forty \nend four cubits, according to the \nmeasure of a man, that is, of the \nangel. \n\n18 And the building of the \nwall o/\' it was of jasper ; and the \ncity icas pure gold, like unto \'clear \nglass. \n\n19 And the foundations of the \nwall of the city \xce\xb7 ere garnished with \nall manner of precious stones. \nThe first foundation wY/s-asper; \nthe second saphire ; the third, \na chalcedony ; the fourth an \nemerald ; \n\n20 The fifth, a sardonyx ; tlie \nsixth a sardius ; the seventh, a \nclirysoike ; the eighth, a beryl ; \nthe ninth, a topaz ; the tenth a \nchrysoprasus ; the eleventh, a ja- \ncinth ; the twelfth, an amethyst. \n\n21 And the twelve gates a ere \ntwelve pearls ; every several gate \nwas of one pearl ; and the street \nof the city uas pure gold, as it \nwere transparent giass. \n\n22 And \xce\xaf saw no temple there- \nin ; foi\' the Lord God Ahriishty, \nand the Lamb, are the temple of \nit. \n\n23 x\'\\nd the city had no need of \nthe sun, neitlier of the moon to \nshine in it for the a;lorv of God \n\n\n\nxxii. The water ana tree of life. \ndid lighten it, and the Lamb is \nthe liglit thereof. \n\n24 And the nations of them \nwhich are saA-ed, shall walk in the \nlight of it ; and the kings of the \nearth do bring their glory and \nhonour into it." \' \n\n25 And the gates of it shall not \nbe shut at all by day ; for there \nshall be no night there. \n\n26 And they shall bring the \nglory and honour of the nations \ninto it. \n\n27 And there shall in no \\y\\%e \nenter Into it any thing that defileth, \nneither whalsoerer worketh abomi- \nnation, or maketh a lie ; but they \nwhich are written in the Lamb\'s \nbook of life. \n\nCHAP. XXII. \nTh^ water and tree of life, \n\nAND he shewed me a pure \nrivei of water of life, clear \nas crystal, proceeding out of the \nthrone of God, and of the Lamb. \n\n2 \xce\x93\xce\xb7 the midst of the street of \nit, and on either side of the ri- \nver, zKUi there the ti-ee of life, \nAvhich bare twelve manner of \nfruits, and yielded her fruit e.\\eTy \nmonth ; and the leaves of the \ntree uere for the healing of tlie \nnations. \n\n3 And there shall be no more \ncurse ; but the throne of God and \nof the Lamb, shall be in it ; and \nhis servants shall serve him. \n\n4 And the shall see his face ; \nand his name ^hall be in their fore- \nheads. \n\n5 And there shall be no ni^ht \nthere ; and they need no candle, \nneither light of the sun ; for the \nLord God giveth them light ; and \nthey shall reign for ever and ever. \n\n6 A nd he said unto me, These \nsayings are faithful and true. And \nthe Lord God of the holy pro- \n\n\xce\x95 bets sent his angel to shew unto \nis servants thi\xe2\x80\xa2 things which mu5C \nshortly be done. \n\n7 Behold, I come quickly ; \nblessed ?> he that keertth tiie \n\n\n\nNothing must be added \n\n\n\nsayings of the prophecy of this \nbook. \n\n8 And I John saw these things, \nand heard them. And ^hen I haa \nheard and seen, I fell down to \nworship before the feet of the \nangel, which shewed me these \nthings. \n\n9 Then saith he unto me, See \nthou do it not ; for I am thy fel- \nlow-servant, and of thy brethren \nthe prophets and of them which \nkeep the sayings of this book ; \nworship God. \n\n10 And he saith unto me, Seal \nnot the sayings of the prophecy \nof this book ; for the time is at \nhand. \n\n11 lie that is unjust, let him \nbe unjust still , and he \xce\x9bvhich is \niihhv, let him be filthy still ; and \nhe tliat is righteous, let him be \nrighteous still ; and he that ishoh\\ \nlet him be holy still. \n\n12 And behold, I come quick- \nly ; and my reward is with me, to \ngive every man according as his \nwork shaii be. \n\n13 I am Alpha and Omega, the \nbeginning and the end, the first \n^\xce\xb7\xce\xac the last. \n\n14 Blessed are tiiey that do his \ncommandments, that they may \nhave right to the tree of life, and \nmay eater in through the gates in- \nt \xce\xbf the citv. \n\nSS4. \n\n\n\nRevelation. iothercordqfGod, \n\n\n\n15 For without are dogs, and \nsorcerers, and whoremengers, and \nmurderers, and idolaters, and \nwhosoever loveth and maketh a \nlie. \n\n16 1, Jesus have sent miiie angel \nto testify\' unto you these things \nin the churches. I am the root \nand the offspring of David, and \nthe bright and morning star. \n\n17 And the Spirit and the bride \nsay, come. And let him that \nheareth say. Come; and let him \nthat is a tiiirst, come ; and whom- \nsoever will, let him take the water \nof life freely. \n\n18 For I testify unto every \nman that heareth the words of \nthe prophecy of this book, If \nany man shall add unto these \nthings, God shall add unto him the \nplagues that are written in this \nDook; \n\n19 And if any man shall take \naway from the words of the book \nof this prophecy, God shall take \naway his part out of the book of \nlife, and out of the holy city, and \nfrom the things w^hich are writteii \nin this book. \n\n20 He which testifieth these \nthings, saith. Surely I come quick- \nly, Amen. Even so, come, Lord \nJesips. \n\n21 The>grace of our Lord Jesus \nChrist be with you aM. Amen. \n\n\n\nI \xce\x9d I A \n\n\n\n\njUS^ \n\n\n\n-^\xce\x91\xce\xad^,\xcf\x84\xce\xac\xce\xaf J^/ri/tf ^^\xce\x91^ \n\n\n\n\n\n\nWy^\' \n\n\n\nRD19 \n\n\n\n,\xce\x9b \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n!^^* .-^^ \n\n\n\nr^^ \' \n\n\n\n? \xce\xbd^\xce\xaf\xce\xb6^^- "^c^ PreservationTechnologii \n\n\xe2\x80\xa2^^ /v" \xe2\x99\xa6 y_^M^^ \xe2\x80\xa2 \'^ \xce\x9b WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVAT \n\n\n\n\xc2\xab \xce\xb2 ^ \n\n\n\n* ^ \n\n\n\n\n\n\n^ \xce\x93 icoci vaiiuBi \xce\xb9\xcf\x85\xcf\x85\xce\xb9\xce\xb9\xce\xb9 lUfuvjieS \n\n%< A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION \n\n1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive \nCranberry Township. PA 1 6066 \n^\xe2\x99\xa6\' aJ (724)779-2111 \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n.0* \xce\xb2"^\'*^ \xce\x8c \n\n\n\n\n\n\ng^.\'i \xce\xbf\'-,^^^\xcf\x8b\xce\x95\xce\x90\'\xe2\x80\xa2 <^oV* -^^S2^.*- \'\xe2\x96\xa0*^-<\xce\xaf \n\n\n\n\n\n\n>0^ \n\n5^ \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nVAO^ \n\n\n\n^oV \n\n\n\n\n^ \n\xc2\xab^ \n\n\xce\xaf \n\n\n\n\\ \'%. *\'\xe2\x80\xa2-\'\' a"\' \'"<^\'*\xe2\x80\xa2 \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n.*\' \xe2\x99\xa6 \n\n\n\n\xe2\x80\xa2 \xe2\x80\xa2 \xe2\x80\xa2 V \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\'\xe2\x80\xa2A-o^ \n\n\n\n^P. DonstM\xc2\xbb. \n\n\' uaiuiiv \xe2\x80\xa2iHoma \n\n\n\n.WAR 82- v^^\\..,, -^b \n\n^ ST. AUGUSTINE ,"<{; ^V^-^**- \'^- \nllw.i^^;^ FLA. -\\^ * tS \n\n\n\n^32084 *V \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n'